Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

(Mark One)

 

  REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended 31 December 2019

 

OR

 

  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

  SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of event requiring this shell company report                 

 

For the transition period from                  to                 

 

 

Commission file number 001-38303

 

WPP plc

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Jersey

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

Sea Containers, 18 Upper Ground

London, United Kingdom, SE1 9GL

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Andrea Harris

Group Chief Counsel

Sea Containers, 18 Upper Ground, London, United Kingdom, SE1 9GL

Telephone: +44(0) 20 7282 4600

E-mail: andrea.harris@wpp.com

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class

  

Trading Symbol (s)

  

Name of each exchange on which registered

Ordinary Shares of 10p each

American Depositary Shares, each

representing five Ordinary Shares (ADSs)

  

WPP

WPP

  

London Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

 

Not applicable

 

(Title of Class)

 

Not applicable

 

(Title of Class)


Table of Contents

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

 

None

 

(Title of Class)

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

At December 31, 2019, the number of outstanding ordinary shares was 1,328,167,813 which included at such date ordinary shares represented by 15,699,064 ADSs.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

YES  ☒    NO  ☐

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

YES  ☐    NO  ☒

 

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

YES  ☒    NO  ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

 

YES  ☒    NO  ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

  

Accelerated filer

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

  

Emerging growth company

 

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.    ☐

 

    The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ☐

   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board  ☒
   Other  ☐

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

 

Item 17  ☐    Item 18  ☐

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

 

YES  ☐    NO  ☒

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

FORWARD – LOOKING STATEMENTS

     1  

Part I

     1  

  Item 1

  

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

     1  

  Item 2

  

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

     1  

  Item 3

  

KEY INFORMATION

     1  
   A   

Selected Financial Data

     1  
   B   

Capitalization and Indebtedness

     3  
   C   

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

     3  
   D   

Risk Factors

     4  

  Item 4

  

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

     7  
   A   

History and Development of the Company

     7  
   B   

Business Overview

     9  
   C   

Organizational Structure

     14  
   D   

Property, Plant and Equipment

     15  

  Item 4A

  

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

     16  

  Item 5

  

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

     16  
   A   

Operating Results

     16  
   B   

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     24  
   C   

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

     28  
   D   

Trend Information

     28  
   E   

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

     29  
   F   

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

     29  

  Item 6

  

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

     40  
   A   

Directors and Senior Management

     40  
   B   

Compensation

     42  
   C   

Board Practices

     46  
   D   

Employees

     54  
   E    Share Ownership      55  

  Item 7

  

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     56  
   A   

Major Shareholders

     56  
   B   

Related Party Transactions

     57  
   C   

Interests of Experts and Counsel

     57  

  Item 8

  

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     57  
   A   

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

     57  
   B   

Significant Changes

     57  

  Item 9

  

THE OFFER AND LISTING

     58  
   A   

Offer and Listing Details

     58  
   B   

Plan of Distribution

     58  
   C   

Markets

     58  
   D   

Selling Shareholders

     58  
   E   

Dilution

     58  
   F   

Expenses of the Issue

     58  


Table of Contents
     Page  

  Item 10

  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     58  
   A   

Share Capital

     58  
   B   

Memorandum and Articles of Association

     58  
   C   

Material Contracts

     58  
   D   

Exchange Controls

     62  
   E   

Taxation

     62  
   F   

Dividends and Paying Agents

     68  
   G   

Statements by Experts

     68  
   H   

Documents on Display

     68  
   I   

Subsidiary Information

     68  

  Item 11

  

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     69  

  Item 12

  

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

     69  
   A   

Debt Securities

     69  
   B   

Warrants and Rights

     69  
   C   

Other Securities

     69  
   D   

American Depositary Shares

     70  

Part II

     72  

  Item 13

  

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

     72  

  Item 14

  

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

     72  

  Item 15

  

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     72  

  Item 16A

  

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

     73  

  Item 16B

  

CODE OF ETHICS

     73  

  Item 16C

  

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     74  

  Item 16D

  

EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

     74  

  Item 16E

  

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

     74  

  Item 16F

  

CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

     75  

  Item 16G

  

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     75  

  Item 16H

  

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

     76  

Part III

     76  

  Item 17

  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     76  

  Item 18

  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     76  

  Item 19

  

EXHIBITS

     76  


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

 

In connection with the provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the Reform Act), the Company (as defined below) may include forward-looking statements (as defined in the Reform Act) in oral or written public statements issued by or on behalf of the Company. These forward-looking statements may include, among other things, plans, objectives, projections and anticipated future economic performance based on assumptions and the like that are subject to risks and uncertainties. As such, actual results or outcomes may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Important factors which may cause actual results to differ include but are not limited to: the unanticipated loss of a material client or key personnel, delays or reductions in client advertising budgets, shifts in industry rates of compensation, regulatory compliance costs or litigation, natural disasters or acts of terrorism, the Company’s exposure to changes in the values of major currencies other than the UK pound sterling (because a substantial portion of its revenues are derived and costs incurred outside of the United Kingdom) and the overall level of economic activity in the Company’s major markets (which varies depending on, among other things, regional, national and international political and economic conditions and government regulations in the world’s advertising markets). In addition, you should consider the risks described in Item 3D, captioned “Risk Factors,” which could also cause actual results to differ from forward-looking information. In light of these and other uncertainties, the forward-looking statements included in this document should not be regarded as a representation by the Company that the Company’s plans and objectives will be achieved.

 

The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any such forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

 

Overview

 

WPP plc and its subsidiaries (WPP) is a leading worldwide creative transformation organisation offering national and multinational clients a comprehensive range of communications, experience, commerce and technology services. At 31 December 2019, the Group, excluding associates, had 106,786 employees. For the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group had revenue of £13,234.1 million and operating profit of £1,295.9 million.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Company”, “Group” and “Registrant” as used herein shall also mean WPP.

 

A. Selected Financial Data

 

The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the consolidated financial statements of the Company, including the notes thereto.

 

The selected income statement data for each of the years ended 31 December 2019, 2018 and 2017 and the selected balance sheet data as at 31 December 2019 and 2018 are derived from the consolidated financial

 

1


Table of Contents

statements of the Company that appear elsewhere in this Form 20-F. The selected financial data for prior periods is derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as part of the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 20-F. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

 

The reporting currency of the Group is the UK pound sterling and the selected financial data has been prepared on this basis.

 

Selected Consolidated Income Statement Data

 

      Year ended 31 December  
     

20191

£m

   

20182

£m

   

20172,3

£m

   

20163

£m

   

2015

£m

 

Continuing operations:

                                        

Revenue

     13,234.1       13,046.7       13,146.4       14,887.3       12,235.2  

Operating profit

     1,295.9       1,237.9       1,577.9       2,063.1       1,632.0  

Profit for the year from continuing operations

     707.1       1,001.6       1,663.9       1,501.6       1,245.1  

Profit for the year

     717.9       1,139.4       1,912.3       1,501.6       1,245.1  

Share information:

                                        

Earnings per ordinary share from continuing and discontinued operations:

          

Basic

     49.9  p      85.2  p      144.0  p      109.6  p      90.0  p 

Diluted

     49.5  p      84.3  p      142.4  p      108.0  p      88.4  p 

Earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations:

          

Basic

     50.2  p      75.1  p      125.2  p      109.6  p      90.0  p 

Diluted

     49.8  p      74.3  p      123.8  p      108.0  p      88.4  p 

Earnings per ADS4 from continuing operations:

          

Basic

     251.0  p      375.5  p      626.0  p      548.0  p      450.0  p 

Diluted

     249.0  p      371.5  p      619.0  p      540.0  p      442.0  p 

Dividends per ordinary share

     60.00  p      60.00  p      59.75  p      48.33  p      42.49  p 

Dividends per ADS (US dollars)5

     393.88  ¢      391.87  ¢      397.23  ¢      352.41  ¢      340.57  ¢ 

1  The impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019 is described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements. No restatement has been made in prior years.

2  Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements. No restatement has been made in 2016 or 2015.

3  2017 and 2016 figures were restated for the adoption of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers in the 2018 Form 20-F. No restatement was made in 2015.

4  Basic and diluted earnings per American Depositary Share (ADS) have been calculated using the same method as earnings per share, multiplied by a factor of five.

5  These figures have been translated for convenience purposes only, using the approximate average exchange rates of US$1.2765 to pound sterling for the year 2019 (2018: US$1.3351, 2017: US$1.2887, 2016: US$1.3547, 2015: US$1.5288). This conversion should not be construed as a representation that the pound sterling amounts actually represent, or could be converted into, US dollars at the rates indicated.

   

   

   

   

   

 

2


Table of Contents

Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

      At 31 December  
     

20191

£m

    

20182

£m

    

20173

£m

    

20163

£m

    

2015

£m

 

Total assets

     31,328.8        33,867.7        33,662.8        34,562.4        28,749.2  

Net assets

     8,443.5        9,806.6        9,956.1        9,761.7        8,015.8  

Called-up share capital

     132.8        133.3        133.3        133.2        132.9  

Number of shares (in millions)

     1,328.2        1,332.7        1,332.5        1,331.9        1,329.4  

1   The impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019 is described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements. No restatement has been made in prior years.

2   IFRS 9 Financial Instruments was adopted from 1 January 2018. No restatement has been made for years prior to 2018.

3   2017 and 2016 figures were restated for the adoption of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers in the 2018 Form 20-F. No restatement was made in 2015.

    

    

    

 

Dividends

 

Dividends on the Company’s ordinary shares, when paid, are paid to share owners as of a record date, which is fixed by the Company. The following table sets forth the amounts of interim or first interim, final or second interim and total dividends paid on the Company’s ordinary shares in respect of each fiscal year indicated. In the United States, the Company’s ordinary shares are represented by ADSs, which are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) or held in book-entry form. The Group uses the terms ‘ADS’ and ‘ADR’ interchangeably.

 

The dividends are also shown translated into US cents per ADS using the approximate average rates as shown on page 2, for each year presented.

 

             Pence per ordinary share               US cents per ADS  
In respect of the year ended 31 December:   

Interim

or First

Interim

    

Final or

Second

Interim

     Total     

Interim

or First

Interim

    

Final or

Second

Interim

     Total  

2015

     15.91        28.78        44.69        121.62        219.99        341.61  

2016

     19.55        37.05        56.60        132.42        250.96        383.38  

2017

     22.70        37.30        60.00        146.27        240.34        386.61  

2018

     22.70        37.30        60.00        151.53        249.00        400.53  

2019

     22.70               22.70        144.88               144.88  

 

The 2019 interim dividend was paid on 4 November 2019 to share owners on the register at 4 October 2019. Given the significant uncertainty over the coming months of the impact of Covid-19, we are taking prudent action now to maintain our liquidity and ensure that we emerge from this global crisis strong, secure and ready to meet the continuing needs of our clients, shareholders and other stakeholders. Therefore, the Board is suspending the 2019 final dividend of 37.30 pence per share, which was due to be proposed at the 2020 Annual General Meeting (AGM).

 

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

3


Table of Contents

D. Risk Factors

 

The Company is subject to a variety of possible risks that could adversely impact its revenues, results of operations, reputation or financial condition. Some of these risks relate to the industries in which the Company operates while others are more specific to the Company. The table below sets out principal risks the Company has identified that could adversely affect it. See also the discussion of Forward-Looking Statements preceding Item 1.

 

   
Principal risk    Potential impact
Covid-19 Pandemic     

The coronavirus pandemic is adversely affecting and is expected to continue to adversely affect our business, revenues, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

 

  

While we expect the impacts of Covid-19 to have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, we are unable to predict the extent or nature or duration of these impacts at this time.

 

Strategic risks     

The failure to successfully complete the three-year strategic plan to return the business to growth by the end of 2021 and simplify our structure.

  

A failure or delay in completing the transformation plan and/or returning the business to growth, may have a material adverse effect on our market share and our business, revenues, results of operations, financial condition or prospects. The Covid-19 pandemic is impacting the implementation of the transformation plan, and we cannot predict the extent or duration of the impact.

 

Operational risks     
Clients     

We compete for clients in a highly-competitive industry which has been evolving and undergoing structural change and is being adversely impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic. Client loss to competitors or as a consequence of client consolidation, insolvency or a reduction in marketing budgets due to recessionary economic conditions or a shift in client spending would have a material adverse effect on our market share, business, revenues, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

 

  

The competitive landscape in our industry is constantly evolving and the role of traditional agencies is being challenged. Competitors include multinational advertising and marketing communication groups, marketing services companies, database marketing information and measurement, social media and professional services and consultants and consulting internet companies.

 

Client contracts can generally be terminated on 90 days’ notice or are on an assignment basis and clients put their business up for competitive review from time to time. The ability to attract new clients and to retain or increase the amount of work from existing clients may be impacted if we fail to react quickly enough to changes in the market and to evolve our structure, and by loss of reputation, and may be limited by clients’ policies on conflicts of interest.

 

There are a range of different impacts on our clients globally as a consequence of the Covid-19 pandemic. In the short-term media spend has largely remained committed or diverted to alternative channels but there is an increasing volume of cancellations. Project and retained work have continued in most sectors but activity has begun to decline. New business pitches continue where the process was already underway, but there is increased uncertainty in the future pipeline. In the past, clients have responded to weak economic and financial conditions by reducing or shifting their marketing budgets which are easier to reduce in the short term than their other operating expenses. The risk of client loss or reduction in marketing budgets has increased significantly.

 

We receive a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of large clients and the net loss of one or more of these clients could have a material adverse effect on our prospects, business, financial condition and results of operations.   

A relatively small number of clients contribute a significant percentage of our consolidated revenues. Our 10 largest clients accounted for 15% of revenues in the year ended 31 December 2019. Clients can reduce their marketing spend, terminate contracts, or cancel projects on short notice. The loss of one or more of our largest clients, if not replaced by new accounts or an increase in business from existing clients, would adversely affect our financial condition.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
   
Principal risk    Potential impact
People, culture and succession     

Our performance could be adversely affected if we do not react quickly enough to changes in our market and fail to attract, develop and retain key creative, commercial and management talent, or are unable to retain and incentivise key talent as a consequence of the cost saving actions implemented to maintain liquidity during the Covid-19 pandemic and reduction in economic activity.

 

  

We are highly dependent on the talent, creative abilities and technical skills of our people as well as their relationships with clients. We are vulnerable to the loss of people to competitors (traditional and emerging) and clients, leading to disruption to the business.

 

To maintain our liquidity position through the current crisis, cost reduction measures have already been taken which impact our people include freezing new hires, postponing salary increases for 2020 and reducing salaries or fees for the Board, Executive Committee, CEO and senior employees. Further additional measures including reduced working hours or severances will also be required which may lead to challenges in retaining and attracting key talent during this period of disruption and at the beginning of a recovery.

 

Cyber and information security     

We are undertaking a series of IT transformation programmes to support the Group’s strategic plan and a failure or delay in implementing the IT programmes may have a material adverse effect on its business, revenues, results of operations, financial conditions or prospects. The Group is reliant on third parties for the performance of a significant portion of our worldwide information technology and operations functions. A failure to provide these functions could have an adverse effect on our business. During the transformation, we are still reliant on legacy systems which could restrict our ability to change rapidly.

 

A cyber-attack could result in disruption to one or more of our businesses or the security of data being compromised.

 

  

We may be subject to investigative or enforcement action or legal claims or incur fines, damages, or costs and client loss if we fail to adequately protect data. A system breakdown or intrusion could have a material adverse effect on our business, revenues, results of operations, financial condition or prospects and have an impact on long-term reputation and lead to client loss.

 

Nearly 95% of the Group’s people are working remotely as a consequence of the Covid-19 pandemic which has the potential to increase the risk of compromised data security and cyber-attacks.

Financial risks     
Credit risk     
We are subject to credit risk through the default of a client or other counterparty.   

We are generally paid in arrears for our services. Invoices are typically payable within 30 to 60 days.

 

We commit to media and production purchases on behalf of some of our clients as principal or agent depending on the client and market circumstances. If a client is unable to pay sums due, media and production companies may look to us to pay those amounts and there could be an adverse effect on our working capital and operating cash flow.

 

A significant number of our clients and suppliers are adversely financially impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic and economic inactivity across markets in periods of lockdown. Clients may seek to renegotiate payment terms, ask for discounts or fail to honour their payment obligations which would have an adverse impact on our working capital and operating cash flow.

 

Internal controls     
Our performance could be adversely impacted if we fail to ensure adequate internal control procedures are in place.   

Failure to ensure that our businesses have robust control environments, or that the services we provide and trading activities within the Group are compliant with client obligations, could adversely impact client relationships and business volumes and revenues.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
   
Principal risk    Potential impact
Internal control over financial reporting      

The Group has identified a material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting that, if not properly remediated, could adversely affect its results of operations, investor confidence in the Group and the market price of its ADSs.

 

  

As disclosed in Part II, Item 15 of this Form 20-F, in connection with the Group’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, the Group has identified a material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting with respect to management’s review of the impairment assessment of intangible assets and goodwill, specifically the selection of appropriate discount rates for use in the impairment calculations. As a result of such material weakness, the Group concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was not effective. This material weakness identified did not result in any adjustments or restatements of the Group’s consolidated financial statements or disclosures for the year ended December 31, 2019 or for any prior period.

 

As further described in Part II, Item 15 of this Form 20-F, the Group is currently taking actions to design and implement a remediation plan to address the material weakness. If remedial measures are insufficient to address the material weakness, or if additional material weaknesses in internal control are discovered or occur in the future, the Group’s ability to accurately record, process and report financial information and consequently, its ability to prepare financial statements within required time periods, could be adversely affected. In addition, the Group may be unable to maintain compliance with the federal securities laws and NYSE listing requirements regarding the timely filing of periodic reports. Any of the foregoing could cause investors to lose confidence in the reliability of the Group’s financial reporting, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of the Group’s ADSs.

 

   
Compliance risks      
Data Privacy     

We are subject to strict data protection and privacy legislation in the jurisdictions in which we operate and rely extensively on information technology systems. We store, transmit and rely on critical and sensitive data such as strategic plans, personally identifiable information and trade secrets. Security of this type of data is exposed to escalating external threats that are increasing in sophistication, as well as internal data breaches.

 

Existing and new data protection laws, GDPR and the CCPA and legislation in the markets in which we operate concerning user privacy, use of personal information, consent and online tracking may restrict some of our activities and increase costs. Privacy regulators have continued to underline the obligation on businesses to ensure continued compliance with data privacy legislation during the Covid-19 pandemic.

 

  

We may be subject to investigative or enforcement action or legal claims or incur fines, damages, or costs and client loss if we fail to adequately protect data or observe privacy legislation in every instance. A system breakdown or intrusion could have a material adverse effect on our business, revenues, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.

 

Governments and public health officials have mandated precautions to mitigate the spread of Covid-19 including lock-downs and remote working. Nearly 95% of our people are working which has the potential to increase the risk of compromised data securities.

Taxation     
We may be subject to regulations restricting our activities or effecting changes in taxation.   

Changes in local or international tax rules, for example as a consequence of the financial support programmes being implemented by governments during the Covid-19 crisis, changes arising from the application of existing rules, or challenges by tax or competition authorities, for example, the European Commission’s State Aid decision into the Group Financing Exemption in the UK CFC rules, may expose us to significant additional tax liabilities or impact the carrying value of our deferred tax assets, which would affect the future tax charge.

 

Regulatory     
We are subject to strict anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-trust legislation and enforcement in the countries in which we operate.   

We operate in a number of markets where the corruption risk has been identified as high by groups such as Transparency International. Failure to comply or to create a culture opposed to corruption or failing to instil business practices that prevent corruption could expose us to civil and criminal sanctions.

 

 

6


Table of Contents
   
Principal risk    Potential impact
Sanctions     
We are subject to the laws of the US, the EU and other jurisdictions that impose sanctions and regulate the supply of services to certain countries.   

Failure to comply with these laws could expose us to civil and criminal penalties including fines and the imposition of economic sanctions against us and reputational damage and withdrawal of banking facilities which could materially impact our results.

 

Civil liabilities or judgements against the Company or its directors or officers based on United States federal or state securities laws may not be enforceable in the United States or in England and Wales or in Jersey.   

The Company is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Jersey. Some of the Company’s directors and officers reside outside of the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of the directly owned assets of the Company are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for investors to effect service of process within the United States against the Company or its directors and officers or to enforce against them any of the judgements, including those obtained in original actions or in actions to enforce judgements of the U.S. courts, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal or state securities laws of the United States.

 

Emerging risks     
Increased frequency of extreme weather and climate-related natural disasters.   

This includes storms, flooding, wildfires and water and heat stress which can damage our buildings, jeopardise the safety of our people and significantly disrupt our operations. At present 9% of our headcount are located in countries at “extreme” risk from the physical impacts of climate change in the next 30 years.

 

Increased reputational risk associated with working on environmentally detrimental client briefs.   

As consumer consciousness around climate change rises, our sector is seeing increased scrutiny for our role in contributing to consumption. Our clients seek expert partners who can give recommendations that take into account stakeholder concerns around climate change.

 

Additionally, WPP serves some clients whose business models are under increased scrutiny. This creates both a reputational and related financial risk for WPP if we are not rigorous in our content standards as we grow our sustainability-related services.

 

 

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

WPP’s is a leading worldwide creative transformation organisation offering national and multinational clients a comprehensive range of communications, experience, commerce and technology services. The Company provides these services through a number of established global, multinational and national operating companies that are organised into three reportable segments. The largest reportable segment is Global Integrated Agencies, which accounted for approximately 77% of the Company’s revenues in 2019. The remaining 23% of our revenues were derived from the reportable segments of Public Relations and Specialist Agencies. Excluding associates, the Company currently employs over 106,000 full-time people in 112 countries.

 

The Company’s ordinary shares are admitted to the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and trade on the London Stock Exchange and American Depositary Shares (which are evidenced by ADRs or held in book-entry form) representing deposited ordinary shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). At 31 December 2019 the Company had a market capitalisation of approximately £13.410 billion.

 

The Company’s executive office is located at Sea Containers, 18 Upper Ground, London, United Kingdom, SE1 9GL, Tel:+44 (0)20 7282 4600 and its registered office is located at Queensway House, Hilgrove Street, St Helier, Jersey JE1 IES.

 

A. History and Development of the Company

 

WPP plc was incorporated in Jersey on 25 October 2012 under the name WPP 2012 plc.

 

On 2 January 2013, under a scheme of arrangement between WPP 2012 Limited (formerly known as WPP plc), (Old WPP), the former holding company of the Group, and its share owners pursuant to Article 125 of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, and as sanctioned by the Royal Court of Jersey (the Jersey Court), a Jersey incorporated and United Kingdom tax resident company, WPP 2012 plc became the new parent company of the WPP Group and adopted the

 

7


Table of Contents

name WPP plc. Under the scheme of arrangement, all the issued shares in Old WPP were cancelled and the same number of new shares were issued to WPP plc in consideration for the allotment to share owners of one share in WPP plc for each share in Old WPP held on the record date, 31 December 2012. Citibank, N.A., depositary for the ADSs representing Old WPP shares, cancelled Old WPP ADSs held in book-entry uncertificated form in the direct registration system maintained by it and issued ADSs representing shares of WPP plc in book entry uncertificated form in the direct registration system maintained by it to the holders. Holders of certificated ADSs, or ADRs, of Old WPP were entitled to receive ADSs of WPP plc upon surrender of the Old WPP ADSs, or ADRs, to the Depositary. Each Old WPP ADS represented five shares of Old WPP and each WPP plc ADS represents five shares of WPP plc.

 

Pursuant to Rule 12g-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), WPP plc succeeded to Old WPP’s registration and periodic reporting obligations under the Exchange Act.

 

Old WPP was incorporated in Jersey on 12 September 2008 and became the holding company of the WPP Group on 19 November 2008 when the company now known as WPP 2008 Limited, the prior holding company of the WPP Group which was incorporated in England and Wales, completed a reorganisation of its capital and corporate structure. WPP 2008 Limited had become the holding company of the Group on 25 October 2005 when the company now known as WPP 2005 Limited, the original holding company of the WPP Group, completed a reorganisation of its capital and corporate structure. WPP 2005 Limited was incorporated and registered in England and Wales in 1971 and is a private limited company under the Companies Act 1985, and until 1985 operated as a manufacturer and distributor of wire and plastic products. In 1985, new investors acquired a significant interest in WPP and changed the strategic direction of the Company from being a wire and plastic products manufacturer and distributor to being a multinational communications services organisation. Since then, the Company has grown both organically and by the acquisition of companies, most significantly the acquisitions of J. Walter Thompson Group, Inc. (now known as J. Walter Thompson Company LLC) in 1987, The Ogilvy Group, Inc. (now known as The Ogilvy Group LLC) in 1989, Young & Rubicam Inc. (now known as Young & Rubicam LLC) in 2000, Tempus Group plc (Tempus) in 2001, Cordiant Communications Group plc (Cordiant) in 2003, Grey Global Group, LLC (Grey) in 2005, 24/7 Real Media Inc (now known as Xaxis LLC) in 2007, Taylor Nelson Sofres plc (TNS) in 2008, AKQA Holdings, Inc. (AKQA) in 2012, IBOPE Participações Ltda (IBOPE) in 2015, Triad Digital Media, LLC and the merger of most of the Group’s Australian and New Zealand assets with STW Communications Group Limited in Australia (re-named WPP AUNZ) in 2016. During 2018, the Company focused on simplifying its organisation with the completion of the merger of VML and Y&R to create VMLY&R as well as the merger of Burson-Marsteller and Cohn & Wolfe to create Burson Cohn & Wolfe. The merger of Wunderman and J. Walter Thompson to create Wunderman Thompson began at the end of 2018 and was finalized in 2019. In July 2019, the Company entered into an agreement to sell 60% of the Kantar group to Bain Capital Private Equity. The transaction was completed with respect to the sale of approximately 90% of the Kantar group in December 2019. Completion of the sale of the remaining approximately 10% of the Kantar group is expected to occur in 2020.

 

The Company received £1,917.0 million and £440.3 million and spent £228.8 million related to acquisitions and disposals in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, including proceeds on disposal of investments and subsidiaries, payments in respect of earnout payments resulting from acquisitions in prior years and net of cash and cash equivalents disposed. For the same periods, cash spent on purchases of property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets was £394.1 million, £375.2 million and £326.2 million, respectively, and cash spent on share repurchases and buybacks was £43.8 million, £207.1 million and £504.2 million, respectively.

 

The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these requirements, the Company files reports and other information with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. You may read and copy any materials filed with the SEC at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The Company’s Form 20-F is also available on the Company’s website, www.wpp.com.

 

8


Table of Contents

B. Business Overview

 

Introduction

 

Certain Non-GAAP measures included in this business overview and in the operating and financial review and prospects have been derived from amounts calculated in accordance with IFRS but are not themselves IFRS measures. They should not be viewed in isolation as alternatives to the equivalent IFRS measure, rather they should be read in conjunction with the equivalent IFRS measure. These include constant currency, pro-forma (‘like-for-like’), headline operating profit, headline PBIT (Profit Before Interest and Taxation), headline PBT (Profit Before Taxation), billings, free cash flow and net debt and average net debt, which we define, explain the use of and reconcile to the nearest IFRS measure on pages 29 to 33.

 

Management believes that these measures are both useful and necessary to present herein because they are used by management for internal performance analyses; the presentation of these measures facilitates comparability with other companies, although management’s measures may not be calculated in the same way as similarly titled measures reported by other companies; and these measures are useful in connection with discussions with the investment community.

 

The Company is a leading worldwide creative transformation organisation offering national and multinational clients a comprehensive range of communications, experience, commerce and technology services.

 

A key element of our strategy is to align our technology capabilities more closely with our creative expertise, and to simplify WPP through the creation of fewer, stronger, integrated agencies. Recent restructuring actions, including the mergers of VMLY&R and Wunderman Thompson, the One Ogilvy strategy and the reorganization of our specialist healthcare agencies, mean that certain units have been reclassified between the previously reported sectors. As a result, several businesses that were reported within Public Relations & Public Affairs, and Brand Consulting, Health & Wellness and Specialist Communications, have been merged with entities within Advertising & Media Investment Management (AMIM). These include Wunderman Thompson, VMLY&R, Ogilvy PR and OgilvyOne. Additionally, the US healthcare companies have been re-aligned with strong agency partners within AMIM, and Burson Marsteller and Cohn & Wolfe have been merged to form Burson Cohn & Wolfe. Furthermore, WPP completed the transaction to sell a 60% stake in Kantar to Bain Capital Private Equity in December 2019.

 

As a consequence of these moves, which reflect changes in the way we manage the business and report internally, WPP is now organized into three sectors – Global Integrated Agencies; Public Relations; and Specialist Agencies. Kantar, representing materially all of the Data Investment Management segment of the Group, is now excluded from the sector analysis as it is classified as discontinued operations. This change only affects the business sector reporting structure of the results; there is no change to the Group-level financial statements or geographical segmentation.

 

Global Integrated Agencies

 

WPP’s integrated agency networks include Ogilvy, VMLY&R, Wunderman Thompson, Grey, GroupM and Hogarth. Among the principal functions of these agencies are the planning and creation of marketing, branding campaigns, design and production of advertisements across all media, and media buying services including strategy & business development, media investment, data & technology and content.

 

Public Relations

 

WPP’s public relations companies advise clients who are seeking to communicate with a range of stakeholders from consumers to governments and the business and financial communities. They include WPP’s public relations specialists, Burson Cohn & Wolfe and Hill+Knowlton Strategies, as previously reported but excluding Ogilvy PR which now sits within Global Integrated Agencies as part of Ogilvy.

 

9


Table of Contents

Specialist Agencies

 

Specialist agencies represent WPP’s other agencies that specialise in certain areas, whether by region or range of services. They include AKQA, GTB, Geometry, WPP Brand Consulting and Commarco.

 

The following tables show, for the last three fiscal years, reported revenue and revenue less pass-through costs from continuing operations attributable to each reportable segment in which the Company operates.

 

Revenue1    2019      20182      20172  
      £m     

% of

total

     £m     

% of

total

     £m     

% of

total

 

Global Integrated Agencies

     10,205.2        77.1        9,930.7        76.1        10,028.6        76.3  

Public Relations

     956.5        7.2        931.7        7.1        915.0        7.0  

Specialist Agencies

     2,072.4        15.7        2,184.3        16.8        2,202.8        16.7  

Total

     13,234.1        100.0        13,046.7        100.0        13,146.4        100.0  
1    

Intersegment sales have not been separately disclosed as they are not material.

2   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements. As a result, Data Investment Management is now excluded from the segment analysis.

 

Revenue less pass-through costs1    2019      20182      20172  
      £m     

% of

total

     £m     

% of

total

     £m     

% of

total

 

Global Integrated Agencies

       8,108.1          74.7          8,070.8          74.2          8,315.3          74.6  

Public Relations

     898.0        8.3        879.9        8.1        864.3        7.8  

Specialist Agencies

     1,840.4          17.0          1,925.0          17.7          1,964.3          17.6  
1    

Revenue less pass-through costs is revenue less media and other pass-through costs. Pass-through costs comprise fees paid to external suppliers where they are engaged to perform part or all of a specific project and are charged directly to clients, predominantly media costs. See note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for more details of the pass-through costs.

2   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements. As a result, Data Investment Management is now excluded from the segment analysis.

 

The following tables show, for the last three fiscal years, reported revenue and revenue less pass-through costs from continuing operations attributable to each geographic area in which the Company operates and demonstrates the Company’s regional diversity.

 

Revenue1    2019      20183      20173  
      £m     

% of

total

     £m     

% of

total

     £m     

% of

total

 

North America2

     4,854.7        36.7        4,851.7        37.2        5,083.5        38.7  

United Kingdom

     1,797.1        13.6        1,785.6        13.7        1,737.4        13.2  

Western Continental Europe

     2,628.8        19.8        2,589.6        19.8        2,455.7        18.7  

Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe

     3,953.5        29.9        3,819.8        29.3        3,869.8        29.4  

Total

     13,234.1        100.0        13,046.7        100.0        13,146.4        100.0  
1    

Intersegment sales have not been separately disclosed as they are not material.

2   

North America includes the US with revenue of £4,576.5 million (2018: £4,576.1 million, 2017: £4,782.0 million).

3   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements.

 

10


Table of Contents
Revenue less pass-through costs1    2019      20183      20173  
      £m     

% of

total

     £m     

% of

total

     £m     

% of

total

 

North America2

       4,034.3        37.2          4,059.7        37.3        4,335.2        38.9  

United Kingdom

     1,390.1        12.8        1,393.8        12.8        1390.0        12.5  

Western Continental Europe

     2,176.4        20.1        2,182.9        20.1        2,063.7        18.5  

Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe

       3,245.7        29.9          3,239.3          29.8          3,355.0          30.1  
1    

Revenue less pass-through costs is revenue less media and other pass-through costs. Pass-through costs comprise fees paid to external suppliers where they are engaged to perform part or all of a specific project and are charged directly to clients, predominantly media costs. See note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for more details of the pass-through costs.

2   

North America includes the US with revenue less pass-through costs of £3,806.3 million (2018: £3,836.0 million, 2017: £4,089.9 million).

3   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements.

 

WPP Head Office

 

The central functions of WPP, with principal offices in London and New York, are to develop the strategy of the Company, coordinate the provision of services to cross-Company clients, perform a range of cross-Company functions in areas such as new business, talent recruitment and development, training, IT, finance, audit, legal affairs, mergers & acquisitions (M&A), property, sustainability, investor relations and communications, promote best practice in areas such as our agencies’ approach to diversity and inclusion, drive operating efficiencies and monitor the financial performance of WPP’s operating companies.

 

Our strategy

 

When we launched our new strategy in December 2018, we described it as one of radical evolution. Radical because we needed to take decisive action to stabilise the Company and reposition it for growth; an evolution because ours is a talent business, and we need to transform at a deliberate pace – taking our people and clients with us on the journey.

 

In 2019 we laid the groundwork by making major structural changes to the Company. We implemented the mergers announced in the second half of 2018, creating fewer, stronger agency brands. We have completed more than 50 disposals in the past two years – the most significant being the sale of 60% of Kantar to Bain Capital.

 

Our strategy focuses on growth. The savings from restructuring our business will allow us to increase investment in the areas that will drive top-line growth in the future: creativity, technology and talent.

 

The five elements of our corporate strategy are:

 

   

Vision & Offer. A vision developed with our people and clients and a refreshed, more contemporary offer to meet the needs of our clients in a rapidly changing market.

 

   

Creativity. A renewed commitment to creativity, WPP’s most important competitive advantage.

 

   

Data & Technology. Harnessing the strength of our marketing and advertising technology, and unique partnerships with technology firms, for the benefit of clients.

 

   

Simpler Structure. Reducing complexity and making sure our clients can access the best resources from across the Company.

 

   

People & Culture. Investment in our people, our culture and a new set of values to ensure WPP is the natural home for the best and brightest talent.

 

11


Table of Contents

Sustainability

 

Our clients look to us for the insight, expertise and creativity to balance these interconnected pressures and communicate their purpose effectively and authentically. Our own sustainability strategy helps us to meet changing client expectations with strong and credible propositions, while reducing risks and creating a resilient business for the long term.

 

Our sustainability strategy supports all five elements of our corporate strategy, which we launched in late 2018. Below sets out the most material ways in which sustainability supports our strategy.

 

   

Vision & Offer.

A growing number of clients are grappling with sustainability challenges and looking to articulate the purpose of their brands. They look for partners who share their sustainability values and aspirations. Our commitment to responsible and sustainable business practices helps us to broaden and deepen these partnerships, and to meet the growing expectations and sustainability requirements in client procurement processes.

 

   

Creativity.

Social investment: Our pro bono work can make a significant difference to charities and non-governmental organisations (NGOs), enabling our partners to raise awareness and funds, recruit members, and achieve campaign objectives. Pro bono work benefits our business too, providing rewarding creative opportunities for our people that often result in award-winning campaigns that raise the profile of our companies.

 

Inclusive and diverse teams: Creativity thrives on diversity of background and thought. This makes having an inclusive and diverse workplace essential to our long-term business success. We want all of our people to feel valued and able to fulfil their potential, regardless of gender, ethnicity, age or disability.

 

   

Data & Technology.

Privacy and data ethics: Data – including consumer data – can play an essential role in our work for clients. Data security and privacy are increasingly high-profile topics for regulators, consumers and our clients. We have a responsibility to look after this data carefully, to collect data only when needed and with consent where required, and to store and transfer data securely.

 

   

Simpler Structure.

Greener office space: Our work to simplify our structure and consolidate our office space is driving a positive impact on our energy use and carbon footprint. We are reducing the overall number of offices we occupy, moving to Campus locations that use green building standards and reduce our impact, help us to use space more efficiently and encourage collaboration between our companies.

 

   

People & Culture.

Shared values across our business and supply chain: Strong employment policies, investment in skills and inclusive working practices help us recruit, motivate and develop the talented people we need to serve our clients in all disciplines across our locations. Selecting suppliers and partners who adopt standards consistent with our own can reduce costs, improve efficiency and protect our reputation.

 

Clients

 

   

1 in 5 of our top 50 clients have made commitments to carbon neutrality. 80% of our top 50 client leads have discussed sustainability with their clients.

 

People

 

   

We spent £38.7 million on training in 2019.

 

   

At year-end 2019, women comprised 37% of the WPP Board and Executive leadership roles, 50% of Senior Managers, and 55% of total employees.

 

12


Table of Contents

Environment

 

   

In 2019, WPP committed to take the ‘plastic’ out of ‘Wire and Plastic Products’ by:

    phasing out plastics that cannot be reused, recycled or composted across all of our 3,000+ agency offices and campuses worldwide by the end of 2020;
    signing up to the New Plastics Economy Global Commitment led by UN Environment and the Ellen MacArthur Foundation which aims to unite businesses, governments and other stakeholders behind a common vision for a plastics system that works; and
    pledging to work with clients and partners to drive consumer change at scale.

 

   

Our scope 1 and 2 market-based emissions per full-time employee for 2019 were 0.60 tonnes of CO2e, a 21% reduction from 2018.

 

Social investment

 

   

Our pro bono work was worth £10.6 million in 2019 for clients including UN Women and WildAid. We also made cash donations to charities of £5.2 million, resulting in a social investment worth £15.8 million. This is equivalent to 1.6% of profit before tax.

 

   

WPP media agencies negotiated free media space worth £18.9 million on behalf of pro bono clients, 1.92% of profit before tax.

 

Clients

 

The Group works with 348 of the Fortune Global 500, all 30 of the Dow Jones 30, 70 of the NASDAQ 100, and 69 of the FTSE 100.

 

The Company’s 10 largest clients accounted for 15% of the Company’s revenues in the year ended 31 December 2019. No client of the Company represented more than 5% of the Company’s aggregate revenues in 2019. The Group’s companies have maintained long-standing relationships with many of their clients, with an average length of relationship for the top 10 clients of approximately 50 years.

 

Government Regulation

 

From time to time, governments, government agencies and industry self-regulatory bodies in the United States, European Union and other countries in which the Company operates have adopted statutes, regulations, and rulings that directly or indirectly affect the form, content, and scheduling of advertising, public relations and public affairs, and market research, or otherwise limit the scope of the activities of the Company and its clients. Some of the foregoing relate to privacy and data protection and general considerations such as truthfulness, substantiation and interpretation of claims made, comparative advertising, relative responsibilities of clients and advertising, public relations and public affairs firms, and registration of public relations and public affairs firms’ representation of foreign governments.

 

There has been a trend towards expansion of specific rules, prohibitions, media restrictions, labeling disclosures and warning requirements with respect to advertising for certain products, such as over-the-counter drugs and pharmaceuticals, cigarettes, food and certain alcoholic beverages, and to certain groups, such as children. Though the Company does not expect any existing or proposed regulations to have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, the Company is unable to estimate the effect on its future operations of the application of existing statutes or regulations or the extent or nature of future regulatory action.

 

IT

 

The IT transformation programmes will underpin our three-year strategic plan and enhance our data security.

 

Since the launch of the WPP Data Privacy and Security Charter in 2018 we have issued incremental updates to reflect regulatory and best practice changes as well as to reflect changes to our business. The Charter helps us

 

13


Table of Contents

communicate our approach to data to our people and clients, setting out core principles for responsible data management through our Data Code of Conduct, our IT security, privacy and social media policies, and our security standards (which are based on ISO 27001).

 

Our Group Chief Privacy Officer leads our work on privacy, supported by our Data Protection Officer. Together, they provide practical guidance and support to our agencies on data ethics, ensure that privacy risks are well understood across the business, help us prepare for relevant new regulation, and promote best practices.

 

Our networks and companies have appointed privacy leads to oversee the implementation of our policies at a local level. They report progress via our Group Chief Counsel and Group Chief Privacy Officer.

 

Our company-wide audit programme includes controls reflecting the technical and organisational measures in place to protect data as well as specific data privacy controls. Our internal audit team runs a rolling-programme of audits across our companies to review privacy risks and practices using these controls.

 

Suppliers who collect, manage or store employee, consumer or client data on behalf of WPP, our companies and our clients must have the right data security and privacy standards in place. We conduct due diligence on data suppliers and embed privacy requirements in our supplier contracts.

 

We develop principles on privacy and data protection and compliance with local laws. We implemented extensive training ahead of General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) implementation in 2018 and the roll out of a GDPR toolkit to assist our people to prepare for implementation and will do the same as new legislation is adopted in other markets.

 

We monitor and log our network and systems and keep raising our people’s security awareness through our WPP Safer Data training and mock phishing attacks.

 

Our Safer Data platform continues to be enhanced and is a resource well used across the group. The platform provides information, guidance and resources to help our people understand privacy risks and to apply our policies to their work. The platform also includes our regulatory toolkits for GDPR, California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) and Brazil’s Lei Geral de Proteção de Dados (LGPD), model data protection contract clauses, privacy impact assessment tools, policy templates and other topic-specific or jurisdiction-specific guidance and resources.

 

We will relaunch our mandatory global Privacy and Data Security Awareness online training in 2020. There will be updates to both the style and content of the training, making it more engaging and relevant and ensuring our people are well-trained in our data responsibilities as a company and in their individual roles. Our team also continues to run face-to-face training to reflect specific topics or regulations, for example we have trained over 1,000 of our employees on the new CCPA.

 

We use our Data Health Checker to review privacy risks and data security practices in our businesses. This provides us with insight into how data is used, stored and transferred and helps to identify any parts of the business that need further support on data practices. The results show us that the majority of our companies continue to have measures in place that meet or exceed their level of privacy risk (the average risk score is 2.14, where 5 is the maximum risk score). Of those companies surveyed, 80% have a dedicated privacy lead.

 

C. Organizational Structure

 

The Company’s business comprises the provision of creative transformation services on a national, multinational and global basis. It operates out of over 3,000 offices in 112 countries (including associates). For a list of the Company’s principal subsidiary undertakings and their country of incorporation see Exhibit 8.1 to this Form 20-F.

 

14


Table of Contents

D. Property, Plant and Equipment

 

The majority of the Company’s properties are leased, although certain properties which are used mainly for office space are owned. In the United States the sole owned property was the 214,000 square foot VMLY&R office condominium for their headquarters located at 3 Columbus Circle in New York, New York, which was sold and converted to a leased location in Q1 2019 in addition to 160,000 of square feet of space already leased. Other owned properties are in Latin America (principally in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Mexico, Peru and Puerto Rico), Asia (India and China) and in Europe (Spain and UK). Principal leased properties, which include office space at the following locations:

 

Location   Use    Approximate
square footage
 

3 World Trade Center, New York, NY

  GroupM, Mindshare, Wavemaker, Mediacom, Essence, Xaxis, Kinetic, WPP      690,000  

636 Eleventh Avenue, New York, NY

  Ogilvy, Geometry, MJM, Hogarth, BDG      564,000  

399 Heng Feng Road, Zhabei, Shanghai

  Ogilvy, GroupM, Wavemaker, Mediacom, Mindshare, Geometry, Hill+Knowlton Strategies, Global Team Blue, Sudler MDS, Burson Cohn & Wolfe, Peclars, Hogarth, Wunderman Thompson, Superunion, Kinetic      488,000  
Calle de Ríos Rosas, 26, Madrid   GroupM, Grey, WPP Health & Wellness, Ogilvy, Hill+Knowlton Strategies, Burson Cohn & Wolfe, Axicom, WPP, Lambie Nairn, Finance +, Superunion, SCPF, VMLY&R, Wunderman Thompson      382,402  
The Orb Adjacent to JW Marriott Sahar, Chatrapati Shivaji International Airport, Andheri East, Mumbai   GroupM, Wavemaker, Mindshare, Mediacom, Kinetic, Ogilvy, Grey, Wunderman Thompson, Hill+Knowlton Strategies, Fitch, Landor, VMLY&R, Genesis Burson Cohn & Wolfe, WPP      375,000  
3 Columbus Circle, New York, NY   VMLY&R, Midas Exchange, Berlin Cameron, CMI, Taxi, Red Fuse, Finsbury, Fitch, WPP Health      374,000  

200 Fifth Avenue and 23 West 23rd Street, New York, NY

  Grey, Burson Cohn & Wolfe, Landor, Finance +, GCI Health, SJR, Townhouse      349,000  

Tower B, DLF Cyber Park, Gurugram

  GroupM, Wavemaker, Mindshare, Mediacom, Ogilvy, Wunderman Thompson, Hogarth, Grey, Global Team Blue, AKQA, ADK, WPP (Q4 2020 Occupancy)      340,000  

222 Merchandise Mart / 350 N Orleans, Chicago IL

  Ogilvy, Wunderman Thompson, Geometry, Global Team Blue, GroupM, Burson Cohn & Wolfe, Hill+Knowlton Strategies, The Futures Company, Kinetic      277,400  

333 North Green Street, Chicago, IL

  Burson Cohn & Wolfe, Branding, Geometry, GroupM, Hill+Knowlton Strategies, Kinetic, Ogilvy, VMLY&R, Wunderman Thompson, Hogarth, WBA      265,108  

125 Queens Quay, Toronto

  GroupM, Ogilvy, Wunderman Thompson, VMLY&R, Grey, Hill+Knowlton Strategies (Estimated Q4 2021 Occupancy)      258,053  

Sea Containers House, Upper Ground, London SE1

  Ogilvy, Wavemaker, WPP      226,000  

550 Town Center Drive, Dearborn, MI

  Global Team Blue, PRISM, Burrows, POSSIBLE, VMLY&R      217,900  

 

The Company considers its properties, owned or leased, to be in good condition and generally suitable and adequate for the purposes for which they are used. At 31 December 2019, the fixed asset value (cost less depreciation) representing land, freehold buildings and leasehold buildings as reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements was £661.8 million.

 

In 2019, 25% of our floorspace was certified to advanced sustainability standards such as Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) and Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method (BREEAM), meeting our 2020 target a year early.

 

In 2019, we opened five new Campuses in Helsinki, Bucharest, Amsterdam, Madrid and Mumbai, bringing our total to 16 WPP Campuses across four continents. We will continue to develop Campus co-locations to house our agencies in major cities, which deliver world-class working environments and increased efficiencies. Before the end of 2020, we will open a further three campuses and aim to have 75,000 people in 60 Campus locations worldwide by 2023.

 

15


Table of Contents

See note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for a schedule by years of lease payments as at 31 December 2019.

 

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

As introduced on page 9, certain Non-GAAP measures are included in the operating and financial review and prospects.

 

A. Operating Results

 

Overview

 

WPP is a creative transformation company with a service offering that allows us to meet the present and future needs of our clients. Our business model is client-centric, and we leverage resource and skills across our internal structures to provide the best possible service. The Company offers services in three reportable segments:

 

   

Global Integrated Agencies;

 

   

Public Relations

 

   

Specialist Agencies

 

In 2019, approximately 77% of the Company’s consolidated revenues from continuing operations were derived from Global Integrated Agencies, with the remaining 23% of its revenues being derived from the remaining two segments.

 

The following discussion is based on the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this report. The Group’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

 

We presented the strategy in December 2018. Our vision was to become a creative transformation company, one that combined outstanding human talent and imagination with expertise in technology and data, and behaved not as a financial conglomerate or group of separate businesses, but as a unified whole.

 

We defined a new purpose – to use the power of creativity to build better futures for our people, clients and communities. And we set new financial targets to allow us to invest in the long-term health of our business and deliver sustainable growth for our shareholders. The progress in 2019 is outlined below.

 

   

Vision & Offer. Won significant client assignments based on new offer. Increased investment in faster-growth areas of offer: experience, commerce and technology. Strong presence at events celebrating creativity, innovation and technology. Launched WPP iQ, a new online space for the best insight and industry intelligence from across the Company.

 

   

Creativity. Recruitment of high-profile creative leaders, including six key hires in the United States. Strong performance at Cannes, including five Grand Prix, one Titanium Lion, 17 Gold, 59 Silver and 107 Bronze. Continued demonstration of creative firepower with four spots at Super Bowl 2020.

 

   

Data & Technology. Established the WPP technology team and cross-agency Technology Council. Developed 360° partner programmes with all our key technology partners (Adobe, Amazon, Facebook, Google, IBM, Microsoft and Salesforce). Rationalised our internal product development strategy.

 

   

Simpler Structure. Clients: Appointed 17 Global Client Leaders to head up our most important client relationships; Won 18 new major global accounts; and Expanded almost half of our existing top-50 client relationships. Companies: Sale of 60% share in Kantar; 22 disposals of non-core businesses; and

 

16


Table of Contents
 

100 local office mergers and 80 business unit closures. Countries: Established our WPP Campus strategic vision; and Opened new Campuses in Helsinki, Bucharest, Madrid, Amsterdam and Mumbai.

 

   

People & Culture. Programme to promote new values across the Company. Reinvigorated creative recruiting and hiring experience. Enhanced our employee experience with more defined and supported career paths. Developed more inclusive policies and benefits for employees.

 

The share price increased by 26% in 2019, closing at 1,066.5 pence at year end. Since then it has declined to 545.0 pence, down 49%, at 24 April 2020. Dividends in respect of 2019 are 22.7 pence, a decrease from 60.0 pence in respect of 2018. Given the significant uncertainty over the coming months due to Covid-19, as previously discussed, the Board is suspending the 2019 final dividend of 37.3 pence per share.

 

Continuing operations

 

Revenue was up 1.4% at £13.234 billion. Revenue on a constant currency basis was up 0.2% compared with last year, the difference to the reportable number reflecting the weakness of the pound sterling against most currencies, particularly in the first half of the year. On a like-for-like basis, which excludes the impact of currency and acquisitions, revenue was flat. Billings were £53.059 billion, down 0.3%, down 1.4% in constant currency and down 1.0% like-for-like.

 

The Group’s revenue is more weighted to the second half of the year across all regions and sectors, and, particularly, in the faster growing markets of Asia Pacific and Latin America. As a result, headline operating profit continue to be skewed to the second half of the year, with the Group earning approximately 40% of its headline operating profit in the first half and 60% in the second half.

 

Operating profit was up 4.7% to £1.296 billion from £1.238 billion, up 4.3% in constant currency. Headline operating profit was down 5.5% to £1.561 billion, from £1.651 billion and down 5.6% in constant currency. The implementation of IFRS 16 on 1 January 2019 resulted in an increase to operating profit of £61 million.

 

Profit before interest and tax was up 3.4% to £1.311 billion from £1.268 billion. Headline PBIT for 2019 was down 5.8% to £1.623 billion, from £1.723 billion and down 6.0% in constant currencies.

 

Profit before tax fell by 21.9% to £0.982 billion from £1.258 billion. In constant currencies, profit before tax fell by 22.3%. Headline profit before tax was down 11.7% to £1.363 billion from £1.543 billion. The difference between profit before tax and headline profit before tax reflecting principally the £153 million of restructuring and transformation costs and £48 million of goodwill impairment charges.

 

Profit after tax fell by 29.4% to £0.707 billion from £1.002 billion. In constant currencies, profit after tax fell 30.3%.

 

Profits attributable to shareholders fell 33.0% to £0.628 billion from £0.937 billion, again reflecting principally the £153 million of restructuring and transformation costs and £48 million of goodwill impairment. In constant currencies, profits attributable to shareholders fell by 33.8%.

 

Diluted earnings per share fell by 41.3% to 49.5p from 84.3p and decreased 42.3% in constant currencies.

 

Net cash inflow from operating activities increased to £1.851 billion in the year from £1.694 billion in 2018. In 2019, operating profit was £1.580 billion, depreciation, amortisation and goodwill impairment £734 million, non-cash share-based incentive charges £71 million, working capital and provisions inflow £350 million, net interest paid £190 million, tax paid £536 million, lease liabilities (including interest) paid £355 million, capital expenditure £394 million, earnout payments £130 million and other net cash outflows £86 million. Free cash flow

 

17


Table of Contents

was, therefore, an inflow £1.044 billion. This free cash flow was enhanced by £2.221 billion in net cash acquisition payments and disposal proceeds (of which £1.971 billion was the Kantar disposal net of cash disposed and costs, and £250 million of net income from other disposal proceeds net of acquisition payments) and absorbed by £44 million in share buybacks and £750 million in dividends. This resulted in a net cash inflow of £2.471 billion.

 

Debt financing was £4.509 billion at 31 December 2019, compared to £6.660 billion at 31 December 2018. Average net debt in 2019 was £4.282 billion, compared to £5.025 billion in 2018, at 2019 exchange rates. On 31 December 2019 net debt was £1.540 billion, against £4.017 billion on 31 December 2018, a decrease of £2.477 billion (a decrease of £2.313 billion at 2019 exchange rates). The reduced period end debt figure reflects the benefit of £1.971 billion proceeds in relation to the disposal of 60% of the Group’s interest in Phase 1 of the Kantar business.

 

Discontinued operations

 

As a result of the Kantar sale, the Group has classified Kantar as held for sale under IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations which is as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements. As Kantar classifies as held for sale under IFRS 5, the profit for the year is presented as discontinued operations on the income statement. The decrease in profit for the year from £138 million in 2018 to £11 million in 2019 primarily reflects the goodwill impairment on classification as held for sale of £95 million and the tax expense on the disposal of £157 million, partially offset by the gain on sale of £74 million.

 

Segment performance

 

Performance of the Group’s businesses is reviewed by management based on headline operating profit. A table showing these amounts by reportable segment and geographical area for each of the three years ended 31 December 2019, 2018 and 2017 is presented in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. To supplement the reportable segment information presented in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the following tables give details of revenue growth and revenue less pass-through costs growth by geographical area and reportable segment on a reported, constant currency, and like-for-like basis. Headline operating profit and headline operating profit margin by reportable segment are also provided below.

 

Geographical area

 

Revenue Analysis                                            
     

Reported

revenue

change %+/(-)

   

Constant

currency

revenue

change %+/(-)

   

Like-for-like

revenue

change %+/(-)

 
      2019      20181     2019     20181     2019     20181  

North America

     0.1        (4.6     (4.1     (1.4     (5.0     (2.5

United Kingdom

     0.6        2.8       0.6       2.8       1.8       1.8  

Western Continental Europe

     1.5        5.5       2.9       5.8       1.5       3.2  

Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe

     3.5        (1.3     3.6       3.5       4.7       4.8  

Total Group

     1.4        (0.8     0.2       2.1       0.0       1.3  
  1    

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

18


Table of Contents
Revenue less pass-through costs analysis                                     
     

Reported

revenue

less pass-
through costs1
change %+/(-)

   

Constant
currency

revenue

less pass-
through costs1
change %+/(-)

   

Like-for-like
revenue

less pass-
through costs1
change %+/(-)

 
      2019     20182     2019     20182     2019     20182  

North America

     (0.6     (6.4     (4.7     (3.1     (5.7     (3.9

United Kingdom

     (0.3     0.3       (0.3     0.3       0.3       (0.2

Western Continental Europe

     (0.3     5.8       1.0       6.0       0.7       3.4  

Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe

     0.2       (3.4     0.4       1.6       1.4       2.2  
  1    

Revenue less pass-through costs is revenue less media and other pass-through costs. Pass-through costs comprise fees paid to external suppliers where they are engaged to perform part or all of a specific project and are charged directly to clients. See note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for more details of the pass-through costs.

 
  2   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

North America constant currency revenue less pass-through costs was down 4.7% in the year and down 5.7% like-for-like, with a significant improvement in the second half. Revenue less pass through costs was down 4.0% in the second half on a like-for-like basis compared to down 7.3% in the first half as the negative effect of some of the 2018 client assignment losses started to ease.

 

United Kingdom constant currency revenue less pass-through costs was down 0.3% in the year and up 0.3% on a like-for-like basis, with the Group’s global integrated agencies and particularly GroupM performing less well in the second half of the year, partly offset by a significant improvement in the Group’s specialist public relations businesses.

 

Western Continental Europe constant currency revenue less pass-through costs grew 1.0% in the year with like-for-like up 0.7%, the second strongest performing region. Germany was significantly stronger in the second half of the year, partly offset by a softening in France, Italy and the Netherlands.

 

In Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & the Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe, on a constant currency basis, revenue less pass-through costs growth in the region was 0.4% for the year with like-for-like growth 1.4%, the strongest performing region. Like-for-like growth improved in the second half to 1.8%, compared to 1.1% in the first half, with Africa & the Middle East improving significantly, partly offset by a slight softening in Asia Pacific and Latin America.

 

19


Table of Contents

Reportable Segments

 

Revenue Analysis                                      
     

Reported

revenue

change %+/(-)

   

Constant

currency

revenue

change %+/(-)

    

Like-for-like

revenue

change %+/(-)

 
      2019     20181     2019     20181      2019     20181  

Global Integrated Agencies

     2.8       (1.0     1.5       1.9        1.4       1.4  

Public Relations

     2.7       1.8       0.5       4.7        (0.7     4.0  

Specialist Agencies

     (5.1     (0.8     (6.2     1.8        (5.9     (0.2

Total Group

     1.4       (0.8     0.2       2.1        0.0       1.3  
  1    

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

Revenue less pass-through costs analysis                                     
     

Reported

revenue

less pass-

through  costs1
change %+/(-)

   

Constant
currency

revenue

less pass-
through costs1
change %+/(-)

   

Like-for-like
revenue

less pass-
through costs1

change %+/(-)

 
      2019     20182     2019     20182     2019     20182  

Global Integrated Agencies

     0.5       (2.9     (0.7     (0.1     (0.7     (0.3

Public Relations

     2.1       1.8       (0.1     4.7       (1.0     4.2  

Specialist Agencies

     (4.4     (2.0     (5.6     0.7       (5.6     (1.7
  1   

Revenue less pass-through costs is revenue less media and other pass-through costs. Pass-through costs comprise fees paid to external suppliers where they are engaged to perform part or all of a specific project and are charged directly to clients. See note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for more details of the pass-through costs.

 
  2   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

Headline operating profit analysis   20191     2018     2017  
     £m    

Headline

operating
profit

margin2

%

    £m    

Headline

operating
profit

margin2, 3

%

    £m    

Headline

operating
profit

margin2, 3

%

 

Global Integrated Agencies

    1,219.5       15.0       1,228.2       15.2       1,321.4       15.9  

Public Relations

    140.6       15.7       139.2       15.8       123.5       14.3  

Specialist Agencies

    200.5       10.9       283.8       14.7       348.3       17.7  

Total Group

    1,560.6               1,651.2               1,793.2          
  1    

IFRS 16 Leases was adopted from 1 January 2019 as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements. No restatement has been made in prior years.

 
  2  

Headline operating profit margin is calculated as headline operating profit as a percentage of revenue less pass-through costs.

 
  3  

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

Like-for-like revenue less pass-through costs in the Group’s global integrated agencies was down 0.7% in the year, making it the strongest performing sector. There was a significant improvement in the second half of the year, with like-for-like growth of 0.3% compared to down 1.8% in the first half. Grey, Ogilvy, Wunderman Thompson and VMLY&R improved in the second half, partly offset by lower growth in GroupM. As a result, headline operating profit was down £8.7 million from £1,228.2 million for the year ended 2018 to £1,219.5 million for the year ended 2019.

 

20


Table of Contents

Like-for-like revenue less pass-through costs in the Group’s public relations businesses was down 1.0% in the year, with a significant improvement in the second half, down 0.4% on a like-for-like basis compared to down 1.5% in the first half. The Group’s specialist public relations businesses Finsbury, Glover Park, Hering Schuppener, Buchanan and Clarion performed particularly strongly in the second half of the year. As a result of the above, headline operating profit was up £1.4 million from £139.2 million for the year ended 2018 to £140.6 million for the year ended 2019.

 

In the Group’s specialist agencies, like-for-like revenue less pass-through costs was down 5.6% in the year, as the Group’s specialist brand consulting, advertising and direct, interactive and ecommerce businesses came under pressure, particularly in North America, Western Continental Europe and Asia Pacific. The Group’s specialist agencies include the specialist global Ford agency, GTB, and performance reflects the loss of the omnichannel work in the second half of 2018. As a result, headline operating profit was down £83.3 million from £283.8 million for the year ended 2018 to £200.5 million for the year ended 2019.

 

2019 compared with 2018

 

The financial results for 2019 are based on the Group’s continuing operations and the results of Kantar are presented separately as discontinued operations. The 2017 and 2018 reported numbers have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements, to reflect this change.

 

Revenues

 

Revenue was up 1.4% at £13.234 billion. Revenue on a constant currency basis was up 0.2% compared with last year, the difference to the reportable number reflecting the weakness of the pound sterling against most currencies, particularly in the first half of the year. On a like-for-like basis, which excludes the impact of currency and acquisitions, revenue was flat.

 

Costs of services, general and administrative costs

 

Costs of services increased by 2.5% in 2019 to £10,825.1 million from £10,559.1 million in 2018.

 

General and administrative costs decreased by 10.9% to £1,113.1 million from £1,249.7 million in 2018, principally in relation to decrease in goodwill impairment, decrease in amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets and lower IT costs, partly offset by a gain on disposal of investment in 2018 that did not repeat in 2019.

 

Staff costs increased by 2.0% to £7,090.6 million from £6,950.6 million in 2018. Staff costs, excluding incentives (short- and long-term incentives and cost of share-based incentives), increased by 2.4%. Incentive payments of £294 million were 15.8% of headline operating profit before incentives, a similar level to £311 million or 15.9% in 2018.

 

On a like-for-like basis, the average number of people in the Group, excluding associates, in 2019 was 106,508 compared to 106,555 in 2018. On the same basis, the total number of people, excluding associates, at 31 December 2019 was 106,786 compared to 105,900 at 31 December 2018, an increase of 0.8%.

 

As outlined at the investor day on 11 December 2018, we have undertaken a strategic review of our operations. As part of that review, restructuring actions have been taken to right-size underperforming businesses, address high-cost severance markets and simplify operational structures. This has included the merger, closure or sale of a number of WPP’s operating companies. It also includes transformation costs with respect to strategic initiatives like co-locations in major cities, IT transformation and shared services.

 

21


Table of Contents

In 2019, the Group recorded £121 million of restructuring and transformation costs in relation to this plan, in addition to the £212 million in 2018. Of this £333 million total, £220 million relates to actions with a cash cost, with £158 million paid to date – the balance to be paid in 2020 and beyond. Total restructuring and transformation costs in 2019 of £153 million comprise the £121 million above and £32 million of other costs, primarily relating to the continuing global IT transformation programme.

 

These exceptional costs of £153 million and £48 million of associate company exceptional losses have been partly offset by exceptional gains of £58 million, primarily relating to the gain on the sale of the Group’s investment in Chime.

 

This gives a net exceptional loss of £143 million and compares with a net exceptional loss in 2018 of £70 million.

 

Profit before interest and taxation

 

Profit before interest and tax was up 3.4% to £1.311 billion from £1.268 billion. Headline PBIT for 2019 was down 5.8% to £1.623 billion, from £1.723 billion and down 6.0% in constant currencies.

 

Finance and investment income, finance costs and revaluation of financial instruments

 

Net finance costs, finance and investment income less finance costs (excluding the revaluation of financial instruments), were £260 million compared with £180 million in 2018, an increase of £80 million. This primarily reflects additional interest expense related to lease liabilities of £100 million following the adoption of IFRS 16. Revaluation of financial instruments resulted in a loss of £68.4 million in 2019 and a gain of £169.4 million in 2018.

 

Taxation

 

The Group’s tax rate on profit before tax was 28.0% in 2019 against 20.4% in 2018.

 

The difference in the rate in 2019 was principally due to the revaluation of financial instruments not being tax deductible. Given the Group’s geographic mix of profits and the changing international tax environment, the tax rate is expected to increase slightly over the next few years.

 

Profit for the year

 

Profit after tax fell by 29.4% to £0.707 billion from £1.002 billion. In constant currencies, profit after tax fell 30.3%. Profits attributable to shareholders fell 33.0% to £0.628 billion from £0.937 billion, again reflecting principally the £153 million of restructuring and transformation costs and £48 million of goodwill impairment. In constant currencies, profits attributable to shareholders fell by 33.8%.

 

2018 compared with 2017

 

Revenues

 

Reported revenue was down 0.8% at £13,046.7 million. Revenue on a constant currency basis was up 2.1% compared with 2017, the difference to the reportable number reflecting the strength of the pound sterling against most currencies, particularly in the first half of the year. On a like-for-like basis, which excludes the impact of currency and acquisitions, revenue was up 1.3%.

 

Costs of services, general and administrative costs

 

Costs of services increased by 0.7% in 2018 to £10,559.1 million from £10,481.6 million in 2017.

 

22


Table of Contents

General and administrative costs increased by 15.0% to £1,249.7 million from £1,086.9 million in 2017, principally in relation to an increase in the provision for bad debts and higher IT costs.

 

Staff costs decreased by 1.6% to £6,950.6 million from £7,065.1 million. Staff costs, excluding incentives (short- and long-term incentives and cost of share-based incentives), decreased by 1.9%. Incentive payments of £311.3 million were 15.9% of headline operating profit before incentives compared with £294.8 million or 14.1% in 2017. Achievement of target, at an individual Company level, generally generates 15% of headline PBIT, excluding share of results of associates (excluding exceptional gains/losses), before bonus as an incentive pool and 20% at maximum.

 

On a like-for-like basis, the average number of people in the Group, excluding associates, in 2018 was 133,903 compared to 135,521 in 2017, a decrease of 1.2%. On the same basis, the total number of people, excluding associates, at 31 December 2018 was 134,281 compared to 135,187 at 31 December 2017, a decrease of 906 or 0.7%.

 

As outlined in the investor day on 11 December 2018, we have undertaken a strategic review of our operations. As part of that review, restructuring actions have been taken to right-size underperforming businesses, address high cost severance markets and simplify operational structures. This has included the merger of a number of WPP’s operating companies. It also includes transformation costs with respect to strategic initiatives like co-locations in major cities, IT transformation and shared services.

 

In 2018, restructuring and transformation costs of £265.5 million comprise £179.7 million of restructuring costs and £85.8 million of transformation costs with respect to strategic initiatives including co-locations in major cities, IT transformation and shared services. In the fourth quarter of 2018, £212.3 million of restructuring and transformation costs were incurred in relation to the strategic review of the Group’s operations. The remaining £53.2 million primarily relates to restructuring costs recorded in the first half of 2018 and transformation costs in relation to the IT transformation programme.

 

These exceptional costs of £265.5 million and £41.5 million of associate company exceptional losses have been partly offset by exceptional gains of £237.9 million, primarily relating to the gain on the sale of the Group’s investment in Globant S.A.

 

This gives a net exceptional loss of £69.1 million and compares with a net exceptional loss in 2017 of £49.5 million.

 

Profit before interest and taxation

 

As a result of the above, profit before interest and tax was down 24.3% to £1.268 billion from £1.676 billion. Headline PBIT was down 8.8% to £1.723 billion, from £1.890 billion.

 

Finance and investment income, finance costs and revaluation of financial instruments

 

Finance income increased to £98.9 million in 2018 from £89.0 million in 2017. Finance costs increased to £279.1 million in 2018 from £261.9 million in 2017. Therefore, net finance costs were £180.2 million, compared with £ 172.9 million in 2017, an increase of £7.3 million. This is due to the higher dollar interest rates. Revaluation of financial instruments resulted in a gain of £169.4 million in 2018 and a gain of £243.9 million in 2017.

 

Taxation

 

The Group’s tax rate on profit before tax was 20.4% in 2018 against 4.8% in 2017.

 

23


Table of Contents

The difference in the rate in 2017 was principally due to an exceptional tax credit in 2017, primarily relating to the re-measurement of deferred tax liabilities following US tax reform. Given the Group’s geographic mix of profits and the changing international tax environment, the tax rate is expected to increase slightly over the next few years.

 

Profit for the year

 

Profit after tax fell by 39.8% to £1.002 billion from £1.664 billion. Profits attributable to shareholders fell 40.7% to £936.5 million from £1,579.5 million, again reflecting principally the £265.5 million of restructuring and transformation costs and £183.9 million of goodwill impairment. Diluted earnings per share fell by 40.0% to 74.3p from 123.8p.

 

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

General—The primary sources of funds for the Group are cash generated from operations and funds available under its credit facilities. The primary uses of cash funds in recent years have been for debt service and repayment, capital expenditures, acquisitions, share repurchases and cancellations and dividends. For a breakdown of the Company’s sources and uses of cash and for the Company’s liquidity risk management see the “Consolidated Cash Flow Statement” and note 26, which are included as part of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in Item 18 of this Report.

 

2019 was a foundational year for WPP’s new strategy, driving structural and cultural change: Through mergers formed Wunderman Thompson and VMLY&R to create fewer, stronger agency brands and simplified the Company with the disposal of non-core businesses – easier to manage and a better proposition for clients; Creating multi-agency Campuses worldwide to enhance collaboration and provide a better working environment; and Investing in central WPP teams such as people, technology and marketing & growth to provide greater support to operating companies. We aim to have 75,000 of our people in WPP Campuses by 2023.

 

WPP is well-capitalised and cash-generative. The disposal programme has simplified WPP and reduced debt to the lower end of target range. WPP has raised over £3.2 billion from over 50 disposals and more than 80 non-core business closures in the past two years. The Group has continued strong cash generation to fund investment. As at 31 December 2019 we had cash of £3.0 billion and total liquidity, including undrawn credit facilities, of £4.8 billion.

 

Funds returned to shareholders in 2019 totalled £794 million, including dividends and share buybacks. In 2019, 4.6 million shares, or 0.4% of the issued share capital, were purchased at a cost of £44 million. All of these shares were purchased in the fourth quarter.

 

The Group’s liquidity is affected primarily by the working capital flows associated with its media buying activities on behalf of clients. The working capital movements relate primarily to the Group’s billings. Billings comprise the gross amounts billed to clients in respect of commission-based/fee-based income together with the total of other fees earned. In 2019, billings were £53.1 billion, or 4.0 times the revenue of the Group. The inflows and outflows associated with media buying activity therefore represent significant cash flow within each month of the year and are forecast and re-forecast on a regular basis throughout the year by the Group’s treasury staff so as to ensure that there is continuing coverage of peak requirements through committed borrowing facilities from the Group’s bankers and other sources.

 

Liquidity risk management—The Group manages liquidity risk by ensuring continuity and flexibility of funding even in difficult market conditions. Undrawn committed borrowing facilities are maintained in excess of peak net-borrowing levels and debt maturities are closely monitored. Targets for debt less cash position are set on an annual basis and, to assist in meeting this, working capital targets are set for all the Group’s major operations. See additional discussion on liquidity risk in note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

24


Table of Contents

Debt

 

The Company’s borrowings consist of bonds and revolving credit facilities, details on the Company’s borrowings are provided in note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Group has a five-year Revolving Credit Facility of $2.5 billion due March 2024. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility are governed by certain financial covenants based on the results and financial position of the Group, including requirements that (i) the interest coverage ratio for each financial period equal or exceed 5.0 to 1 and (ii) the ratio of borrowed funds to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation at 30 June and 31 December in each year shall not exceed 3.5 to 1, both covenants are defined in the relevant agreement. The Group is in compliance with both covenants. On 14 February 2020, the lending banks approved extending the maturity for a further year to March 2025.

 

The Group also has a one-year Revolving Credit Facility of A$150 million due June 2020 and a three-year Revolving Credit Facility of A$270 million due June 2021. Borrowings under these facilities are governed by certain financial covenants based on the results and financial position of WPP AUNZ, including requirements that (i) the interest coverage ratio for each financial period equal or exceed 4.0 to 1 and (ii) the ratio of borrowed funds to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation at 30 June and 31 December in each year shall not exceed 3.0 to 1, both covenants are defined in the relevant agreement. The Group is in compliance with both covenants.

 

Hedging of financial instruments—The Group’s policy on interest rate and foreign exchange rate management sets out the instruments and methods available to hedge interest and currency risk exposures and the control procedures in place to ensure effectiveness. The Group uses derivative financial instruments to reduce exposure to foreign exchange risk and interest rate movements. The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

 

In 2019, operating profit of continuing and discontinued operations was £1.580 billion, depreciation, amortisation and goodwill impairment £734 million, non-cash share-based incentive charges £71 million, working capital and provisions inflow £350 million, net interest paid £190 million, tax paid £536 million, lease liabilities (including interest) paid £355 million, capital expenditure £394 million, earnout payments £130 million and other net cash outflows £86 million. Free cash flow was, therefore, an inflow of £1.044 billion. This free cash inflow was enhanced by £2.221 billion in net cash acquisition payments and disposal proceeds (of which £1.971 billion was the Kantar disposal net of cash disposed and costs, and £250 million of net income from other disposal proceeds net of acquisition payments) and absorbed by £44 million in share buybacks and £750 million in dividends. This resulted in a net cash inflow of £2.471 billion.

 

On 31 December 2019, debt financing was £4.509 billion against £6.660 billion on 31 December 2018, a decrease of £2.151 billion. On 31 December 2019 net debt was £1.540 billion, against £4.017 billion on 31 December 2018, a decrease of £2.477 billion (a decrease of £2.313 billion at 2019 exchange rates). The reduced period end debt figure reflects the benefit of £1.971 billion proceeds in relation to the disposal of 60% of the Group’s interest in Phase 1 of the Kantar business. Average net debt in 2019 was £4.282 billion, compared to £5.025 billion in 2018, at 2019 exchange rates.

 

Refer to Item 5F for details on the Company’s material commitments for capital expenditures at 31 December 2019.

 

Given the significant uncertainty of Covid-19 over the coming months, we are taking prudent action now to maintain our liquidity and ensure that we emerge from this global crisis strong, secure, and ready to meet the continuing needs of our clients, shareholders and other stakeholders. The Board has therefore decided to suspend the £950 million share buyback, funded by proceeds from the Kantar transaction. Since December 2019, we have completed £330 million of the programme. In addition, the Board is suspending the 2019 final dividend of 37.3 pence per share, which was due to be proposed at the 2020 AGM. These two actions together will preserve approximately £1.1 billion of cash. The Board will continue to review the status of the 2019 dividend.

 

25


Table of Contents

Most of our costs are variable in nature. We have commenced a review of our costs to protect profitability, where possible, from a decline in revenue. At the same time, we want to protect our people as much as possible, as well as our ability to serve clients and grow when markets recover. The immediate actions we have taken include: freezing new hires; reviewing freelance expenditure; stopping discretionary costs, including travel and hotels and the costs of award shows; and postponing planned salary increases for 2020. In addition, members of the WPP Executive Committee, as well as the Board, have committed to taking a 20% reduction in their salaries or fees for an initial period of three months.

 

We anticipate these measures will generate total in-year savings for 2020 of £700 – 800 million. In addition, we are making a detailed assessment of further actions to reduce cost subject to the impact of the virus on our business over the coming weeks and months.

 

We have also reviewed our capital expenditure budgets for 2020 and looked at opportunities to improve working capital. We have identified savings in excess of £100 million in property and IT capital expenditure against an initial 2020 budget of around £400 million. On working capital, we have a standing weekly management process to review cash outflows and receipts to monitor our position. We are continuing to work closely with our clients to ensure timely payment for the services we have provided in line with contractual commitments. On media, we are working with clients and vendors to maintain the settlement flow. Should we see any deterioration in payment from our media clients we will take appropriate action to manage our cash position.

 

Going concern

 

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are set out in the Operating Results on pages 16 to 22 and Risk Factors on pages 4 to 7. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described in the financial statements and the notes to the financial statements include the company’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s forecasts and projections, taking account of (i) reasonably possible declines in revenue less pass through costs; and (ii) remote declines in revenue less pass-through costs for stress-testing purposes as a consequence of the Covid-19 pandemic from April 2020 onwards compared to 2019, considering the Group’s bank covenant and liquidity headroom taking into account the suspension of share buybacks and the final dividend of 2019 and cost mitigation actions which are and which could be implemented, show that the Company and the Group would be able to operate with appropriate liquidity and within its banking covenants and be able to meet its liabilities as they fall due. The Company modelled a range of revenue less pass through costs declines from 15% to over 35%. The Directors therefore have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.

 

This section is included in the 2019 WPP Annual Report posted on the Company’s website at www.wpp.com/investors pursuant to UK requirements and is provided in this Form 20-F as supplemental information. This Annual Report on Form 20-F does not incorporate by reference information on the Company’s website. The 2019 WPP Annual Report will be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K.

 

Summarised financial information about Guarantors and Issuers of Guaranteed Securities

 

WPP Finance 2010 has in issue $500 million of 3.625% bonds due September 2022, $93 million ($28 million was repaid in 2018 and $179 million was repaid in 2019 from the $300 million initially issued) of 5.125% bonds due September 2042 and $812 million of 4.75% bonds due November 2021 (repaid in full on December 27, 2019) with WPP plc as parent guarantor and WPP Air 1, WPP 2008 Limited, WPP 2005 Limited, WPP 2012 Limited and WPP Jubilee Limited as subsidiary guarantors.

 

26


Table of Contents

For the year ended 31 December 2019, £m

 

     

WPP Finance 2010

(issuer), WPP plc

and Subsidiary

Guarantors

 

Continuing operations

        

Revenue

      

Costs of services

      

Gross profit

      

Loss for the year from continuing operations

     (200.8

Loss for the year

     (200.8

 

     

WPP Finance 2010
(issuer), WPP plc

and Subsidiary
Guarantors

 

Due from Non-Guarantors-long term

     198.2  

Non-current assets

     320.1  

Due from Non-Guarantors-short term

     137.6  

Current assets

     1,215.7  

Due to Non-Guarantors-short term

     (11,310.2

Current Liabilities

     (14,377.5

Due to Non-Guarantors-long term

     (7,182.3

Non-current liabilities

     (8,490.5

 

WPP Finance 2010 has in issue $750 million of 3.750% bonds due September 2024 and $220 million ($50 million was repaid in 2018 and $230 million was repaid in 2019 from the $500 million initially issued) of 5.625% bonds due November 2043, with WPP plc as parent guarantor and WPP Jubilee Limited and WPP 2005 Limited as subsidiary guarantors.

 

27


Table of Contents

For the year ended 31 December 2019, £m

 

     

WPP Finance 2010

(issuer), WPP plc
and Subsidiary
Guarantors

 

Continuing operations

        

Revenue

      

Costs of services

      

Gross profit

      

Loss for the year from continuing operations

     (200.8

Loss for the year

     (200.8

 

     

WPP Finance 2010

(issuer), WPP plc
and Subsidiary
Guarantors

 

Due from Non-Guarantors-long term

     198.2  

Non-current assets

     320.1  

Due from Non-Guarantors-short term

     310.7  

Current assets

     1,384.9  

Due to Non-Guarantors-short term

     (11,310.9

Current Liabilities

     (14,378.1

Due to Non-Guarantors-long term

     (7,182.3

Non-current liabilities

     (8,490.5

 

The issuer and guarantors of the bonds (issuer and subsidiary guarantors are 100% owned by WPP plc) are consolidated subsidiaries of WPP plc and are each subject to the reporting requirements under section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The summarized financial information for WPP Finance 2010 and the guarantors is presented on a combined basis and prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and is intended to provide investors with meaningful financial information, and is provided pursuant to the early adoption of Rule 13-01 of Regulation S-X which allows for alternative financial disclosures or narrative disclosures in lieu of the separate financial statements of WPP Finance 2010 and the guarantors. The financial information presented is that of the issuers and guarantors of the guaranteed security, and the financial information of non-issuer and non-guarantor subsidiaries has been excluded.

 

In the event that WPP Finance 2010 fails to pay the holders of the securities, thereby requiring WPP plc, WPP Air 1, WPP 2008 Limited, WPP 2005 Limited, WPP 2012 Limited or WPP Jubilee Limited to make payment pursuant to the terms of their full and unconditional, and joint and several guarantee of those securities, there is no impediment to WPP plc, WPP Air 1, WPP 2008 Limited, WPP 2005 Limited, WPP 2012 Limited or WPP Jubilee Limited obtaining reimbursement for any such payments from WPP Finance 2010.

 

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

 

Not applicable.

 

D. Trend Information

 

The discussion below and in the rest of this Item 5 includes forward-looking statements regarding plans, objectives, projections and anticipated future performance based on assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties. As such, actual results or outcomes may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements” preceding Item 1 in this annual report.

 

28


Table of Contents

It is clear that the impact of Covid-19 on the business will be significant but it is not possible at this stage to quantify the depth or duration of the impact. As a result, we have withdrawn our previously issued guidance for the 2020 financial year.

 

Revenue from continuing operations in the first quarter of 2020 was £2.847 billion, down 4.9% compared with the same period last year on a reported basis and down 4.6% on a constant currency basis. Like-for-like revenue was down 3.8% compared with last year.

 

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

None.

 

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

The following summarises the Company’s estimated contractual obligations at 31 December 2019, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on its liquidity and cash flows in the future periods. Certain obligations presented below held by one subsidiary of the Company may be guaranteed by another subsidiary in the ordinary course of business.

 

              Payments due in  
£m    Total      2020      2021      2022      2023      2024     

Beyond

2024

 

Debt financing under the Revolving Credit Facility and in relation to unsecured loan notes1

 

Eurobonds

     2,624.2        211.6               211.6        634.9               1,566.1  

Sterling bonds

     400.0                                           400.0  

US$ bonds

     1,178.3                      377.0               565.5        235.8  

Bank revolvers

     101.7        5.3        96.4                              

Subtotal

     4,304.2        216.9        96.4        588.6        634.9        565.5        2,201.9  

Interest payable

     1,039.1        107.9        107.6        103.5        91.4        68.7        560.0  

Total

     5,343.3        324.8        204.0        692.1        726.3        634.2        2,761.9  

Lease liabilities2

     3,002.5        385.9        384.0        335.4        283.0        220.5        1,393.7  

Capital commitments3

     165.0        107.3        22.7        2.4        32.6                

Investment commitments3

     21.8        21.8                                     

Financial derivatives

     21.5        4.8        6.6        5.6        5.5        5.5        (6.5

Estimated obligations under acquisition earnouts and put option agreements

     480.6        217.8        52.8        86.9        35.9        41.3        45.9  

Total contractual obligations

     9,034.7        1,062.4        670.1        1,122.4        1,083.3        901.5        4,195.0  

 

1    

In addition to debt financing under the Revolving Credit Facility and in relation to unsecured loan notes, the Company had short-term overdrafts at 31 December 2019 of £235.7 million. The Group’s net debt at 31 December 2019 was £1,539.6 million and is analysed in Item 5B.

2   

In addition to the lease liabilities, the total committed future cash flow for leases not yet commenced at 31 December 2019 is £558.0 million. In 2019, variable lease expenses were £74.2 million which primarily include real estate taxes and insurance costs.

3   

Capital and investment commitments include commitments contracted, but not provided for in respect of property, plant and equipment and in respect of interests in associates and other investments, respectively.

 

The Company expects to make annual contributions to its funded defined benefit plans, as determined in line with local conditions and practices. Contributions in respect of unfunded plans are paid as they fall due. The total contributions (for funded plans) and benefit payments (for unfunded plans) paid for 2019 amounted to £37.1 million (2018: £44.9 million, 2017: £68.2 million). Employer contributions and benefit payments in 2020 are expected to be approximately £25 million. Projections for years after 2020 are subject to a number of factors, including future asset performance and changes in assumptions which mean the Company is unable to make sufficiently reliable estimations of future contributions.

 

Non-GAAP Information

 

As introduced on page 9, the following metrics are the Group’s Non-GAAP measures.

 

29


Table of Contents

Constant currency

 

The Company’s reporting currency is the UK pound sterling. However, the Company’s significant international operations give rise to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. To neutralize foreign exchange impact and illustrate the underlying change in revenue, profit and other relevant financial statement line items from one year to the next, the Company has adopted the practice of discussing results in both reportable currency (local currency results translated into pounds sterling at the prevailing foreign exchange rate) and constant currency.

 

The Group uses US dollar-based, constant currency models to measure performance. These are calculated by applying budgeted 2019 exchange rates to local currency reported results for the current and prior year. This gives a US dollar-denominated income statement which excludes any variances attributable to foreign exchange rate movements.

 

Pro-forma (‘like-for-like’)

 

Management believes that discussing like-for-like contributes to the understanding of the Company’s performance and trends because it allows for meaningful comparisons of current year to that of prior years.

 

Pro-forma comparisons are calculated as follows: current year, constant currency actual results (which include acquisitions from the relevant date of completion) are compared with prior year, constant currency actual results, adjusted to include the results of acquisitions for the commensurate period in the prior year. The Group uses the terms ‘pro-forma’ and ‘like-for-like’ interchangeably.

 

The following table reconciles reported revenue growth for 2019 and 2018 to like-for-like revenue for the same period.

 

Continuing operations    Revenue  
      £m         

2017 Reportable1

     13,146          

Impact of exchange rate changes

     (372     (2.9%

Changes in scope of consolidation

     103       0.8%  

Like-for-like growth

     170       1.3%  

2018 Reportable1

     13,047       (0.8%

Impact of exchange rate changes

     165       1.2%  

Changes in scope of consolidation

     22       0.2%  

Like-for-like growth

            

2019 Reportable

     13,234       1.4%  

1  Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements.

   

 

Headline operating profit

 

Headline operating profit is one of the measures that management uses to assess the performance of the business.

 

Headline operating profit is calculated as operating profit before gains/losses on disposal of investments and subsidiaries, investment write-downs, goodwill impairment and other goodwill write-downs, amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets, restructuring and transformation costs, litigation settlement, gain on sale of freehold property in New York and gains/losses on remeasurement of equity interests arising from a change in scope of ownership.

 

A tabular reconciliation of operating profit to headline operating profit is provided in note 32 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

30


Table of Contents

Headline PBIT

 

Headline PBIT is one of the metrics that management uses to assess the performance of the business.

 

Headline PBIT is calculated as profit before finance income/costs and revaluation of financial instruments, taxation, gains/losses on disposal of investments and subsidiaries, investment write-downs, goodwill impairment and other goodwill write-downs, amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets, restructuring and transformation costs, litigation settlement, gain on sale of freehold property in New York, share of exceptional gains/losses of associates and gains/losses on remeasurement of equity interests arising from a change in scope of ownership.

 

A tabular reconciliation of profit before interest and taxation to headline PBIT is shown below.

 

Continuing operations    Year ended 31 December  
     

20191

£m

   

20182

£m

   

20172

£m

 

Profit before interest and taxation

     1,310.6       1,268.4       1,675.9  

Amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets

     121.5       201.8       138.0  

Goodwill impairment

     47.7       183.9       27.1  

Gains on disposal of investments and subsidiaries

     (40.4     (237.9     (98.7

(Gains)/losses on remeasurement of equity interests arising from a change in scope of ownership

     (0.4     (2.0     0.3  

Investment write-downs

     7.5       2.0       91.7  

Restructuring and transformation costs

     153.5       265.5       56.8  

Share of exceptional losses/(gains) of associates

     47.8       41.5       (0.6

Litigation settlement

     (16.8            

Gain on sale of freehold property in New York

     (7.9            

Headline PBIT

     1,623.1       1,723.2       1,890.5  

1  The impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019 is described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements. No restatement has been made in prior years.

2  Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements.

   

   

 

Headline PBT

 

Headline PBT is one of the metrics that management uses to assess the performance of the business.

 

Headline PBT is calculated as profit before taxation, gains/losses on disposal of investments and subsidiaries, investment write-downs, goodwill impairment and other goodwill write-downs, amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets, restructuring and transformation costs, litigation settlement, gain on sale of freehold property in New York, share of exceptional gains/losses of associates, gains/losses arising from the revaluation of financial instruments, and gains/losses on remeasurement of equity interests arising from a change in scope of ownership.

 

31


Table of Contents

A tabular reconciliation of profit before taxation to headline PBT is shown below.

 

Continuing operations    Year ended 31 December  
     

20191

£m

   

20182

£m

   

20172

£m

 

Profit before taxation

     982.1       1,257.6       1,746.9  

Amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets

     121.5       201.8       138.0  

Goodwill impairment

     47.7       183.9       27.1  

Gains on disposal of investments and subsidiaries

     (40.4     (237.9     (98.7

(Gains)/losses on remeasurement of equity interests arising from a change in scope of ownership

     (0.4     (2.0     0.3  

Investment write-downs

     7.5       2.0       91.7  

Restructuring and transformation costs

     153.5       265.5       56.8  

Share of exceptional losses/(gains) of associates

     47.8       41.5       (0.6

Litigation settlement

     (16.8            

Gain on sale of freehold property in New York

     (7.9            

Revaluation of financial instruments

     68.4       (169.4     (243.9

Headline PBT

     1,363.0       1,543.0       1,717.6  

1  The impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019 is described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements. No restatement has been made in prior years.

2  Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies section of the consolidated financial statements.

   

   

 

Billings

 

Billings is one of the metrics that management uses to assess the performance of the business.

 

Billings comprise the gross amounts billed to clients in respect of commission-based/fee-based income together with the total of other fees earned.

 

Free cash flow

 

The Group bases its internal cash flow objectives on free cash flow. Management believes free cash flow is meaningful to investors because it is the measure of the Company’s funds available for acquisition related payments, dividends to shareholders, share repurchases and debt repayment. The purpose of presenting free cash flow is to indicate the ongoing cash generation within the control of the Group after taking account of the necessary cash expenditures of maintaining the capital and operating structure of the Group (in the form of payments of interest, corporate taxation and capital expenditure). This computation may not be comparable to that of similarly titled measures presented by other companies.

 

Free cash flow is calculated as net cash flow from operating activities plus proceeds from the issue of shares and payments on early settlement of bonds, less earnout payments, purchases of property, plant and equipment, purchases of other intangible assets, repayment of lease liabilities and dividends paid to non-controlling interests in subsidiary undertakings.

 

32


Table of Contents

A tabular reconciliation of net cash inflow from operating activities to free cash flow is shown below.

 

      Year ended 31 December  
     

2019

£m

   

20181

£m

   

20171

£m

 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

     1,850.5       1,693.8       1,408.1  

Payment on early settlement of bonds

     63.4              

Share option proceeds

     0.6       1.2       6.4  

Earnout payments

     (130.2     (120.2     (199.1

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (339.3     (314.8     (288.9

Purchases of other intangible assets (including capitalised computer software)

     (54.8     (60.4     (37.3

Repayment of lease liabilities

     (249.8            

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests in subsidiary undertakings

     (96.2     (106.2     (87.8

Free cash flow

     1,044.2       1,093.4       801.4  

1  Prior year free cash flow have been re-presented to exclude proceeds on disposal of property, plant, and equipment.

   

 

Net debt and average net debt

 

Management believes that net debt and average net debt are appropriate and meaningful measures of the debt levels within the Group. This is because of the seasonal swings in our working capital generally, and those resulting from our media buying activities on behalf of our clients in particular, together with the fact that we choose for commercial reasons to locate the debt of the Group in particular countries and leave cash resources in others—though our cash resources could be used to repay the debt concerned.

 

Net debt at a period end is calculated as the sum of the net borrowings of the Group, derived from the cash ledgers and accounts in the balance sheet. Average net debt is calculated as the average daily net borrowings of the Group. Net debt excludes lease liabilities.

 

The following table is an analysis of net debt:

 

     

2019

£m

   

2018

£m

   

2017

£m

 

Cash and short-term deposits

     2,969.0       2,643.2       2,391.4  

Bank overdraft, bonds and bank loans due within one year

     (461.3     (1,025.1     (624.1

Bonds and bank loans due after one year

     (4,047.3     (5,634.8     (6,250.4

Net debt

     (1,539.6     (4,016.7     (4,483.1

 

33


Table of Contents

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates, judgements and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingencies at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. A summary of the Group’s principal accounting policies is provided in the Accounting Policies section of the consolidated financial statements. The Company believes certain of these accounting policies are particularly critical to understand the more significant judgements and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we have prepared the following supplemental discussion of critical accounting policies, which should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

 

Goodwill and other intangibles

 

The Company has a significant amount of goodwill and other intangible assets. In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, the carrying values of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.

 

The impairment review is undertaken annually on 30 September. Under IFRS, an impairment charge is required for both goodwill and other indefinite-lived assets when the carrying amount exceeds the ‘recoverable amount’, defined as the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. The review assessed whether the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives was supported by the value in use determined as the net present value of future cash flows.

 

Due to a significant number of cash-generating units, the impairment test was performed in two steps. In the first step, the recoverable amount was calculated for each cash-generating unit using a conservative pre-tax discount rate, which was above the range of rates calculated for each of the global networks, and assumed a long-term growth rate of 3.0% (2018: 3.0%). For smaller cash-generating units that operate primarily in a particular region where we calculated a discount rate to be higher than the conservative rate, that higher discount rate was used in the impairment test. Management have made the judgement that the long-term growth rate does not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the industry.

 

The recoverable amount was then compared to the carrying amount. Cash-generating units where the recoverable amount exceeded the carrying amount by a considerable margin were not considered to be impaired. Those cash-generating units where the recoverable amount did not exceed the carrying amount or where the recoverable amount exceeded the carrying amount by less than 25% were then further reviewed in the second step.

 

In the second step, the cash-generating units were retested for impairment using more specific assumptions. This included using a cash-generating unit specific pre-tax discount rate and management forecasts for a projection period of up to five years, followed by an assumed long-term growth rate. If the recoverable amount using the more specific assumptions did not exceed the carrying value of a cash-generating unit, an impairment charge was recorded.

 

Pre-tax discount rates were calculated for the geographic regions in which the cash-generating units operate based on market assessments of the weighted average cost of capital. These assessments considered the time-value of money and risks specific to the asset for which the future cash flow estimates had not been adjusted.

 

34


Table of Contents

Discount rates for each of the cash generating units that operate globally were based on a weighting of the regional rates by its geographic distribution of cash flows. As stated above, the cash-generating units were initially tested for impairment in the first step above the range using a conservative discount rate.

 

Our approach in determining the recoverable amount utilises a discounted cash flow methodology, which necessarily involves making numerous estimates and assumptions regarding revenue growth, operating margins, appropriate discount rates and working capital requirements. The key assumptions used for estimating cash flow projections in the Group’s impairment testing are those relating to revenue growth and operating margin. The key assumptions take account of the businesses’ expectations for the projection period. These expectations consider the macroeconomic environment, industry and market conditions, the unit’s historical performance and any other circumstances particular to the unit, such as business strategy and client mix.

 

These estimates will likely differ from future actual results of operations and cash flows, and it is possible that these differences could be material. In addition, judgements are applied in determining the level of cash-generating unit identified for impairment testing and the criteria used to determine which assets should be aggregated. A difference in testing levels could affect whether an impairment is recorded and the extent of impairment loss.

 

Changes in our business activities or structure may also result in additional changes to the level of testing in future periods. Further, future events could cause the Group to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that the asset values associated with a given operation have become impaired. The recoverable amount of goodwill represents valuations as at 31 December 2019 and does not consider the impact of the emergence and spread of the Covid-19 virus. Given the adverse impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the global economy and the likely revenue declines that are expected as a result, there is an increased likelihood of impairments to goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets in future reporting periods. At the current time, given the level of uncertainty, such impact has not been quantified and any resulting impairment loss could have a material impact on the Group’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

Historically our impairment losses have resulted from a specific event, condition or circumstance in one of our companies, such as the loss of a significant client. As a result, changes in the assumptions used in our impairment model have not had a significant effect on the impairment charges recognised and a reasonably possible change in assumptions would not lead to a significant impairment. The carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets will continue to be reviewed at least annually for impairment and adjusted down to the recoverable amount if required.

 

Acquisition accounting

 

The Group accounts for acquisitions in accordance with IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’. IFRS 3 requires the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities (other than non-current assets or disposal groups held for sale) to be recognised at fair value at acquisition date. In assessing fair value at acquisition date, management make their best estimate of the likely outcome where the fair value of an asset or liability may be contingent on a future event. In certain instances, the underlying transaction giving rise to an estimate may not be resolved until some years after the acquisition date. IFRS 3 requires the release to profit of any acquisition reserves which subsequently become excess in the same way as any excess costs over those provided at acquisition date are charged to profit. At each period end, management assess provisions and other balances established in respect of acquisitions for their continued probability of occurrence and amend the relevant value accordingly through the consolidated income statement or as an adjustment to goodwill as appropriate under IFRS 3. Goodwill arising from acquisitions represents the value of synergies with our existing portfolio of businesses and skilled staff to deliver services to our clients.

 

Future anticipated payments to vendors in respect of contingent consideration (earnout agreements) are initially recorded at fair value which is the present value of the expected cash outflows of the obligations. The obligations

 

35


Table of Contents

are dependent on the future financial performance of the interests acquired (typically over a four- to five-year period following the year of acquisition) and assume the operating companies improve profits in line with Directors’ estimates. The Directors derive their estimates from internal business plans together with financial due diligence performed in connection with the acquisition. Subsequent adjustments to the fair value are recorded in the consolidated income statement within revaluation of financial instruments. A summary of earnout related obligations included in trade and other payables is shown in note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

WPP has also entered into option agreements that allow the Group’s equity partners to require the Group to purchase a non-controlling interest. These agreements are treated as derivatives over equity instruments and are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet initially at the present value of the redemption amount in accordance with IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation and subsequently measured at fair value in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. The movement in the fair value is recognised as income or expense within revaluation of financial instruments in the consolidated income statement.

 

Actual performance may differ from the assumptions used resulting in amounts ultimately paid out with respect to these earnout and option agreements at more or less than the recorded liabilities. Estimates are required regarding growth rates in deriving future financial performance and discount rates to be applied when measuring the liabilities for earnout and option agreements. The assumptions and sensitivity to changes in these assumptions is shown in note 27 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Group is a leading worldwide creative transformation organisation offering national and multinational clients a comprehensive range of communications, experience, commerce and technology services. Contracts often involve multiple agencies offering different services in different countries. As such, the terms of local, regional and global contracts can vary to meet client needs and regulatory requirements. Consistent with the industry, contracts are typically short-term in nature and tend to be cancellable by either party with 90 days’ notice.

 

The Group is generally entitled to payment for work performed to date. The Group is generally paid in arrears for its services. Invoices are typically payable within 30 to 60 days. Revenue comprises commissions and fees earned in respect of amounts billed and is stated exclusive of VAT, sales taxes and trade discounts. Pass-through costs comprise fees paid to external suppliers when they are engaged to perform part or all of a specific project and are charged directly to clients, predominantly media and data collection costs. Costs to obtain a contract are typically expensed as incurred as the contracts are generally short-term in nature.

 

In most instances, promised services in a contract are not considered distinct or represent a series of services that are substantially the same with the same pattern of transfer to the customer and, as such, are accounted for as a single performance obligation. However, where there are contracts with services that are capable of being distinct, are distinct within the context of the contract, and are accounted for as separate performance obligations, revenue is allocated to each of the performance obligations based on relative standalone selling prices.

 

Revenue is recognised when a performance obligation is satisfied, in accordance with the terms of the contractual arrangement. Typically, performance obligations are satisfied over time as services are rendered. Revenue recognised over time is based on the proportion of the level of service performed. Either an input method or an output method, depending on the particular arrangement, is used to measure progress for each performance obligation. For most fee arrangements, costs incurred are used as an objective input measure of performance. The primary input of substantially all work performed under these arrangements is labour. There is normally a direct relationship between costs incurred and the proportion of the contract performed to date. In other circumstances relevant output measures, such as the achievement of any project milestones stipulated in the contract, are used to assess proportional performance.

 

For our retainer arrangements, we have a stand ready obligation to perform services on an ongoing basis over the life of the contract. The scope of these arrangements are broad and generally are not reconcilable to another input

 

36


Table of Contents

or output criteria. In these instances, revenue is recognised using a time-based method resulting in straight-line revenue recognition.

 

The amount of revenue recognised depends on whether we act as an agent or as a principal. Certain arrangements with our clients are such that our responsibility is to arrange for a third party to provide a specified good or service to the client. In these cases we are acting as an agent as we do not control the relevant good or service before it is transferred to the client. When we act as an agent, the revenue recorded is the net amount retained. Costs incurred with external suppliers (such as production costs and media suppliers) are excluded from revenue and recorded as work in progress until billed.

 

The Group acts as principal when we control the specified good or service prior to transfer. When the Group acts as a principal (such as when supplying in-house production services, events and branding), the revenue recorded is the gross amount billed. Billings related to out-of-pocket costs such as travel are also recognised at the gross amount billed with a corresponding amount recorded as an expense. Further details on revenue recognition are detailed by sector below:

 

Global Integrated Agencies

 

Revenue is typically derived from integrated product offerings including media placements and creative services. Revenue may consist of various arrangements involving commissions, fees, incentive-based revenue or a combination of the three, as agreed upon with each client. Revenue for commissions on purchased media is typically recognised at the point in time the media is run.

 

The Group receives volume rebates from certain suppliers for transactions entered into on behalf of clients that, based on the terms of the relevant contracts and local law, are either remitted to clients or retained by the Group. If amounts are passed on to clients they are recorded as liabilities until settled or, if retained by the Group, are recorded as revenue when earned.

 

Variable incentive-based revenue typically comprises both quantitative and qualitative elements. Incentive compensation is estimated using the most likely amount and is included in revenue up to the amount that is highly probable not to result in a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognised. The Group recognises incentive revenue as the related performance obligation is satisfied.

 

Public Relations and Specialist Agencies

 

Revenue for these services is typically derived from retainer fees and fees for services to be performed subject to specific agreement. Most revenue under these arrangements is earned over time, in accordance with the terms of the contractual arrangement.

 

Discontinued Operations (Data Investment Management)

 

Revenue for market research services is typically recognised over time based on input measures. For certain performance obligations, output measures such as the percentage of interviews completed, percentage of reports delivered to a client and the achievement of any project milestones stipulated in the contract are used to measure progress. While most of the studies provided in connection with the Group’s market research contracts are undertaken in response to an individual client’s or group of clients’ specifications, in certain instances a study may be developed as an off-the-shelf product offering sold to a broad client base. For these transactions, revenue is recognised when the product is delivered. When the terms of the transaction provide for licensing the right to access a product on a subscription basis, revenue is recognised over the subscription period, typically on a straight-line basis.

 

37


Table of Contents

Deferred consideration on the Kantar disposal

 

As per the terms of the Kantar disposal, deferred consideration consisted of amounts expected to be received in future periods on satisfaction of certain conditions and the deferral of consideration against services to be provided to Kantar in the future, as detailed in note 12 to the consolidated financial statement. Estimates are required in determining amounts to be received and the value of services to be provided, taking into account uncertainty in the ultimate timing and resolution of each of these. The sensitivity to these estimates is specific to each individual circumstance and no individual estimate is expected to result in a material change to the amount recognised.

 

Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations

 

Under IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations where certain conditions are met, an asset or disposal group that is for sale should be recognised as “held for sale”. An entity should classify a disposal group as held for sale if the carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. For this to be the case, the disposal group must be available for immediate sale in its present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such assets and its sale must be highly probable. Such assets are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell, and are not depreciated or amortised, excluding certain assets that are carried at fair value under IFRS 5. Furthermore, when an associate is classified as held for sale, equity accounting ceases.

 

A discontinued operation is a component of the entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale and that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of such a line of business or area of operations, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. The profit or loss from a discontinued operation is shown as a single amount on the face of the income statement and the comparatives and related notes restated accordingly. This represents total post-tax profit of the disposal group for the whole of the financial year including any post-tax gain or loss on the measurement of fair value less costs to sell, as well as the post-tax loss on sale of the disposal group. Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale are shown as a separate line on the balance sheet.

 

Retirement benefit costs

 

Pension costs are assessed in accordance with the advice of local independent qualified actuaries. The latest full actuarial valuations for the various plans were carried out at various dates in the last three years. These valuations have been updated by the local actuaries to 31 December 2019.

 

The Group’s policy is to close existing defined benefit plans to new members. This has been implemented across a significant number of pension plans. As a result, these plans generally have an ageing membership population. In accordance with IAS 19, Defined Benefit Plans, the actuarial calculations have been carried out using the projected unit credit method. In these circumstances, use of this method implies that the contribution rate implicit in the current service cost will increase in future years.

 

There are a number of areas in the pension accounting that involve judgements made by management based on the advice of qualified advisors. These include establishing the discount rates, rate of increase in salaries and pensions in payment, inflation and mortality assumptions. A sensitivity analysis for each significant actuarial assumption is shown in note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Most of the Group’s pension plan assets are held by its plans in the UK and North America. Management considers the types of investment classes in which the pension plan assets are invested. The types of investment classes are determined by economic and market conditions and in consideration of specific asset class risk.

 

Management periodically commissions detailed asset and liability studies performed by third-party professional investment advisors and actuaries that generate probability-adjusted expected future returns on those assets.

 

38


Table of Contents

These studies also project the estimated future pension payments and evaluate the efficiency of the allocation of the pension plan assets into various investment categories.

 

Taxation

 

Corporate taxes are payable on taxable profits at current rates. The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

 

The Group is subject to corporate taxes in a number of different jurisdictions and judgement is required in determining the appropriate provision for transactions where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. In such circumstances, the Group recognises liabilities for anticipated taxes based on the best information available and where the anticipated liability is both probable and estimable, liabilities are classified as current. Any interest and penalties accrued are included in corporate income taxes both in the consolidated income statement and balance sheet. Where the final outcome of such matters differs from the amount recorded, any differences may impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which the final determination is made.

 

We record deferred tax assets and liabilities using tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised based on enacted, or substantively enacted legislation, for the effect of temporary differences between book and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Currently we have deferred tax assets resulting from operating loss carryforwards and deductible temporary differences, all of which could reduce taxable income in the future. The main factors that we consider include:

 

   

the future earnings potential determined through the use of internal forecasts;

 

   

the cumulative losses in recent years;

 

   

the various jurisdictions in which the potential deferred tax assets arise;

 

   

the history of losses carried forward and other tax assets expiring;

 

   

the timing of future reversal of taxable temporary differences;

 

   

the expiry period associated with the deferred tax assets; and

 

   

the nature of the income that can be used to realise the deferred tax asset.

 

If it is probable that some portion of these assets will not be realised, then no asset is recognised in relation to that portion.

 

If market conditions improve and future results of operations exceed our current expectations, our existing recognised deferred tax assets may be adjusted, resulting in future tax benefits. Alternatively, if market conditions deteriorate further or future results of operations are less than expected, future assessments may result in a determination that some or all of the deferred tax assets are not realisable. As a result, all or a portion of the deferred tax assets may need to be reversed.

 

New IFRS Accounting Pronouncements

 

See page F-7 of the consolidated financial statements for a description of new IFRS accounting pronouncements.

 

39


Table of Contents
ITEM 6.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

A. Directors and Senior Management

 

The Directors and Executive Officers of the Company are as follows:

 

Roberto Quarta, Age 70: Chairman. Roberto Quarta was appointed as a Director on 1 January 2015 and became Chairman on 9 June 2015. Roberto has extensive and diverse experience in corporate governance and global commerce. He is Partner and Chairman of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Europe, a private equity firm, which allows him to bring valuable perspective to WPP, particularly when evaluating acquisitions and new business opportunities. Roberto has an in-depth understanding of differing global governance requirements having served on the boards of a number of UK and international companies, including as Chairman of BBA Group plc, IMI plc and Rexel SA and as Non-Executive Director of BAE Systems plc, Equant NV and Foster Wheeler AG.

 

Other current appointments: Chairman, Smith & Nephew plc.

 

Mark Read, Age 53: Chief Executive Officer. Mark Read was appointed as an Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer on 3 September 2018. Mark has held multiple leadership positions at WPP, having first joined the Company in 1989. As Head of Strategy and then CEO of WPP Digital he was responsible for WPP’s first moves into technology. Earlier in his career, he co-founded internet start-up WebRewards and specialised in media and marketing as a principal at consultancy Booz Allen & Hamilton. In 2015, he became Global CEO of Wunderman, which he transformed into one of the world’s leading creative, data and technology agencies. Mark is regularly named among the world’s top digital influencers. He is the Chairman of the Natural History Museum Digital Council and was recognised as a HERoes Champion of Women in Business in 2018 and 2019.

 

Paul Richardson, Age 62: Group Finance Director. Paul Richardson became Group Finance Director of WPP in 1996 after four years as Director of Treasury. Paul is responsible for the Company’s worldwide functions in finance, information technology, procurement, property, treasury, taxation, internal audit and sustainability. Paul is a chartered accountant and fellow of the Association of Corporate Treasurers. Paul will retire from the Board on 1 May 2020.

 

Nicole Seligman, Age 63: Senior Independent Director, Non-Executive Director. Nicole Seligman was appointed as a Director on 1 January 2014. Nicole is a global business leader and an internationally recognised lawyer. She brings to the Board analytical skills, in-depth knowledge of public company corporate governance and a comprehensive understanding of media and business issues. Nicole was previously President of Sony Entertainment, Inc. and global General Counsel for Sony Corporation. Prior to that, as a partner at law firm Williams & Connolly, Nicole represented key public figures and major media and other companies in complex litigation.

 

Other current appointments: Non-Executive Director, ViacomCBS Inc. Non-Executive Director, Far Point Acquisition Corporation. Non-Executive Director, MeiraGTx Holdings plc.

 

Jacques Aigrain, Age 65: Non-Executive Director. Jacques Aigrain was appointed as a Director on 13 May 2013. Jacques brings business, corporate finance and governance expertise to his role on the Board of WPP. Currently a Senior Advisor at Warburg Pincus LLP, from 2001 to 2009 he was a member of the Executive Committee of Swiss Re AG. Prior to Swiss Re, he spent 20 years with JPMorgan Chase. Jacques was previously Chairman of LCH Clearnet Group Ltd, a Director of the Qatar Financial Center Authorities and a Supervisory Board Member of Lufthansa AG and Swiss International Airlines AG.

 

Other current appointments: Chairman, LyondellBasell NV. Non-Executive Director, London Stock Exchange Group plc. Chairman, Singular SAU.

 

Tarek Farahat, Age 55: Non-Executive Director. Tarek Farahat was appointed as a Director on 11 October 2016. Tarek has extensive leadership and brand-building experience gained in leading businesses in the

 

40


Table of Contents

Americas, Europe, Middle East and Africa. He worked for Procter & Gamble for over 26 years in Europe, the Middle East and Latin America, leading multi-billion-dollar businesses for the company. His last position at Procter & Gamble was President of Procter & Gamble Latin America and member of the Global Leadership Council. Tarek was previously Chairman of the board of JBS S.A. and a board member of Pilgrims Pride Corporation and Alpargatas. Tarek is currently a strategic advisor, consultant and partner for companies in the consumer goods and healthcare sectors.

 

Sir John Hood, Age 68: Non-Executive Director. Sir John Hood was appointed as a Director on 1 January 2014. Sir John brings deep knowledge and experience of international business to the Board, and provides analytical rigour arising from his leadership roles in higher education and research. He has held advisory roles for the New Zealand and British governments and has served as a Non-Executive Director of British and New Zealand based enterprises. He was formerly Vice Chancellor of the University of Oxford and the University of Auckland.

 

Other current appointments: President and CEO, Robertson Foundation. Non-Executive Director, Aurora Energy Research. Non-Executive Director, The Blackstone Group Inc.

 

Daniela Riccardi, Age 60: Non-Executive Director. Daniela Riccardi was appointed as a Director on 12 September 2013. A senior FMCG, retail and fashion products executive, Daniela is a recognised leader in business development and branding. She is currently CEO of Baccarat, the international luxury goods company, and was previously CEO of Diesel Group. Daniela has substantial global business experience, having spent 25 years at Procter & Gamble in senior management roles around the world – including Vice President of Procter & Gamble Colombia, Mexico and Venezuela, Vice President and General Manager of Procter & Gamble Eastern Europe & Russia and President of Procter & Gamble Greater China.

 

Other current appointments: CEO, Baccarat. Non-Executive Director, Kering. Non-Executive Director, Comité Colbert.

 

Cindy Rose OBE, Age 54: Non-Executive Director. Cindy Rose was appointed as a Director on 1 April 2019. A high-profile leader in the technology and media sectors, Cindy has a deep understanding of the role of technology in business transformation. As Microsoft UK CEO since 2016, she is responsible for Microsoft’s product, service and support offerings across the UK. Prior to Microsoft, she was Managing Director of the UK Consumer division at Vodafone where she led the expansion of its retail store estate from 350 to over 500 stores. Before Vodafone, Cindy was Executive Director of Digital Entertainment at Virgin Media. She also spent 15 years at The Walt Disney Company, ultimately as SVP & Managing Director of Disney Interactive Media Group.

 

Sally Susman, Age 58: Non-Executive Director. Sally Susman was appointed as a Director on 13 May 2013. Sally brings expertise in communications, public affairs, governance and strategy to the Board. She is Executive Vice President, Chief Corporate Affairs Officer for Pfizer, the world’s largest biopharmaceutical company. She also heads Pfizer’s corporate responsibility group and plays a key role in shaping policy initiatives. Before joining Pfizer in 2007, Sally was EVP of Global Communications at Estée Lauder, where she directed global corporate affairs strategy and served as a member of the Executive Committee. Sally previously held several senior corporate affairs posts at American Express, in both London and the United States.

 

Other current appointments: Co-Chair, International Rescue Committee.

 

Solomon D. (Sol) Trujillo, Age 68: Non-Executive Director. Solomon D. (Sol) Trujillo was appointed as a Director on 12 October 2010. An international business executive with three decades of leading high-cap global companies in the United States, Europe and Asia Pacific, Sol has wide board and corporate governance experience in the technology, media and digital sectors. Sol has managed operations in over 25 countries from Europe and North America to China, Australasia, Africa and the Middle East. He is a Senior Advisor to Bain & Company and Chairman of Trujillo Group LLC, which manages investments and examines emerging trends in the broader digital space.

 

41


Table of Contents

Other current appointments: Director, Western Union. Chairman, Silk Road Telecommunications.

 

Keith Weed, Age 58: Non-Executive Director. Keith Weed was appointed as a Director on 1 November 2019. Keith has a deep understanding of WPP’s business, the ways in which technology is transforming marketing and the sectors in which WPP operates. Keith was named the World’s Most Influential Chief Marketing Officer by Forbes in 2017, 2018 and 2019, and Global Marketer of the Year 2017 by the World Federation of Advertisers. He received The Drum’s Lifetime Achievement Award in 2018 and was inducted into the Marketing Hall of Fame in 2019. From 2010 to 2019, Keith was Chief Marketing and Communications Officer at Unilever, a role that included creating and leading Unilever’s ground-breaking sustainability programme.

 

Other current appointments: Board member, Business in the Community. Board member, Grange Park Opera. President, the UK Advertising Association.

 

Jasmine Whitbread, Age 56: Non-Executive Director. Jasmine Whitbread was appointed as a Director on 1 September 2019. Jasmine’s experience spans marketing, technology, finance, media, telecommunications and not-for-profit organisations. Jasmine brings this breadth of perspective and knowledge of many of WPP’s client sectors to the Board. Jasmine is currently Chief Executive of London First. Between 2005 and 2015, Jasmine worked for Save the Children, from 2010, as International Chief Executive Officer. In this role, Jasmine led the merger of 14 separate organisations into one management line of 15,000 people across seven regions and 60 countries. Jasmine began her career in international marketing in the technology sector. Jasmine has previously served as a Non-Executive Director of BT Group plc.

 

Other current appointments: Non-Executive Director, Standard Chartered plc.

 

Sandrine Dufour, Age 53: Non-Executive Director. Sandrine Dufour since year-end was appointed as a Director on 3 February 2020. Sandrine brings deep financial expertise gained in global companies and strong strategic capability to the Board. Sandrine has executive leadership experience in the telecommunications, entertainment and media industries and an enthusiasm for cultural, technological and business transformation. Sandrine is currently Chief Financial Officer of Proximus. Prior to Proximus, Sandrine held a number of leadership roles at Vivendi, in France and in the United States, across its entertainment and telecommunications business, covering areas including finance and strategy, M&A, innovation and transformation. Sandrine has held non-executive director roles, most recently at Solocal Group. Sandrine will become CFO of UCB on 1 July 2020.

 

John Rogers, Age 51: Chief Financial Officer Designate. John Rogers since year-end became Chief Financial Officer Designate of WPP in February 2020, joining from J Sainsbury plc where he was Chief Executive Officer of Argos, leading its integration into the Sainsbury’s business and its digital transformation into one of the UK’s leading online retailers. He was previously the Chief Financial Officer of J Sainsbury plc, responsible for its business strategy, new business development, Sainsbury’s Online and Sainsbury’s Bank, in addition to its core finance functions. John is a member of The Prince’s Advisory Council for Accounting for Sustainability. He also recently sat on the Retail Sector Council, which acts as a point of liaison between the UK Government and retail sector.

 

Other current appointments: Non-Executive Director, Travis Perkins plc.

 

The independence of each Non-Executive Director is assessed annually by the Board under the UK Corporate Governance Code which applies in respect of WPP’s primary listing on the London Stock Exchange. The Board has confirmed that all of the Non-Executive Directors standing for election and re-election at the 2020 AGM continue to demonstrate the characteristics of independence.

 

B. Compensation

 

Directors’ Compensation

 

For the fiscal year ended 31 December 2019 the aggregate compensation paid by WPP to all directors and officers of WPP as a group for services in all capacities was £8.3 million. Such compensation was paid by WPP

 

42


Table of Contents

and its subsidiaries primarily in the form of salaries, performance-related bonuses, other benefits and deferred share awards. The sum of £0.5 million was set aside and paid in the last fiscal year to provide pension benefits for directors and officers of WPP.

 

Executive Directors’ total compensation received

 

Single total figure of remuneration

 

2019    Base salary      Benefits3      Pension4     

Short-term

  incentive5

    

Long-term

Incentive6

     Total annual
compensation
 
      £000      £000      £000     

Cash

£000

    

Deferred

£000

     £000      £000  

Mark Read

     975        35        171        805        537        71        2,594  

Paul Richardson1,2

     840        67        252        670        —          201        2,030  
1    

Paul Richardson’s base salary figure is denominated in US dollars other than his fee for his directorship of WPP plc which amounts to £100,000 which, per above, has been converted at an exchange rate of $1.2765 to £1.

2   

Any US dollar amounts received in 2019 have been converted into pound sterling at an exchange rate of $1.2765 to £1.

3   

Benefits are fixed non-itemised allowance enabling executives to procure benefits to enable them to undertake their role and ensure their wellbeing and security. This allowance excludes the disclosable value of expenses related directly to attendance at Board meetings that would be chargeable to UK income tax. The expenses for Mark Read were £2,442 and for Paul Richardson were £7,626.

4   

Pension is provided by way of contribution to a defined contribution retirement arrangement, or as a cash allowance, determined as a percentage of base salary. Contributions/allowances are as follows (as % of base salary): CEO—20% and CFO—30%. Mark Read was awarded an allowance of 20% less employer’s national insurance contribution of 13.8% resulting in a net pension contribution of 17.6%

5   

In respect of the 2019 short-term incentive awards, 40% of the total award achieved by Mark Read will be delivered in the form of shares as an Executive Share Award (ESA) with a two-year deferral period. Paul Richardson, who retires on 1 May 2020, is not eligible to receive the ESA portion of his short-term incentive plan (STIP). The STIP shown in the table for Paul Richardson represents only the cash element, 60% of the total. Cash bonuses and ESAs are subject to both malus and clawback provisions.

6   

This is the value of the 2015 Executive Performance Share Plan (EPSP) awards which vested in 2019 assessed over a five-year period. None of the value of vested awards above is attributable to share price appreciation.

 

Vesting of 2015 – 2019 EPSP awards

 

Vesting of the 2015 EPSP awards was dependent on performance against three measures, all assessed over a five-year period, which include relative Total Shareholder Returns (TSR), Earnings Per Share (EPS) growth and average annual Return On Equity (ROE).

 

     

Number of shares

awarded

     Additional
shares in
respect of
dividend
accrual
     Number of shares
vesting
     Share/ADR price
on vesting
    

Value of
vested

2015-2019
EPSP awards
000

 

Mark Read

     65,910        2,097        11,845      £ 6.0000      £ 71  

Paul Richardson1

     37,970        1,217        6,832      $ 37.48095      $ 256  
1    

Paul Richardson’s EPSP awards were granted in the form of ADRs.

 

43


Table of Contents

Outstanding share-based awards

 

Executive Share Awards (ESAs) held by Executive Directors

 

All Executive Share Awards or Performance Share Awards (PSA) granted under the Restricted Stock Plan and its successor, the WPP Stock Plan 2018, are made on the basis of satisfaction of previous performance conditions and are subject to continuous employment until the vesting date. Mark Read received ESAs and PSA awards prior to his appointment as Executive Director. Unless otherwise noted, awards are made in the form of WPP ordinary shares.

 

           

Grant

date

   

Share/ADR

price on

grant date

   

No. of

Shares/ADRs

granted2

   

Face

value

on grant

date

0003

   

Additional

shares

granted

in lieu of

dividends

   

Total

shares

vesting

   

Vesting

date

   

Shares/
ADR

price on

vesting

   

Value

on vesting

000

 

Mark Read

    2016 PSA       06.06.17       £17.2050       25,573       £440       2,553       28,126       10.03.19       £8.5458       £240  
      2017 PSA       12.06.18       £12.3800       38,317       £474       —         —         10.03.20       —         —    
      2018 ESA       30.05.19       £9.4840       62,834       £596       —         —         06.03.21       —         —    

Paul Richardson1

    2016 ESA       06.06.17       $110.7600       9,280       $1,028       933       10,213       06.03.19     $ 57.3447       $586  
      2018 ESA       30.05.19       $60.06       2,847       $171       —         —         06.03.21       —         —    
1    

Paul Richardson’s ESAs were granted in respect of ADRs.

2   

Dividend shares will be due on these awards.

3   

Face value has been calculated using the average closing share price for the trading day preceding the date of grant (as set out in the table).

 

Mark Read received awards prior to his appointment as CEO under the management incentive plans. In addition, he received awards on his appointment as joint-COO in April 2018. While the Board decided on the appointment of the next CEO, a special one-off award was made recognising the importance and scale of the additional responsibilities that were being undertaken. Each award is subject to continuous employment and malus and clawback and was made under the Restricted Stock Plan and the WPP Stock Plan 2018.

 

         

Grant

date

   

Share/ADR

price on

grant date

   

No. of

Shares

/ADRs

granted2

   

Face

value

on grant

date

0003

   

Additional

shares

granted

in lieu of

dividends

   

Total

shares

vesting

   

Vesting

date

   

Shares/ADR

price on

vesting

   

Value

on vesting

000

 

Mark Read

  Leaders 2016     28.11.16       £17.0550       8,795       £150       1,477       10,272       15.11.19       £9.8378       £101  
  Leaders 2017     04.12.17       £13.0850       11,463       £150       —         —         15.11.20       —         —    
  Special award1     12.06.18       £12.3800       40,387       £500       2,300       42,687       01.05.19     £ 9.6800       £413  
    Special award1     12.06.18       £12.3800       80,774       £1,000       —         —        

01.05.20 and

01.05.21

 

 

    —         —    
1    

The first tranche of the one-off special award vested on 1 May 2019. The remaining two tranches will vest in equal parts on 1 May 2020 and 1 May 2021.

2   

Dividend shares will be due on these awards.

3   

Face value has been calculated using the average closing share price for the trading day preceding the date of grant (as set out in the table).

 

44


Table of Contents

Long-term incentive plans – EPSP

 

The following table summarises all of the awards outstanding under the EPSP.

 

     Grant
date
   

Performance

period

   

Shares/
ADR

price on

grant date

   

Maximum

number of nil

cost options over

shares/ADRs

awarded2

    During 2019  
 

Options

vested/

(lapsed)

   

Additional

dividend

shares

   

Options

exercised

   

Maximum number

of nil cost options

over shares/ADRs

at 31 December 2019

 

Mark Read

    09.06.15       01.01.15-31.12.19     £ 15.1720       65,910       —         —         —         65,910  
      28.11.16       01.01.16-31.12.20     £ 17.0520       58,644       —         —         —         58,644  
      04.12.17       01.01.17-31.12.21     £ 12.9110       106,498       —         —         —         106,498  
      06.12.18       01.01.18-31.12.22     £ 8.6040       396,617       —         —         —         396,617  
      24.09.19       01.01.19-31.12.23     £ 10.0350       340,059       —         —         —         340,059  

Paul Richardson1

    09.06.15       01.01.15-31.12.19     $ 115.8800       37,970       —         —         —         37,970  
      28.11.16       01.01.16-31.12.20     $ 105.9309       41,536       —         —         —         41,536  
      04.12.17       01.01.17-31.12.21     $ 86.9138       36,933       —         —         —         36,933  
      06.12.18       01.01.18-31.12.22     $ 55.2631       58,628       —         —         —         58,628  
      24.09.19       01.01.19-31.12.23     $ 62.6530       51,593       —         —         —         51,593  
1    

Paul Richardson’s EPSP awards were granted in respect of ADRs.

2   

Dividend shares will be due on these awards.

 

Non-Executive Directors’ total compensation received

 

The single total figure of compensation table below details fee payments received by the Non-Executive Directors while they held a position on the Board.

 

     

Fees

£000

 
      2019  

Roberto Quarta

     500  

Jacques Aigrain

     145  

Tarek Farahat

     105  

Sir John Hood

     125  

Ruigang Li1

     44  

Daniela Riccardi

     95  

Cindy Rose2

     79  

Nicole Seligman

     145  

Sally Susman

     98  

Sol Trujillo

     105  

Keith Weed3

     17  

Jasmine Whitbread4

     37  
1    

Ruigang Li retired from the Board on 12 June 2019.

2   

Cindy Rose was appointed to the Board on 1 April 2019.

3   

Keith Weed was appointed to the Board on 1 November 2019.

4   

Jasmine Whitbread was appointed to the Board on 1 September 2019.

 

Past directors

 

Since his retirement from the Board, Timothy Shriver has been appointed as a consultant advising the Company on certain client relationships. He received a payment of £155,267 in 2019 for his consultancy services.

 

Sir Martin Sorrell left the Company in April 2018. His outstanding share awards granted under the Executive Performance Share Plan (EPSP) have been prorated to reflect his service period and will vest to the extent that

 

45


Table of Contents

performance conditions are achieved. The table below sets out details of the 2015 award that vested on 12 March 2020 based on performance achieved.

 

      Plan     

Number of shares

awarded

     Additional
shares in
respect of
dividend
accrual
     Number of shares
vesting
     Share price
on vesting
    

Value of
vested

2015-2019
EPSP awards
000

 

Sir Martin Sorrell

     2015 EPSP        738,267        15,270        86,243      £ 6.0000      £ 517  

 

The full Directors’ Compensation Policy can be found at www.wpp.com/investors/corporate-governance. This Annual Report on Form 20-F does not incorporate by reference information on the Company’s website.

 

C. Board Practices

 

Board attendance table  
     

Board

(scheduled

meetings)

    

Board

(unscheduled

meetings) 1

    

Audit

Committee

    

Compensation

Committee

 

Roberto Quarta

     6/6        4/4                 7/7  

Mark Read

     6/6        4/4                    

Paul Richardson

     6/6        4/4                    

Jacques Aigrain

     6/6        4/4        9/9        7/7  

Tarek Farahat

     6/6        3/4        9/9           

Sir John Hood

     6/6        4/4                 7/7  

Daniela Riccardi

     6/6        3/4                    

Cindy Rose OBE – appointed on 1 April 2019

     4/4        3/4        4/5           

Nicole Seligman

     6/6        4/4                 7/7  

Sally Susman

     6/6        3/4                    

Solomon D. (Sol) Trujillo

     6/6        4/4        8/9           

Keith Weed – appointed on 1 November 2019

     1/1                             

Jasmine Whitbread – appointed on 1 September 2019

     2/2        1/1                 2/2  

Former Directors who served for part of the year

                                   

Ruigang Li – retired on 12 June 2019

     0/3        0/1                    
1   

Additional unscheduled meetings of the Board took place in relation to the sale of 60% of Kantar.

 

The role of the Board

 

The Board is responsible to shareholders for the Company’s financial and operational performance and risk management, and the culture embedded across the Group, and is collectively responsible for promoting the long-term success of the Company. There is a formal schedule of matters reserved to the Board which is published on the Company’s website. The key focus of the Board’s activities in 2019 have been oversight of the implementation of the three year transformation plan with considerable time devoted to the disposal of 60% of Kantar, board succession for both Non-Executive Directors and the new Chief Financial Officer, risk and controls and the progress of embedding the right culture across the Group. The list of matters reserved to the Board can be downloaded from www.wpp.com/investors/corporate-governance. This Annual Report on Form 20-F does not incorporate by reference information on the Company’s website.

 

46


Table of Contents

Re-election

 

The Directors submit themselves for annual re-election at each AGM, if they wish to continue serving and are considered by the Board to be eligible. Directors may be appointed by shareholders by ordinary resolution or by the Board on the recommendation of the Nomination and Governance Committee and must then stand for re-election at the next AGM, where they may be re-elected by ordinary resolution of the shareholders. With only specific exceptions to ensure Board continuity, Non-Executive Directors shall not stand for re-election after they have served for the period of their independence, as determined by applicable UK and US standards, which is nine years. Three of our long-standing Non-Executive Directors, Solomon Trujillo, Sir John Hood and Daniela Riccardi will not stand for re-election at the 2020 AGM. Jasmine Whitbread will succeed Sir John Hood as Chairman of the Compensation Committee following the AGM. Refer to Item 6A for the appointment date of each Director.

 

Service contracts

 

The Company’s policy on Executive Directors’ service contracts is that they should be on a rolling basis without a specific end date. The effective dates and notice periods under the current Executive Directors’ service contracts are shown below:

 

                      Effective from        Notice period  

Mark Read

                       3 September 2018          12 months  

Paul Richardson1

                       19 November 2008          12 months  

John Rogers

                       27 January 2020          12 months  

 

1    

Paul Richardson will retire from the Company with effect from 1 May 2020.

 

The Executive Directors’ service contracts are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office and head office.

 

Loss of office provisions

 

Fixed compensation elements

 

As noted above, the service contracts of the executives provide for notice to be given on termination.

 

The fixed compensation elements of the contract will continue to be paid in respect of any notice period. There are no provisions relating to payment in lieu of notice. If an Executive Director is placed on garden leave, the Compensation Committee retains the discretion to settle benefits in the form of cash. The Executive Directors are entitled to compensation for any accrued and unused holiday although, to the extent it is possible and in shareholder interests, the Committee will encourage Executive Directors to use their leave entitlements prior to the end of their notice period. Except in respect of any remaining notice period, no aspect of any Executive Director’s fixed compensation is payable on termination of employment.

 

Short- and long-term compensation elements

 

If the Executive Director is dismissed for cause, there is not an entitlement to a STIP award, and any unvested share- based awards will lapse. Otherwise, the table below summarises the relevant provisions from the Directors’ service contracts (cash bonus) and the plan rules (ESA and EPSP), which apply in other leaver scenarios. The Compensation Committee has the authority to ensure that any awards that vest or lapse are treated in accordance with the plan rules, which are more extensive than the summary set out in the table below.

 

   
Cash bonus    The Executive Directors are entitled to receive their bonus for any particular year provided they are employed on the last date of the performance period.
ESA    Provided the Executive Director is a Good Leaver, unvested awards will be reduced on a time pro-rata basis and paid on the vesting date.

 

47


Table of Contents
EPSP   

•   The award will lapse if the Executive Director leaves during the first year of a performance period.

  

•   Provided the Executive Director is a Good Leaver, awards will vest subject to performance at the end of the performance period and time pro-rating. Awards will be paid on the normal date.

  

•   In exceptional circumstances, the Compensation Committee may determine that an award will vest on a different basis.

  

•   Generally, in the event of death, the performance conditions are to be assessed as at the date of death. However, the Compensation Committee retains the discretion to deal with an award due to a deceased executive on any other basis that it considers appropriate.

    

•   Awards will vest immediately on a change of control subject to performance and time pro-rating will be applied unless it is agreed by the Compensation Committee and the relevant Executive Director that the outstanding awards are exchanged for equivalent new awards.

 

Other Compensation Committee discretions not set out above

 

Leaver status: the Compensation Committee has the discretion to determine an executive’s leaver classification considering the guidance set out within the relevant plan rules.

 

Settlement agreements: the Compensation Committee is authorised to reach settlement agreements with departing executives, informed by the default position set out above.

 

External appointments

 

Executive Directors are permitted to serve as non-executives on the boards of other organisations. If the Company is a shareholder in that organisation, non-executive fees for those roles are waived. However, if the Company is not a shareholder in that organisation, any non-executive fees can be retained by the office holder.

 

Other chairman and non-executive director policies

 

Letters of appointment for the chairman and non-executive directors

 

Letters of appointment have a one- to two-month notice period and there are no payments due on loss of office.

 

Appointments to the Board

 

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are not eligible to receive any variable pay. Fees for any new Non-Executive Directors will be consistent with the operating policy at their time of appointment. In respect of the appointment of a new Chairman, the Compensation Committee has the discretion to set fees considering a range of factors including the profile and prior experience of the candidate and external market data.

 

Payments in exceptional circumstances

 

In unforeseen and exceptional circumstances, the Compensation Committee retains the discretion to make emergency payments which might not otherwise be covered by this policy. The Committee will not use this power to exceed the recruitment policy limit, nor will awards be made in excess of the limits set out in the Directors’ Compensation Policy table. An example of such an exceptional circumstance could be the untimely death of a director, requiring another director to take on an interim role until a permanent replacement is found.

 

Compensation Committee

 

During 2019, the Compensation Committee met seven times on a formal basis, with additional informal meetings held as needed to deal with ad hoc matters. A table of Board and Committee attendance can be found on page 46.

 

48


Table of Contents

The Committee members have no personal financial interest (other than as a shareholder as disclosed on page 56) in the matters to be decided by the Committee, potential conflicts of interest arising from cross-directorships, or day-to-day involvement in running the Group’s businesses. The terms of reference for the Compensation Committee are available on the Company’s website, www.wpp.com/investors/corporate-governance, and will be on display at the AGM, as set out in the Notice of AGM. This Annual Report on Form 20-F does not incorporate by reference information on the Company’s website.

 

The Committee’s principal responsibilities under its terms of reference include:

 

   

reviewing and approving the Company’s compensation strategy;

 

   

determining appropriate remuneration for executive directors;

 

   

approving the service agreements and severance arrangements for executive directors and other senior executives of the Company;

 

   

maintaining appropriate procedures for evaluation of executive performance;

 

   

overseeing succession planning and management development for senior executives in the Group who are not members of the Board;

 

   

reviewing, approving and administering the Company’s executive long-term incentive plans, employee share schemes and other equity-related incentive plans;

 

   

reviewing proposed special incentive awards to senior executives;

 

   

monitoring prohibitions on personal loans to directors and officers;

 

   

determining targets for performance-related pay schemes;

 

   

advising on any major changes in employee benefit structures;

 

   

overseeing the provisions for selecting, appointing and setting the terms of reference for any remuneration consultants to the Company;

 

   

overseeing the preparation of and recommending to the Board the approval of the Annual Report of the Committee in compliance with the disclosure requirements of the Code of Best Practice and the Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations 2002;

 

   

overseeing the adequacy of disclosures throughout the year regarding director compensation, stock transactions and benefits;

 

   

approving the policy for authorising claims for expenses from directors and senior executives; and

 

   

ensuring that procedures are in place concerning compliance with the employee welfare provisions of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and the Company’s Policy Manual.

 

Advisors to the Compensation Committee

 

The Compensation Committee regularly consults with Group executives. The Committee invites certain individuals to attend meetings, including the Chief Executive Officer (who is not present when matters relating to his own compensation or contracts are discussed and decided), the Company Secretary, the Chief People Officer and the Worldwide Compensation & Benefits Director. The latter two individuals provide a perspective on information reviewed by the Committee and are a conduit for requests for information and analysis from the Company’s external advisors.

 

External advisors

 

The Committee retains Willis Towers Watson (WTW) to act as independent advisors. They provide advice to the Compensation Committee and work with management on matters related to our compensation policy and

 

49


Table of Contents

practices. They are a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and have signed the code of conduct relating to the provision of advice in the UK. Considering this, and the level and nature of the service received, the Committee remains satisfied that the advice is objective and independent. WTW provides limited other services at a Group level and some of our operating companies engage them as advisors at a local level. In 2019, WTW received fees of £218,746 in relation to the provision of advice to the Committee. The Committee receives external legal advice, where required, to assist it in carrying out its duties.

 

Changes in Executive Directors

 

Paul Richardson will retire from the Company with effect from 1 May 2020. He will be succeeded by John Rogers who joined the Company on 27 January 2020 as Chief Financial Officer Designate.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Committee held nine meetings during 2019, which were attended by Deloitte LLP (the Company’s external auditors, “Deloitte”), the Company’s Chairman, the Senior Independent Director, the Group Finance Director, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Director of Internal Audit, the Group Chief Counsel, the Group Chief Accountant and the Company Secretary. Individual attendance by the Committee members during 2019 is set out in the table on page 46.

 

The Committee held separate private meetings with Deloitte, the Director of Internal Audit, the Group Chief Counsel, the Chief Executive Officer and the Group Finance Director. The Committee Chairman held pre-meetings with Deloitte and regular meetings with the Company’s Directors of Internal Audit, Tax and Treasury and the Group Chief Counsel. The Committee Chairman has an ongoing dialogue with the Group Finance Director, the Group Chief Accountant, the Director of Internal Audit and the Director of Tax and reports to the Board, as a separate agenda item, on the activities of the Committee at the following Board meeting.

 

Committee responsibilities and how they were discharged in 2019

 

The discussion below addresses the main matters covered by the Committee’s responsibilities are set out in its terms of reference. The Committee’s key responsibilities are as follows:

 

   

monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial statements and formal announcements relating to the Company’s financial performance, reviewing significant financial reporting judgements and disclosures.

 

   

monitoring and reviewing the Group’s internal financial, operational and compliance controls and internal control system. Overseeing the Group’s compliance with Section 404 of SOX;

 

   

reviewing and monitoring the activities and effectiveness of the Group’s internal audit function. Reviewing and approving the WPP Internal Audit charter;

 

   

reviewing and monitoring the Company’s risk management framework. Assisting the Board in carrying out a robust assessment of emerging and principal risks. Overseeing the Group’s risk exposure and risk strategy;

 

   

reviewing the effectiveness of the external audit process, reviewing and monitoring the independence and objectivity of Deloitte. Reviewing and approving Deloitte’s terms of engagement and remuneration;

 

   

monitoring applicable accounting and legal reporting requirements, including all relevant regulations of the FCA, the SEC, the NYSE and the Jersey Financial Services Commission and the UK Corporate Governance Code;

 

   

reviewing the Company’s systems and controls for ethical behaviour, the matters reported on the Group’s Right to Speak helpline and the investigations and actions undertaken by the Group in response.

 

   

reviewing the Group Treasury policy, focusing on debtors, working capital and cash management;

 

50


Table of Contents
   

reviewing reports on any material litigation or regulatory reviews involving Group companies;

 

   

reviewing the Group’s acquisitions strategy, earn-out payment liabilities and integration processes; and

 

   

reviewing the Group’s tax position and UK tax strategy.

 

Fair, balanced and understandable

 

A subcommittee of the Board including members of the Committee examined whether the Annual Report & Accounts for 2019 was fair, balanced and understandable and provided the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy. The subcommittee received an early final draft of the report for review and comment and verification notes and confirmation from the Disclosure Committee relating to the composition of the report. The Board subsequently considered the report as a whole and discussed the report’s tone, balance and language for compliance with these standards.

 

Financial reporting and significant financial judgements

 

Key accounting judgements made by management were reported to and examined by the Committee and discussed with management. The Committee considered the following significant financial reporting judgements in relation to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019 and how these were addressed are set out below:

 

Area of Focus    Actions Taken/Conclusion

Kantar: IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations

The judgements made in relation to the accounting and reporting implications of the Kantar disposal.

   The Committee considered management’s ongoing assessment of the conditions that must be satisfied in order to conclude a disposal group is “held for sale”. The Committee monitored progress of the transaction during 2019 and management’s continued application of the guidance. The Committee was satisfied with management’s conclusion as to when the Kantar group classified as “held for sale”. The Committee reviewed management’s judgements in relation to the key accounting and disclosure impacts of the transaction.

Kantar: disposal accounting

The calculations of the loss on disposal of the Kantar group.

   The Committee reviewed the judgements made by management in accounting for the disposal of the Kantar group. The Committee considered and discussed the related accounting disclosures with management and concluded that these were appropriate.

IFRS 8 Operating Segments

The review of the Group’s reported operating segments and Compliance with IFRS 8.

   The Committee considered management’s proposed changes to the Group’s reported operating segments and challenged management’s approach and assessment of the criteria under IFRS 8 Operating Segments. The Committee received further comprehensive reports from management. The Committee was satisfied with management’s final recommendations and the outcome of the review.

IFRS 16 Leases

The review of the Group’s implementation of IFRS 16.

   The Committee received reports from management concerning the adoption of IFRS 16 from 1 January 2019 and the impact on the financial statements. The Committee reviewed the judgements made by management in the application of IFRS 16 and was satisfied that these were appropriate.

Goodwill impairments

Judgements in relation to goodwill impairment testing.

 

   The Committee challenged the appropriateness of the assumptions used by management in the goodwill impairment assessment model, with a particular focus on the discount rate and growth assumptions. A material weakness has been identified which management are remediating with oversight from the Committee. Management are changing the approach to determining inputs with respect to the discount rates used in

 

51


Table of Contents
Area of Focus    Actions Taken/Conclusion
     impairment assessments and establishing a review process over inputs and the overall discount rate methodology. The identified material weakness has not resulted in a material misstatement in the year ended 31 December 2019 or in any prior years. See Item 15 for the discussion on material weakness.

Investments

The valuation of non-controlled investments and unlisted associates.

   The Committee examined management’s valuation, based on forecast, recent third-party investment, external transactions and/or other available information such as industry valuation multiples. The Committee agreed that the valuations were appropriate based on the information available to the Group.

Earnout liabilities

The accuracy of forecasting the potential future earnout payments due under acquisition agreements.

   The Committee considered management’s forecasts and was satisfied that liabilities for potential future earnout payments have been accounted for appropriately.

Working capital provisions

The valuation of year-end provisions in respect of working capital.

   The Committee received regular briefings on management’s approach in assessing the level of exposure across the Group. The Committee concluded that management’s approach was appropriate.

Remuneration

Accounting for the judgemental elements of remuneration.

   The Committee reviewed the assumptions applied by management in relation to judgemental elements of remuneration, including pensions, bonus accrual, severances and share based payments and agreed that these are reasonable.

Taxation

The judgements made in respect of tax.

   The Group Tax Director presented to the Committee in December 2019. The Committee considered management’s assumptions, in particular in relation to the level of central tax provisions, and believes that the level of central tax provisions is reasonable.

Going concern

The going concern assessment and viability statement.

   The Committee reviewed the range of scenarios modelled by management given the inherent uncertainty caused by Covid-19 and the cost mitigation actions available to management including the suspension of the share buybacks and 2019 final dividend. The Committee assessed management’s view that the likelihood of declines of over 35% of revenue less pass-through costs from April 2020 was remote. The Committee has considered and concurs with management’s going concern, viability and forecasting assumptions. See page 26 for the discussion on going concern.

Restructuring and transformation costs

Recognition of restructuring and transformation costs.

   The Committee reviewed management’s key accounting judgements and procedures relating to restructuring and transformation costs. The Committee was satisfied with the quantum of costs recognised in 2019 and the presentation of such costs in the financial statements.

 

External audit

 

Deloitte has been the Group’s auditors since 2002. The lead audit partner rotates every five years. The latest rotation took effect during 2019 when the Group’s lead audit partner was replaced, in respect of accounting periods commencing from 1 January 2019. The Committee oversaw the completion of the lead audit partner transition process during 2019. In 2019, the effectiveness of the external audit process was evaluated through the Committee’s ongoing review of the external audit planning process and discussions with key members of the Group’s finance team. The Committee considered the Audit Quality Review’s 2018/19 Audit Quality Inspection Report on Deloitte and the actions taken by Deloitte to address the findings in that report. The 2019 evaluations concluded that there continued to be a good quality audit process and constructive challenge where necessary to ensure balanced reporting. The Committee held private meetings with Deloitte and the Committee Chairman met privately with Deloitte before each meeting. The Committee continues to be satisfied

 

52


Table of Contents

with the performance of Deloitte and confirms that Deloitte continues to be objective and independent. The Committee recommends the reappointment of Deloitte at the AGM on 10 June 2020.

 

The Committee considered the Group’s position on its audit services contract in the context of the regulations concerning the audit market. Although there is no immediate intention to tender the audit contract, the Company will re-tender at the latest by the 2022 year-end in compliance with the transitional arrangements for competitive tender that require mandatory rotation after the 2023 fiscal year-end.

 

The Company confirms that it has complied with the Competition and Markets Authority final order on mandatory tendering and Audit Committee responsibilities.

 

Internal audit

 

The annual internal audit plan, including the list of units for internal audit review, is approved by the Committee at the beginning of the financial year. Progress against the plan is monitored throughout the year and any significant changes to the plan require Committee approval. Significant issues identified within internal audit reports are considered in detail by the Committee along with the remediation plans to resolve those issues. The Committee also regularly considers the level of internal audit resource to ensure it is appropriate to provide the right level of assurance over the principal risks and controls throughout the Group. The Committee Chairman holds regular update meetings with the Director of Internal Audit, to ensure the internal audit function has adequate standing, is free from management restrictions and has direct access to the Committee if required.

 

Internal financial control

 

The Committee carried out an in-depth review of the Group’s internal financial control system, with a focus on monitoring, remediation and compliance with Section 404 of SOX. A material weakness has been identified and management are changing the approach to determining inputs with respect to the discount rates used in impairment assessments and establishing a review process over inputs and the overall discount rate methodology. The identified material weakness has not resulted in a material misstatement in the year ended 31 December 2019 or in any prior years. See Item 15 for the discussion on material weakness.

 

Non-audit fees

 

The Committee has a policy regarding non-audit services that may be provided by Deloitte, which was most recently updated in April 2020. The policy prohibits certain categories of work in line with relevant guidance on independence, such as the FRC Ethical Standard and rules issued by the SEC. The prohibited categories of work include advice on remuneration and on tax services being provided by Deloitte and a general default to an alternative provider elsewhere subject to adherence to regulations. Other categories of work may be provided by Deloitte if appropriate and if pre-approved by the Committee, either as individual assignments or as aggregate amounts for specified categories of services. All fees are summarised periodically for the Committee to assess the aggregate value of non-audit fees against audit fees. The level of fees for 2019 is shown in note 3 of the consolidated financial statements.

 

Committee composition and evaluation

 

The Committee and its members were formally assessed by the Nomination and Governance Committee as part of the review of Committee composition in 2019 and as part of the Board evaluation process below for their technical suitability to be members and also for the Committee’s overall effectiveness. The Board has designated the Committee Chairman as the Committee’s financial expert for Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX) purposes and together with Tarek Farahat as having recent and relevant financial experience for the purposes of the UK Corporate Governance Code and competence in accounting or audit for the purposes of DTR 7.1. The members of the Committee are considered by the Board to be independent and (when considered as a whole) have competence relevant to the sectors in which the Company operates, and have financial experience as set out Item 6A.

 

53


Table of Contents

Sandrine Dufour has been appointed as an additional member of the Committee with effect from 3 February 2020. Sandrine is currently Chief Financial Officer of Proximus and will become CFO of UCB on 1 July 2020. Sandrine has recent and relevant financial experience for the purposes of the UK Corporate Governance Code and competence in accounting or audit for the purposes of DTR 7.1.

 

Terms of reference

 

The Committee’s terms of reference are adopted by the Board and reviewed annually by the Committee, most recently on 19 March 2020. A copy of the Committee’s terms of reference is available on the Company’s website at www.wpp.com/investors/corporate-governance. This Annual Report on Form 20-F does not incorporate by reference information on the Company’s website.

 

Board Performance Evaluation

 

During 2018 the Board performance evaluation was externally facilitated by Dr Tracy Long of Boardroom Review Limited who has no other connection with the Company or individual directors.

 

The Board performance evaluation in 2019 was internally facilitated by Nicole Seligman, Senior Independent Director. The 2019 review comprised a questionnaire completed by each director which drew on the recommendations of Dr Long in 2018 and the issues dealt with by the Board and Committees throughout the year. The questionnaire was reviewed with Dr Long.

 

Outcomes

 

The Board has effective leadership in place, with strong support for and relationships between the Chairman, CEO, the Senior Independent Director and Committee Chairs. The Board has been going through a process of refreshment, focusing on succession for the CFO, and membership of the Committees including the formation of the new Sustainability Committee, and is very much engaged with the strategic process and transformation plan. There is continued focus on business integrity, culture, sustainability, cyber security, data privacy and the risk and control framework.

 

D. Employees

 

The assets of communications services businesses are primarily their employees, and the Company is highly dependent on the talent, creative abilities and technical skills of its personnel and the relationships its personnel have with clients. The Company believes that its operating companies have established reputations in the industry that attract talented personnel. However, the Company, like all communications services businesses, is vulnerable to adverse consequences from the loss of key employees due to the competition among these businesses for talented personnel. On 31 December 2019, the Group had operations in 112 countries and more than 3,000 offices among more than 150 companies. Excluding all employees of associated undertakings, the number of employees at the end of 2019 was 106,786 (2018: 134,281, 2017: 134,413). The average number of employees, including the Kantar disposal group, for the year ended 2019 was 132,823 compared to 133,903 and 134,428 in 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

Their geographical distribution was as follows:

 

      2019      2018      2017  

North America

     25,008        25,990        27,399  

United Kingdom

     14,192        14,331        14,197  

Western Continental Europe

     26,973        26,825        25,700  

Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe

     66,650        66,757        67,132  
       132,823        133,903        134,428  

 

54


Table of Contents

Their reportable segment distribution was as follows:

 

      2019      2018      2017  

Global Integrated Agencies

     82,295        83,015        81,537  

Data Investment Management

     26,325        27,813        28,014  

Public Relations

     6,890        6,891        6,899  

Specialist Agencies

     17,313        16,184        17,978  
       132,823        133,903        134,428  

 

E. Share Ownership

 

Executive Directors’ interests

 

Executive Directors’ interests in the Company’s ordinary share capital are shown in the following table. Other than as disclosed in this table, no Executive Director had any interest in any contract of significance with the Group during the year. Each Executive Director has a technical interest as an employee and potential beneficiary in shares in the Company held under the Employee Share Ownership Plan Trusts (ESOPs). More specifically, the Executive Directors have potential interests in shares related to the outstanding awards under the EPSP and outstanding ESAs. As at 31 December 2019, the Company’s ESOPs (which are entirely independent of the Company and have waived their rights to receive dividends) held in total 9,219,837 shares in the Company (14,820,994 in 2018).

 

Director          Total beneficial
interests
     Shares without
performance
conditions
(unvested)1,2
     Shares with
performance
conditions
(unvested)3,4
     Total
unvested
shares
 

Mark Read

   At 31 December 2019      196,789        193,388        967,728        1,161,116  
     At 28 April 2020      251,643        155,071        901,818        1,056,889  

Paul Richardson

   At 31 December 2019      1,068,240        14,235        1,133,300        1,147,535  
     At 28 April 2020      1,080,145        14,235        943,450        957,685  

 

1    

For Mark Read shares due pursuant to the 2017 Performance Share and 2018 Executive Share awards, 2017 Leaders awards and 2018 Retention awards and for Paul Richardson, the 2018 Executive Share award. Full details of these awards can be found on page 44. Additional dividend shares will be due on vesting.

2   

As noted in footnote 1 above, less 2017 Performance Share award, which vested on 10 March 2020 (full details can be found on page 44).

3   

Maximum number of shares due on vesting pursuant to the outstanding EPSP awards, full details of which can be found on page 45. Additional dividend shares will be due on vesting.

4   

As noted in footnote 3 above, less the maximum due under the 2015 EPSP award, which vested on 12 March 2020 (full details can be found on page 45).

 

Share ownership requirements

 

As detailed in the Directors’ Compensation Policy, the Executive Directors are required to achieve a minimum level of share ownership of WPP shares. The CEO and Group Finance Director are required to hold shares to the value of 600% and 300% of base salary respectively.

 

As at 31 December 2019, the Chief Executive Officer held shares to the value of 215% of his base salary. He has seven years from the date appointed to the CEO role in which to reach required level. At the same date the Paul Richardson, significantly exceeded his requirement and held shares to the value of 1,356% of his base salary. He will be required to maintain his share ownership requirement of 300% of base salary in the year following his retirement and 150% of base salary for the second year.

 

55


Table of Contents

Non-Executive Directors’ interests

 

Non-Executive Directors’ interests in the Company’s ordinary share capital are shown in the following table. Except as disclosed in this table, no Non-Executive Director had any interest in any contract of significance with the Group during the year.

 

Non-Executive Director    Total interests at
31 December 2019
     Total interests at
28 April 2020
 

Roberto Quarta

     87,500        87,500  

Jacques Aigrain

     34,000        34,000  

Tarek Farahat

     3,775        3,775  

Sir John Hood

     3,000        3,000  

Ruigang Li1

     4,000        N/A  

Daniela Riccardi

     4,100        4,100  

Cindy Rose2

     8,000        8,000  

Nicole Seligman

     8,750        8,750  

Sally Susman

     5,000        5,000  

Sol Trujillo

     10,000        10,000  

Keith Weed3

     2,161        2,161  

Jasmine Whitbread4

            3,330  

 

1    

Ruigang Li retired from the Board on 12 June 2019. The information disclosed reflects his total interests at this date.

2   

Cindy Rose was appointed to the Board on 1 April 2019.

3   

Keith Weed was appointed to the Board on 1 November 2019.

4   

Jasmine Whitbread was appointed to the Board on 1 September 2019.

 

ITEM 7.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

A. Major Shareholders

 

As of the dates shown below, the Company is aware of the following interests of 3% or more in the issued ordinary share capital:

 

            

24 April 2020

            23 April 2019             24 April 2018  

MFS

     3.96     48,563,373        6.02     75,933,531        8.03     101,727,776  

Harris Associates LP

     5.88     72,109,256        5.67     71,556,873        7.35     93,117,523  

BlackRock Inc.

     7.60     93,169,630        5.38     67,889,344        5.49     69,509,494  

 

The disclosed interests refer to the respective combined holdings of those entities and to interests associated with them. The Company has not been notified of any other holdings of ordinary share capital of 3% or more. None of these shareholders have voting rights that are different from those of the holders of the Company’s ordinary shares generally. As far as WPP is aware, it is neither directly nor indirectly owned or controlled by one or more corporations or by any government, or by any other natural or legal persons severally or jointly.

 

The number of outstanding ordinary shares at 31 December 2019 was 1,328,167,813 which included at such date the underlying ordinary shares represented by 15,699,064 ADSs. 222 share owners of record of WPP ordinary shares were US residents at 31 December 2019.

 

56


Table of Contents

The geographic distribution of our share ownership as at 31 December 2019 is presented below:

 

United Kingdom

     28.1%    

United States

     35.6%    

Rest of world

     36.3%    

Total

     100.0%    

 

B. Related Party Transactions

 

From time to time the Group enters into transactions with its associate undertakings. These transactions were not material for any of the years presented.

 

The Group has continuing transactions with Kantar, including sales, purchases, the provision of IT services, subleases and property related items. None of these were material in the period since 5 December 2019 when Kantar became a related party as an associate. See note 31 to the consolidated financial statements for more details of related party transactions for the year ended 31 December 2019.

 

See Item 6C for a discussion of the service contracts between the Company and the Executive Directors.

 

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

See Item 18.

 

Outstanding legal proceedings

 

The Company has claims against others and there are claims against the Company in a variety of matters arising from the conduct of its business. In the opinion of the management of the Company, the ultimate liability, if any, that is likely to result from these matters would not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, or on the results of its operations.

 

Dividend distribution policy

 

See Item 10B.

 

ADS holders are eligible for all stock dividends or other entitlements accruing on the underlying WPP plc shares and receive all cash dividends in US dollars. These are normally paid twice a year. Dividend cheques are mailed directly to the ADS holder on the payment date if ADSs are registered with WPP’s U.S. Depositary, Citibank N.A. Dividends on ADSs that are registered with brokers are sent to the brokers, who forward them to ADS holders.

 

Dollar amounts paid to ADS holders depend on the sterling/dollar exchange rate at the time of payment.

 

B. Significant Changes

 

See note 25 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 18.

 

57


Table of Contents
ITEM 9.

THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

A. Offer and Listing Details

 

The Company has ordinary shares (trading symbol: WPP) listed on the London Stock Exchange and ADSs for such ordinary shares (trading symbol: WPP) listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

The Depositary held 78,495,320 ordinary shares as at 31 December 2019, approximately 5.91% of the outstanding ordinary shares, represented by 15,699,064 outstanding ADSs.

 

B. Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Markets

 

See the discussion in Item 9A.

 

D. Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

E. Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

F. Expenses of the Issue

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 10.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

A. Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

See Exhibit 2.15 to this Annual Report on Form 20-F for information called for by Item 10.B.

 

C. Material Contracts

 

The following is a summary of each contract (not being a contract entered into in the ordinary course of business) that has been entered into by any member of the WPP Group: (a) within the two years immediately preceding the date of this Form 20-F which are, or may be, material to the WPP Group; or (b) at any time which contain obligations or entitlements which is, or may be, material to the WPP Group as at the date of this Form 20-F:

 

(i) On 7 September 2012, WPP Finance 2010 issued US$500,000,000 3.625% guaranteed senior notes due September 2022 and $300,000,000 5.125% guaranteed senior notes due September 2042. These notes were issued under the Indenture dated as at 2 November 2011, described above, as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture and the Third Supplemental Indenture, respectively, each dated as at 7 September 2012, among WPP Finance 2010 as issuer, WPP 2012 Limited (formerly known as WPP plc), WPP Air 1, WPP 2008 Limited and WPP 2005 Limited as guarantors, Wilmington Trust, National Association as trustee, Citibank, N.A., as security registrar and Principal Paying Agent and Citibank, N.A., London Branch as Paying Agent. The indenture contains events of default provisions

 

58


Table of Contents

(including a cross-default provision). It also contains a restriction on the Issuer or any of the Guarantors referred to above consolidating or merging with any other person and conveying, transferring or leasing all or substantially all of their properties and assets to any person except where the entity resulting from such consolidation or merger or to whom such properties and assets are transferred becomes a primary obligor of the notes and gives certain certificates and indemnities. The covenants of the Indenture also contain a negative pledge and a limitation on the sale and leaseback of any assets by the Guarantors referred to above and their principal subsidiaries. The Indenture allows for defeasance of these covenants subject to certain conditions. The holders of the notes have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes in the event that there is a Change of Control of WPP plc and the notes lose their investment grade rating. The Indenture also contains a joint and several indemnity from the Issuer and the Guarantors referred to above in favour of the Trustee. During 2018 WPP Finance 2010 repurchased and cancelled $28,422,000 5.125% guaranteed senior notes due September 2042. In May 2019, WPP Finance 2010 repurchased and cancelled $178,744,000 5.125% guaranteed senior notes due September 2042;

 

(ii) On 2 January 2013, WPP plc entered into a deposit agreement with Citibank, N.A., as US Depositary, and the holders and beneficial owners of ADSs that sets out the terms on which the US Depositary has agreed to act as depositary with respect to WPP ADSs. The deposit agreement contains, amongst other things, customary provisions pertaining to the form of ADRs, the deposit and withdrawal of ordinary shares, distributions to holders of ADSs, voting of ordinary shares underlying ADSs, obligations of the US Depositary and WPP plc, charges of the US Depositary, and compliance with U.S. securities laws;

 

(iii) On 12 November 2013, WPP Finance 2010 issued US$500,000,000 5.625% guaranteed senior notes due November 2043. These notes were issued under the Indenture dated as at 12 November 2013, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture dated as at 12 November 2013, among WPP Finance 2010 as issuer, WPP plc, WPP Jubilee Limited, and WPP 2005 Limited as guarantors, Wilmington Trust, National Association as trustee, Citibank, N.A., as security registrar and Principal Paying Agent and Citibank, N.A., London Branch as Paying Agent. The indenture contains events of default provisions (including a cross-default provision). It also contains a restriction on the Issuer or any of the Guarantors referred to above consolidating or merging with any other person and conveying, transferring or leasing all or substantially all of their properties and assets to any person except where the entity resulting from such consolidation or merger or to whom such properties and assets are transferred becomes a primary obligor of the notes and gives certain certificates and indemnities. The covenants of the Indenture also contain a negative pledge and a limitation on the sale and leaseback of any assets by the Guarantors referred to above and their principal subsidiaries. The Indenture allows for defeasance of these covenants subject to certain conditions. The holders of the notes have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes in the event that there is a Change of Control of WPP plc and the notes lose their investment grade rating. The Indenture also contains a joint and several indemnity from the Issuer and the Guarantors referred to above in favour of the Trustee. During 2018 WPP Finance 2010 repurchased and cancelled $49,690,000 5.625% guaranteed senior notes due November 2043. In May 2019, WPP Finance 2010 repurchased and cancelled $230,465,000 5.625% guaranteed senior notes due November 2043;

 

(iv) On 20 November 2013, WPP Finance 2013 issued EUR 750,000,000 3.000% guaranteed senior bonds due November 2023. The bonds are guaranteed by WPP plc, WPP 2005 Limited, and WPP Jubilee Limited, and were constituted by a Trust Deed dated 11 November 2013 between WPP Finance 2013, the guarantors, and Citicorp Trustee Company Limited. The administration of payments to bondholders is provided for in an Agency Agreement dated 11 December 2013 between WPP Finance 2013, the guarantors, and Citibank, N.A., London Branch. The bonds are listed on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange and the terms and conditions contain a redemption provision at the option of the bondholders on a Change of Control, a negative pledge provision and the events of default provisions in the terms and conditions contain a cross-default provision;

 

59


Table of Contents

(v) On 19 September 2014, WPP Finance 2010 issued US$750,000,000 3.750% guaranteed senior notes due September 2024. These notes were issued under the Indenture dated as at 19 September 2014, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture dated as at 19 September 2014, among WPP Finance 2010 as issuer, WPP plc, WPP Jubilee Limited, and WPP 2005 Limited as guarantors, Wilmington Trust, National Association as trustee, Citibank, N.A., as security registrar and Principal Paying Agent and Citibank, N.A., London Branch as Paying Agent. Aside from the coupon and repayment date, the terms and conditions of these notes are the same as those for the $500,000,000 5.625% notes due November 2043 described above;

 

(vi) On 22 September 2014, WPP Finance S.A. issued EUR 750,000,000 2.250% guaranteed senior bonds due September 2026. The bonds are guaranteed by WPP plc, WPP 2005 Limited, and WPP Jubilee Limited, and were constituted by a Trust Deed dated 11 November 2013 between WPP Finance S.A., the guarantors, and Citicorp Trustee Company Limited. The administration of payments to bondholders is provided for in an Agency Agreement dated 11 November 2013 between WPP Finance S.A., the guarantors, and Citibank, N.A., London Branch. The bonds are listed on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange and the terms and conditions contain a redemption provision at the option of the bondholders on a Change of Control, a negative pledge provision and the events of default provisions in the terms and conditions contain a cross-default provision;

 

(vii) On 23 March 2015, WPP Finance Deutschland GmbH issued EUR 600,000,000 1.625% guaranteed senior bonds due March 2030. The bonds are guaranteed by WPP plc, WPP 2005 Limited, and WPP Jubilee Limited, and were constituted by a Trust Deed dated 11 November 2013 as supplemented by a First Supplemental Trust Deed dated 14 November 2014 between, inter alia, WPP Finance Deutschland GmbH, the guarantors, and Citicorp Trustee Company Limited. The administration of payments to bondholders is provided for in an Agency Agreement dated 11 November 2013 between, inter alia, WPP Finance Deutschland GmbH, the guarantors and Citibank, N.A., London Branch. The bonds are listed on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange and the terms and conditions contain a redemption provision at the option of the bondholders on a Change of Control, a negative pledge provision and the events of default provisions in the terms and conditions contain a cross-default provision;

 

(viii) On 14 September 2016, WPP Finance 2013 issued GBP 400,000,000 2.875% fixed rate guaranteed senior bonds due 14 September 2046 under the EUR 4,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme. The bonds are guaranteed by WPP plc, WPP 2005 Limited and WPP Jubilee Limited, and are constituted by a Trust Deed dated 14 November 2014 between, inter alia, WPP Finance 2013, the guarantors, and Citicorp Trustee Company Limited. The administration of payments to bondholders is provided for in an Agency Agreement dated 11 November 2013 between, inter alia, WPP Finance 2013, the guarantors and Citibank, N.A., London Branch. The bonds are admitted to the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange and to trading on the Global Exchange Market. The terms and conditions of the bonds contain a redemption provision at the option of the bondholders on a Change of Control, a negative pledge provision and a cross-default event of default provision;

 

(ix) On 18 May 2017, WPP Finance 2013 issued EUR 250,000,000 guaranteed senior bonds due May 2020 which pay a coupon of 3 month EURIBOR + 0.32%. The bonds are guaranteed by WPP plc, WPP 2005 Limited, and WPP Jubilee Limited, and were constituted by a Trust Deed dated 8 November 2016 between, inter alia, WPP Finance 2013, the guarantors, and Citicorp Trustee Company Limited. The administration of payments to bondholders is provided for in an Agency Agreement dated 8 November 2016 between, inter alia, WPP Finance 2013, the guarantors and Citibank, N.A., London Branch. The bonds are listed on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange and the terms and conditions contain a redemption provision at the option of the bondholders on a Change of Control, a negative pledge provision and the events of default provisions in the terms and conditions contain a cross-default provision;

 

(x) On 20 March 2018, WPP Finance 2013 issued EUR 250,000,000 guaranteed senior bonds due March 2022 which pay a coupon of 3 month EURIBOR + 0.45%. The bonds are guaranteed by WPP

 

60


Table of Contents

plc, WPP 2005 Limited, and WPP Jubilee Limited, and were constituted by a Trust Deed dated 8 November 2016 between, inter alia, WPP Finance 2013, the guarantors, and Citicorp Trustee Company Limited. The administration of payments to bondholders is provided for in an Agency Agreement dated 8 November 2016 between, inter alia, WPP Finance 2013, the guarantors and Citibank, N.A., London Branch. The bonds are listed on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange and the terms and conditions contain a redemption provision at the option of the bondholders on a Change of Control, a negative pledge provision and the events of default provisions in the terms and conditions contain a cross-default provision;

 

(xi) On 20 March 2018, WPP Finance 2016 issued EUR 500,000,000 1.375% guaranteed senior bonds due March 2025. The bonds are guaranteed by WPP plc, WPP 2005 Limited, and WPP Jubilee Limited, and were constituted by a Trust Deed dated 8 November 2016 between, inter alia, WPP Finance 2013, the guarantors, and Citicorp Trustee Company Limited. The administration of payments to bondholders is provided for in an Agency Agreement dated 8 November 2016 between, inter alia, WPP Finance 2013, the guarantors and Citibank, N.A., London Branch. The bonds are listed on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange and the terms and conditions contain a redemption provision at the option of the bondholders on a Change of Control, a negative pledge provision and the events of default provisions in the terms and conditions contain a cross-default provision;

 

(xii) On 26 June 2018, WPP AUNZ Limited entered into an agreement for a 1 year revolving credit facility for AUD$150 million and a 3 year revolving credit facility for AUD$370 million with a syndicate of banks and Westpac Banking Corporation acting as Agent due 29 June 2019 and 29 June 2021, respectively. On 1 May 2019, WPP AUNZ Limited entered into an agreement to extend the maturity date of the 1 year revolving credit facility for AUD$150 million until 29 June 2020. On 12 December 2019 AUD$100 million of the three year revolving credit facility for AUD$370 million was cancelled reducing the facility size to AUD$270 million. Joint and several guarantees are provided by subsidiaries of WPP AUNZ that represent at least 75% of EBITDA and at least 75% of total tangible assets. These facilities are available for drawing by way of cash advances in Australian Dollars or New Zealand Dollars on a revolving basis. The rate of margin for the AUD$150 million facility is 1.25%. The rate of margin for the AUD$270 million facility is determined by the ratio of Net Debt to EBITDA. If the ratio is greater than 2.5 the rate of margin for the facility shall be 1.75%. If the ratio is greater than 2.0 and less than or equal to 2.5 the rate of margin for the facility shall be 1.45%. If the ratio is greater than 1.5 and less than or equal to 2.0 the rate of margin for the facility shall be 1.30%. If the ratio is greater than 1.0 and less than or equal to 1.5 the rate of margin for the facility shall be 1.15%. If the ratio is less than or equal to 1.0 the rate of margin for the facility shall be 1.00%. The commitment fee payable on undrawn commitments is equal to 45% of the then applicable margin. The facility contains customary representations, covenants and events of default; and

 

(xiii) On 15 March 2019, WPP CP LLC, WPP Finance Co. Limited and WPP CP Finance plc (as borrowers), guaranteed by WPP plc, WPP 2005 Limited and WPP Jubilee Limited entered into an agreement for a five-year multi-currency revolving credit facility (with a US Dollar swingline option) for US$2.5 billion with a syndicate of banks and Citibank International plc as facility agent due March 2024. On 14 February 2020, the lending banks approved extending the maturity for a further year to 15 March 2025. The facility is available for drawing by way of multi-currency cash advances on a revolving basis, with an option to draw US Dollar swingline advances up to a sub-limit of US$1.2 billion. The rate of margin for the facility is, if the long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt rating of WPP published by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s (the Credit Rating) is A-/A3 or higher, 0.25% per annum. If the Credit Rating is BBB+ or Baa1, the rate of margin for the facility is 0.30% per annum. If the Credit Rating is BBB or Baa2, the rate of margin for the facility is 0.40% per annum. If the Credit Rating is BBB- or Baa3, the rate of margin for the facility is 0.50% per annum. If the Credit Rating is BB+ or Ba1 or lower, the rate of margin for the facility is 0.80% per annum. If Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s assign different Credit Ratings, the margin shall be the

 

61


Table of Contents

average of the margins determined by each of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s. The commitment fee payable on undrawn commitments is equal to 35% of the then applicable margin. A utilisation fee of 0.075% per annum is payable on outstandings on any day on which the amount of outstandings exceeds 0% of the total facility commitments but is less than or equal to 33% of the total facility commitments. A utilisation fee of 0.15% per annum is payable on outstandings on any day on which the amount of outstandings exceeds 33% of the total facility commitments but is less than or equal to 66% of the total facility commitments. A utilisation fee of 0.30% per annum is payable on outstandings on any day on which the amount of outstandings exceeds 66% of the total facility commitments. The facility agreement contains customary representations, covenants and events of default. The interest rate for swingline advances is the higher of the US prime commercial lending rate and 0.50% per annum above the federal funds rate.

 

(xiv) On 12 July 2019 WPP entered into an agreement to sell 60% of Kantar, its global data, research, consulting and analytics business, to Bain Capital (the “Transaction”). The Transaction valued 100% of Kantar at c.$4.0 billion, equivalent to a calendar 2018 EV/EBITDA multiple of 8.2x based on Kantar’s headline EBITDA (excluding WPP overhead) of £386 million. The equity value after expected completion adjustments was c.$3.7 billion (c.£3.0 billion). The consideration is payable in cash. WPP may also receive additional consideration over the next three years in respect of certain contingent liabilities, in the event that such liabilities are lower than estimated. Additionally, WPP may receive certain other payments during the life of its partnership with Bain Capital. The amounts of these payments are dependent on future events and outcomes which are too uncertain to allow meaningful estimation today. Under no circumstances can such contingent liabilities, events and outcomes lead to any reduction or repayment of the consideration to be received by WPP on completion. On 5 December 2019, WPP completed the Transaction, with respect to approximately 90% of the Kantar business, and proportionate transaction proceeds were received at that time. As part of the Transaction, WPP entered into transitional services agreements which govern the provision of IT services and other operational services between WPP and Kantar for a transitional period after First Completion. A shareholders’ agreement is also in place to govern the relationship between WPP and Bain Capital, and ensures consistent governance rights for the parties. The boards of the Kantar joint venture companies formed by WPP and Bain Capital have up to six Bain Capital nominated directors and up to two WPP nominated directors. In certain circumstances, in the event of a disposal by Bain Capital of a majority of its interest in Kantar to a third party, it will have the right to require WPP also to transfer all of its securities in Kantar to that third party at the same price.

 

D. Exchange Controls

 

There are currently no Jersey foreign exchange control restrictions on remittances of dividends on the ordinary shares or on the conduct of the Registrant’s operations.

 

E. Taxation

 

The taxation discussion set forth below is intended only as a descriptive summary and does not purport to be a complete technical analysis or listing of all potential tax effects relevant to a decision to purchase, hold or in any way transfer ordinary shares or ADSs. Each investor should seek advice based on their individual particular circumstances from an independent tax adviser.

 

The following summary of the Jersey (UK in relation to dividend distributions) and the United States tax consequences is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations and should not be considered legal or tax advice. In addition, this summary does not represent a detailed description of the tax consequences applicable to persons subject to special treatment under Jersey and United States tax laws. Prospective purchasers of ADSs are advised to satisfy themselves as to the overall tax consequences of their ownership of ADSs and the ordinary shares represented thereby by consulting their own tax advisors. In addition, this summary only addresses holders

 

62


Table of Contents

that hold ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets, and it does not address the taxation of a United States shareholder (either corporate or individual) where that shareholder controls, or is deemed to control, 10% or more of the voting stock of the Company.

 

References in this discussion to WPP Shares include references to WPP ADSs and corresponding references to WPP Share Owners (or holders of WPP ADSs) include references to holders of WPP ADSs, unless indicated otherwise.

 

United Kingdom, Jersey and the United States taxation

 

United Kingdom taxation

 

Tax on dividends

 

The Company will not be required to withhold UK tax at source from dividend payments it makes.

 

A WPP Share Owner resident outside the UK may be subject to taxation on dividend income under local law. A WPP Share Owner who is not solely resident in the UK for tax purposes should consult their own tax advisers concerning their tax liabilities (in the UK and any other country) on dividends received from WPP. From 6 April 2016, the dividend tax credit previously available to UK tax resident individuals has been replaced by a Dividend Allowance.

 

Taxation of disposals

 

An individual WPP Share Owner who has ceased to be resident or ordinarily resident for tax purposes in the UK for a period of less than five tax years and who disposes of all or part of his WPP Shares during that period may be liable to capital gains tax in respect of any chargeable gain arising from such a disposal on his return to the UK, subject to any available exemptions or reliefs.

 

Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT)

 

No UK stamp duty or SDRT will be payable on the issue of WPP Shares. UK stamp duty should generally not need to be paid on a transfer of the WPP Shares. No UK SDRT will be payable in respect of any agreement to transfer WPP Shares unless they are registered in a register kept in the UK by or on behalf of WPP. It is not intended that such a register will be kept in the UK.

 

The statements in this paragraph summarise the current position on stamp duty and SDRT and are intended as a general guide only. Special rules apply to agreements made by, amongst others, intermediaries and certain categories of person may be liable to stamp duty or SDRT at higher rates.

 

Jersey taxation

 

General

 

The following summary of the anticipated tax treatment in Jersey of WPP and WPP Share Owners and holders of WPP ADSs (other than residents of Jersey) is based on Jersey taxation law as it is understood to apply at the date of this Form 20-F. It does not constitute legal or tax advice. WPP Share Owners or holders of WPP ADSs should consult their professional advisers on the implications of acquiring, buying, holding, selling or otherwise disposing of WPP Shares or WPP ADSs under the laws of the jurisdictions in which they may be liable to taxation. WPP Share Owners or holders of WPP ADSs should be aware that tax rules and practice and their interpretation may change.

 

63


Table of Contents

Income Tax

 

(a) WPP

 

Under the Jersey Income Tax Law, WPP will be regarded as either:

 

(i) not resident in Jersey under Article 123(1) of the Jersey Income Tax Law provided that (and for so long as) it satisfies the conditions set out in that provision, in which case WPP will not (except as noted below) be liable to Jersey income tax; or

 

(ii) resident in Jersey and will fall under Article 123C of the Jersey Income Tax Law, in which case WPP (being neither a financial services company nor a specified utility company under the Jersey Income Tax Law at the date hereof) will (except as noted below) be subject to Jersey income tax at a rate of 0 percent.

 

WPP is tax resident in the United Kingdom and therefore should not be regarded as resident in Jersey.

 

(b) Holders of WPP Shares

 

WPP will be entitled to pay dividends to holders of WPP Shares without any withholding or deduction for or on account of Jersey tax. Holders of WPP Shares (other than residents of Jersey) will not be subject to any tax in Jersey in respect of the holding, sale or other disposition of such WPP Shares.

 

(c) Holders of WPP ADSs

 

Under Jersey law and the WPP Articles, WPP is only permitted to pay a dividend to a person who is recorded in its register of members as the holder of a WPP Share. The US Depositary will be recorded in WPP’s register of members as the holder of each WPP Share represented by a WPP ADS. Accordingly, WPP will pay all dividends in respect of each WPP Share represented by a WPP ADS to the US Depositary (as the registered holder of each such WPP Share) rather than to the holder of the ADS.

 

The US Depositary will not be subject to any tax in Jersey in respect of the holding, sale or other disposition of the WPP Shares held by it. In addition, holders of the WPP ADSs (other than residents of Jersey) should not be subject to any tax in Jersey in respect of the holding, sale or other disposition of such WPP ADSs.

 

Goods and services tax

 

WPP is an “international services entity” for the purposes of the Goods and Services Tax (Jersey) Law 2007 (the “GST Law”). Consequently, WPP is not required to:

 

(a) register as a taxable person pursuant to the GST Law;

 

(b) charge goods and services tax in Jersey in respect of any supply made by it; or

 

(c) subject to limited exceptions that are not expected to apply to WPP, pay goods and services tax in Jersey in respect of any supply made to it.

 

Stamp duty

 

No stamp duty is payable in Jersey on the issue or inter vivos transfer of WPP Shares or WPP ADSs.

 

Upon the death of a WPP Share Owner, a grant of probate or letters of administration will be required to transfer the WPP Shares of the deceased person. However, WPP may (at its discretion) dispense with this requirement where: (a) the deceased person was domiciled outside of Jersey at the time of death; and (b) the value of the deceased’s movable estate in Jersey (including any WPP Shares) does not exceed £10,000.

 

64


Table of Contents

Upon the death of a WPP Share Owner, where the deceased person was domiciled outside of Jersey at the time of death, Jersey stamp duty will be payable on the registration in Jersey of a grant of probate or letters of administration, which will be required in order to transfer or otherwise deal with the deceased person’s personal estate situated in Jersey (including any WPP Shares) if the net value of such personal estate exceeds £10,000.

 

The rate of stamp duty payable is:

 

  (i)   (where the net value of the deceased person’s relevant personal estate is more than £10,000 but does not exceed £100,000) 0.50 percent of the net value of the deceased person’s relevant personal estate; or

 

  (ii)   (where the net value of the deceased person’s relevant personal estate exceeds £100,000) £500 for the first £100,000 plus 0.75 percent of the net value of the deceased person’s relevant personal estate which exceeds £100,000.

 

In addition, application and other fees may be payable.

 

US federal income taxation

 

Introduction

 

The following is a summary of certain material US federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of WPP Shares or WPP ADSs by a US Holder (as defined below). This summary deals only with initial acquirers of WPP Shares or WPP ADSs that are US Holders and that will hold the WPP Shares or WPP ADSs as capital assets. The discussion does not cover all aspects of US federal income taxation that may be relevant to, or the actual tax effect that any of the matters described herein will have on, the acquisition, ownership or disposition of WPP Shares or WPP ADSs by particular investors, and does not address state, local, foreign or other tax laws. In particular, this summary does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to investors subject to special treatment under the US federal income tax laws (such as financial institutions, insurance companies, investors liable for the alternative minimum tax, investors that own (directly or indirectly) 10% or more of the voting stock of WPP, investors that hold WPP Shares or WPP ADSs through a permanent establishment, individual retirement accounts and other tax-deferred accounts, tax-exempt organisations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders that elect to mark to market, investors that will hold the WPP Shares or WPP ADSs as part of straddles, hedging transactions or conversion transactions for US federal income tax purposes, investors whose functional currency is not the US dollar or persons who received their WPP Shares or WPP ADSs in connection with the performance of services or on exercise of options received as compensation in connection with the performance of services).

 

As used herein, the term “US Holder” means a beneficial owner of WPP Shares or WPP ADSs that is, for US federal income tax purposes: (i) a citizen or individual resident of the United States; (ii) a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for US federal tax purposes, created or organised in or under the laws of the United States or any State thereof; (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to US federal income tax without regard to its source; or (iv) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more US persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or the trust has elected to be treated as a domestic trust for US federal income tax purposes.

 

This discussion does not address any tax consequences applicable to holders of equity interests in a holder of WPP Shares or WPP ADSs. The US federal income tax treatment of a partner in a partnership that holds WPP Shares or WPP ADSs will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Holders of WPP Shares or WPP ADSs that are partnerships should consult their tax advisers concerning the US federal income tax consequences to their partners of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of WPP Shares or WPP ADSs.

 

65


Table of Contents

WPP does not expect to become a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for US federal income tax purposes and this summary assumes the correctness of this position. WPP’s possible status as a PFIC must be determined annually and therefore may be subject to change. If WPP were to be a PFIC in any year, materially adverse consequences could result for US Holders.

 

The summary is based on the US federal income tax laws, including the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect, and all of which are subject to change, perhaps with retroactive effect.

 

The summary of US federal income tax consequences set out below is for general information only. US Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisers as to the particular tax consequences to them of owning the WPP Shares or WPP ADSs, including the applicability and effect of state, local, foreign and other tax laws and possible changes in tax law.

 

Classification of the WPP ADSs

 

US Holders of WPP ADSs should be treated for US federal income tax purposes as owners of the WPP Shares represented by the WPP ADSs. Accordingly, the US federal income tax consequences discussed below apply equally to US Holders of WPP ADSs.

 

Tax on dividends

 

Distributions paid by WPP out of current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) will generally be taxable to a US Holder as foreign source dividend income, and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to US corporations. A US Holder of WPP ADSs generally will include dividends in gross income in the taxable year in which such holder actually or constructively receives the dividend. US Holders that surrender their WPP ADSs in exchange for the underlying WPP Shares should consult their tax advisers regarding the proper timing for including dividends in gross income.

 

Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the US Holder’s basis in the WPP Shares or WPP ADSs and thereafter as capital gains. However, WPP will not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits in accordance with US federal income tax accounting principles. US Holders should, therefore, assume that any distribution by WPP with respect to the WPP Shares or WPP ADSs will constitute ordinary dividend income. US Holders should consult their tax advisers with respect to the appropriate US federal income tax treatment of any distribution received from WPP.

 

Under current federal income tax law, dividends paid by a foreign corporation to a non-corporate US Holder as “qualified dividend income” are taxable at the special reduced rate normally applicable to capital gains provided the foreign corporation qualifies for the benefits of the income tax treaty between the United States and the corporation’s country of residence. In such case, the non-corporate US Holder is eligible for the reduced rate only if the US Holder has held the shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121 day-period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date. WPP believes it will qualify for the benefits of the income tax treaty between the United States and the United Kingdom (the “Treaty”).

 

US Holders of WPP Shares or WPP ADSs who receive distributions from WPP will need to consult their own tax advisors regarding the continued applicability of this special reduced rate to such distributions.

 

Dividends paid in pounds sterling will be included in income in a US dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day the dividends are received by the US Holder in the case of WPP Shares or the US Depositary (in case of WPP ADSs), regardless of whether the pounds sterling are converted into US dollars at that time. If dividends received in pounds sterling are converted into US dollars on the day they are received, the

 

66


Table of Contents

US Holder generally will not be required to recognise a foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. Generally, a gain or loss realised on a subsequent conversion of pounds sterling to US dollars or other disposition will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss.

 

Sale or other disposition

 

Upon a sale or other disposition of WPP Shares or WPP ADSs (other than an exchange of WPP ADSs for WPP Shares), a US Holder generally will recognise a capital gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between the amount realised on the sale or other disposition and the US Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the WPP Shares or WPP ADSs. This capital gain or loss will generally be US source and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the US Holder’s holding period in the WPP Shares or WPP ADSs exceeds one year. However, regardless of a US Holder’s actual holding period, any loss may be a long-term capital loss if the US Holder receives a dividend that exceeds 10% of the US Holder’s tax basis in its WPP Shares or WPP ADSs and to the extent such dividend qualifies for the reduced rate described above under the section entitled “Tax on Dividends”. Deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

 

A US Holder’s tax basis in a WPP Share or a WPP ADS will generally be its US dollar cost. The US dollar cost of a WPP Share or a WPP ADS purchased with foreign currency will generally be the US dollar value of the purchase price on the date of purchase or, in the case of WPP Shares or WPP ADSs traded on an established securities market, as defined in the applicable Treasury Regulations, that are purchased by a cash basis US Holder (or an accrual basis US Holder that so elects), on the settlement date for the purchase. Such an election by an accrual basis US Holder must be applied consistently from year to year and cannot be revoked without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”).

 

The surrender of WPP ADSs in exchange for WPP Shares (or vice versa) should not be a taxable event for US federal income tax purposes and US Holders should not recognise any gain or loss upon such a surrender. A US Holder’s tax basis in the withdrawn WPP Shares will be the same as the US Holder’s tax basis in the WPP ADSs surrendered, and the holding period of the WPP Shares will include the holding period of the WPP ADSs.

 

The amount realised on a sale or other disposition of WPP Shares or WPP ADSs for an amount in foreign currency will be the US dollar value of this amount on the date of sale or disposition. On the settlement date, the US Holder will recognise US source foreign currency gain or loss (taxable as ordinary income or loss) equal to the difference (if any) between the US dollar value of the amount received based on the exchange rates in effect on the date of sale or other disposition and the settlement date. However, in the case of WPP Shares or WPP ADSs traded on an established securities market that are sold by a cash basis US Holder (or an accrual basis US Holder that so elects), the amount realised will be determined using the exchange rate in effect on the settlement date for the sale, and no exchange gain or loss will be recognised at that time.

 

Foreign currency received on the sale or other disposition of a WPP Share or a WPP ADS will have a tax basis equal to its US dollar value on the settlement date. Any gain or loss recognised on a sale or other disposition of a foreign currency (including upon exchange for US dollars) will be US source ordinary income or loss.

 

Net Investment Tax

 

In addition, the net investment income of individuals and certain trusts (including income realised through certain pass-through entities), subject to certain thresholds, will be subject to an additional net investment tax of 3.8%. “Net investment income” is the excess of certain types of passive income, including dividends on and capital gains from distributions on or dispositions of a WPP Share or a WPP ADS, over certain related investment expenses. Thus, both dividends and capital gains realised directly or indirectly by an individual or trust will generally be added in computing the net investment income of such individual or trust subject to this additional tax. Taxpayers are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the applicability of this tax.

 

67


Table of Contents

Backup withholding and information reporting

 

Payments of dividends and other proceeds with respect to WPP Shares or WPP ADSs by a US paying agent or other US intermediary will be reported to the IRS and to the US Holder unless the holder is a corporation or otherwise establishes a basis for exemption. Backup withholding may apply to reportable payments if the US Holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or fails to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on its US federal income tax returns. Any backup withholding tax will be refunded or allowed as a credit against the US Holder’s US federal income tax liability if the US Holder timely gives the appropriate information to the IRS. US Holders should consult their tax advisers as to their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining an exemption.

 

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

G. Statements by Experts

 

Not applicable.

 

H. Documents on Display

 

The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these requirements, the Company files reports and other information with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. You may read and copy any materials filed with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The Company’s Form 20-F is also available on the Company’s website, http://www.wpp.com.

 

I. Subsidiary Information

 

Not applicable.

 

68


Table of Contents
ITEM 11.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

The Company’s principal market risks are changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates. Following evaluation of these positions, the Company selectively enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its risk exposure. The fair value of derivatives held by the Company at 31 December 2019 is estimated to be a net liability of £21.3 million (£1.4 million with respect to derivative assets and £22.7 million for derivative liabilities). These amounts are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the balance sheet date.

 

Interest rate and foreign currency risks

 

The Company’s interest rate and foreign currency risks management policies are discussed in note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Interest rate derivatives and currency derivatives utilised by the Group are discussed in note 27 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Analysis of fixed and floating rate debt by currency, including the effect of interest rate and cross currency swaps, as at the balance sheet date is provided in note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Sensitivity analyses that address the effect of interest rate and currency risks on the Group’s financial instruments is provided in note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Credit risk

 

Our credit risk exposure and management policies are discussed in note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

ITEM 12.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

 

A. Debt Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Warrants and Rights

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Other Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

69


Table of Contents

D. American Depositary Shares

 

Fees and Charges

 

Holders of ADSs and persons depositing ordinary shares or surrendering ADSs for cancellation are currently required to pay the following service fees to the Depositary:

 

Service

  

Rate

  

By Whom Paid

(1)   Issuance of ADSs upon deposit of ordinary shares (excluding issuances as a result of distributions described in paragraph (4) below).

   Up to U.S.$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) issued.    Person depositing ordinary shares or person receiving ADSs.

(2)   Delivery of deposited securities against surrender of ADSs.

   Up to U.S.$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) surrendered.    Person surrendering ADSs for purpose of withdrawal of deposited securities or person to whom deposited securities are delivered.

(3)   Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions (i.e., sale of rights and other entitlements).

   Up to U.S.$2.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held, unless prohibited by the exchange upon which the ADSs are listed.    Person to whom distribution is made.

(4)   Distribution of ADSs pursuant to (i) stock dividends or other free stock distributions, or (ii) exercise of rights to purchase additional ADSs.

   Up to U.S.$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) issued, unless prohibited by the exchange upon which the ADSs are listed.    Person to whom distribution is made.

(5)   Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs (i.e., spin-off shares).

   Up to U.S.$5.00 per unit of 100 securities (or fraction thereof) distributed.    Person to whom distribution is made.

(6)   Depositary Services.

   Up to U.S.$2.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held as of the last day of each calendar year, except to the extent of any cash dividend fee(s) charged under paragraph (3) above during the applicable calendar year.    Person of record on last day of any calendar year.

(7)   Transfer of ADRs.

   U.S.$1.50 per certificate presented for transfer.    Person presenting certificate for transfer.

 

Holders of ADSs and persons depositing ordinary shares or surrendering ADSs for cancellation and for the purpose of withdrawing deposited securities are also responsible for the payment of certain fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary, and certain taxes and governmental charges, such as:

 

  (i)   Taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges;

 

  (ii)   Such registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of ordinary shares on the share register and applicable to transfers of ordinary shares or other securities on deposit to or from the name of the Custodian, the Depositary or any nominees upon the making of deposits and withdrawals, respectively;

 

70


Table of Contents
  (iii)   Such cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery expenses as are expressly provided in the deposit agreement to be at the expense of the person depositing or withdrawing ordinary shares or holders of ADSs;

 

  (iv)   The expenses and charges incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency;

 

  (v)   Such fees and expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in connection with compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements applicable to ordinary shares, ordinary shares on deposit, ADSs and ADRs; and

 

  (vi)   The fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary, the Custodian or any nominee in connection with the servicing or delivery of ordinary shares on deposit.

 

WPP has agreed to pay various other charges and expenses of the Depositary. Please note that the fees and charges that holders of ADSs may be required to pay may vary over time and may be changed by WPP and by the Depositary. Holders of ADSs will receive prior notice of such changes.

 

Depositary Payments—Fiscal Year 2019

 

WPP did not receive any payments from Citibank, N.A., the Depositary for its American Depositary Receipt program, in 2019.

 

71


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

 

None.

 

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

 

None.

 

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We performed an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Group Finance Director, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as at 31 December 2019. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that it will detect or uncover failures within the Company to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in the Company’s periodic reports. Following the evaluation described above, our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Group Finance Director, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as at 31 December 2019, due to the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting as described below.

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Group Finance Director, carried out an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2019. The assessment was performed using the criteria for effective internal control reflected in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

Based on our assessment of the system of internal control, management concluded that as at 31 December 2019 our internal control over financial reporting was not effective because of the material weakness as described below.

 

We identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting with respect to management’s review of the impairment assessment of intangible assets and goodwill, specifically the selection of appropriate discount rates for use in the impairment calculations. An area of significant judgment in our impairment analysis involves the use of the Capital Asset Pricing Model, which relies on discount rates as inputs to complete the analysis. Reasonable judgments are required to select the relevant discount rates in accordance with IAS 36, including the selection between calculating the cost of debt on a local, country-specific basis or a group-wide basis, based on assumptions surrounding the central treasury funding across the group and application of a market-participant viewpoint. In addition, inputs regarding the cost of equity consider the risk-free rate, which may be subject to country inflation to account for certain geopolitical and local currency risks. In connection with the selection of a discount rate, our internal controls were not designed effectively to identify the application of an incorrect approach to determining certain inputs with respect to the discount rates in certain circumstances involving significant levels of judgment, such as in the context of resolving disparities between local-country interest rates and the group’s cost of debt. The identified material weakness has not resulted in a material misstatement in the year ended 31 December 2019 or in any prior years.

 

Remediation of Material Weakness

 

Management is committed to remediating the identified material weakness in a timely manner, with appropriate oversight from our Audit Committee. Our planned remediation includes changing our approach to determining

 

72


Table of Contents

certain inputs with respect to the discount rates used in the impairment assessment, particularly those inputs that are subject to significant levels of judgment, and establishing a more comprehensive review process over such inputs and the overall discount rate methodology. The aforementioned remediation plan is in the process of being designed and implemented and management believes that the foregoing efforts will effectively remediate the material weakness.

 

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2019 has been audited by Deloitte LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, who also audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Their audit report, which expressed an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, is presented in Item 18.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Except as described above, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during 2019, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

 

The audit committee consisted of Jacques Aigrain, Tarek Farahat, Solomon D. Trujillo, and Cindy Rose at 31 December 2019. Sandrine Dufour was appointed as a Director and a member of the audit committee on 3 February 2020. The board of directors has determined that all members of the audit committee are “independent” as that term is defined in the applicable NYSE listing standards and rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

WPP has three audit committee financial experts, Jacques Aigrain, serving as Chairman of the audit committee, Tarek Farahat and Sandrine Dufour, members of the committee. See the biographies of Jacques Aigrain, Tarek Farahat and Sandrine Dufour in Item 6A.

 

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

 

WPP has in place a Code of Business Conduct that constitutes a “code of ethics” as defined in applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Code of Business Conduct, which is regularly reviewed by the Audit Committee and the Board and was last updated in 2016, sets out the principal obligations of all directors, officers and employees. Directors and senior executives throughout the Group are required each year to sign this Code. The WPP Code of Business Conduct is available on the Company’s website, www.wpp.com/investors/corporate-governance. This Annual Report on Form 20-F does not incorporate by reference information on the Company’s website.

 

73


Table of Contents

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

     

2019

£m

  

2018

£m

Audit fees

   34.5    30.83

Tax fees1

   —      0.1

All other fees2

   8.2    4.7
     42.7    35.6
  1   

Tax fees comprise tax advisory, planning and compliance services. All tax fees were approved by the Audit Committee.

 
  2   

Other fees comprise services, including fees for due diligence and review of earn-out payment calculations. All other fees were approved by the Audit Committee.

 
  3   

Includes a true-up of £3.5 million.

 

 

See note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for more details of auditors’ remuneration for the years ended 31 December 2019, 2018 and 2017.

 

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

 

The Audit Committee has a pre-approval policy for the engagement of the external auditors in relation to the supply of permissible non-audit services, taking into account relevant ethical and regulatory requirements. WPP’s policy regarding non-audit services that may be provided by the Group’s auditors, Deloitte, prohibits certain categories of work in line with relevant guidance on independence, such as ethical standards issued by the Auditing Practices Board and independence rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and the SEC. Other categories of work may be undertaken by Deloitte subject to an approvals process that is designed appropriately for different categories and values of proposed work.

 

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

 

At the Annual General Meeting of WPP plc on 13 June 2018 a special resolution was passed authorising WPP plc to make market purchases of its own shares up to a maximum number of 126,611,100 ordinary shares. This authority expired at the Annual General Meeting of WPP plc on 12 June 2019 and was replaced by a new authority to purchase up to a maximum number of 126,188,373 ordinary shares until the earlier of the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting of WPP plc in 2020 and 1 September 2020.

 

     

Total number of shares

purchased

     Average price (£)     

Total number of shares purchased as part

of publicly announced plan

    

Maximum number of shares that

may yet be purchased under plan

 

January

     —          —          —          125,861.100  

February

     —          —          —          125,861,100  

March

     —          —          —          125,861,100  

April

     —          —          —          125,861,100  

May

     —          —          —          125,861,100  

June

     —          —          —          126,188,373  

July

     —          —          —          126,188,373  

August

     —          —          —          126,188,373  

September

     —          —          —          126,188,373  

October

     —          —          —          126,188,373  

November

     —          —          —          126,188,373  

December

     4,586,039        10.40        4,586,039        121,602,334  

Total1

     4,586,039        10.40        4,586,039           
1    

Total shares purchased following the buyback of 261,178 shares on 30 December 2019 and 96,280 shares in 31 December 2019.

 

74


Table of Contents

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The Company’s ADSs are listed on the NYSE. In general, under Section 303A.11 of the NYSE’s Listed Company Manual, foreign private issuers such as WPP listed on the NYSE are permitted to follow home country corporate governance practices instead of certain of the corporate governance requirements of Section 303A of the Listed Company Manual.

 

The following discussion identifies the principal ways that WPP’s corporate governance practices differ from the requirements of Section 303A of the Listed Company Manual:

 

   

Section 303A.03 requires that non-management directors hold regular executive sessions and that the listed company disclose on its website or in its annual report the name of the director presiding at such sessions. The Company’s non-management directors do not hold executive sessions as this is not required under the UK Corporate Governance Code.

 

   

Section 303A.04 requires that the written charter of the nominating/corporate governance committee and the compensation committee each require that the committee consist entirely of independent directors. While all current members of the Company’s Nomination and Governance Committee are independent, the terms of reference of the committee require, consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code, that only a majority of the members of the committee be independent.

 

   

Section 303A.05 requires that compensation committees have authority to retain compensation consultants, legal counsel and other advisers at the issuer’s expense, and that they consider specific factors before doing so. Section 303A.05 also requires that a compensation committee’s written charter cover the preparation of disclosure required of domestic issuers by Item 407(e)(5) of Regulation S-K and delegation of the committee’s duties to one or more subcommittees. The terms of reference of the Company’s Compensation Committee give the committee the authority to obtain outside legal assistance and any professional advice, at the Company’s expense, as the committee considers necessary for the discharge of its responsibilities, but do not specifically require the committee to consider the factors listed in Section 303A.05. The committee’s terms of reference also do not cover the preparation of the Item 407(e)(5) disclosure or delegation of the committee’s duties to subcommittees.

 

   

Section 303A.07 requires that terms of reference of a listed company’s audit committee cover the preparation of disclosure required of domestic issuer by Item 407(d)(3) of Regulation S-K and require that the committee meet separately with management. The terms of reference of the Company’s Audit Committee do not cover these matters, although they do require that the committee meet separately with the auditors and the head of the Company’s internal audit team.

 

   

Section 303A.08 requires that listed companies obtain shareholder approval before a stock option or purchase plan is established or materially revised or other equity compensation arrangement is made or materially revised pursuant to which stock may be acquired by directors, employees or other service providers of the listed company, subject to certain exceptions. The Company seeks share owner approval for the adoption or amendment of stock plans or stock purchase plans only as required by the Articles of Association of the Company, the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority (the Listing Rules) and the laws of Jersey.

 

Subject to the exceptions permitted in the Listing Rules, this involves seeking share owner approval to any such plan that falls into either of the following categories (as defined in the Listing Rules):

 

  (a)   an employees’ share scheme if the scheme involves or may involve the issue of new shares or the transfer of treasury shares; and

 

75


Table of Contents
  (b)   a long-term incentive plan in which one or more directors of the Company is eligible to participate and to material amendments of that plan to the extent required by the plan’s rules. In this context, it should be noted that the provisions of the rules relating to whether amendments to the plan rules must be approved by share owners must themselves be drafted to ensure compliance with the Listing Rules.

 

   

Section 303A.09 requires that listed companies adopt corporate governance guidelines that cover certain specified matters. The Company follows the UK Corporate Governance Code, which covers all of the matters specified in Section 303A.09 (and more). As is customary for UK companies, the Company states its compliance with the Code on an annual basis rather than adopting the elements of the Code as a separate written policy.

 

   

Section 303A.12 requires that each listed company must provide certain certifications of compliance with the NYSE corporate governance rules annually. The Company complies instead with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code in this regard.

 

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of WPP plc at 31 December 2019 and 2018 and for the years ending 31 December 2019, 2018 and 2017 are included in this report beginning on page F-1.

 

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Title

  1.1    Memorandum and Articles of Association of WPP plc (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit  1 to the Registrant’s Report on Form 6-K filed on 2 January 2013).
  2.1    Deposit Agreement dated as of 2  January 2013 among the Registrant, Citibank, N.A. as Depositary, and all holders and beneficial owners from time to time of American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99(A)(I) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-6EF filed on 31 December 2012).
  2.2    Restricted ADS Letter Agreement dated as of 2  January 2013 between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., as Depositary (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99(A)(II) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-6EF filed on 31  December 2012).
  2.3    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to U.S.$500,000,000 3.625% Guaranteed Senior Notes due September 2022 and $300,000,000 5.125% Guaranteed Senior Notes due 2042 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.15 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed for the year ended 31 December 2012).
  2.4    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to U.S.$500,000,000 5.625% Guaranteed Senior Notes due November 2043 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.14 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed for the year ended 31 December 2013).

 

76


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Title

  2.5    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to 750  million of 3.00% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due November 2023 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.15 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed for the year ended 31  December 2013).
  2.6    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to $750,000,000 of 3.750% Senior Notes Due 2024 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.13 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2014).
  2.7    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to 750,000,000 of 2.250% of Senior Notes Due 2026 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.14 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2014).
  2.8    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to 600  million of 1.625% Notes due March 2030 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.15 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2014).
  2.9    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to £400 million of 2.875% Notes due September 2046 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.14 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2016).
   2.10    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to 250  million of senior bonds due May 2020 that pay a coupon of 3 month EURIBOR plus 0.32% (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.15 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31  December 2017).
   2.11    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to 250  million of guaranteed senior bonds due March 2022 that pay a coupon of 3 month EURIBOR plus 0.45% (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.16 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2017).
   2.12    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to 500  million of 1.375% guaranteed senior bonds due March 2025 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.17 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2017).
   2.13    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to an A$547 million and NZ$3 million Syndicated Facility Agreement entered into by WPP AUNZ Limited, dated 26 June 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.15 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2018).
   2.14    U.S. $2,500,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated 15  March 2019, by and among WP CP LLC, WPP Finance Co. Limited and WPP CP Finance plc, as Borrowers, and the Guarantors, Facility Agent, Swingline Agent, Bookrunners and Lenders thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.16 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2018).
   2.15    Description of WPP plc Share Capital and American Depositary Shares.*
  4.1    J. Walter Thompson Company, Inc. Retained Benefit Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2000).

 

77


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Title

  4.2    Young  & Rubicam Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Young & Rubicam’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File  No. 333-46929)).
  4.3    Amendment No. 2 to Young  & Rubicam Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of 1 January 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Young  & Rubicam’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 31 December 1998).
  4.4    Young  & Rubicam Inc. Executive Income Deferral Program (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2000).
  4.5    Ogilvy  & Mather ERISA Excess Plan Summary Plan Description (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.12 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31  December 2008).
  4.6    Ogilvy  & Mather Executive Savings Plan Summary Plan Description, in connection with a 25% matching contribution (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.13 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2008).
  4.7    Ogilvy  & Mather Executive Savings Plan Summary Plan Description, in connection with a 50% matching contribution (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.14 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2008).
  4.8    Ogilvy  & Mather Deferred Compensation Plan Summary Plan Description (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.15 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31  December 2008).
  4.9    WPP Executive Stock Option Plan, as amended through 12  November 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed for the year ended 31 December 2012).
   4.10    WPP plc Restricted Stock Plan, as amended through 12  November 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.10 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed for the year ended 31 December 2012).
   4.11    WPP 2005 Executive Stock Option Plan, as amended through 12  November 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.11 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed for the year ended 31 December 2012).
   4.12    WPP plc Annual Bonus Deferral Programme, as amended through 12  November 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.12 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed for the year ended 31 December 2012).
   4.13    GroupM Executive Savings Plan Summary Plan Description (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.24 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2008).
   4.14    WPP 2008 Executive Stock Option Plan, as amended through 12  November 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.14 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed for the year ended 31 December 2012).
   4.15    Service Agreement in the USA, dated 30  April 2009, between WPP Group USA, Inc. and Paul W.G.  Richardson (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.30 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2008).
   4.16    Director’s appointment agreement, dated 21  November 2008, between WPP plc and Paul Richardson (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.31 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2008).

 

78


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Title

   4.17    Supplemental Retirement Agreement, dated as of 1  July 2008, by and between WPP Group USA, Inc. and Paul Richardson (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.34 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31  December 2008).
   4.18    Amendment dated 19  November 2008 to Supplemental Retirement Agreement, dated as of 1 July 2008, by and between WPP Group USA, Inc. and Paul Richardson (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.35 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2008).
   4.19    Grey Advertising Inc. Senior Executive Officer Post-Employment Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.40 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2008).
   4.20    Amendment No.  1 to the Grey Advertising Inc. Senior Executive Officer Post-Employment Compensation Plan, effective as of January 1, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.41 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2008).
   4.21    Amendment No.  1 to the J. Walter Thompson Retained Benefit Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan, effective as of January 1, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.42 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2008).
  4.22    Second Amendment, dated 22  June 2011, to Supplemental Retirement Agreement, dated as of 1 July 2008, by and between WPP Group USA, Inc. and Paul Richardson (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.41 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2011).
  4.23    WPP 2012 Executive Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.32 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed for the year ended 31 December 2012).
  4.24    WPP plc Executive Performance Share Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.33 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed for the year ended 31 December 2013).
  4.25    WPP Share Option Plan 2015 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.32 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2016).
  4.26    Service Agreement, dated 3  September 2018, between WPP 2005 Limited and Mark Read (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.26 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed for the year ended 31  December 2018).
  4.27    The WPP plc Stock Plan 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.27 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2018).
  4.28    Service Agreement, dated 1 October 2019, between WPP 2005 Limited and John Rogers.*
  4.29    Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated 12  July 2019, as amended, between the Registrant, Summer (BC) Topco S.a r.l., and Summer (BC) UK Bidco Limited.*
  4.30    Securityholders’ Agreement, dated 5  December 2019, between Summer (BC) US JVCO S.C.Sp., Summer (BC) US JVCo GP S.a r.l., Summer (BC) JVCO S.a r.l., York Merger Square 2009 LLC, WPP Diamond Head LLC, WPP 2005 Limited, Summer (BC) Topco S.a r.l., and Summer (BC) US Blockerco Corp.*
  8.1      List of subsidiaries.*
12.1      Certification of Chief Executive Officer.*
12.2      Certification of Group Chief Finance Director.*
13.1      Certification of Chief Executive Officer under 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.*
13.2      Certification of Group Chief Finance Director under 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.*
14.1      Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (for WPP plc and subsidiaries).*

 

79


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Title

17.1      List of subsidiary guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities.*
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document*
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Linkbase Document*
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document*
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*

 

*   Filed herewith.

 

80


Table of Contents

Signatures

 

The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

WPP plc

By:

 

/s/ Paul W.G. Richardson

 

Paul W.G. Richardson

Group Finance Director

  30 April 2020

 

81


Table of Contents

Item 18

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Financial
Statement
Number

           Page  

A.

  Financial Statements of WPP plc as at 31 December 2019 and 2018 and for the years ended 31 December 2019, 2018 and 2017   
  (i)   Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm      F-1  
  (ii)   Accounting policies      F-7  
  (iii)   Consolidated income statement for the years ended 31 December 2019, 2018, 2017      F-16  
  (iv)   Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the years ended 31 December 2019, 2018, 2017      F-17  
  (v)   Consolidated cash flow statement for the years ended 31 December 2019, 2018, 2017      F-18  
  (vi)   Consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2019, 2018      F-19  
  (vii)   Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the years ended 31 December 2019, 2018, 2017      F-20  
  (viii)   Notes to the consolidated financial statements      F-21  


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of WPP plc

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of WPP plc and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as at 31 December 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at 31 December 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2019, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”).

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated 30 April 2020, expressed an adverse opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting because of a material weakness.

 

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in the Accounting Policies to the financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases from 1 January 2019 due to adoption of International Financial Reporting Standard 16 Leases.

 

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgements. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

 

Goodwill — Refer to Notes 3 (Costs of services and general and administrative costs) and 14 (Intangible assets) to the financial statements

 

Critical Audit Matter Description

The net book value of goodwill was £10,171 million as at 31 December 2019. The Company’s assessment of goodwill for impairment involves the comparison of the recoverable amount of goodwill to its carrying value as at the 30 September measurement date. An impairment charge of £48 million was recorded in the current year related to a number of under-performing businesses. The Company used the value in use approach which uses a discounted cash flow to estimate the recoverable amount of each group of cash generating units, using assumptions related to discount rates, short-term forecasts and long-term growth rates. The impact of COVID-19 was treated as a non-adjusting subsequent event and was not reflected within the goodwill impairment testing.

 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

We identified goodwill valuation and allocation as a critical audit matter because of the significant judgements made by management to estimate the recoverable amount of goodwill. Estimates of future performance and market conditions used to arrive at the net present value of future cash flows at 30 September, which is used within the goodwill impairment analysis, are subjective in nature. Through our risk assessment procedures, we identified those inputs to the goodwill impairment analysis that were the most sensitive which enabled us to design our audit procedures to address the higher risk areas in our work, focusing on those estimates that are either complex, including the discount rate calculations, or subjective in nature, including the short-term forecast and long-term growth rates.

 

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures focused on challenging the inputs to the discounted cash flow model used to determine the recoverable amount of each group of cash generating units and included the following audit procedures, among others:

 

 

We tested the effectiveness of controls over management’s selection of short-term forecasts and long-term growth rates used to determine the recoverable amount for each group of cash generating units.

 

 

We agreed the underlying cash flow projections to Board-approved forecasts and we tested management’s ability to accurately forecast future revenues and growth rates by comparing actual results to management’s historical forecasts.

 

 

With the assistance of our valuation specialists we tested the appropriateness of the discount rates used for each group of cash generating units by:

 

   

Testing the source information underlying the determination of the discount rate and the mathematical accuracy of the calculation.

 

   

Developing a range of independent estimates and comparing those to the discount rates selected by management.

 

 

We compared the long-term growth rates to independent market data.

 

 

We analyzed the actual results between the date of the impairment test and the balance sheet date to determine if any additional indicators of impairment existed.

 

 

We evaluated the Company’s disclosures on goodwill against the requirements of IFRS.

 

Taxation — Refer to Note 7 (Taxation) to the financial statements

 

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company is subject to corporate taxes in a number of different jurisdictions with complex tax laws and regulations. Tax reserves are required to be recorded in relation to uncertain tax positions, which are based on management’s identification of relevant jurisdictions, interpretation of tax law and understanding of the approach of the local tax authorities. In many cases, there is a range of potential outcomes which must be considered. We identified the valuation and allocation of reserves for taxes as a critical audit matter because of the multiple jurisdictions in which the Company files its tax returns and the complexity of relevant tax laws and regulations. This required a high degree of auditor judgement and an increased extent of effort, including involvement of our tax specialists, when performing audit procedures to challenge the appropriateness of management’s estimates of tax reserves.

 

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the valuation and allocation of taxation reserves included the following, among others:

 

 

We tested the effectiveness of controls over management’s valuation of the reserves and over the monitoring of exposures related to tax audits.

 

 

We evaluated management’s assessment of the impact of developments during the period in international tax rules on the Company.

 

 

We evaluated management’s calculations of uncertain tax provisions arising from the risk of tax authority challenge of historical arrangements and tested the assumptions made in those calculations.

 

 

With the assistance of our tax specialists, we tested the estimates made by management in determining the reserves by:

 

   

Evaluating the assumptions used in the Company’s analysis of uncertain tax positions based on knowledge of the Company and relevant tax regimes.

 

   

Reading the Company’s correspondence with tax authorities in significant locations to determine whether any other tax exposure exists and whether the amounts provided for appear reasonable and the appropriate recognition criteria has been met.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

 

   

Reading the tax opinions provided by external legal counsel.

 

   

Evaluating historical settlement amounts to determine whether management has been adequately provided in the past.

 

 

We also assessed the disclosure in the financial statements in relation to the requirements of IFRS.

 

Assets held for sale and discontinued operations — Refer to Note 12 (Assets held for sale and discontinued operations) to the financial statements

 

Critical Audit Matter Description

Following the Company’s announcement of the proposed sale of the Kantar business to Bain Capital in July 2019, Kantar was classified as held for sale and reported as a discontinued operation under IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. On 5 December 2019 the first stage of the transaction completed, which involved the sale of approximately 90% of the Kantar group. The gain recognised on the sale of the discontinued operations was £74 million.

 

Particular complexities associated with the Kantar disposal were:

 

 

The agreement to provide certain post disposal services as part of the transition agreement within the overall disposal agreement required significant judgement in determining the appropriate accounting treatment.

 

 

The overall gain on disposal involved a number of judgements, particularly related to contingent consideration.

 

Due to the complexity and inherent judgement associated with the Company’s accounting treatment for consideration as defined within the transition service agreements and the determination of contingent consideration per the disposal agreement, we have identified the Kantar disposal as a critical audit matter.

 

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the Kantar disposal were as follows, among others:

 

 

We tested the effectiveness of controls established to identify, authorize and approve, account for and disclose the disposal transaction in the financial statements.

 

 

We performed procedures to test the calculation of the gain recognized at the disposal date.

 

 

We assessed the appropriateness of the Company’s treatment of variable elements of consideration.

 

 

We utilized technical accounting specialists to assess the transition service agreements in order to determine the appropriate accounting and subjected the estimates determined by management to our audit procedures.

 

 

We analyzed the terms of the disposal agreement.

 

 

We read the minutes of the Board of Directors which evidenced authorization and approval of the transaction.

 

 

We performed procedures to test the effectiveness of internal controls specific to IFRS 5.

 

Going concern — Refer to Note 26 (Risk management policies) to the financial statements

 

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Board of Directors has concluded that there are no material uncertainties that give rise to significant doubt over the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for at least twelve months from the date of the approval of the financial statements.

 

Given the inherent uncertainty associated with COVID-19, it is currently difficult to determine a reasonable worst case scenario. Accordingly, management modelled a range of scenarios. These included a scenario which assumed a year-on-year decline of over 35% in revenue less pass-through costs as defined in Note 2 Segment Information. The directors determined that the likelihood of the Company breaching its banking covenants as at 31 December 2020 and not having access to sufficient liquidity for at least twelve months from the date of signing the financial statements is remote considering the decline in revenue less pass-through costs required and the mitigating actions available to management, including the suspension of share buy-backs and the final dividend.

 

As a result of the uncertainty as to the impact of COVID-19 on the Company, we identified a critical audit matter related to going concern due to the significant judgement required to conclude that there is not a material uncertainty related to going concern, in particular the judgement that the likelihood of the Company experiencing a decline in revenue less pass-through costs that would result in a breach of its banking covenants at 31 December 2020 is remote.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

 

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

We performed the following audit procedures which consider the impact of the uncertainty of the COVID-19 pandemic, among others:

 

 

We tested the effectiveness of controls over management’s going concern models, including the review of the inputs and assumptions used in those models, and the review of going concern disclosures.

 

 

We utilized our internal transaction specialists to assess the appropriateness of forecast assumptions by:

 

   

Reading analyst reports, industry data and other external information to determine if it provided corroborative or contradictory evidence in relation to management’s assumptions.

 

   

Comparing forecasted sales to recent historical financial information.

 

   

Enquiring of management regarding the mitigating actions to reduce costs and manage cash flows and assessing whether the mitigating actions were within the Company’s control.

 

 

We tested the underlying data generated to prepare the forecast scenarios and determined whether there was adequate support for the assumptions underlying the forecast.

 

 

We read the terms of the revolving credit facility to obtain an understanding of the debt covenants.

 

 

We evaluated the Company’s disclosures on going concern against the requirements of IAS 1 and PCAOB AS 2415.

 

/s/ Deloitte LLP

 

Deloitte LLP

London, United Kingdom

30 April 2020

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of WPP plc

 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of WPP plc and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as at 31 December 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness identified below on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended 31 December 2019, of the Company and our report dated 30 April 2020, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards 16 Leases from 1 January 2019.

 

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

 

Material Weakness

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment with respect to management’s review of the impairment assessment of intangible assets and goodwill, specifically the selection of appropriate discount rates for use in the impairment calculations. This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended 31 December 2019, of the Company, and this report does not affect our report on such consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/ Deloitte LLP

 

Deloitte LLP

London, United Kingdom

30 April 2020

 

F-6


Table of Contents

2019 financial statements

 

Accounting policies

 

The consolidated financial statements of WPP plc and its subsidiaries (the Group) for the year ended 31 December 2019 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board as they apply to the financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2019.

 

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments and held for sale assets. The financial statements have been prepared using the going concern basis of accounting. The principal accounting policies are set out below.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorized for issue on 30 April 2020.

 

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the results of the Company and all its subsidiary undertakings made up to the same accounting date. All intra-Group balances, transactions, income and expenses are eliminated in full on consolidation. The results of subsidiary undertakings acquired or disposed of during the period are included or excluded from the consolidated income statement from the effective date of acquisition or disposal.

 

New IFRS accounting pronouncements

In the current year, the following Standards and Interpretations became effective:

 

 

IFRS 16 Leases; and

 

 

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments.

 

Impact of the Adoption of IFRS 16 leases

IFRS 16 is effective from 1 January 2019. The standard eliminates the classification of leases as either operating or finance leases and introduces a single accounting model. Lessees are required to recognise a right-of-use asset and related lease liability for their operating leases and show depreciation of leased assets and interest on lease liabilities separately in the income statement. IFRS 16 requires the Group to recognise substantially all of its operating leases on the balance sheet.

The Group adopted IFRS 16 effective 1 January 2019 on a modified retrospective basis and applied the standard retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard recognised at the date of initial application as an adjustment to retained earnings. Accordingly, prior year financial information has not been restated and will continue to be reported under IAS 17 Leases. The right-of-use asset and lease liability have initially been measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, with the right-of-use asset being subject to certain adjustments. For certain leases the right-of-use asset was measured as if the standard had been applied from the lease commencement date and for others the right-of-use asset was set equal to the lease liability.

When applying IFRS 16, the Group has applied the following practical expedients, on transition date:

 

 

Reliance on the previous identification of a lease (as provided by IAS 17) for all contracts that existed on the date of initial application;

 

 

Reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous instead of performing an impairment review;

 

 

Exclusion of initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application;

 

 

The accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at 1 January 2019 as short-term leases; and

 

 

The use of hindsight, such as in determining the lease term if the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

 

The right-of-use asset and lease liability recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as of 1 January 2019 were £1,895.1 million and £2,326.2 million, respectively. There was a reduction in other creditors of £233.5 million and property provisions of £68.7 million with regard to amounts related to property leases, including deferred rent and tenant improvement allowances, which are now recognised in the right-of-use asset. These movements resulted in a decrease to retained earnings of £128.9 million and the recognition of a deferred tax asset of £27.8 million on this movement.

For the year ended 31 December 2019, depreciation of the right-of-use asset and recognition of interest on the lease liability in the consolidated income statement replaced amounts recognised as rent expense under IAS 17. The implementation of IFRS 16 on 1 January 2019 resulted in an increase to operating profit of £61.0 million and a decrease to diluted earnings per share of 1.8p.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Accounting policies (continued)

 

The following table reconciles the opening balance for the lease liabilities as at 1 January 2019 based upon the operating lease obligations as at 31 December 2018:

 

£ million       

Operating lease commitments at 31 December 2018

     3,628.2  

Short-term and low value leases not included in lease liabilities

     (73.8

Extension options reasonably certain to be exercised

     115.1  

Signed leases not yet commenced

     (598.1

Gross lease liabilities at 1 January 2019

     3,071.4  

Effect of discounting

     (745.2

Lease liabilities at 1 January 2019

     2,326.2  

 

The weighted average discount rate was 5.4% at 1 January 2019.

 

Impact of the Adoption of IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

IFRIC 23 clarifies the accounting for uncertainties in income tax and is effective from 1 January 2019. There has been no impact to our financial statements as a result of the adoption of IFRIC 23.

 

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following amendments to standards, which have not been applied in these financial statements, were in issue but not yet effective:

— Impact of Interest Rate Benchmark Reform, (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7)

 

Impact of Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

The amendments issued by the IASB, Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7), are mandatory and are effective from 1 January 2020. They provide relief on specific aspects of pre-replacement issues that impact hedge accounting, whereby entities applying hedge accounting requirements will be able to assume that the interest rate benchmark on which the hedged cash flows and cash flows of the hedging instrument are based are not altered as a result of Interest Rate Benchmark Reform. The Group does not consider that these amendments will have a significant impact on the financial statements as they provide relief for the possible effects of the uncertainty arising from interest rate benchmark reform.

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Intangible assets comprise goodwill, certain acquired separable corporate brand names, acquired customer relationships, acquired proprietary tools and capitalised computer software not integral to a related item of hardware.

Goodwill represents the excess of fair value attributed to investments in businesses or subsidiary undertakings over the fair value of the underlying net assets, including intangible assets, at the date of their acquisition.

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The carrying value of goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, defined as the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. The net present value of future cash flows is derived from the underlying assets using a projection period of up to five years for each cash-generating unit. After the projection period, a steady growth rate representing an appropriate long-term growth rate for the industry is applied. Any impairment is recognised immediately as an expense and is not subsequently reversed.

Corporate brand names, customer relationships and proprietary tools acquired as part of acquisitions of businesses are capitalised separately from goodwill as intangible assets if their value can be measured reliably on initial recognition and it is probable that the expected future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the Group.

Certain corporate brands of the Group are considered to have an indefinite economic life because of the institutional nature of the corporate brand names, their proven ability to maintain market leadership and profitable operations over long periods of time and the Group’s commitment to develop and enhance their value. The carrying value of these intangible assets is reviewed at least annually for impairment and adjusted to the recoverable amount if required.

Amortisation is provided at rates calculated to write off the cost less estimated residual value of each asset on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life as follows:

 

 

Brand names (with finite lives) – 10-20 years.

 

 

Customer-related intangibles – 3-10 years.

 

 

Other proprietary tools – 3-10 years.

 

 

Other (including capitalised computer software) – 3-5 years.

 

Contingent consideration

Contingent consideration is accounted for in accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations. Contingent consideration only applies to situations where contingent payments are not dependent on future employment of vendors and any such payments are expensed when they relate to future employment.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Accounting policies (continued)

 

Future anticipated payments to vendors in respect of contingent consideration (earnout agreements) are initially recorded at fair value which is the present value of the expected cash outflows of the obligations. The obligations are dependent on the future financial performance of the interests acquired (typically over a four- to five-year period following the year of acquisition) and assume the operating companies improve profits in line with Directors’ estimates. The Directors derive their estimates from internal business plans together with financial due diligence performed in connection with the acquisition.

Subsequent adjustments to the fair value are recorded in the consolidated income statement within revaluation of financial instruments.

 

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are shown at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment with the exception of freehold land which is not depreciated. The Group assesses the carrying value of its property, plant and equipment to determine if any impairment has occurred. Where this indicates that an asset may be impaired, the Group applies the requirements of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets in assessing the carrying amount of the asset. This process includes comparing its recoverable amount with its carrying value. Depreciation is provided at rates calculated to write off the cost less estimated residual value of each asset on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, as follows:

 

 

Freehold buildings – 50 years.

 

 

Leasehold land and buildings – over the term of the lease or life of the asset, if shorter.

 

 

Fixtures, fittings and equipment – 3-10 years.

 

 

Computer equipment – 3-5 years.

 

Interests in associates and joint ventures

An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence. In certain circumstances, significant influence may be represented by factors other than ownership and voting rights, such as representation on the Board of Directors.

The Group’s share of the profits less losses of associate undertakings net of tax, interest and non-controlling interests is included in the consolidated income statement and the Group’s share of net assets is shown within interests in associates in the consolidated balance sheet. The Group’s share of the profits less losses and net assets is based on current information produced by the undertakings, adjusted to conform with the accounting policies of the Group.

The Group assesses the carrying value of its associate undertakings to determine if any impairment has occurred. Where this indicates that an investment may be impaired, the Group applies the requirements of IAS 36 in assessing the carrying amount of the investment. This process includes comparing its recoverable amount with its carrying value. The recoverable amount is defined as the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use.

The Group accounts for joint venture investments under the equity method which is consistent with the Group’s treatment of associates.

 

Other investments

Certain equity investments are designated as either fair value through other comprehensive income or fair value through profit or loss. Movements in fair value through profit or loss are recorded in the consolidated income statement within revaluation of financial instruments. The Group generally elects to classify equity investments as fair value through other comprehensive income where the Group forms a strategic partnership with the investee.

 

Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations

Under IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations where certain conditions are met, an asset or disposal group that is for sale should be recognised as “held for sale”. An entity should classify a disposal group as held for sale if the carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. For this to be the case, the disposal group must be available for immediate sale in its present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such assets and its sale must be highly probable. Such assets are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell, and are not depreciated or amortised, excluding certain assets that are carried at fair value under IFRS 5. Furthermore, when an associate is classified as held for sale, equity accounting ceases.

A discontinued operation is a component of the entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale and that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. The profit or loss from a discontinued operation is shown as a single amount on the face of the income statement and the comparatives and related notes restated accordingly. This represents total post-tax profit of the disposal group for the whole of the financial year including any post-tax gain or loss on the measurement of fair value less costs to sell, as well as the post-tax loss on sale of the disposal group.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Accounting policies (continued)

 

Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale are shown as a separate line on the balance sheet.

 

Accrued and Deferred Income

Accrued income is a contract asset and is recognised when a performance obligation has been satisfied but has not yet been billed. Contract assets are transferred to receivables when the right to consideration is unconditional and billed per the terms of the contractual agreement.

In certain cases, payments are received from customers or amounts are billed with an unconditional right to receive consideration prior to satisfaction of performance obligations and recognised as deferred income. These balances are considered contract liabilities and are typically related to prepayments for third party expenses that are incurred shortly after billing.

 

Trade receivables and work in progress

Trade receivables are stated net of provisions for bad and doubtful debts.

Work in progress includes outlays incurred on behalf of clients, including production costs, and other third-party costs that have not yet been billed and are considered receivables under IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

 

Expected credit losses

The Group has applied the simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses, as permitted by IFRS 9. Therefore the Group does not track changes in credit risk, but recognises a loss allowance based on the financial asset’s lifetime expected credit loss.

Under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, the expected credit losses are measured as the difference between the asset’s gross carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. Given the short-term nature of the Group’s trade receivables, work in progress and accrued income, which are mainly due from large national or multinational companies, the Group assessment of expected credit losses includes provisions for specific clients and receivables where the contractual cash flow is deemed at risk. Additional provisions are made based on the assessment of recoverability of aged receivables, where the following criteria are met:

 

 

100% of the asset aged over 1 year;

 

 

50% of the asset aged between 180 days and 1 year; and

 

 

sufficient evidence of recoverability is not evident.

 

Estimated future cash flows represent expectations as at 31 December 2019 and does not consider the impact of the emergence and spread of the Covid-19 virus.

Further details on provisions for bad and doubtful debts are provided in note 18.

 

Foreign currency and interest rate hedging

The Group’s policy on interest rate and foreign exchange rate management sets out the instruments and methods available to hedge interest and currency risk exposures and the control procedures in place to ensure effectiveness.

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to reduce exposure to foreign exchange risk and interest rate movements. The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each balance sheet date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship.

At the inception of the hedge relationship the entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument that is used in a hedging relationship is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item.

Note 27 contains details of the fair values of the derivative instruments used for hedging purposes.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in profit or loss immediately, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged item that is attributable to the hedged risk.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow or net investment hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income and deferred in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss. Amounts deferred in equity are recycled in profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Accounting policies (continued)

 

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised in equity is retained in equity until the forecast transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised in equity is transferred to net profit or loss for the period.

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of host contracts and the host contracts are not carried at fair value with unrealised gains or losses reported in the consolidated income statement.

 

Liabilities in respect of option agreements

Option agreements that allow the Group’s equity partners to require the Group to purchase a non-controlling interest are treated as derivatives over equity instruments and are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet initially at the present value of the redemption amount in accordance with IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation and subsequently measured at fair value in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. The movement in the fair value is recognised as income or expense within revaluation of financial instruments in the consolidated income statement.

 

Derecognition of financial liabilities

In accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, a financial liability of the Group is only released to the consolidated income statement when the underlying legal obligation is extinguished.

 

Debt

Interest-bearing debt is recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

 

Borrowing costs

Finance costs of borrowing are recognised in the consolidated income statement over the term of those borrowings.

 

Revenue recognition

The Group is a leading worldwide creative transformation organisation offering national and multinational clients a comprehensive range of communications, experience, commerce and technology services. Contracts often involve multiple agencies offering different services in different countries. As such, the terms of local, regional and global contracts can vary to meet client needs and regulatory requirements. Consistent with the industry, contracts are typically short-term in nature and tend to be cancellable by either party with 90 days notice. The Group is generally entitled to payment for work performed to date.

The Group is generally paid in arrears for its services. Invoices are typically payable within 30 to 60 days. Revenue comprises commissions and fees earned in respect of amounts billed and is stated exclusive of VAT, sales taxes and trade discounts. Pass-through costs comprise fees paid to external suppliers when they are engaged to perform part or all of a specific project and are charged directly to clients, predominantly media and data collection costs. Costs to obtain a contract are typically expensed as incurred as the contracts are generally short-term in nature.

In most instances, promised services in a contract are not considered distinct or represent a series of services that are substantially the same with the same pattern of transfer to the customer and, as such, are accounted for as a single performance obligation. However, where there are contracts with services that are capable of being distinct, are distinct within the context of the contract, and are accounted for as separate performance obligations, revenue is allocated to each of the performance obligations based on relative standalone selling prices.

Revenue is recognised when a performance obligation is satisfied, in accordance with the terms of the contractual arrangement. Typically, performance obligations are satisfied over time as services are rendered. Revenue recognised over time is based on the proportion of the level of service performed. Either an input method or an output method, depending on the particular arrangement, is used to measure progress for each performance obligation. For most fee arrangements, costs incurred are used as an objective input measure of performance. The primary input of substantially all work performed under these arrangements is labour. There is normally a direct relationship between costs incurred and the proportion of the contract performed to date. In other circumstances relevant output measures, such as the achievement of any project milestones stipulated in the contract, are used to assess proportional performance.

For our retainer arrangements, we have a stand ready obligation to perform services on an ongoing basis over the life of the contract. The scope of these arrangements are broad and generally are not reconcilable to another input or output criteria. In these instances, revenue is recognised using a time-based method resulting in straight-line revenue recognition.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Accounting policies (continued)

 

The amount of revenue recognised depends on whether we act as an agent or as a principal. Certain arrangements with our clients are such that our responsibility is to arrange for a third party to provide a specified good or service to the client. In these cases we are acting as an agent as we do not control the relevant good or service before it is transferred to the client. When we act as an agent, the revenue recorded is the net amount retained. Costs incurred with external suppliers (such as production costs and media suppliers) are excluded from revenue and recorded as work in progress until billed.

The Group acts as principal when we control the specified good or service prior to transfer. When the Group acts as a principal (such as when supplying in-house production services, events, and branding), the revenue recorded is the gross amount billed. Billings related to out-of-pocket costs such as travel are also recognised at the gross amount billed with a corresponding amount recorded as an expense.

Further details on revenue recognition are detailed by sector below:

 

Global Integrated Agencies

Revenue is typically derived from integrated product offerings including media placements and creative services. Revenue may consist of various arrangements involving commissions, fees, incentive-based revenue or a combination of the three, as agreed upon with each client. Revenue for commissions on purchased media is typically recognised at the point in time the media is run.

The Group receives volume rebates from certain suppliers for transactions entered into on behalf of clients that, based on the terms of the relevant contracts and local law, are either remitted to clients or retained by the Group. If amounts are passed on to clients they are recorded as liabilities until settled or, if retained by the Group, are recorded as revenue when earned.

Variable incentive-based revenue typically comprises both quantitative and qualitative elements. Incentive compensation is estimated using the most likely amount and is included in revenue up to the amount that is highly probable not to result in a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognised. The Group recognises incentive revenue as the related performance obligation is satisfied.

 

Public Relations and Specialist Agencies

Revenue for these services is typically derived from retainer fees and fees for services to be performed subject to specific agreement. Most revenue under these arrangements is earned over time, in accordance with the terms of the contractual arrangement.

 

Discontinued operations (Data Investment Management)

Revenue for market research services is typically recognised over time based on input measures. For certain performance obligations, output measures such as the percentage of interviews completed, percentage of reports delivered to a client and the achievement of any project milestones stipulated in the contract are used to measure progress.

While most of the studies provided in connection with the Group’s market research contracts are undertaken in response to an individual client’s or group of clients’ specifications, in certain instances a study may be developed as an off-the-shelf product offering sold to a broad client base. For these transactions, revenue is recognised when the product is delivered. When the terms of the transaction provide for licensing the right to access a product on a subscription basis, revenue is recognised over the subscription period, typically on a straight-line basis.

 

Taxation

Corporate taxes are payable on taxable profits at current rates. The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The Group is subject to corporate taxes in a number of different jurisdictions and judgement is required in determining the appropriate provision for transactions where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. In such circumstances, the Group recognises liabilities for anticipated taxes based on the best information available and where the anticipated liability is both probable and estimable, liabilities are classified as current. Any interest and penalties accrued are included in corporate income taxes both in the consolidated income statement and balance sheet. Where the final outcome of such matters differs from the amount recorded, any differences may impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which the final determination is made.

The tax laws that apply to the Group’s subsidiaries may be amended by the relevant tax authorities. Such potential amendments are regularly monitored and adjustments are made to the Group’s tax liabilities and deferred tax assets and liabilities where necessary.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the consolidated income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Accounting policies (continued)

 

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences unless specifically excepted by IAS 12 Income Taxes. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the consolidated income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income or directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income or equity. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised, which can require the use of accounting estimation and the exercise of judgement. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or other assets and liabilities (other than in a business combination) in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised based on enacted or substantively enacted legislation.

 

Retirement benefit costs

The Group accounts for retirement benefit costs in accordance with IAS 19 Employee Benefits.

For defined contribution plans, contributions are charged to the consolidated income statement as payable in respect of the accounting period.

For defined benefit plans the amounts charged to operating profit are the current service costs, past service costs, administrative expenses and gains and losses on settlements and curtailments. They are included as part of staff costs. Past service costs are recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement when the related plan amendment occurs. Net interest expense is calculated by applying the discount rate to the recognised overall surplus or deficit in the plan.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Where defined benefit plans are funded, the assets of the plan are held separately from those of the Group, in separate independently managed funds. Pension plan assets are measured at fair value and liabilities are measured on an actuarial basis using the projected unit method and discounted at a rate equivalent to the current rate of return on a high-quality corporate bond of equivalent currency and term to the plan liabilities. The actuarial valuations are obtained at least triennially and are updated at each balance sheet date.

Recognition of a surplus in a defined benefit plan is limited based on the economic gain the Company is expected to benefit from in the future by means of a refund or reduction in future contributions to the plan, in accordance with IAS 19.

 

Provisions for liabilities and charges

Provisions comprise liabilities where there is uncertainty about the timing of settlement, but where a reliable estimate can be made of the amount. These include provisions for other property-related liabilities. Also included are other provisions, such as certain long-term employee benefits and legal claims, where the likelihood of settlement is considered probable.

 

Leases

The Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019. The Group leases most of its offices in cities where it operates. Other lease contracts include office equipment and motor vehicles.

At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease based on whether the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially measured based on the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred, less any lease incentives received. The assets are depreciated over the term of the lease using the straight-line method. The lease term includes periods covered by an option to extend if the Group is reasonably

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Accounting policies (continued)

 

certain to exercise that option. Right-of-use assets are reviewed for indicators of impairment.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate for the same term as the underlying lease. Lease payments included in the measurement of lease liabilities comprise fixed payments less any lease incentives receivable and variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate as at the commencement date. Lease modifications result in remeasurement of the lease liability.

Depreciation is recognised in both costs of services and general and administrative costs and interest expense is recognised under finance costs in the consolidated income statement.

The Group has elected to use the exemption not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less and leases of low-value assets (under $5,000). The payments associated with these leases are recognised as cost of services and general and administrative costs on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

In 2018 and 2017 leases were accounted for per IAS 17 Leases. The following policies were applicable:

 

Finance Leases

Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the Group at the inception of the lease at the lower of their fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Depreciation on leased assets is charged to the consolidated income statement on the same basis as owned assets. Leasing payments are treated as consisting of capital and interest elements and the interest is charged to the consolidated income statement as it is incurred.

 

Operating Leases

Operating lease rentals are charged to the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Any premium or discount on the acquisition of a lease is spread over the life of the lease on a straight-line basis.

 

Translation of foreign currencies

Foreign currency transactions arising from normal trading activities are recorded at the rates in effect at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the year-end are translated at the year-end exchange rate. Foreign currency gains and losses are credited or charged to the consolidated income statement as they arise.

The income statements of foreign subsidiary undertakings are translated into pounds sterling at average exchange rates and the year-end net assets of these companies are translated at year-end exchange rates.

Exchange differences arising from retranslation of the opening net assets and on foreign currency borrowings (to the extent that they hedge the Group’s investment in such operations) are reported in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate.

 

Hyperinflation in Argentina

During 2019 and 2018, Argentina was designated as a hyperinflationary economy and the financial statements of the Group’s subsidiaries in Argentina have been adjusted for the effects of inflation in accordance with IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies.

IAS 29 requires that the income statement is adjusted for inflation in the period and translated at the year-end foreign exchange rate and that non-monetary assets and liabilities on the balance sheet are restated to reflect the change in purchasing power caused by inflation from the date of initial recognition. In 2019, this resulted in an increase in goodwill of £41.0 million (2018: £105.8 million) and an increase in other intangibles of £7.1 million (2018: £19.5 million). The impact on other non-monetary assets and liabilities and the impact on the Group’s income statement in the year were immaterial.

 

Share-based payments

The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments (including share options) to certain employees and accounts for these awards in accordance with IFRS 2 Share-Based Payment. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant. Details regarding the fair value of equity settled share-based transactions are set out in notes 23 and 28.

The fair value determined at the grant date is recognised in the consolidated income statement as an expense on a straight-line basis over the relevant vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of the number of shares that will ultimately vest and adjusted for the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Accounting policies (continued)

 

Critical judgements and estimation uncertainty in applying accounting policies

Management is required to make key decisions and judgements whilst acknowledging there is estimation uncertainty in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. These estimates and judgements are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Where judgement has been applied or estimation uncertainty exists, the key factors taken into consideration are disclosed in the accounting policies and the appropriate note in these financial statements.

 

The most significant areas of estimation uncertainty include:

 

 

Goodwill: The discounted cash flow methodology employed by the Group when testing for goodwill impairment requires estimates regarding revenue growth, operating margins, discount rates and working capital requirements. Further details of the methodology, discount rates, long-term growth rates and estimates used in relation to the goodwill impairment are set out in note 14.

 

 

Payments due to vendors (earnout agreements) and liabilities in respect of put options: Estimates are required regarding growth rates in deriving future financial performance and discount rates to be applied when measuring the liabilities for earnouts and put options. Further details on growth rates and discount rates and the sensitivity to these estimates are set out in note 27.

 

 

Provision for post-employment benefits: Estimates are required in the accounting for defined benefit pension plans, including establishing discount rates, rates of increase in salaries and pensions in payment, inflation and mortality assumptions. These estimates are made by management based on the advice of qualified advisors. Details of the assumptions used and the sensitivity of the benefit obligation to these assumptions are set out in note 24.

 

 

Deferred consideration on the Kantar disposal: as per the terms of the Kantar disposal, deferred consideration consisted of amounts expected to be received in future periods on satisfaction of certain conditions and the deferral of consideration against services to be provided to Kantar in the future, as detailed in note 12. Estimates are required in determining amounts to be received and the value of services to be provided, taking into account uncertainty in the ultimate timing and resolution of each of these. The sensitivity to these estimates is specific to each individual circumstance and no individual estimate is expected to result in a material change to the amount.

 

 

Taxation: Estimates are required in determining whether a provision is required and, the amount of taxes that will be due, particularly given the many countries in which the Group operates. Where the final tax outcome is different from the amounts recorded then such differences may expose the Group to additional tax liabilities or impact the carrying value of deferred tax assets, which would affect the future tax charge. Further details on the tax charge, corporate income tax payable and deferred tax balances are set out in the income statement, balance sheet and notes 7 and 17.

 

The most significant areas of judgements include:

 

 

Revenue recognition: Judgement is required regarding the timing of recognition, particularly in relation to media volume income with regards to whether it is required to be passed back to the client and in assessing progress on performance obligations where revenue is recognised over time. Further details are set out in the accounting policy.

 

 

Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations: Judgement is required in determining the timing of classification of the Group’s Kantar business as held for sale, particularly with the timing of the held for sale classification. Further details are set out in note 12.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Consolidated income statement

 

For the years ended 31 December 2019, 2018, 2017

 

     Notes     

2019

£m

   

20181

£m

   

20171

£m

 

Continuing operations

                                 
                                   

Revenue

     2        13,234.1       13,046.7       13,146.4  

Costs of services

     3        (10,825.1     (10,559.1     (10,481.6

Gross profit

              2,409.0       2,487.6       2,664.8  

General and administrative costs

     3        (1,113.1     (1,249.7     (1,086.9

Operating profit

              1,295.9       1,237.9       1,577.9  

Share of results of associates

     4        14.7       30.5       98.0  

Profit before interest and taxation

              1,310.6       1,268.4       1,675.9  

Finance and investment income

     6        99.0       98.9       89.0  

Finance costs

     6        (359.1     (279.1     (261.9

Revaluation of financial instruments

     6        (68.4     169.4       243.9  

Profit before taxation

              982.1       1,257.6       1,746.9  

Taxation

     7        (275.0     (256.0     (83.0

Profit for the year from continuing operations

              707.1       1,001.6       1,663.9  
                                   

Discontinued operations

                                 

Profit for the year from discontinued operations

     12        10.8       137.8       248.4  
                                   

Profit for the year

              717.9       1,139.4       1,912.3  
                                   

Attributable to

                                 

Equity holders of the parent:

                                 

Continuing operations

              627.9       936.5       1,579.5  

Discontinued operations

              (3.8     126.4       237.1  
                624.1       1,062.9       1,816.6  

Non-controlling interests:

                                 

Continuing operations

              79.2       65.1       84.4  

Discontinued operations

              14.6       11.4       11.3  
                93.8       76.5       95.7  
                717.9       1,139.4       1,912.3  
                                   

Earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations

                                 

Basic earnings per ordinary share

     9        49.9p       85.2p       144.0p  

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

     9        49.5p       84.3p       142.4p  
                                   

Earnings per share from continuing operations

                                 

Basic earnings per ordinary share

     9        50.2p       75.1p       125.2p  

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

     9        49.8p       74.3p       123.8p  

 

Notes

The accounting policies on page F-7 to F-15 and the accompanying notes on pages F-21 to F-46 form an integral part of this consolidated income statement.

1   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

 

For the years ended 31 December 2019, 2018, 2017

 

    

2019

£m

   

2018

£m

   

2017

£m

 

Profit for the year

     717.9       1,139.4       1,912.3  

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

                        

Exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments

     (379.4     78.9       (465.2

Exchange adjustments recycled to the income statement on disposal of discontinued operations

     (284.0            

Gain on revaluation of available for sale investments

                 32.1  
       (663.4     78.9       (433.1

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

                        

Actuarial (loss)/gain on defined benefit pension plans

     (36.6     8.9       17.0  

Deferred tax on defined benefit pension plans

     6.4       (0.7     (24.6

Movements on equity investments held at fair value through other comprehensive income

     (141.4     (247.9      
       (171.6     (239.7     (7.6

Other comprehensive loss for the year

     (835.0     (160.8     (440.7

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

     (117.1     978.6       1,471.6  

Attributable to

                        

Equity holders of the parent:

                        

Continuing operations

     193.5       730.9       1,252.9  

Discontinued operations

     (386.4     162.2       142.7  
       (192.9     893.1       1,395.6  

Non-controlling interests:

                        

Continuing operations

     61.9       73.8       65.2  

Discontinued operations

     13.9       11.7       10.8  
       75.8       85.5       76.0  
       (117.1     978.6       1,471.6  

 

Note

The accounting policies on pages F-7 to F-15 and the accompanying notes on pages F-21 to F-46 form an integral part of this consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Consolidated cash flow statement

 

For the years ended 31 December 2019, 2018, 2017

 

     Notes     

2019

£m

   

2018

£m

   

2017

£m

 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

     11        1,850.5       1,693.8       1,408.1  

Investing activities

                                 

Acquisitions

     11        (161.3     (283.7     (477.5

Disposal of investments and subsidiaries

     11        2,141.0       833.9       296.0  

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

              (339.3     (314.8     (288.9

Purchases of other intangible assets (including capitalised computer software)

              (54.8     (60.4     (37.3

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

              174.0       9.5       8.0  

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities

              1,759.6       184.5       (499.7

Financing activities

                                 

Repayment of lease liabilities

              (249.8            

Share option proceeds

              0.6       1.2       6.4  

Cash consideration for non-controlling interests

     11        (62.7     (109.9     (47.3

Share repurchases and buybacks

     11        (43.8     (207.1     (504.2

Net (decrease)/increase in borrowings

     11        (1,713.2     (440.6     599.6  

Financing and share issue costs

              (6.4     (3.8     (0.8

Equity dividends paid

              (750.5     (747.4     (751.5

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests in subsidiary undertakings

              (96.2     (106.2     (87.8

Net cash outflow from financing activities

              (2,922.0     (1,613.8     (785.6

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

              688.1       264.5       122.8  

Translation of cash and cash equivalents

              (89.7     (61.5     (27.2

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

              2,201.2       1,998.2       1,902.6  

Cash and cash equivalents including cash held in disposal group at end of year

              2,799.6       2,201.2       1,998.2  

Cash and cash equivalents held in disposal group presented as held for sale

              (66.3            

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     11        2,733.3       2,201.2       1,998.2  

 

Note

The accounting policies on pages F-7 to F-15 and the accompanying notes on pages F-21 to F-46 form an integral part of this consolidated cash flow statement.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Consolidated balance sheet

 

At 31 December 2019, 2018

 

     Notes     

2019

£m

   

2018

£m

 

Non-current assets

                         

Intangible assets:

                         

Goodwill

     14        10,170.7       13,202.8  

Other

     14        1,468.8       1,842.0  

Property, plant and equipment

     15        876.0       1,083.0  

Right-of-use assets

     13        1,734.5        

Interests in associates and joint ventures

     16        813.0       796.8  

Other investments

     16        498.3       666.7  

Deferred tax assets

     17        187.9       153.0  

Trade and other receivables

     18        137.6       180.0  
                15,886.8       17,924.3  

Current assets

                         

Corporate income tax recoverable

              165.4       198.7  

Trade and other receivables

     18        11,822.3       13,101.5  

Cash and short-term deposits

              2,969.0       2,643.2  
                14,956.7       15,943.4  

Assets classified as held for sale

     12        485.3        
                15,442.0       15,943.4  

Current liabilities

                         

Trade and other payables

     19        (14,186.8     (15,038.4

Corporate income tax payable

              (499.9     (545.9

Short-term lease liabilities

     13        (302.2      

Bank overdrafts, bonds and bank loans

     21        (461.3     (1,025.1
                (15,450.2     (16,609.4

Liabilities associated with assets classified as held for sale

     12        (170.4      
                (15,620.6     (16,609.4

Net current liabilities

              (178.6     (666.0

Total assets less current liabilities

              15,708.2       17,258.3  

Non-current liabilities

                         

Bonds and bank loans

     21        (4,047.3     (5,634.8

Trade and other payables

     20        (483.3     (841.4

Deferred tax liabilities

     17        (379.8     (479.5

Provision for post-employment benefits

     24        (159.0     (184.3

Provisions for liabilities and charges

     22        (247.8     (311.7

Long-term lease liabilities

     13        (1,947.5      
                (7,264.7     (7,451.7

Net assets

              8,443.5       9,806.6  

Equity

                         

Called-up share capital

     28        132.8       133.3  

Share premium account

              570.3       569.7  

Other reserves

     29        (501.2     393.5  

Own shares

              (1,178.7     (1,255.7

Retained earnings

              9,048.9       9,541.4  

Equity shareholders’ funds

              8,072.1       9,382.2  

Non-controlling interests

              371.4       424.4  

Total equity

              8,443.5       9,806.6  

 

Note

The accounting policies on page F-7 to F-15 and the accompanying notes on pages F-21 to F-46 form an integral part of this consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

 

For the years ended 31 December 2019, 2018, 2017

 

     Called-
up
share
capital
£m
    Share
premium
account
£m
     Other
reserves1
£m
   

Own

shares

£m

    Retained
earnings
£m
   

Total equity

shareholders’

funds

£m

    Non-
controlling
interests
£m
    

Total

£m

 

Balance at 1 January 2017

     133.2       562.2        1,185.2       (962.0     8,400.0       9,318.6       443.1        9,761.7  

Ordinary shares issued

     0.1       6.3                          6.4              6.4  

Treasury share additions

                        (289.6           (289.6            (289.6

Treasury share allocations

                        112.2       (112.2                   

 Profit for the year

                              1,816.6       1,816.6       95.7        1,912.3  

 Exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments

                  (445.5                 (445.5     (19.7      (465.2

 Gain on revaluation of available for sale investments

                  32.1            

 
    32.1      

 
     32.1  

 Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension plans

                             
17.0
 
    17.0              17.0  

 Deferred tax on defined benefit pension plans

                              (24.6     (24.6            (24.6

 Other comprehensive loss

                  (413.4           (7.6     (421.0     (19.7      (440.7

 Total comprehensive (loss)/income

                  (413.4           1,809.0       1,395.6       76.0        1,471.6  

Dividends paid

                              (751.5     (751.5     (87.8      (839.3

Non-cash share-based incentive plans (including share options)

                              105.0       105.0              105.0  

Tax adjustment on share-based payments

                              3.0       3.0              3.0  

Net movement in own shares held by ESOP Trusts

                        (31.7     (182.9     (214.6            (214.6

Recognition/remeasurement of financial instruments

                  (10.1           (11.7     (21.8            (21.8

Acquisition of subsidiaries2

                              (63.8     (63.8     37.5        (26.3

Balance at 31 December 2017

     133.3       568.5        761.7       (1,171.1     9,194.9       9,487.3       468.8        9,956.1  

Accounting policy change (IFRS 9)

                  (407.4           407.4                     

Revised balance at 1 January 2018

     133.3       568.5        354.3       (1,171.1     9,602.3       9,487.3       468.8        9,956.1  

Ordinary shares issued

           1.2                          1.2              1.2  

Treasury share additions

                        (104.3           (104.3            (104.3

Treasury share allocations

                        1.5       (1.5                   

 Profit for the year

                              1,062.9       1,062.9       76.5        1,139.4  

 Exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments

                  69.9                   69.9       9.0        78.9  

 Movements on equity investments held at fair value through other comprehensive income

                              (247.9     (247.9    

 
     (247.9

 Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension plans

                              8.9       8.9              8.9  

 Deferred tax on defined benefit pension plans

                              (0.7     (0.7            (0.7

 Other comprehensive income/(loss)

                  69.9             (239.7     (169.8     9.0        (160.8

 Total comprehensive income

                  69.9             823.2       893.1       85.5        978.6  

Dividends paid

                              (747.4     (747.4     (106.2      (853.6

Non-cash share-based incentive plans (including share options)

                              84.8       84.8              84.8  

Tax adjustment on share-based payments

                              (1.2     (1.2            (1.2

Net movement in own shares held by ESOP Trusts

                        18.2       (121.0     (102.8            (102.8

Recognition/remeasurement of financial instruments

                  (30.7           10.3       (20.4            (20.4

Acquisition of subsidiaries2

                              (108.1     (108.1     (23.7      (131.8

Balance at 31 December 2018

     133.3       569.7        393.5       (1,255.7     9,541.4       9,382.2       424.4        9,806.6  

Accounting policy change (IFRS 16)3

                              (128.9     (128.9            (128.9

Deferred tax on accounting policy change (IFRS 16)3

                              27.8       27.8              27.8  

Revised balance at 1 January 2019

     133.3       569.7        393.5       (1,255.7     9,440.3       9,281.1       424.4        9,705.5  

Ordinary shares issued

           0.6                          0.6              0.6  

Share cancellations

     (0.5            0.5             (47.7     (47.7            (47.7

Treasury share allocations

                        1.0       (1.0                   

 Profit for the year

                              624.1       624.1       93.8        717.9  

 Exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments

                  (361.4                 (361.4     (18.0      (379.4

 Exchange adjustments recycled to the income statement on disposal of discontinued operations

                  (284.0                 (284.0            (284.0

 Movements on equity investments held at fair value through other comprehensive income

                              (141.4     (141.4            (141.4

 Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension plans

                              (36.6     (36.6            (36.6

 Deferred tax on defined benefit pension plans

                              6.4       6.4              6.4  

 Other comprehensive loss

                  (645.4           (171.6     (817.0     (18.0      (835.0

 Total comprehensive (loss)/income

                  (645.4           452.5       (192.9     75.8        (117.1

Dividends paid

                              (750.5     (750.5     (96.2      (846.7

Non-cash share-based incentive plans (including share options)

                              71.4       71.4              71.4  

Tax adjustment on share-based payments

                              3.1       3.1              3.1  

Net movement in own shares held by ESOP Trusts

                        76.0       (76.0                   

Recognition/remeasurement of financial instruments

                  2.5             13.1       15.6              15.6  

Share purchases – close period commitments4

                  (252.3                 (252.3            (252.3

Acquisition of subsidiaries2

                              (56.3     (56.3     (32.6      (88.9

Balance at 31 December 2019

     132.8       570.3        (501.2     (1,178.7     9,048.9       8,072.1       371.4        8,443.5  

 

Notes

The accounting policies on pages F-7 to F-15 and the accompanying notes on pages F-21 to F-46 form integral part of this consolidated statement of changes in equity.

1   

Other reserves are analysed in note 29.

2   

Acquisition of subsidiaries represents movements in retained earnings and non-controlling interests arising from changes in ownership of existing subsidiaries and recognition of non-controlling interests on new acquisitions.

3   

The impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases from 1 January 2019 is described in the accounting policies.

4   

During 2019, the Company entered into an arrangement with a third party to conduct share buybacks on its behalf in the close period commencing on 2 January 2020 and ending on 27 February 2020, in accordance with UK listing rules. The commitment resulting from this agreement constitutes a liability at 31 December 2019, which is included in Trade and other payables: amounts falling due within one year and has been recognised as a movement in equity.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

1. General information

 

WPP plc is a company incorporated in Jersey. The address of the registered office is Queensway House, Hilgrove Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE1 1ES and the address of the principal executive office is Sea Containers, 18 Upper Ground, London, United Kingdom, SE1 9GL. The nature of the Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out in note 2. These consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling.

 

2. Segment information

 

The Group is a leading worldwide creative transformation organisation offering national and multinational clients a comprehensive range of communications, experience, commerce and technology services. Substantially all of the Group’s revenue is from contracts with customers.

 

Recent restructuring actions, including the mergers of VMLY&R and Wunderman Thompson, the One Ogilvy strategy and the reorganisation of our specialist healthcare agencies, mean that certain units have been reclassified between the previously reported sectors. In order to take account of these changes, the internal reporting of the Group used by the Chief Executive Officer (the Chief Operating Decision Maker) to review performance and allocate resources has also changed. The Group has therefore reassessed its segment information under IFRS 8 Operating Segments. In assessing the Group’s reportable segments, the Directors have considered the similar economic characteristics of certain operating segments, their shared client base and the similar nature of their products or services, amongst other factors. As a result, the Group is now organised into three reportable segments – Global Integrated Agencies; Public Relations; and Specialist Agencies. The Data Investment Management segment is now excluded from the segment analysis as it is classified as discontinued operations. Comparatives have been restated.

 

Reportable segments

Reported contributions were as follows:

 

Continuing operations – Income statement    Revenue1      Revenue
less
pass-through
costs2
     Headline
operating
profit3
     Headline
operating
profit
margin4
 
     £m      £m      £m         
2019                                    
Global Integrated Agencies5      10,205.2        8,108.1        1,219.5        15.0%  
Public Relations6      956.5        898.0        140.6        15.7%  
Specialist Agencies7      2,072.4        1,840.4        200.5        10.9%  
       13,234.1                 1,560.6           
20188                                    
Global Integrated Agencies5      9,930.7        8,070.8        1,228.2        15.2%  
Public Relations6      931.7        879.9        139.2        15.8%  
Specialist Agencies7      2,184.3        1,925.0        283.8        14.7%  
       13,046.7                 1,651.2           
20178                                    
Global Integrated Agencies5      10,028.6        8,315.5        1,321.3        15.9%  
Public Relations6      915.0        864.3        123.5        14.3%  
Specialist Agencies7      2,202.8        1,964.3        348.3        17.7%  
       13,146.4                 1,793.1           

 

Notes

1   

Intersegment sales have not been separately disclosed as they are not material.

2   

Revenue less pass-through costs is revenue less media, data collection and other pass-through costs. Pass-through costs comprise fees paid to external suppliers where they are engaged to perform part or all of a specific project and are changed directly to clients, predominantly media and data collection costs. See note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for more details of the pass-through costs.

3   

A reconciliation from operating profit to headline operating profit is provided in note 32.

4   

Headline operating profit margin is calculated as headline operating profit (defined above) as a percentage of revenue less pass-through costs.

5   

Global Integrated Agencies includes all of Grey, GroupM, Hogarth, Ogilvy, VMLY&R and Wunderman Thompson.

6   

Public Relations represents the Group’s specialists in this area and remains as previously reported but excludes Ogilvy PR which now sits within Global Integrated Agencies as part of Ogilvy.

7   

Specialist Agencies represent the Group’s other agencies that specialise in certain areas, whether by region or range of services.

8   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies. As a result Data Investment Management is now excluded from the segment analysis.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

2. Segment information (continued)

 

Continuing operations – Other information    Share-based
payments
     Capital
additions1
     Depreciation
and
amortisation2
     Goodwill
impairment
     Share of
results of
associates
    Interests in
associates and
joint ventures
 
     £m      £m      £m      £m      £m     £m  
2019                                                     
Global Integrated Agencies      54.3        265.6        392.8        4.8        17.0       164.2  
Public Relations      4.6        17.5        31.5               (0.3     5.5  
Specialist Agencies3      7.1        46.7        84.0        42.9        (2.0     643.3  
       66.0        329.8        508.3        47.7        14.7       813.0  
20184                                                     
Global Integrated Agencies      59.5        255.6        159.1        148.0        25.4       175.1  
Public Relations      7.1        12.5        10.8               1.3       6.2  
Specialist Agencies3      11.7        45.9        39.4        35.9        3.8       615.5  
       78.3        314.0        209.3        183.9        30.5       796.8  
20174                                                     
Global Integrated Agencies      77.8        214.3        157.1               16.2       179.9  
Public Relations      7.2        9.5        9.8        7.5        0.9       5.6  
Specialist Agencies3      13.3        47.2        42.2        19.6        80.9       879.7  
       98.3        271.0        209.1        27.1        98.0       1,065.2  

 

Notes

1   

Capital additions include purchases of property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets (including capitalised computer software).

2   

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, depreciation of right-of-use assets and amortisation of other intangible assets.

3   

Specialist Agencies includes the Kantar associate and amounts previously reported under the Data Investment Management segment.

4   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

2. Segment information (continued)

 

Contributions by geographical area were as follows:

 

   
Continuing operations    2019
£m
     20181
£m
     20171
£m
 
Revenue2                           
North America3      4,854.7        4,851.7        5,083.5  
United Kingdom      1,797.1        1,785.6        1,737.4  
Western Continental Europe      2,628.8        2,589.6        2,455.7  
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe      3,953.5        3,819.8        3,869.8  
       13,234.1        13,046.7        13,146.4  
Revenue less pass-through costs4                           
North America3      4,034.3        4,059.7        4,335.2  
United Kingdom      1,390.1        1,393.8        1,390.0  
Western Continental Europe      2,176.4        2,182.9        2,063.7  
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe      3,245.7        3,239.3        3,355.0  
                            
Headline operating profit5                           
North America3      662.0        710.6        816.3  
United Kingdom      188.5        179.6        218.1  
Western Continental Europe      261.5        289.4        249.8  
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe      448.6        471.6        508.9  
       1,560.6        1,651.2        1,793.1  
Headline operating profit margin6    Margin      Margin1      Margin1  
North America      16.4%        17.5%        18.8%  
United Kingdom      13.6%        12.9%        15.7%  
Western Continental Europe      12.0%        13.3%        12.1%  
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe      13.8%        14.6%        15.2%  

 

Notes

1   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies.

2   

Intersegment sales have not been separately disclosed as they are not material.

3   

North America includes the US with revenue of £4,576.5 million (2018: £4,576.1 million, 2017: £4,782.0 million), revenue less pass-through costs of £3,806.3 million (2018: £3,836.0 million, 2017: £4,089.9 million) and headline operating profit of £620.6 million (2018: £674.4 million, 2017: £773.5 million).

4   

Revenue less pass-through costs is revenue less media, data collection and other pass-through costs. Pass-through costs comprise fees paid to external suppliers where they are engaged to perform part or all of a specific project and are changed directly to clients, predominantly media and data collection costs. See note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for more details of the pass-through costs.

5   

A reconciliation from operating profit to headline operating profit is provided in note 32.

6   

Headline operating profit margin is calculated as headline operating profit (defined above) as a percentage of revenue less pass-through costs.

 

   

Continuing operations

  

2019

£m

    

2018

£m

 
Non-current assets1                  
North America2      6,833.1        7,269.7  
United Kingdom      1,754.6        2,079.2  
Western Continental Europe      3,429.8        4,385.6  
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe      3,681.4        4,028.4  
       15,698.9        17,762.9  

 

Notes

1   

Non-current assets excluding financial instruments and deferred tax.

2   

North America includes the United States with non-current assets of £6,373.9 million (2018: £6,791.9 million).

 


3. Costs of services and general and administrative costs

 

Continuing operations    2019
£m
     20181
£m
     20171
£m
 
Costs of services      10,825.1        10,559.1        10,481.6  
General and administrative costs      1,113.1        1,249.7        1,086.9  
       11,938.2        11,808.8        11,568.5  

 

Costs of services and general and administrative costs include:

 

 

Continuing operations    2019
£m
     20181
£m
     20171
£m
 
Staff costs (note 5)      7,090.6        6,950.6        7,065.1  
Establishment costs      672.9        756.6        769.5  
Media pass-through costs      1,656.2        1,458.0        1,429.4  
Other costs of services and general and administrative costs2      2,518.5        2,643.6        2,304.5  
       11,938.2        11,808.8        11,568.5  

 

Other costs of services and general and administrative costs include:

 

Continuing operations     
2019
£m

 
    
20181
£m
 
 
    
20171
£m
 
 
Goodwill impairment (note 14)      47.7        183.9        27.1  
Investment write-downs      7.5        2.0        91.7  
Restructuring and transformation costs      153.5        265.5        56.8  
Litigation settlement      (16.8              
Gain on sale of freehold property in New York      (7.9              
Amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets      121.5        201.8        138.0  
Amortisation of other intangible assets      21.2        20.7        20.1  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment      185.5        188.6        189.0  
Depreciation of right-of-use assets      301.6                
Losses on sale of property, plant and equipment      3.2        0.6        1.2  
Gains on disposal of investments and subsidiaries      (40.4      (237.9      (98.7
(Gains)/losses on remeasurement of equity interests arising from a change in scope of ownership      (0.4      (2.0      0.3  
Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)      6.1        (13.0      8.0  
Short-term lease expense      83.8                
Low-value lease expense      2.9                

 

Notes

1   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies.

2   

Other costs of services and general and administrative costs include £731.4 million (2018: £713.0 million, 2017: £573.1 million) of other pass-through costs.

 

In 2019, operating profit includes credits totalling £26.9 million (2018: £25.6 million, 2017: £40.9 million) relating to the release of excess provisions and other balances established in respect of acquisitions completed prior to 2018. Further details of the Group’s approach to acquisition reserves, as required by IFRS 3 Business Combinations, are given in note 30.

 

Amortisation and impairment of acquired intangibles in 2019 includes an impairment charge in the year of £26.5 million (2018: £89.1 million, 2017: £6.0 million) in regard to certain brand names that are no longer in use and customer relationships where the underlying clients have been lost.

 

In 2019, the goodwill impairment charge of £47.7 million (2018: £183.9 million, 2017: £27.1 million) relates to a number of under-performing businesses in the Group. In certain markets, the impact of current, local economic conditions and trading circumstances on these businesses is sufficiently severe to indicate impairment to the carrying value of goodwill. In 2018, the goodwill impairment charge primarily relates to a charge of £148.0 million on VMLY&R.

 

Investment write-downs of £91.7 million in 2017 include £53.1 million in relation to comScore Inc., which had not released any financial statements in relation to its 2015, 2016 or 2017 results due to an internal investigation by their Audit Committee. In 2017, the market value of comScore Inc. fell below the Group’s carrying value. Other investment write-downs relate to certain non-core minority investments in the United States where forecast financial performance and/or liquidity issues indicate a permanent decline in the recoverability of the Group’s investment.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

3. Costs of services and general and administrative costs (continued)

 

Gains on disposal of investments and subsidiaries of £40.4 million in 2019 include a gain of £28.6 million on the disposal of the Group’s interest in Chime. Gains on disposal of investments and subsidiaries of £237.9 million in 2018 include a gain of £185.3 million on the disposal of the Group’s interest in Globant S.A. Gains in 2017 of £98.7 million include £92.3 million on the sale of the Group’s interest in Asatsu-DK Inc. following its acquisition by Bain Capital.

 

In 2019, restructuring and transformation costs of £153.5 million comprise £116.3 million of restructuring costs and £37.2 million transformation costs with respect to strategic initiatives including co-locations in major cities, IT transformation and shared services. Restructuring and transformation costs of £121.1 million are in relation to the continuing restructuring plan, first outlined at the Investor Day in December 2018. As part of that plan, restructuring actions have been taken to right-size under-performing businesses, address high cost severance markets and simplify operational structures. Further restructuring and transformation costs will be incurred in 2020 and 2021. The remaining £32.4 million primarily comprises transformation costs in relation to the continuing global IT transformation programme.

 

In 2018, restructuring and transformation costs of £265.5 million comprise £179.7 million of restructuring costs and £85.8 million transformation costs with respect to strategic initiatives including co-locations in major cities, IT transformation and shared services. In the fourth quarter of 2018, £212.3 million of restructuring and transformation costs were incurred in relation to the strategic review of the Group’s operations. The remaining £53.2 million primarily relates to restructuring costs recorded in the first half of 2018 and transformation costs in relation to the IT transformation programme.

 

In 2017, restructuring and transformation costs of £56.8 million predominantly comprise £33.7 million of severance costs arising from a structural assessment of certain of the Group’s operations, primarily in the mature markets; and £12.8 million of costs resulting from the project to transform and rationalise the Group’s IT services and infrastructure including costs relating to the cyber attack in June 2017.

 

In 2019, the Group received £16.8 million in settlement of a class action lawsuit against Comscore Inc. for providing materially false and misleading information regarding their company and its financial performance.

 

In March 2019, the Group entered into a sale and leaseback agreement for its office space at 3 Columbus Circle in New York. The Group sold the freehold for proceeds of £159.0 million and simultaneously entered into a 15-year lease. The net gain recognised from the sale and leaseback is £7.9 million.

 

Auditors’ remuneration:

 

     2019
£m
     2018
£m
    2017
£m
 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts      1.5        1.4       1.4  
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation      28.0        25.2 1      20.7  
Other services pursuant to legislation      5.0        4.2       4.0  
Fees payable to the auditors pursuant to legislation      34.5        30.8       26.1  
Tax advisory services                   0.1  
Tax compliance services             0.1       0.1  
Other services1      8.2        4.7       4.6  
Total non-audit fees      8.2        4.8       4.8  
Total fees      42.7        35.6       30.9  

 

Note

1   

Includes a true-up of £3.5 million.

2   

Other services include audits for earnout purposes.

 


4. Share of results of associates

 

Share of results of associates include:

 

Continuing operations   

20191

£m

    20182
£m
    20172
£m
 
Share of profit before interest and taxation      99.2       110.8       129.7  
Share of exceptional (losses)/gains      (47.8     (41.5     0.6  
Share of interest and non-controlling interests      (19.4     (15.1     (12.6
Share of taxation      (17.3     (23.7     (19.7
       14.7       30.5       98.0  

 

Notes

1   

From 5 December 2019 approximately 90% of the Kantar business is treated as a 40% associate following the completion of the transaction outlined in note 12.

2   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies.

 


5. Our people

 

Our staff numbers, including the Kantar disposal group, averaged 132,823 for the year ended 31 December 2019 against 133,903 in 2018 and 134,428 in 2017. Their geographical distribution was as follows:

 

     2019      2018      2017  
North America      25,008        25,990        27,399  
United Kingdom      14,192        14,331        14,197  
Western Continental Europe      26,973        26,825        25,700  
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe      66,650        66,757        67,132  
       132,823        133,903        134,428  

 

Their reportable segment distribution was as follows:

 

     2019      2018      2017  
Global Integrated Agencies      82,295        83,015        81,537  
Data Investment Management      26,325        27,813        28,014  
Public Relations      6,890        6,891        6,899  
Specialist Agencies      17,313        16,184        17,978  
       132,823        133,903        134,428  

 

At the end of 2019, staff numbers were 106,786 (2018: 134,281, 2017: 134,413).

 

Staff costs include:

 

Continuing operations    2019
£m
     20181
£m
     20171
£m
 
Wages and salaries      4,946.2        4,828.0        4,937.5  
Cash-based incentive plans      227.6        233.0        196.5  
Share-based incentive plans      66.0        78.3        98.3  
Social security costs      591.7        579.0        580.8  
Pension costs      169.7        160.9        161.3  
Severance      42.6        30.0        36.8  
Other staff costs2      1,046.8        1,041.4        1,053.9  
       7,090.6        6,950.6        7,065.1  

 

Notes

1   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies.

2   

Freelance and temporary staff costs are included in other staff costs.

 

Included above are charges of £2.0 million, excluding revision to prior year awards, (2018: £2.0 million, 2017: £12.3 million) for share-based incentive plans in respect of key management personnel (who comprise the Directors of the Group). Total compensation received by key management personnel in respect of 2019 was £4.7 million (2018: £6.2 million, 2017: £17.8 million) of which £0.4 million (2018: £0.4 million, 2017: £0.7 million) were pension contributions. The value of the EPSP awards, which vest in the year following the end of the five-year performance period, is included in total compensation in the year the relevant five-year performance period ends.

 


6. Finance and investment income, finance costs and revaluation of financial instruments

 

Finance and investment income includes:

 

Continuing operations    2019
£m
     20181
£m
     20171
£m
 
Income from equity investments      18.3        15.2        16.7  
Interest income      80.7        83.7        72.3  
       99.0        98.9        89.0  

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

6. Finance and investment income, finance costs and revaluation of financial instruments (continued)

 

Finance costs include:

 

Continuing operations    2019
£m
     20181
£m
     20171
£m
 
Net interest expense on pension plans      3.5        3.6        5.4  
Interest on other long-term employee benefits      3.9        3.5        3.3  
Interest expense and similar charges2      252.0        272.0        253.2  
Interest expense related to lease liabilities      99.7                
       359.1        279.1        261.9  

 

Revaluation of financial instruments include:

 

Continuing operations    2019
£m
    20181
£m
    20171
£m
 
Movements in fair value of treasury instruments      0.4       (11.0     0.4  
Premium on the early repayment of bonds      (63.4            
Revaluation of investments held at fair value through profit or loss      9.1       67.8        
Revaluation of put options over non-controlling interests      (13.5     34.4       51.4  
Revaluation of payments due to vendors (earnout agreements)      (1.0     78.2       192.1  
       (68.4     169.4       243.9  

 

Notes

1   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies.

2   

Interest expense and similar charges are payable on bank overdrafts, bonds and bank loans held at amortised cost.

 

The majority of the Group’s long-term debt is represented by $1,563 million of US dollar bonds at an average interest rate of 4.06%, 3,100 million of Eurobonds at an average interest rate of 1.82% and £400 million of Sterling bonds at an average interest rate of 2.88%.

 

Average borrowings under the US Dollar Revolving Credit Facilities (note 10) amounted to the equivalent of $72 million at an average interest rate of 1.11% (2018: $125 million at an average interest rate of 0.96%).

 

Average borrowings under the Australian Dollar Revolving Credit Facilities, amounted to A$310 million at an average rate of 2.95% (2018: A$439 million at an average rate of 3.27%).

 

Average borrowings under the US Commercial Paper Programme for 2019 amounted to $41 million at an average interest rate of 2.46% inclusive of margin (2018: $540 million at an average interest rate of 2.28% inclusive of margin).

 

Average borrowings under the Euro Commercial Paper Programme for 2019 amounted to £255 million at an average interest rate of 1.16% inclusive of currency swaps (2018: £nil).

 


7. Taxation

 

In 2019, the effective tax rate on profit before taxation was 28.0% (2018: 20.4%, 2017: 4.8%).

 

The tax charge comprises:

 

Continuing operations    2019
£m
    20181
£m
    20171
£m
 
Corporation tax                         
Current year      423.0       404.2       383.0  
Prior years      (63.4     (108.1     (97.2
       359.6       296.1       285.8  
Deferred tax                         
Current year      (78.3     (41.5     (207.4
Prior years      (6.3     1.4       4.6  
       (84.6     (40.1     (202.8
Tax charge      275.0       256.0       83.0  

 

7. Taxation (continued)

 

 

The corporation tax credit for prior years in 2019, 2018 and 2017, mainly comprises the release of a number of provisions following the resolution of tax matters in various countries.

 

The tax charge for the year can be reconciled to profit before taxation in the consolidated income statement as follows:

 

Continuing operations    2019
£m
    20181
£m
    20171
£m
 
Profit before taxation      982.1       1,257.6       1,746.9  
Tax at the corporation tax rate of 19.0%2      186.6       238.9       336.3  
Tax effect of share of results of associates      (2.7     (5.8     (18.8
Irrecoverable withholding taxes      44.7       48.9       31.6  
Items that are not deductible/(taxable) in determining taxable profit      96.0       22.0       (10.7
Effect of different tax rates in subsidiaries operating in other jurisdictions      77.1       71.2       95.2  
US Transition Tax related to unremitted foreign earnings            (4.6     20.1  
Effect of change in US tax rate on deferred tax balances                  (211.6
Origination and reversal on unrecognised temporary differences      (3.4     5.1       (18.9
Tax losses not recognised or utilised in the year      13.2       19.9       32.5  
Utilisation of tax losses not previously recognised      (42.7     (25.5     (10.4
Recognition of temporary differences not previously recognised      (24.1     (7.4     (69.7
Release of prior year provisions in relation to acquired businesses      (19.9     (20.4     (15.0
Other prior year adjustments      (49.8     (86.3     (77.6
Tax charge      275.0       256.0       83.0  
Effective tax rate on profit before tax      28.0%       20.4%       4.8%  

 

Notes

1   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies.

2   

As the Group is subject to the tax rates of more than one country, it has chosen to present its reconciliation of the tax charge using the UK corporation tax rate of 19.0% (2018: 19.0%, 2017: 19.25%).

 

Factors affecting the tax charge in future years

Given the Group’s geographic mix of profits and the changing international tax environment, the tax rate is expected to increase slightly over the next few years.

 

The tax charge may also be affected by the impact of acquisitions, disposals and other corporate restructurings, the resolution of open tax issues, and the ability to use brought forward tax losses. Changes in local or international tax rules, for example, as a consequence of the financial support programmes being implemented by governments during the Covid-19 crisis, changes arising from the application of existing rules, or challenges by tax or competition authorities, for example, the European Commission’s State Aid decision into the Group Financing Exemption in the UK CFC rules, may expose us to significant additional tax liabilities or impact the carrying value of our deferred tax assets, which would affect the future tax charge.

 

The Group does not currently expect any material additional charges, or credits, to arise in respect of these matters, beyond the amounts already provided. Liabilities relating to these open and judgemental matters are based upon estimates of whether additional taxes will be due after taking into account external advice where appropriate. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts which were initially recorded then such differences will impact the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the period in which such determination is made.

 

Tax risk management

We maintain constructive engagement with the tax authorities and relevant government representatives, as well as active engagement with a wide range of international companies and business organisations with similar issues. We engage advisors and legal counsel to obtain opinions on tax legislation and principles. We have a Tax Risk Management Strategy in place which sets out the controls established and our assessment procedures for decision-making and how we monitor tax risk. We monitor proposed changes in taxation legislation and ensure these are taken into account when we consider our future business plans. Our directors are informed by management of any tax law changes, the nature and status of any significant ongoing tax audits, and other developments that could materially affect the Group’s tax position.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 


8. Ordinary dividends

 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:

 

     2019      2018      2017      2019      2018      2017  
Per share    Pence per share      £m      £m      £m  
2018 Final dividend      37.30p        37.30p        37.05p        466.4        464.6        467.2  
2019 Interim dividend      22.70p        22.70p        22.70p        284.1        282.8        284.3  
       60.00p        60.00p        59.75p        750.5        747.4        751.5  

 

Given the significant uncertainty over the coming months, we are taking prudent action now to maintain our liquidity and ensure that we emerge from this global crisis strong, secure, and ready to meet the continuing needs of our clients, shareholders and other stakeholders. Therefore, the Board is suspending the 2019 final dividend of 37.3 pence per share, which was due to be proposed at the 2020 AGM.

 

The payment of dividends will not have any tax consequences for the Group.

 


9. Earnings per share

 

Basic EPS

 

The calculation of basic EPS is as follows:

 

Continuing operations    2019     2018      2017  
Earnings1 (£ million)      627.9       936.5        1,579.5  
Weighted average shares used in basic EPS calculation (million)      1,250.0       1,247.8        1,261.1  
EPS      50.2p       75.1p        125.2p  
       
Discontinued operations    2019     2018      2017  
Earnings1 (£ million)      (3.8     126.4        237.1  
Weighted average shares used in basic EPS calculation (million)      1,250.0       1,247.8        1,261.1  
EPS      (0.3p     10.1p        18.8p  
       
Continued and discontinued operations    2019     2018      2017  
Earnings1 (£ million)      624.1       1,062.9        1,816.6  
Weighted average shares used in basic EPS calculation (million)      1,250.0       1,247.8        1,261.1  
EPS      49.9p       85.2p        144.0p  

 

Note

1   

Earnings is equivalent to profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent.

 

Diluted EPS

 

The calculation of diluted reported and diluted EPS is as follows:

 

Continuing operations    2019     2018      2017  
Diluted earnings (£ million)      627.9       936.5        1,579.5  
Weighted average shares used in diluted EPS calculation (million)      1,260.6       1,261.2        1,275.8  
Diluted EPS      49.8p       74.3p        123.8p  
       
Discontinued operations    2019     2018      2017  
Diluted earnings (£ million)      (3.8     126.4        237.1  
Weighted average shares used in diluted EPS calculation (million)      1,260.6       1,261.2        1,275.8  
Diluted EPS      (0.3p     10.0p        18.6p  
       
Continued and discontinued operations    2019     2018      2017  
Diluted earnings (£ million)      624.1       1,062.9        1,816.6  
Weighted average shares used in diluted EPS calculation (million)      1,260.6       1,261.2        1,275.8  
Diluted EPS      49.5p       84.3p        142.4p  

 

Diluted EPS has been calculated based on the diluted earnings amounts above. At 31 December 2019, options to purchase 19.3 million ordinary shares (2018: 16.9 million, 2017: 8.2 million) were outstanding, but were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise prices of these options were greater than the average market price of the Group’s shares and, therefore, their inclusion would have been accretive.

 

9. Earnings per share (continued)

 

 

A reconciliation between the shares used in calculating basic and diluted EPS is as follows:

 

     2019
m
     2018
m
     2017
m
 
Average shares used in basic EPS calculation      1,250.0        1,247.8        1,261.1  
Dilutive share options outstanding      0.3        1.6        1.8  
Other potentially issuable shares      10.3        11.8        12.9  
Shares used in diluted EPS calculation      1,260.6        1,261.2        1,275.8  

 

At 31 December 2019 there were 1,328,167,813 (2018: 1,332,678,227, 2017: 1,332,511,552) ordinary shares in issue, including treasury shares of 70,787,730 (2018: 70,854,553, 2017: 62,578,938).

 


10. Sources of finance

 

The following table summarises the equity and debt financing of the Group, and changes during the year:

 

     Shares             Debt  
Analysis of changes in financing    2019
£m
    2018
£m
            2019
£m
   

2018

£m

 
Beginning of year      703.0       701.8                 6,217.9       6,481.3  
Ordinary shares issued      0.6       1.2                        
Share cancellations      (0.5                            
Net decrease in drawings on bank loans and corporate bonds                            (1,713.2     (440.6
Amortisation of financing costs included in debt                            10.3       7.7  
Changes in fair value due to hedging arrangements                            14.3       (9.9
Other movements                            1.5       (0.2
Exchange adjustments                            (257.9     179.6  
End of year      703.1       703.0                 4,272.9       6,217.9  

 

Note

The table above excludes bank overdrafts which fall within cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the consolidated cash flow statement.

 

Shares

At 31 December 2019, the Company’s share base was entirely composed of ordinary equity share capital and share premium of £703.1 million (2018: £703.0 million), further details of which are disclosed in note 28.

 

Debt

US$ bonds The Group has in issue $500 million of 3.625% bonds due September 2022, $750 million of 3.75% bonds due September 2024, $93 million of 5.125% bonds due September 2042 and $220 million of 5.625% bonds due November 2043.

 

Eurobonds The Group has in issue 750 million of 3.00% bonds due November 2023, 500 million of 1.375% bonds due March 2025, 750 million of 2.25% bonds due September 2026, 600 million of 1.625% bonds due March 2030, 250 million of Floating Rate Notes carrying a coupon of 3m EURIBOR + 0.32% due May 2020 and 250 million of Floating Rate Notes carrying a coupon of 3m EURIBOR +0.45% due March 2022.

 

Sterling bonds The Group has in issue £400 million of 2.875% bonds due September 2046.

 

Revolving Credit Facility The Group has a five-year Revolving Credit Facility of $2.5 billion due March 2024, signed in March 2019. The Group’s borrowing under these facilities, which are drawn down predominantly in pounds sterling, averaged the equivalent of $72 million in 2019. In June 2018, the Group’s subsidiary, WPP AUNZ entered into a A$150 million Revolving Credit Facility due June 2019 and a A$370 million Revolving Credit Facility due June 2021. In May 2019, the A$150 million Revolving Credit Facility was extended to June 2020. In December 2019, the A$370 million Revolving Credit Facility was reduced to A$270 million due June 2021. The Group’s borrowings under the Australian dollar facilities which were drawn down in Australian dollars and New Zealand dollars, averaged the equivalent of A$310 million in 2019. The Group had available undrawn committed credit facilities of £2,005.6 million at 31 December 2019 (2018: £2,074.7 million).

 

Borrowings under the $2.5 billion Revolving Credit Facility are governed by certain financial covenants based on the results and financial position of the Group. Borrowings under the A$150 million Revolving Credit Facility and the A$270 million Revolving Credit Facility are governed by certain financial covenants based on the results and financial position of WPP AUNZ.

 

The $2.5 billion Revolving Credit Facility, due March 2024, includes terms which require the consent of the majority of the lenders if a proposed merger or consolidation of the Company would alter its legal personality or identity. On 14 February 2020, the lending banks approved an extension of the term of the Revolving Credit Facility to March 2025.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

10. Sources of finance (continued)

 

US Commercial Paper Programmes

The Group operates a commercial paper programmes using its Revolving Credit Facility as a backstop. The average US commercial paper outstanding in 2019 was $41 million (2018: $540 million). The average Euro commercial paper outstanding in 2019 was £255 million (2018: £nil) inclusive of the effect of currency swaps. There was no US or Euro Commercial Paper outstanding at 31 December 2019.

 

The following table is an analysis of future anticipated cash flows in relation to the Group’s debt, on an undiscounted basis which, therefore, differs from the fair value and carrying value:

 

     2019
£m
   

2018

£m

 
Within one year      (324.8     (748.4
Between one and two years      (204.0     (596.8
Between two and three years      (692.1     (937.1
Between three and four years      (726.3     (742.5
Between four and five years      (634.2     (786.8
Over five years      (2,761.9     (4,199.7
Debt financing (including interest) under the Revolving Credit Facility and in relation to unsecured loan notes      (5,343.3     (8,011.3
Short-term overdrafts – within one year      (235.7     (442.0
Future anticipated cash flows      (5,579.0     (8,453.3
Effect of discounting/financing rates      1,070.4       1,793.4  
Debt financing      (4,508.6     (6,659.9

 

Analysis of fixed and floating rate debt by currency including the effect of interest rate and cross-currency swaps:

 

2019

Currency

   £m      Fixed
rate1
     Floating
basis
     Period
(months)1
 
$   – fixed      1,178.2        4.06        n/a        95  
£   – fixed      844.1        2.73        n/a        188  
  – fixed      1,777.7        2.34        n/a        82  
    – floating      423.3        n/a        EURIBOR        16  
Other          49.6        n/a        n/a        n/a  
           4,272.9                             

 

2018

Currency

   £m      Fixed
rate1
     Floating
basis
     Period
(months)1
 
$   – fixed      1,154.8        4.58        n/a        181  
    – floating      1,029.6        n/a        LIBOR        n/a  
£   – fixed      1,044.1        3.43        n/a        232  
  – fixed      2,425.9        1.99        n/a        75  
    – floating      449.2        n/a        EURIBOR        n/a  
Other          114.3        n/a        n/a        n/a  
           6,217.9                             

 

Note

1   

Weighted average. These rates do not include the effect of gains on interest rate swap terminations that are written to income over the life of the original instrument.

 

The following table is an analysis of future undiscounted anticipated cash flows in relation to the Group’s financial derivatives, which include interest rate swaps, forward contracts and other foreign exchange swaps assuming interest rates and foreign exchange rates as at 31 December:

 

     Financial liabilities             Financial assets  
2019    Payable
£m
     Receivable
£m
            Payable
£m
     Receivable
£m
 
Within one year      113.6        107.8                 44.0        45.0  
Between one and two years      17.5        10.9                         
Between two and three years      11.8        6.2                         
Between three and four years      11.6        6.1                         
Between four and five years      11.6        6.1                         
Over five years      449.8        456.3                         
       615.9        593.4                 44.0        45.0  

 

10. Sources of finance (continued)

 

 

     Financial liabilities             Financial assets  
2018    Payable
£m
     Receivable
£m
            Payable
£m
     Receivable
£m
 
Within one year      229.3        221.9                 124.6        120.6  
Between one and two years      50.0        45.3                 11.8        6.5  
Between two and three years      688.4        685.3                 11.5        6.4  
Between three and four years      408.5        406.6                 11.6        6.5  
Between four and five years                             11.6        6.6  
Over five years                             461.4        498.2  
       1,376.2        1,359.1                 632.5        644.8  

 


11. Analysis of cash flows

 

The following tables analyse the items included within the main cash flow headings on page F-18.

 

Net cash from operating activities:

 

     2019
£m
    2018
£m
    2017
£m
 
Profit for the year      717.9       1,139.4       1,912.3  
Taxation      353.8       323.9       197.0  
Revaluation of financial instruments      77.8       (172.9     (262.2
Finance costs      376.4       289.3       269.8  
Finance and investment income      (102.6     (104.8     (95.2
Share of results of associates      (21.2     (43.5     (113.5
Goodwill impairment on classification as held for sale      94.5              
Gain on sale of discontinued operations      (73.8            
Attributable tax expense on sale of discontinued operations      157.4              
Adjustments for:                         
Non-cash share-based incentive plans (including share options)      71.4       84.8       105.0  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment      203.2       225.1       230.7  
Depreciation of right-of-use assets      317.9              
Impairment of goodwill      47.7       183.9       27.1  
Amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets      135.6       280.0       195.1  
Amortisation of other intangible assets      29.6       38.7       36.3  
Investment write-downs      7.5       2.0       95.9  
Gains on disposal of investments and subsidiaries      (45.1     (235.5     (129.0
(Gains)/losses on remeasurement of equity interests arising from a change in scope of ownership      (0.4     (2.0     0.3  
Gain on sale of freehold property in New York      (7.9            
Losses on sale of property, plant and equipment      3.2       0.6       1.1  
Decrease/(increase) in trade receivables and accrued income      159.0       (298.9     (90.4
Increase/(decrease) in trade payables and deferred income      394.7       500.9       (170.8
Increase in other receivables      (263.8     (52.9     (110.6
Decrease in other payables – short-term      (16.4     (31.8     (122.8
Increase in other payables – long-term      53.7       0.4       20.1  
Increase/(decrease) in provisions      23.1       48.0       (57.3
Corporation and overseas tax paid      (536.0     (383.6     (424.7
Payment on early settlement of bonds      (63.4            
Interest and similar charges paid      (270.6     (252.8     (246.6
Interest paid on lease liabilities      (105.1            
Interest received      80.8       90.4       76.9  
Investment income      18.3       15.4       16.8  
Dividends from associates      33.3       49.7       46.8  
Net cash inflow from operating activities      1,850.5       1,693.8       1,408.1  

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

11. Analysis of cash flows (continued)

 

Acquisitions and disposals:                         
     2019
£m
    2018
£m
    2017
£m
 
Initial cash consideration      (3.9     (126.7     (214.8
Cash and cash equivalents acquired            11.3       28.9  
Earnout payments      (130.2     (120.2     (199.1
Purchase of other investments (including associates)      (27.2     (48.1     (92.5
Acquisitions      (161.3     (283.7     (477.5
Proceeds on disposal of investments and subsidiaries1      2,468.5       849.0       296.0  
Cash and cash equivalents disposed     
(327.5

    (15.1      
Disposals of investments and subsidiaries      2,141.0       (833.9     296.0  
Cash consideration for non-controlling interests      (62.7     (109.9     (47.3
Net acquisition payments and disposal proceeds      1,917.0       440.3       (228.8

 

Note

1   

Proceeds on disposal of investments and subsidiaries includes return of capital from investments in associates.

 

Share repurchases and buybacks:              
     2019
£m
    2018
£m
    2017
£m
 
Purchase of own shares by ESOP Trusts            (102.8     (214.6
Shares purchased into treasury      (43.8     (104.3     (289.6
Net cash outflow      (43.8     (207.1     (504.2
Net (decrease)/increase in borrowings:  
     2019
£m
    2018
£m
    2017
£m
 
(Decrease)/increase in drawings on bank loans   

(70.6)

    (819.3)     785.6  
Repayment of 600 million bonds   

(512.7)

         
Repayment of $812 million bonds   

(618.8)

         
Partial repayment of $272 million bonds   

(135.4)

    (20.8)      
Partial repayment of $450 million bonds   

(176.2)

    (37.3)      
Repayment of £200 million bonds   

(199.5)

         
Proceeds from issue of 250 million bonds            218.8       214.0  
Proceeds from issue of 500 million bonds            438.0        
Repayment of 252 million bonds            (220.0      
Repayment of £400 million bonds                  (400.0
Net cash (outflow)/inflow      (1,713.2     (440.6     599.6  
Cash and cash equivalents:                   
     2019
£m
    2018
£m
    2017
£m
 
Cash at bank and in hand   

2,105.4

    2,010.8     2,049.6  
Short-term bank deposits      863.6       632.4       341.8  
Overdrafts1      (235.7     (442.0     (393.2
       2,733.3       2,201.2       1,998.2  

 

Note

1   

Bank overdrafts are included in cash and cash equivalents because they form an integral part of the Group’s cash management.

 

The Group considers that the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value.

 


12. Assets held for sale and discontinued operations

 

In July 2019, the Group announced the proposed sale of its Kantar business to Bain Capital. On 5 December 2019 the first stage of the transaction completed, consisting of approximately 90% of the Kantar group, with consideration of £2,140.2 million after tax and disposal costs. The sale involved the Group disposing of the Kantar business and holding a 40% equity stakes post-transaction which are treated as an associate. This generated a pre-tax gain of £73.8 million, tax charge of £157.4 million and goodwill impairment of £94.5 million for the Group. The remaining stages of the transaction are expected to complete in 2020 with further consideration expected to be approximately £200 million after tax and disposal costs.

 

12. Assets held for sale and discontinued operations (continued)

 

 

As outlined in the accounting policies, the criterion of a highly probable sale was met on 9 July 2019, following Board approval of the disposal of Kantar to Bain Capital, representing the date at which the appropriate level of management was committed to a plan to sell the disposal group. The Kantar disposal group therefore became held for sale on this date.

 

The Kantar group (both the portion that has been disposed of by year end and the portion that is expected to be disposed of in 2020) is classified as a discontinued operation in 2019 under IFRS 5 as it forms a separate major line of business and there was a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of it. Kantar represents materially all of the Data Investment Management segment of the Group.

 

As at 31 December 2019 the remaining portion of the company not yet sold is disclosed as held for sale.

 

Results of the discontinued operations, which have been included in profit for the year, were as follows:

 

     2019
£m
    2018
£m
    2017
£m
 
Revenue      2,387.5       2,555.7       2,657.8  
Costs of services      (1,951.5     (2,104.4     (2,147.4
Gross profit      436.0       451.3       510.4  
General and administrative costs      (151.7     (257.8     (180.1
Operating profit      284.3       193.5       330.3  
Share of results of associates      6.5       13.0       15.5  
Profit before interest and taxation      290.8       206.5       345.8  
Finance income      3.6       5.4       6.2  
Finance costs      (17.3     (9.7     (7.9
Revaluation of financial instruments      (9.4     3.5       18.3  
Profit before taxation      267.7       205.7       362.4  
Attributable tax expense      (78.8     (67.9     (114.0
Profit after taxation      188.9       137.8       248.4  
                          
Goodwill impairment on classification as held for sale1      (94.5            
Gain on sale of discontinued operations      73.8              
Attributable tax expense on sale of discontinued operations      (157.4            
                          
Net gain attributable to discontinued operations      10.8       137.8       248.4  
                          
Attributable to                         
Equity holders of the parent      (3.8     126.4       237.1  
Non-controlling interests      14.6       11.4       11.3  
       10.8       137.8       248.4  

 

Note

1   

Goodwill impairment of £94.5 million arose from the assessment of fair value less costs to sell under IFRS 5.

 

For the year ended 31 December 2019, the Kantar group contributed £322.9 million (2018: £292.5 million, 2017: £378.4 million) to the Group’s net operating cash flows, paid £53.2 million (2018: £59.5 million, 2017: £67.8 million) in respect of investing activities and paid £27.2 million (2018: £7.9 million, 2017: £9.1 million) in respect of financing activities.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

12. Assets held for sale and discontinued operations (continued)

 

The gain on sale of discontinued operations disposed by 31 December 2019 is calculated as follows:

 

     2019
£m
 
Intangible assets (including goodwill)      2,410.0  
Property, plant and equipment      115.7  
Right-of-use assets      103.5  
Interests in associates and joint ventures      92.3  
Other investments      11.5  
Deferred tax assets      44.1  
Corporate income tax recoverable      49.8  
Trade and other receivables      748.8  
Cash and cash equivalents      324.9  
Trade and other payables      (839.8
Corporate income tax payable      (48.2
Lease liabilities      (106.3
Deferred tax liabilities      (98.6
Provisions for post-employment benefits      (26.7
Provisions for liabilities and charges      (22.4
Net assets      2,758.6  
          
Non-controlling interests      (19.1
Net assets excluding non-controlling interests      2,739.5  
          
Consideration received in cash and cash equivalents      2,352.1  
Re-investment in equity stake1      231.7  
Transaction costs      (56.1
Deferred consideration2      1.6  
Total consideration received      2,529.3  
          
Loss on sale before exchange adjustments      (210.2
Exchange adjustments recycled to the income statement      284.0  
Gain on sale of discontinued operation      73.8  

 

Notes  
1   

Re-investment in equity stake represents the value of the Group’s 40% stake in the new Kantar group as part of the disposal.

2   

Deferred consideration is made up of £79.6 million expected to be received in future periods on the satisfaction of certain conditions and the deferral of £78.0 million consideration against services the Group will supply to Kantar on favourable terms in the future. The conditions expected to be met in the future include the settlement of ongoing legal cases, realisation of the value of certain investments and the utilisation of certain tax losses and allowances. There was uncertainty at the date of disposal in regard to the ultimate resolution of these items and estimates of amounts due to be received were required to be made; there were no individually material estimates. Future services provided by the Group to Kantar arose through the negotiation of Transition Service Arrangements, as is customary for a disposal of this magnitude. The Group will support Kantar for a period of up to 4 years, primarily in the area of IT, on terms which are favourable to the disposal group. As such, an element of consideration has been deferred and will be recognised as the services are provided.

 

12. Assets held for sale and discontinued operations (continued)

 

 

The major classes of assets and liabilities comprising the operations classified as held for sale at 31 December 2019 are as follows:

 

     2019
£m
 
Non-current assets         
Intangible assets:         

Goodwill

     155.4  

Other

     5.9  
Property, plant and equipment      12.8  
Right-of-use assets      25.7  
Interests in associates and joint ventures      4.6  
Other investments      0.6  
Deferred tax assets      5.9  
Trade and other receivables      2.6  
       213.5  
          
Current assets         
Corporate income tax recoverable      15.9  
Trade and other receivables      189.4  
Cash and short-term deposits      66.5  
       271.8  
          
Total assets classified as held for sale      485.3  
          
Current liabilities         
Trade and other payables      (130.4
Corporate income tax payable      (3.8
Bank overdrafts      (0.2
Short-term lease liabilities      (3.9
       (138.3
Non-current liabilities         
Trade and other payables      (1.3
Deferred tax liabilities      (1.2
Provisions for post-employment benefits      (8.5
Provisions for liabilities and charges      (0.6
Long-term lease liabilities      (20.5
       (32.1
          
Total liabilities associated with assets classified as held for sale      (170.4
          
Net assets of disposal group      314.9  

 

On 27 February 2020, the second stage of the Kantar transaction completed, consisting of approximately 4% of the Kantar group, with cash consideration received of £136.7 million. The remaining stages of the transaction are expected to complete in 2020.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 


13. Leases

 

The movements in the year ended 31 December 2019 were as follows:

 

Right-of-use assets    Land and
buildings
£m
    Plant and
machinery
£m
    Total
£m
 
1 January 2019      1,862.5       32.6       1,895.1  
Additions      348.1       16.5       364.6  
Transfers to net investment in subleases1      (37.6    

 
   
(37.6
)  
Disposals      (31.0     (0.6     (31.6
Depreciation of right-of-use assets      (301.5     (16.4     (317.9
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale      (134.4     (3.7     (138.1
31 December 2019      1,706.1       28.4       1,734.5  

 

Note

1   

The sublease of certain office space is classified as a finance lease and relates primarily to Kantar business units that were sold. The Company de-recognised the right-of-use asset (to the extent that it is subject to the sublease) and recognised the net investment in subleases, which is included within trade and other receivables. No other disclosures are deemed necessary as it is not material.

 

Lease liabilities     

Land and
buildings
£m
 
 
 
   

Plant and
machinery
£m
 
 
 
   
Total
£m
 
 
1 January 2019      2,294.4       31.8       2,326.2  
Additions      325.9       12.3       338.2  
Interest expense related to lease liabilities      101.5       1.2       102.7  
Disposals      (27.5     (0.2     (27.7
Repayment of lease liabilities (including interest)      (326.2     (14.9     (341.1
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale      (144.7     (3.9     (148.6
31 December 2019      2,223.4       26.3       2,249.7  

 

The following table shows the breakdown of the lease expense between amounts charged to operating profit and amounts charged to finance costs:

 

Continuing operations   

2019

£m

 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets:         

Land and buildings

     (286.5

Plant and machinery

     (15.1
Short-term lease expense      (83.8
Low-value lease expense      (2.9
Variable lease expense      (74.2
Sublease income      17.5  
Charge to operating profit      (445.0
Interest expense related to lease liabilities      (99.7
Charge to profit before taxation for leases      (544.7

 

Variable lease payments primarily include real estate taxes and insurance costs.

 

The maturity of lease liabilities at 31 December 2019 were as follows:

 

     2019
£m
 
Period ending 31 December         
2020      385.9  
2021      384.0  
2022      335.4  
2023      283.0  
2024      220.5  
Later years      1,393.7  
       3,002.5  
Effect of discounting      (752.8
Lease liability at 31 December 2019      2,249.7  

Short-term lease liability

     302.2  

Long-term lease liability

     1,947.5  

 

The total committed future cash flows for leases not yet commenced at 31 December 2019 is £558.0 million.

 

The Group does not face a significant liquidity risk with regard to its lease liabilities. Refer to note 26 for management of liquidity risk.

 


14. Intangible assets

 

Goodwill

 

The movements in 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

     £m  
Cost         
1 January 2018      13,675.3  
Additions1      154.4  
Revision of earnout estimates      (68.3
Exchange adjustments      368.1  
31 December 2018      14,129.5  
Additions1      8.5  
Revision of earnout estimates      (14.3

Disposals

     (18.6 )  
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale      (2,729.1
Exchange adjustments      (419.9
31 December 2019      10,956.1  
Accumulated impairment losses and write-downs         
1 January 2018      722.4  
Impairment losses for the year      183.9  
Exchange adjustments      20.4  
31 December 2018      926.7  
Impairment on classification as held for sale2      70.9  
Impairment losses for the year      47.7  
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale      (230.6
Exchange adjustments      (29.3
31 December 2019      785.4  
Net book value         
31 December 2019      10,170.7  
31 December 2018      13,202.8  
1 January 2017      12,952.9  

 

Notes

1   

Additions represent goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiary undertakings including the effect of any revisions to fair value adjustments that had been determined provisionally at the immediately preceding balance sheet date, as permitted by IFRS 3 Business Combinations. The effect of such revisions was not material in either year presented.

2  

Goodwill impairment of £70.9 million arose from the assessment of fair value less costs to sell of the Kantar group on classification as held for sale under IFRS 5.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

14. Intangible assets (continued)

 

Other intangible assets

 

The movements in 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

      



Brands
with an
indefinite
useful life
£m




 
   

Acquired
intangibles
£m
 
 
 
   
Other
£m
 
 
   
Total
£m
 
 

Cost

                                

1 January 2018

     1,081.3       2,547.8       411.5       4,040.6  

Additions

                 60.4       60.4  

Disposals

           (0.9     (37.3     (38.2

New acquisitions

           40.3             40.3  

Other movements1

           2.9       (7.4     (4.5

Exchange adjustments

     51.5       19.9       10.1       81.5  

31 December 2018

     1,132.8       2,610.0       437.3       4,180.1  

Additions

                 43.2       43.2  

Disposals

           (3.4     (41.0     (44.4

New acquisitions

           3.5             3.5  

Other movements

                   (1.4     (1.4

Exchange adjustments

     (41.4     (28.2     (9.9     (79.5
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale            (979.0     (115.9     (1,094.9

31 December 2019

     1,091.4       1,602.9       312.3       3,006.6  

Amortisation and impairment

                                

1 January 2018

           1,718.7       303.5       2,022.2  

Charge for the year

           275.8       38.7       314.5  

Disposals

           (0.7     (27.3     (28.0

Other movements

                 (1.9     (1.9

Exchange adjustments

           21.4       9.9       31.3  

31 December 2018

           2,015.2       322.9       2,338.1  

Charge for the year

     13.2       116.8       29.6       159.6  

Disposals

           (1.6     (37.7     (39.3

Other movements

                 2.6       2.6  

Exchange adjustments

           (15.2     (9.1     (24.3
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale            (835.9     (63.0     (898.9

31 December 2019

     13.2       1,279.3       245.3       1,537.8  

Net book value

                                

31 December 2019

     1,078.2       323.6       67.0       1,468.8  

31 December 2018

     1,132.8       594.8       114.4       1,842.0  

1 January 2018

     1,081.3       829.1       108.0       2,018.4  

 

Note

1   

Other movements in acquired intangibles include revisions to fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of subsidiary undertakings that had been determined provisionally at the immediately preceding balance sheet date, as permitted by IFRS 3 Business Combinations.

 

Cash-generating units with significant goodwill and brands with an indefinite useful life as at 31 December are:

 

     Goodwill      Brands with an
indefinite useful
life
 
     2019
£m
     2018
£m
     2019
£m
     2018
£m
 
GroupM      2,936.0        2,942.9                
Kantar             2,522.9                
Wunderman Thompson      2,138.9        2,118.8        409.7        424.8  
VMLY&R      901.0        930.4        199.1        206.6  
Ogilvy      762.9        618.7        211.1        219.1  
Burson Cohn & Wolfe      741.4        714.0        130.2        135.4  
Other      2,690.5        3,355.1        128.1        146.9  
Total goodwill      10,170.7        13,202.8        1,078.2        1,132.8  

 

Other goodwill represents goodwill on a large number of cash-generating units, none of which is individually significant in comparison to the total carrying value of goodwill.

 

14. Intangible assets (continued)

 

 

Separately identifiable brands with an indefinite life are carried at historical cost in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy for intangible assets. The carrying values of the other brands with an indefinite useful life are not individually significant in comparison with the total carrying value of brands with an indefinite useful life.

 

Acquired intangible assets at net book value at 31 December 2019 include brand names of £218.6 million (2018: £361.2 million), customer-related intangibles of £100.6 million (2018: £220.6 million), and other assets (including proprietary tools) of £4.4 million (2018: £13.0 million).

 

The total amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets of £121.5 million (2018: £201.8 million) includes an impairment charge of £26.5 million (2018: £89.1 million) comprising £21.4 million in regard to certain brand names that are no longer in use, including £13.2 million for brands with an indefinite life and £5.1 million in regard to customer relationships where the underlying clients have been lost. £13.2 million of the impairment charge relates to the Public Relations segment, £13.0 million of the impairment charge relates to the Global Integrated Agencies segment, and £0.3 million relates to the Specialist Agencies segment. In addition, the total amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets includes £5.6 million (2018: £3.7 million) in relation to associates.

 

In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, the carrying values of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.

 

The impairment review is undertaken annually on 30 September. The goodwill impairment charge of £47.7 million (2018: £183.9 million) relates to a number of under-performing businesses in the Group. In certain markets, the impact of local economic conditions and trading circumstances on these businesses was sufficiently severe to indicate impairment to the carrying value of goodwill. In 2018, the goodwill impairment charge primarily relates to a charge of £148.0 million on VMLY&R with the remaining £35.9 million relating to a number of under-performing businesses in the Group.

 

Under IFRS, an impairment charge is required for both goodwill and other indefinite-lived assets when the carrying amount exceeds the ‘recoverable amount’, defined as the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. The review assessed whether the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives was supported by the value in use determined as the net present value of future cash flows.

 

Due to a significant number of cash-generating units, the impairment test was performed in two steps. In the first step, the recoverable amount was calculated for each cash generating unit using a conservative pre-tax discount rate of 8.5% (2018: 9.0%), and assumed a long term growth rate of 3.0% (2018: 3.0%). The pre-tax discount rate of 8.5% was above the range of rates calculated for each of the global networks and for smaller cash-generating units that operate primarily in a particular region where we calculated a discount rate to be higher than 8.5%, that higher discount rate was used in the impairment test. Management have made the judgement that the long-term growth rate does not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the industry.

 

The recoverable amount was then compared to the carrying amount. Cash-generating units where the recoverable amount exceeded the carrying amount by a considerable margin were not considered to be impaired. Those cash-generating units where the recoverable amount did not exceed the carrying amount or where the recoverable amount exceeded the carrying amount by less than 25% were then further reviewed in the second step.

 

In the second step, the cash-generating units were retested for impairment using more specific assumptions. This included using a cash-generating unit specific pre-tax discount rate and management forecasts for a projection period of up to five years, followed by an assumed long-term growth rate of 3.0% (2018: 3.0%). If the recoverable amount using the more specific assumptions did not exceed the carrying value of a cash-generating unit, an impairment charge was recorded.

 

Pre-tax discount rates were calculated for the geographic regions in which the cash-generating units operate based on market assessments of the weighted average cost of capital. These assessments considered the time-value of money and risks specific to the asset for which the future cash flow estimates had not been adjusted, giving a range of pre-tax discount rates from 4.1% to 13.6% (2018: 6.2% to 16.3%).

 

Discount rates for each of the cash-generating units that operate globally were based on a weighting of the regional rates by its geographic distribution of cash flows, ranging from 6.3% to 7.4% (2018: 8.0% to 8.7%). The cash-generating units were initially tested for impairment in the first step using a conservative discount rate of 8.5% (2018: 9.0%).

 

Our approach in determining the recoverable amount utilises a discounted cash flow methodology, which necessarily involves making numerous estimates and assumptions regarding revenue growth, operating margins, appropriate discount rates and working capital requirements. The key assumptions used for estimating cash flow projections in the Group’s impairment testing are those relating to revenue growth and operating margin. The key assumptions take account of the businesses’ expectations for the projection period. These expectations consider the macroeconomic environment,

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

14. Intangible assets (continued)

 

industry and market conditions, the unit’s historical performance and any other circumstances particular to the unit, such as business strategy and client mix.

 

These estimates will likely differ from future actual results of operations and cash flows, and it is possible that these differences could be material. In addition, judgements are applied in determining the level of cash-generating unit identified for impairment testing and the criteria used to determine which assets should be aggregated. A difference in testing levels could affect whether an impairment is recorded and the extent of impairment loss.

 

Changes in our business activities or structure may also result in additional changes to the level of testing in future periods. Further, future events could cause the Group to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that the asset values associated with a given operation have become impaired. The recoverable amount of goodwill represents valuations as at 31 December 2019 and does not consider the impact of the emergence and spread of the Covid-19 virus. Given the adverse impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the global economy and the likely revenue declines that are expected as a result, there is an increased likelihood of impairments to goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets in future reporting periods. At the current time, given the level of uncertainty, such impact has not been quantified and any resulting impairment loss could have a material impact on the Group’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

Historically our impairment losses have resulted from a specific event, condition or circumstance in one of our companies, such as the loss of a significant client. As a result, changes in the assumptions used in our impairment model have not had a significant effect on the impairment charges recognised and a reasonably possible change in assumptions would not lead to a significant impairment. The carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets will continue to be reviewed at least annually for impairment and adjusted down to the recoverable amount if required.

 


15. Property, plant and equipment

 

The movements in 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

    Land
£m
    Freehold
buildings
£m
    Leasehold
buildings
£m
    Fixtures,
fittings
and
equipment
£m
   

Computer

equipment
£m

    Total
£m
 
Cost                                                
1 January 2018     37.1       118.8       1,081.8       377.2       703.0       2,317.9  
Additions           17.7       161.4       49.9       85.8       314.8  
New acquisitions           0.1       0.9       1.2       0.9       3.1  
Disposals                 (83.5     (62.9     (109.3     (255.7
Exchange adjustments           (1.1     41.8       9.9       10.0       60.6  
31 December 2018     37.1       135.5       1,202.4       375.3       690.4       2,440.7  
Additions           33.7       158.5       35.0       67.7       294.9  
New acquisitions                       0.1             0.1  
Disposals           (109.0     (167.3     (68.3     (76.3     (420.9

Transfer to disposal

group classified as

held for sale

    (2.8     (17.1     (98.1     (115.2     (231.5     (464.7
Exchange adjustments           (16.9     (46.7     (14.5     (26.4     (104.5
31 December 2019     34.3       26.2       1,048.8       212.4       423.9       1,745.6  
Depreciation                                                
1 January 2018           28.5       526.1       236.9       546.9       1,338.4  
Charge for the year           3.1       91.5       44.4       86.1       225.1  
Disposals                 (74.6     (58.0     (107.9     (240.5
Exchange adjustments           (4.5     24.3       6.4       8.5       34.7  
31 December 2018           27.1       567.3       229.7       533.6       1,357.7  
Charge for the year           1.5       79.9       36.3       67.8       185.5  
Disposals           (7.2     (129.9     (59.9     (74.5     (271.5

Transfer to disposal

group classified as

held for sale

          (15.6     (56.1     (81.7     (192.6     (346.0
Exchange adjustments           (1.6     (17.9     (13.2     (23.4     (56.1
31 December 2019           4.2       443.3       111.2       310.9       869.6  
Net book value                                                
31 December 2019     34.3       22.0       605.5       101.2       113.0       876.0  
31 December 2018     37.1       108.4       635.1       145.6       156.8       1,083.0  
1 January 2018     37.1       90.3       555.7       140.3       156.1       979.5  

 

At 31 December 2019, capital commitments contracted, but not provided for in respect of property, plant and equipment, were £165.0 million (2018: £28.4 million). The increase is due to a number of significant property developments in North America, UK and Western Continental Europe.

 


16. Interests in associates, joint ventures and other investments

 

The movements in 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

     Interests in
associates
and joint
ventures
£m
    Other
investments
£m
 
1 January 2018      1,065.2       1,153.5  
Additions      16.7       35.0  
Share of results of associate undertakings      43.5        
Dividends      (49.7      
Other movements      1.2        
Reclassification from other investments to associates      0.3       (0.3
Exchange adjustments      12.9        
Disposals      (304.0     (341.7
Reclassification to subsidiaries      16.9        
Revaluation of other investments through profit or loss            68.1  
Revaluation of other investments through other comprehensive income            (247.9
Amortisation of other intangible assets      (4.2      
Write-downs      (2.0      
31 December 2018      796.8       666.7  
Additions      236.6       18.3  
Share of results of associate undertakings      21.2        
Dividends      (33.3      
Other movements      1.2        
Exchange adjustments      (35.5      
Disposals      (51.5     (42.3
Reclassification to subsidiaries      (0.3      
Revaluation of other investments through profit or loss            9.1  
Revaluation of other investments through other comprehensive income            (141.4
Amortisation of other intangible assets      (5.6      
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale      (109.1     (12.1
Write-downs      (7.5      
31 December 2019      813.0       498.3  

 

The investments included above as “other investments” represent investments in equity securities that present the Group with opportunity for return through dividend income and trading gains. They have no fixed maturity or coupon rate. The fair values of the listed securities are based on quoted market prices. For unlisted securities, where market value is not available, the Group has estimated relevant fair values on the basis of publicly available information from outside sources.

 

The carrying values of the Group’s associates and joint ventures are reviewed for impairment in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies.

 

The fair value of other investments represents valuations as at 31 December 2019 and does not consider the impact of the emergence and spread of the Covid-19 virus.

 

The Group’s principal associates and joint ventures at 31 December 2019 included:

 

     %
owned
     Country of
incorporation
 
Barrows Design and Manufacturing (Pty) Limited      35.0        South Africa  
Dat Viet VAC Media Corporation      30.0        Vietnam  
GIIR Inc.      30.0        Korea  
Haworth Marketing & Media Company      49.0        USA  
High Co SA      34.1        France  
Joye Media SL1      22.5        Spain  
Nanjing Yindu Ogilvy Advertising Co. Ltd      49.0        China  
Smollan Holdings (Pty) Ltd      24.8        South Africa  
Summer (BC) JVCo S.à r.l.2      40.0        Luxembourg  
Summer (BC) US JVCo SCSp2      40.0        Luxembourg  

 

Notes

1   

Representing the Group’s interest in Imagina.

2   

Representing the Group’s interest in Kantar split between the United States and rest of world.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

16. Interests in associates, joint ventures and other investments (continued)

 

The market value of the Group’s shares in its principal listed associate undertakings at 31 December 2019 was as follows: GIIR Inc: £21.2 million, and High Co SA: £39.4 million (2018: GIIR Inc: £26.3 million and High Co SA: £30.3 million). The carrying value (including goodwill and other intangibles) of these equity interests in the Group’s consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2019 was as follows: GIIR Inc: £37.7 million and High Co SA: £35.4 million (2018: GIIR Inc: £46.8 million and High Co SA: £37.1 million).

 

Where the market value of the Group’s listed associates is less than the carrying value, an impairment review is performed utilising the discounted cash flow methodology discussed in note 14, which represents the value in use.

 

The Group’s investments in its principal associate undertakings are represented by ordinary shares.

 

Summarised financial information

The following tables present a summary of the aggregate financial performance and net asset position of the Group’s associate undertakings and joint ventures. These have been estimated and converted, where appropriate, to an IFRS presentation based on information provided by the relevant companies at 31 December 2019.

 

     2019
£m
    2018
£m
    2017
£m
 
Income statement                         
Revenue      3,619.1       3,685.8       3,800.8  
Operating profit      365.6       378.4       440.4  
Profit before taxation      (385.9     194.7       381.9  
Profit for the year      (429.6     118.1       312.5  
Balance sheet                         
Assets      8,855.1       2,940.9       3,192.9  
Liabilities      (6,765.7     (1,570.6     (1,633.7
Net assets      2,089.4       1,370.3       1,559.2  

 

The application of equity accounting is ordinarily discontinued when the investment is reduced to zero and additional losses are not provided for unless the Group has guaranteed obligations of the investee or is otherwise committed to provide further financial support for the investee.

 

At 31 December 2019, capital commitments contracted, but not provided for, in respect of interests in associates and other investments were £21.8 million (2018: £31.4 million).

 


17. Deferred tax

 

The Group’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the end of each period in accordance with IAS 12 Income taxes. The recognition of deferred tax assets is determined by reference to the Group’s estimate of recoverability, using models where appropriate to forecast future taxable profits.

 

Deferred tax assets have only been recognised for territories where the Group considers that it is probable that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will be realised. The main factors that we consider include:

 

– the future earnings potential determined through the use of internal forecasts;

 

– the cumulative losses in recent years;

 

– the various jurisdictions in which the potential deferred tax assets arise;

 

– the history of losses carried forward and other tax assets expiring;

 

– the timing of future reversal of taxable temporary differences;

 

– the expiry period associated with the deferred tax assets; and

 

– the nature of the income that can be used to realise the deferred tax asset.

 

If it is probable that some portion of these assets will not be realised, then no asset is recognised in relation to that portion.

 

If market conditions improve and future results of operations exceed our current expectations, our existing recognised deferred tax assets may be adjusted, resulting in future tax benefits. Alternatively, if market conditions deteriorate further or future results of operations are less than expected, future assessments may result in a determination that some or all of the deferred tax assets are not realisable. As a result, all or a portion of the deferred tax assets may need to be reversed.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

17. Deferred tax (continued)

 

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset as they relate to the same tax group. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances for financial reporting purposes:

 

    

Gross
2019

£m

   

Offset
2019

£m

   

As
reported
2019

£m

   

Gross
2018

£m

   

Offset
2018

£m

   

As
reported
2018

£m

 
Deferred tax assets      430.9       (243.0     187.9       412.0       (259.0     153.0  
Deferred tax liabilities      (622.8     243.0       (379.8     (738.5     259.0       (479.5
       (191.9             (191.9     (326.5           (326.5

 

The following are the major gross deferred tax assets recognised by the Group and movements thereon in 2019 and 2018:

 

    Deferred
compensation
£m
    Accounting
provisions
and accruals
£m
    Retirement
benefit
obligations
£m
    Property,
plant and
equipment
£m
    Tax
losses
and
credits
£m
    Share-
based
payments
£m
    Restructuring
provisions
£m
    Other
temporary
differences
£m
    Total
£m
 
1 January 2018     53.5       84.9       75.6       68.4       72.7       33.0       5.8       17.9       411.8  
Acquisition of subsidiaries                                               2.0       2.0  
Credit/(charge) to income     4.7       13.0       (11.2     (20.6     (8.9     (15.3     10.7       11.0       (16.6
Charge to other comprehensive income                 (0.2                                   (0.2
Charge to equity                                   (1.6                 (1.6
Exchange differences     3.4       3.5       4.3       0.1       3.3       0.7       0.8       0.5       16.6  
31 December 2018     61.6       101.4       68.5       47.9       67.1       16.8       17.3       31.4       412.0  
(Charge)/credit to income     (1.7     10.2       6.7       19.4       24.2       2.9       12.5       (16.6     57.6  
Charge to other comprehensive income                 (3.2                                   (3.2
Credit to equity                       27.8             3.1                   30.9  
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale     (4.2     (19.2     (12.3     (13.6     (3.0     (0.7     (3.4     0.1       (56.3
Exchange differences     (2.2     (5.0     (2.2     3.2       (2.0     (0.6     (0.6     (0.7     (10.1
31 December 2019     53.5       87.4       57.5       84.7       86.3       21.5       25.8       14.2       430.9  

 

Other temporary differences comprise a number of items including tax deductible goodwill, none of which is individually significant to the Group’s consolidated balance sheet. At 31 December 2019 the balance related to temporary differences in relation to revenue adjustments, tax deductible goodwill, fair value adjustments, and other temporary differences.

 

In addition the Group has recognised the following gross deferred tax liabilities and movements thereon in 2019 and 2018:

 

    

Brands

and other

intangibles

£m

   

Associate

earnings

£m

   

Goodwill

£m

   

Property,

plant and

equipment

£m

   

Financial

instruments

£m

   

Other

temporary

differences

£m

   

Total

£m

 
1 January 2018      489.2       21.6       140.4       21.2       36.2       56.6       765.2  
Acquisition of subsidiaries      10.7                                     10.7  
(Credit)/charge to income      (68.8     (3.9     31.8       (0.3     (0.9     (20.7     (62.8

Charge to other comprehensive income

                                   0.5       0.5  
Exchange differences      7.5       (0.1     10.1       1.3       4.6       1.5       24.9  
31 December 2018      438.6       17.6       182.3       22.2       39.9       37.9       738.5  
Acquisition of subsidiaries      0.8                                     0.8  
(Credit)/charge to income      (31.2     68.6       10.3       (22.2     (0.7     (6.7     18.1  
Credit to other comprehensive income                                    (9.6     (9.6
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale      (46.6     (7.9     (51.7                 0.6       (105.6
Exchange differences      (9.3     (1.8     (5.5           (2.3     (0.5     (19.4
31 December 2019      352.3       76.5       135.4             36.9       21.7       622.8  

 

At the balance sheet, the Group has gross tax losses and other temporary differences of £6,475.6 million (2018: £6,638.6 million) available for offset against future profits. Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of the tax benefit of £1,856.6 million (2018: £1,763.4 million) of such tax losses and other temporary differences. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of the remaining £4,619.0 million (2018: £4,875.2 million) of losses and other temporary differences as the Group considers that there will not be enough taxable profits in the entities concerned such that any additional asset could be considered recoverable. Included in the total unrecognised temporary differences are losses of £60.7 million (2018: £46.4 million) that will expire within 1–10 years, and £4,437.6 million (2018: £4,572.6 million) of losses that may be carried forward indefinitely.

 

At the balance sheet date, the aggregate amount of the temporary differences in relation to the investment in subsidiaries for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised was £2,165.3 million (2018: £1,768.5 million). No liability has been recognised in respect of these differences because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and the Group considers that it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 


18. Trade and other receivables

 

The following are included in trade and other receivables:

 

Amounts falling due within one year   

2019

£m

    

2018

£m

 
Trade receivables (net of bad debt provision)      7,007.6        8,062.2  
Work in progress      349.5        366.5  
VAT and sales taxes recoverable      212.7        264.2  
Prepayments      287.1        287.3  
Accrued income      3,292.7        3,541.2  
Fair value of derivatives      1.4        1.3  
Other debtors      671.3        578.8  
       11,822.3        13,101.5  

 

The ageing of trade receivables and other financial assets by due date is as follows:

 

   

Carrying

amount at
31 December

2019

£m

   

Not

past due
£m

   

Days past due

 

2019

 

0-30

days

£m

   

31-90

days

£m

   

91-180

days

£m

   

181

days-

1 year

£m

   

Greater

than

1 year

£m

 
Trade receivables     7,007.6       5,553.3       934.9       341.0       92.1       22.4       63.9  
Other financial assets     582.5       357.6       129.9       48.3       16.2       5.2       25.3  
      7,590.1       5,910.9       1,064.8       389.3       108.3       27.6       89.2  
   

Carrying

amount at
31 December

2018

£m

   

Not

past due
£m

   

Days past due

 

2018

 

0-30

days

£m

   

31-90

days

£m

   

91-180

days

£m

   

181

days-

1 year

£m

   

Greater

than

1 year

£m

 
Trade receivables     8,062.2       5,873.7       1,370.7       549.1       128.3       75.6       64.8  
Other financial assets     551.7       424.9       61.3       14.2       8.6       7.7       35.0  
      8,613.9       6,298.6       1,432.0       563.3       136.9       83.3       99.8  

 

Other financial assets are included in other debtors.

 

Past due amounts are not impaired where collection is considered likely.

 

Amounts falling due after more than one year   

2019

£m

    

2018

£m

 
Prepayments      2.2        3.0  
Accrued income             16.5  
Fair value of derivatives             8.4  
Other debtors      135.4        152.1  
       137.6        180.0  

 

The Group has applied the practical expedient permitted by IFRS 15 to not disclose the transaction price allocated to performance obligations unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) as of the end of the reporting period as contracts typically have an original expected duration of a year or less.

 

Bad debt provisions:

 

     2019
£m
    2018
£m
    2017
£m
 
At beginning of year      116.6       91.3       93.8  
New acquisitions      5.0       1.5       1.2  
Charged to the income statement      45.4       66.7       27.4  
Released to the income statement      (19.0     (11.6     (8.4
Exchange adjustments      (4.1     2.1       (4.1
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale      (8.9            
Utilisations and other movements      (23.3     (33.4     (18.6
At end of year      111.7       116.6       91.3  

 

The allowance for bad and doubtful debts is equivalent to 1.6% (2018: 1.4%, 2017: 1.1%) of gross trade accounts receivables.

 

Impairment losses on work in progress and accrued income were immaterial for the years presented.

 

The Group considers that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value.

 


19. Trade and other payables: amounts falling due within one year

 

The following are included in trade and other payables falling due within one year:

 

     2019
£m
     2018
£m
 
Trade payables      10,112.1        10,524.3  
Deferred income      1,024.6        1,253.6  
Payments due to vendors (earnout agreements)      142.4        148.2  
Liabilities in respect of put option agreements with vendors      75.4        36.8  
Fair value of derivatives      1.5        2.6  
Share repurchases - close period commitments1      252.3         
Other creditors and accruals      2,578.5        3,072.9  
       14,186.8        15,038.4  

 

Note

1   

During 2019, the Company entered into an arrangement with a third party to conduct share buybacks on its behalf in the close period commencing on 2 January 2020 and ending on 27 February 2020, in accordance with UK listing rules. The commitment resulting from this agreement constitutes a liability at 31 December 2019, which is included in Trade and other payables: amounts falling due within one year and has been recognised as a movement in equity.

 

The Group considers that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates their fair value.

 


20. Trade and other payables: amounts falling due after more than one year

 

The following are included in trade and other payables falling due after more than one year:

 

     2019
£m
     2018
£m
 
Payments due to vendors (earnout agreements)      111.4        266.5  
Liabilities in respect of put option agreements with vendors      151.4        205.2  
Fair value of derivatives      21.2        14.2  
Other creditors and accruals      199.3        355.5  
       483.3        841.4  

 

The Group considers that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates their fair value.

 

The following tables set out payments due to vendors, comprising contingent consideration and the Directors’ best estimates of future earnout-related obligations:

 

     2019
£m
    2018
£m
 
Within one year      142.4       148.2  
Between one and two years      36.9       140.2  
Between two and three years      37.5       38.5  
Between three and four years      14.8       50.3  
Between four and five years      9.7       20.4  
Over five years      12.5       17.1  
       253.8       414.7  
     2019
£m
    2018
£m
 
At beginning of year      414.7       630.7  
Earnouts paid      (130.0     (120.2
New acquisitions      9.6       48.6  
Revision of estimates taken to goodwill (note 14)      (14.3     (68.3
Revaluation of payments due to vendors      1.1       (82.6
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale      (11.5      
Exchange adjustments      (15.8     6.5  
At end of year      253.8       414.7  

 

As of 31 December 2019, the potential undiscounted amount of future payments that could be required under the earnout agreements for acquisitions completed in the current year and for all earnout agreements ranges from £nil to £14 million (2018: £nil to £179 million) and £nil to £1,110 million (2018: £nil to £1,960 million),

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

20. Trade and other payables: amounts falling due after more than one year (continued)

 

respectively. The decrease in the maximum potential undiscounted amount of future payments for all earnout agreements is due to earnout arrangements that have completed and payments made on active arrangements during the year, disposal related to the Kantar sale and exchange adjustments, partially offset by earnout arrangements related to new acquisitions.

 


21. Bank overdrafts, bonds and bank loans

 

Amounts falling due within one year:

 

     2019
£m
     2018
£m
 
Bank overdrafts      235.7        442.0  
Corporate bonds and bank loans      225.6        583.1  
       461.3        1,025.1  

 

The Group considers that the carrying amount of bank overdrafts approximates their fair value.

 

Amounts falling due after more than one year:

 

     2019
£m
     2018
£m
 
Corporate bonds and bank loans      4,047.3        5,634.8  

 

The Group estimates that the fair value of corporate bonds is £4,439.8 million at 31 December 2019 (2018: £5,965.7 million). The fair values of the corporate bonds are based on quoted market prices.

 

The Group considers that the carrying amount of bank loans of £110.4 million (2018: £186.8 million) approximates their fair value.

 

The corporate bonds, bank loans and overdrafts included within liabilities fall due for repayment as follows:

 

     2019
£m
     2018
£m
 
Within one year      461.3        1,025.1  
Between one and two years      96.4        423.8  
Between two and three years      590.4        761.0  
Between three and four years      632.1        609.8  
Between four and five years      554.3        670.1  
Over five years      2,174.1        3,170.1  
       4,508.6        6,659.9  

 


22. Provisions for liabilities and charges

 

The movements in 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

     Property
£m
    Other
£m
    Total
£m
 
1 January 2018      52.6       176.4       229.0  
Charged to the income statement1      72.1       13.9       86.0  
Acquisitions2      0.5       8.3       8.8  
Utilised      (5.7     (20.1     (25.8
Released to the income statement      (5.7     (4.6     (10.3
Other movements      2.0       10.9       12.9  
Exchange adjustments      2.9       8.2       11.1  
31 December 2018      118.7       193.0       311.7  
Charged to the income statement      39.5       7.6       47.1  
Acquisitions2            0.7       0.7  
Utilised      (1.2     (12.2     (13.4
Released to the income statement      (10.3     (6.9     (17.2
Other movements3      (58.4     9.2       (49.2
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale      (6.2     (18.4     (24.6
Exchange adjustments      (0.6     (6.7     (7.3
31 December 2019      81.5       166.3       247.8  

 

Notes

1   

Amounts charged to the income statement in 2018 include £50.6 million in regard to transformation costs with respect to the strategic initiative of co-locations in major cities.

2   

Acquisitions include £0.7 million (2018: £8.4 million) of provisions arising from revisions to fair value adjustments related to the acquisition of subsidiary undertakings that had been determined provisionally at the immediately preceding balance sheet date, as permitted by IFRS 3 Business Combinations.

3  

Other movements include transfers of property provisions related to property leases which are now recognised in the right-of-use assets, increases of certain property-related liabilities and certain long-term employee benefits.

 

22. Provisions for liabilities and charges (continued)

 

 

The Company and various of its subsidiaries are, from time to time, parties to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. The Directors do not anticipate that the outcome of these proceedings and claims will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or on the results of its operations.

 


23. Share-based payments

 

Charges for share-based incentive plans were as follows:

 

Continuing operations    2019
£m
     20181
£m
     20171
£m
 
Share-based payments      66.0        78.3        98.3  

 

Note

1   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies.

 

Share-based payments comprise charges for stock options and restricted stock awards to employees of the Group.

 

As of 31 December 2019, there was £140.7 million (2018: £146.0 million) of total unrecognised compensation cost related to the Group’s restricted stock plans. That cost is expected to be recognised over an average period of one to two years.

 

Further information on stock options is provided in note 28.

 

Restricted stock plans

The Group operates a number of equity-settled share incentive schemes, in most cases satisfied by the delivery of stock from one of the Group’s ESOP Trusts. The most significant current schemes are as follows:

 

Executive Performance Share Plan (EPSP)

This scheme is intended to reward and incentivise the most senior executives of the Group. The performance period is five complete financial years, commencing with the financial year in which the award is granted. The vest date will usually be in the March following the end of the five-year performance period. Vesting is conditional on continued employment throughout the vesting period.

 

The 2019 EPSP awards are subject to a relative Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) performance condition, with a Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”) underpin. TSR performance will be compared to companies representing the most relevant, listed global competitors, with performance below median resulting in zero vesting. Performance between median and upper decile provides for a vesting opportunity of between 15% and 100%. The awards will vest subject to a ROIC underpin of an average of 7.5% over the performance period. The Compensation Committee has an overriding discretion to determine the extent to which the award will vest.

 

For EPSP awards granted between 2013 and 2018 there are three performance criteria, each constituting one-third of the vesting value, and each measured over this five-year period:

(i) TSR against a comparator group of companies. Threshold performance (equating to ranking in the 50th percentile of the comparator group) will result in 20% vesting of the part of the award dependent on TSR. The maximum vest of 100% will arise if performance ranks in the 90th percentile, with a sliding scale of vesting for performance between threshold and maximum.

(ii) Headline diluted earnings per share. Threshold performance (7% compound annual growth) will again result in a 20% vest. Maximum performance of 14% compound annual growth will give rise to a 100% vest, with a sliding vesting scale for performance between threshold and maximum.

(iii) Return on equity (ROE). Average annual ROE defined as headline diluted EPS divided by the balance sheet value per share of shareholders’ equity. Threshold performance ranges between 10–14% average annual ROE and maximum performance ranges between 14–18%, with a sliding scale in between. Threshold again gives rise to a 20% vest, 100% for maximum, with a sliding scale in between.

 

Performance Share Awards (PSA)

Conditional stock awards made under the PSA are dependent upon annual performance targets, typically based on one or more of: operating profit, profit before taxation and operating margin. Grants are made in the year following the year of performance measurement, and vest two years after grant date provided the individual concerned is continually employed by the Group throughout this time.

 

Leaders, Partners and High Potential Group

This scheme makes annual conditional stock awards to approximately 1,500 key executives of the Group. Vesting is conditional on continued employment over the three-year vesting period.

 

Valuation methodology

For all of these schemes, the valuation methodology is based upon fair value on grant date, which is determined by the market price on that date or the application of a Black-Scholes model, depending upon the characteristics of the scheme concerned. The assumptions underlying the Black-Scholes model are detailed in note 28, including details of assumed dividend yields. Market price on any given day is obtained from external, publicly available sources.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

23. Share-based payments (continued)

 

Market/non-market conditions

Most share-based plans are subject to non-market performance conditions, such as margin or growth targets, as well as continued employment. EPSP is subject to a number of performance conditions, including TSR, a market-based condition.

 

For schemes without market-based performance conditions, the valuation methodology above is applied and, at each year-end, the relevant accrual for each grant is revised, if appropriate, to take account of any changes in estimate of the likely number of shares expected to vest.

 

For schemes with market-based performance conditions, the probability of satisfying these conditions is assessed at grant date through a statistical model (such as the Monte Carlo model) and applied to the fair value. This initial valuation remains fixed throughout the life of the relevant plan, irrespective of the actual outcome in terms of performance. Where a lapse occurs due to cessation of employment, the cumulative charge taken to date is reversed.

 

Movement on ordinary shares granted for significant restricted stock plans:

 

   

Non-vested
1 January
2019
number

m

    Granted
number
m
    Lapsed
number
m
    Vested
number
m
   

Non-vested
31 December
2019

number

m

 

Executive Performance

Share Plan (EPSP)

    6.7       4.2       (1.3     (0.8     8.8  

Performance Share

Awards (PSA)

    2.3       1.7       (0.4     (1.0     2.6  

Leaders, Partners and

High Potential Group

    9.1       4.1       (1.9     (2.0     9.3  
                                         

Weighted average fair

value (pence per share):

 

 

                               

Executive Performance

Share Plan (EPSP)

    1,363p       989p       1,334p       1,265p       1,198p  

Performance Share

Awards (PSA)

    1,437p       926p       1,210p       1,572p       1,081p  

Leaders, Partners and

High Potential Group

    1,154p       909p       1,076p       1,551p       974p  

 

The total fair value of shares vested for all the Group’s restricted stock plans during the year ended 31 December 2019 was £90.8 million (2018: £107.2 million, 2017: £114.8 million).

 


24. Provision for post-employment benefits

 

Companies within the Group operate a large number of pension plans, the forms and benefits of which vary with conditions and practices in the countries concerned. The Group’s pension costs are analysed as follows:

 

Continuing operations    2019
£m
     20181
£m
     20171
£m
 
Defined contribution plans      154.9        146.7        149.5  
Defined benefit plans charge to operating profit      14.8        14.2        11.8  
Pension costs (note 5)      169.7        160.9        161.3  
Net interest expense on pension plans (note 6)      3.5        3.6        5.4  
       173.2        164.5        166.7  

 

Note

1   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies.

 

Defined benefit plans

The pension costs are assessed in accordance with the advice of local independent qualified actuaries. The latest full actuarial valuations for the various pension plans were carried out at various dates in the last three years. These valuations have been updated by the local actuaries to 31 December 2019. Valuations are as at 31 December 2019 and do not consider the impact of the emergence and spread of the Covid-19 virus.

 

24. Provision for post-employment benefits (continued)

 

 

The Group’s policy is to close existing defined benefit plans to new members. This has been implemented across a significant number of the pension plans.

 

Contributions to funded plans are determined in line with local conditions and practices. Contributions in respect of unfunded plans are paid as they fall due. The total contributions (for funded plans) and benefit payments (for unfunded plans) paid for 2019 amounted to £37.1 million (2018: £44.9 million, 2017: £68.2 million). Employer contributions and benefit payments in 2020 are expected to be approximately £25 million.

 

(a) Assumptions

There are a number of areas in pension accounting that involve estimates made by management based on advice of qualified advisors. These include establishing the discount rates, rates of increase in salaries and pensions in payment, inflation, and mortality assumptions. The main weighted average assumptions used for the actuarial valuations at 31 December are shown in the following table:

 

     2019
% pa
     2018
% pa
     2017
% pa
     2016
% pa
 
UK                                    
Discount rate1      2.0        2.8        2.4        2.5  
Rate of increase in salaries2      n/a        n/a        n/a        3.5  
Rate of increase in pensions in payment      4.4        4.3        4.1        4.1  
Inflation      2.6        2.8        2.7        2.8  
North America                                    
Discount rate1      3.0        4.1        3.5        3.8  
Rate of increase in salaries      3.0        3.0        3.1        3.1  
Inflation      n/a        n/a        4.0        4.0  
Western Continental Europe                                    
Discount rate1      1.2        2.0        1.9        1.7  
Rate of increase in salaries      2.2        2.3        1.9        2.0  
Rate of increase in pensions in payment      1.8        1.2        1.2        1.3  
Inflation      1.7        1.7        1.7        1.7  
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe                                    
Discount rate1      4.6        5.0        4.2        4.2  
Rate of increase in salaries      6.1        5.8        5.5        5.9  
Inflation      3.7        3.6        4.0        4.0  

 

Notes

1   

Discount rates are based on high-quality corporate bond yields. In countries where there is no deep market in corporate bonds, the discount rate assumption has been set with regard to the yield on long-term government bonds.

2   

The salary assumptions are no longer applicable to the UK as the plans were either frozen or bought out since 2017. Active participants will not accrue additional benefits for future services under these plans.

 

For the Group’s pension plans, the plans’ assets are invested with the objective of being able to meet current and future benefit payment needs, while controlling balance sheet volatility and future contributions. Pension plan assets are invested with a number of investment managers, and assets are diversified among equities, bonds, insured annuities, property and cash or other liquid investments. The primary use of bonds as an investment class is to match the anticipated cash flows from the plans to pay pensions. The Group is invested in high-quality corporate and government bonds which share similar risk characteristics and are of equivalent currency and term to the plan liabilities. Various insurance policies have also been bought historically to provide a more exact match for the cash flows, including a match for the actual mortality of specific plan members. These insurance policies effectively provide protection against both investment fluctuations and longevity risks. The strategic target allocation varies among the individual plans.

 

Management considers the types of investment classes in which the pension plan assets are invested. The types of investment classes are determined by economic and market conditions and in consideration of specific asset class risk.

 

Management periodically commissions detailed asset and liability studies performed by third-party professional investment advisors and actuaries that generate probability-adjusted expected future returns on those assets. These studies also project the estimated future pension payments and evaluate the efficiency of the allocation of the pension plan assets into various investment categories.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

24. Provision for post-employment benefits (continued)

 

At 31 December 2019, the life expectancies underlying the value of the accrued liabilities for the main defined benefit pension plans operated by the Group were as follows:

 

Years life expectancy after
age 65
   All
plans
     North
America
     UK      Western
Continental
Europe
     Other1  
Current pensioners
(at age 65) – male
     22.2        21.9        23.1        20.8        14.0  
Current pensioners
(at age 65) – female
     23.7        23.3        24.1        23.9        17.4  
Future pensioners
(current age 45) – male
     23.8        23.4        24.7        23.2        14.0  
Future pensioners
(current age 45) – female
     25.4        24.9        25.9        26.0        17.4  

 

Note

1   

Includes Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe.

 

The life expectancies after age 65 at 31 December 2018 were 22.2 years and 23.9 years for male and female current pensioners (at age 65) respectively, and 24.0 years and 25.7 years for male and female future pensioners (current age 45), respectively.

 

In the determination of mortality assumptions, management uses the most up-to-date mortality tables available in each country.

 

The following table provides information on the weighted average duration of the defined benefit pension obligations and the distribution of the timing of benefit payments for the next 10 years. The duration corresponds to the weighted average length of the underlying cash flows.

 

    

All

plans

    

North

America

     UK     

Western

Continental

Europe

     Other1  
Weighted average duration
of the defined benefit
obligation (years)
     11.2        9.1        13.8        12.7        8.5  
Expected benefit payments
over the next 10 years (£m)
                                            
Benefits expected to be paid
within 12 months
     51.4        25.1        15.8        5.8        4.7  
Benefits expected to be paid
in 2021
     45.4        24.5        12.6        5.5        2.8  
Benefits expected to be paid
in 2022
     46.9        26.0        12.7        5.8        2.4  
Benefits expected to be paid
in 2023
     44.4        22.3        12.9        5.7        3.5  
Benefits expected to be paid
in 2024
     42.3        20.9        13.0        5.6        2.8  
Benefits expected to be paid
in the next five years
     216.1        94.7        67.1        32.6        21.7  

 

Note

1   

Includes Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe.

 

The following table presents a sensitivity analysis for each significant actuarial assumption showing how the defined benefit obligation would have been affected by changes in the relevant actuarial assumption that were reasonably possible at the balance sheet date. This sensitivity analysis applies to the defined benefit obligation only and not to the net defined benefit pension liability in its entirety, the measurement of which is driven by a number of factors including, in addition to the assumptions below, the fair value of plan assets.

 

The sensitivity analyses are based on a change in one assumption while holding all other assumptions constant so that interdependencies between the assumptions are excluded. The methodology applied is consistent with that used to determine the recognised defined benefit obligation. The sensitivity analysis for inflation is not shown as it is an underlying assumption to build the pension and salary increase assumptions. Changing the inflation assumption on its own without changing the salary or pension assumptions will not result in a significant change in pension liabilities.

 

     Increase/(decrease)
in benefit obligation
 
Sensitivity analysis of significant actuarial assumptions    2019
£m
   

2018

£m

 
Discount rate                 
Increase by 25 basis points:                 

UK

     (8.2     (9.8

North America

     (7.5     (8.8

Western Continental Europe

     (3.8     (8.7

Other1

     (0.7     (0.7
Decrease by 25 basis points:                 

UK

     8.5       10.3  

North America

     7.7       9.1  

Western Continental Europe

     3.9       9.3  

Other1

     0.7       0.7  
Rate of increase in salaries                 
Increase by 25 basis points:                 

Western Continental Europe

     0.8       1.3  

Other1

     0.6       0.7  
Decrease by 25 basis points:                 

Western Continental Europe

     (0.8     (1.2

Other1

     (0.6     (0.6
Rate of increase in pensions in payment                 
Increase by 25 basis points:                 

UK

     0.7       1.3  

Western Continental Europe

     1.9       5.3  
Decrease by 25 basis points:                 

UK

     (0.6     (0.8

Western Continental Europe

     (1.9     (5.0
Life expectancy                 
Increase in longevity by one additional year:                 

UK

     11.7       13.6  

North America

     5.9       5.7  

Western Continental Europe

     4.3       6.9  

 

Note

1   

Includes Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe.

 

(b) Assets and liabilities

At 31 December, the fair value of the assets in the pension plans, and the assessed present value of the liabilities in the pension plans are shown in the following table:

 

    2019
£m
    %     2018
£m
    %     2017
£m
    %  
Equities     55.5       9.1       76.5       9.1       124.6       13.4  
Bonds     272.5       44.8       544.9       64.8       520.0       55.9  
Insured annuities1     239.1       39.3       90.9       10.8       178.5       19.2  
Property     0.7       0.1       0.9       0.1       1.3       0.1  
Cash     17.7       2.9       31.1       3.7       9.9       1.1  
Other     23.0       3.8       96.3       11.5       95.7       10.3  
Total fair value of assets     608.5       100.0       840.6       100.0       930.0       100.0  
Present value of liabilities     (767.5             (1,024.0             (1,135.4        
Deficit in the plans     (159.0             (183.4             (205.4        
Irrecoverable surplus                   (0.9             (0.9        
Net liability2     (159.0             (184.3             (206.3        
Plans in surplus     20.6               42.8               43.9          
Plans in deficit     (179.6             (227.1             (250.2        

 

Notes

1   

The increase in 2019 from 2018 in the amount of assets held in insured annuities is attributable to the completion of buy-in transactions during 2019 for certain UK plans. The invested assets for these plans, as at 31 December 2018 consisted of a mixture of equities, bonds, cash and other assets, were transferred to an insurance company and, in accordance with IAS 19, all assets for these plans are now classified as insured annuities.

2   

The related deferred tax asset is discussed in note 17.

 

F-38

24. Provision for post-employment benefits (continued)


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

24. Provision for post-employment benefits (continued)

 

All plan assets have quoted prices in active markets with the exception of insured annuities and other assets.

 

Surplus/(deficit) in plans by region    2019
£m
    2018
£m
    2017
£m
 
UK      0.3       33.7       31.5  
North America      (45.2     (68.7     (89.2
Western Continental Europe      (79.4     (104.6     (107.7
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe      (34.7     (43.8     (40.0
Deficit in the plans      (159.0     (183.4     (205.4

 

Some of the Group’s defined benefit plans are unfunded (or largely unfunded) by common custom and practice in certain jurisdictions. In the case of these unfunded plans, the benefit payments are made as and when they fall due. Pre-funding of these plans would not be typical business practice.

 

The following table shows the split of the deficit at 31 December between funded and unfunded pension plans.

 

    2019
Surplus/
(deficit)
£m
    2019
Present
value of
liabilities
£m
   

2018
Surplus/
(deficit)
£m

    2018
Present
value of
liabilities
£m
    2017
Surplus/
(deficit)
£m
    2017
Present
value of
liabilities
£m
 
Funded plans by region                                                
UK     0.3       (247.6     33.7       (290.5     31.5       (387.5
North America     12.8       (286.2     (4.6     (375.3     (21.4     (385.4
Western Continental Europe     (33.3     (77.6     (35.8     (168.4     (37.9     (173.3
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe     (3.6     (20.9     (6.6     (19.7     (4.2     (15.8
Deficit/liabilities in the funded plans     (23.8     (632.3     (13.3     (853.9     (32.0     (962.0
Unfunded plans by region                                                
North America     (58.0     (58.0     (64.1     (64.1     (67.8     (67.8
Western Continental Europe     (46.1     (46.1     (68.8     (68.8     (69.8     (69.8
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and Central & Eastern Europe     (31.1     (31.1     (37.2     (37.2     (35.8     (35.8
Deficit/liabilities in the unfunded plans     (135.2     (135.2     (170.1     (170.1     (173.4     (173.4
Deficit/liabilities in the plans     (159.0     (767.5     (183.4     (1,024.0     (205.4     (1,135.4

 

In accordance with IAS 19, plans that are wholly or partially funded are considered funded plans.

 

(c) Pension expense

The following tables show the breakdown of the pension expense between amounts charged to operating profit and amounts charged to finance costs:

 

Continuing operations    2019
£m
     20181
£m
     20171
£m
 
Service cost2      12.9        12.0        9.4  
Administrative expenses      1.9        2.2        2.4  
Charge to operating profit      14.8        14.2        11.8  
Net interest expense on pension plans      3.5        3.6        5.4  
Charge to profit before taxation for defined benefit plans      18.3        17.8        17.2  

 

Notes

1   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies.

2   

Includes current service cost, past service costs related to plan amendments and (gain)/loss on settlements and curtailments.

 

24. Provision for post-employment benefits (continued)

 

 

The following tables show the breakdown of amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (OCI):

 

     2019
£m
    2018
£m
    2017
£m
 
Return on plan assets (excluding interest income)      16.7       (43.9     13.4  
Changes in demographic assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities      5.9       3.8       12.7  
Changes in financial assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities      (64.3     45.2       (17.0
Experience gain arising on the plan liabilities      5.1       3.8       7.9  
Actuarial (loss)/gain recognised in OCI      (36.6     8.9       17.0  

 

(d) Movement in plan liabilities

The following table shows an analysis of the movement in the pension plan liabilities for each accounting period:

 

     2019
£m
    2018
£m
    2017
£m
 
Plan liabilities at beginning of year      1,024.0       1,135.4       1,209.8  
Service cost1      14.9       15.5       13.0  
Interest cost      26.2       30.7       32.9  
Actuarial (gain)/loss:                         

Effect of changes in demographic assumptions

     (5.9     (3.8     (12.7

Effect of changes in financial assumptions

     64.3       (45.2     17.0  

Effect of experience adjustments

     (5.1     (3.8     (7.9
Benefits paid2      (140.8     (75.6     (79.7
(Gain)/loss due to exchange rate movements      (22.7     30.0       (36.4
Settlement payments3      (47.4     (70.4     (1.2
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale      (148.0            
Other4      8.0       11.2       0.6  
Plan liabilities at end of year      767.5       1,024.0       1,135.4  

 

Notes

1   

Includes current service cost, past service costs related to plan amendments and (gain)/loss on settlements and curtailments.

2   

In 2019, there was an amendment to a US defined benefit plan that allowed certain participants to receive immediate lump sum pay-outs, which totalled £69.7 million.

3   

In 2019 and 2018, the Group completed the transfer of the defined benefit obligations for certain UK plans to an insurer resulting in £47.1 million and £70.4 million, respectively, in settlement payments.

4   

Other includes acquisitions, disposals, plan participants’ contributions and reclassifications. The reclassifications represent certain of the Group’s defined benefit plans which are included in this note for the first time in the periods presented.

 

(e) Movement in plan assets

The following table shows an analysis of the movement in the pension plan assets for each accounting period:

 

     2019
£m
    2018
£m
    2017
£m
 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year      840.6       930.0       934.2  
Interest income on plan assets      22.4       26.3       26.6  
Return on plan assets (excluding interest income)      16.7       (43.9     13.4  
Employer contributions      37.1       44.9       68.2  
Benefits paid1      (140.8     (75.6     (79.7
(Loss)/gain due to exchange rate movements      (15.7     23.0       (28.7
Settlement payments2      (47.4     (70.4     (1.2
Administrative expenses      (2.1     (3.4     (3.1
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale      (111.1            
Other3      8.8       9.7       0.3  
Fair value of plan assets at end of year      608.5       840.6       930.0  
Actual return on plan assets      39.1       (17.6     40.0  

 

Notes

1   

In 2019, there was an amendment to a US defined benefit plan that allowed certain participants to receive immediate lump sum pay-outs, which totalled £69.7 million.

2   

In 2019 and 2018, the Group completed the transfer of the defined benefit obligations for certain UK plans to an insurer resulting in £47.1 million and £70.4 million, respectively, in settlement payments.

3   

Other includes acquisitions, disposals, plan participants’ contributions and reclassifications. The reclassifications represent certain of the Group’s defined benefit plans which are included in this note for the first time in the periods presented.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 


25. Event after the reporting period

 

In the period since 31 December 2019, the emergence and spread of Covid-19 has impacted the Group and its clients. The coronavirus pandemic is adversely affecting and is expected to continue to adversely affect our business, revenues, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

 

The Group has approximately £2.0 billion of undrawn credit facilities at 31 December 2019 and has supported this by further action to maintain liquidity, including the suspension of share buybacks and the 2019 final dividend. On working capital, we are constantly reviewing cash outflows and receipts to monitor our position. We are continuing to work closely with our clients to ensure timely payment for the services we have provided in line with contractual commitments. Cost reduction and cash conservation measures have also been taken, including the freezing of new hires, 20% salary and fee sacrifice for the CEO, Board members, Executive committee members and employees earning above certain thresholds. Additionally, savings have been identified on property and IT capital expenditure.

 

Close to 95% of our people are remote working and maintaining services to our clients and using creativity to support clients to adjust their communications, and support governments and NGOs in mitigating the impact of Covid-19.

 


26. Risk management policies

 

Foreign currency risk

The Group’s results in pounds sterling are subject to fluctuation as a result of exchange rate movements. The Group does not hedge this translation exposure to its earnings but does hedge the currency element of its net assets using foreign currency borrowings, cross-currency swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts.

 

The Group effects these currency net asset hedges by borrowing in the same currencies as the operating (or “functional”) currencies of its main operating units. The majority of the Group’s debt is therefore denominated in US dollars, pounds sterling and euros. The Group’s borrowings at 31 December 2019 were primarily made up of $1,563 million, £844 million and 2,600 million (2018: $2,784 million, £1,044 million and 3,200 million). The Group’s average gross debt during the course of 2019 was $2,509 million, £947 million and 3,128 million (2018: $3,377 million, £1,039 million and 3,202 million).

 

The Group’s operations conduct the majority of their activities in their own local currency and consequently the Group has no significant transactional foreign exchange exposures arising from its operations. Any significant cross-border trading exposures are hedged by the use of forward foreign-exchange contracts. No speculative foreign exchange trading is undertaken.

 

Interest rate risk

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on both interest-bearing assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The Group has a policy of actively managing its interest rate risk exposure while recognising that fixing rates on all its debt eliminates the possibility of benefiting from rate reductions and similarly, having all its debt at floating rates unduly exposes the Group to increases in rates.

 

Including the effect of interest rate and cross-currency swaps, 100% of the year-end US dollar debt is at fixed rates averaging 4.06% for an average period of 95 months; 100% of the sterling debt is at a fixed rate of 2.73% for an average period of 188 months; 80.8% of the euro debt is at fixed rates averaging 2.34% for an average period of 82 months and 19.2% of the euro debt is at floating rates averaging 0.06% for an average of 16 months.

 

Going concern and liquidity risk

In considering going concern and liquidity risk, the Directors have reviewed the Group’s future cash requirements and earnings projections. The Directors believe these forecasts have been prepared on a prudent basis and have also considered the impact of a range of potential changes to trading performance. The Company’s forecasts and projections, taking account of (i) reasonably possible declines in revenue less pass-through costs; and (ii) remote declines in revenue less pass-through costs for stress-testing purposes as a consequence of the Covid-19 pandemic from April 2020 onwards compared to 2019, considering the Group’s bank covenant and liquidity headroom taking into account the suspension of share buybacks and the final dividend of 2019 and cost mitigation actions which are and which could be implemented, show that the Company and the Group would be able to operate with appropriate liquidity and within its banking covenants and be able to meet its liabilities as they fall due. The Company modelled a range of revenue less pass-through costs declines from 15% to over 35%. The Directors have concluded that the Group should be able to operate within its current facilities and comply with its banking covenants for the foreseeable future and therefore believe it is appropriate to prepare the financial statements of the Group on a going concern basis. The potential impact of Brexit has been considered and is not deemed to have a significant effect on this assessment.

 

26. Risk management policies (continued)

 

 

At 31 December 2019, the Group has access to £6.3 billion of committed facilities with maturity dates spread over the years 2020 to 2046 as illustrated below:

 

            2020
£m
     2021
£m
     2022
£m
     2023
£m
    

2024+

£m

 
£ bonds £400m (2.875% 2046)      400.0                                            400.0  
US bond $220m (5.625% 2043)      165.8                                            165.8  
US bond $93m (5.125% 2042)      70.0                                            70.0  
Eurobonds 600m (1.625% 2030)      507.9                                            507.9  
Eurobonds 750m (2.25% 2026)      634.9                                            634.9  
Eurobonds 500m (1.375% 2025)      423.3                                            423.3  
US bond $750m (3.75% 2024)      565.5                                            565.5  
Bank revolver ($2,500m 2024)      1,884.9                                            1,884.9  
Eurobonds 750m (3.0% 2023)      634.9                                   634.9           
US bond $500m (3.625% 2022)      377.0                          377.0                    
Eurobonds 250m (3m EURIBOR + 0.45% 2022)      211.6                          211.6                    
Bank revolver (A$150m 2020, A$270m 2021)      222.4        79.4        143.0                             
Eurobonds 250m (3m EURIBOR + 0.32% 2020)      211.6        211.6                                      
Total committed facilities available      6,309.8        291.0        143.0        588.6        634.9        4,652.3  
Drawn down facilities at 31 December 2019      4,304.2        216.9        96.4        588.6        634.9        2,767.4  
Undrawn committed credit facilities      2,005.6                                               

 

Given the strong cash generation of the business, its debt maturity profile and available facilities, the Directors believe the Group has sufficient liquidity to match its requirements for the foreseeable future.

 

Treasury activities

Treasury activity is managed centrally from London, New York and Hong Kong, and is principally concerned with the monitoring of working capital, managing external and internal funding requirements and the monitoring and management of financial market risks, in particular interest rate and foreign exchange exposures.

 

The treasury operation is not a profit centre and its activities are carried out in accordance with policies approved by the Board of Directors and subject to regular review and audit.

 

The Group manages liquidity risk by ensuring continuity and flexibility of funding even in difficult market conditions. Undrawn committed borrowing facilities are maintained in excess of peak net-borrowing levels and debt maturities are closely monitored. Targets for debt less cash position are set on an annual basis and, to assist in meeting this, working capital targets are set for all the Group’s major operations.

 

Capital risk management

The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising the return to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes the borrowings disclosed in note 10, cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in the consolidated statement of changes in equity and in notes 28 and 29.

 

Given the significant uncertainty over the coming months generated by the emergence and spread of Covid-19, the Group continues to monitor its capital structure. Our bond portfolio at the 31 December 2019 had an average maturity of 8.2 years, with only a May 2020 250 million Eurobond due in the next two years.

 

Credit risk

The Group’s principal financial assets are cash and short-term deposits, trade and other receivables and investments, the carrying values of which represent the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets, as shown in note 27.

 

The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables. The majority of the Group’s trade receivables are due from large national or multinational companies where the risk of default is considered low. The amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheet are net of allowances for doubtful receivables, estimated by the Group’s management based on expected losses, prior experience and their assessment of the current economic environment. A relatively small number of clients make up a significant percentage of the Group’s debtors, but no single client represents more than 5% of total trade receivables as at 31 December 2019.

 

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies or banks that have been financed by their government.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

A relatively small number of clients contribute a significant percentage of the Group’s consolidated revenues. The Group’s clients generally are able to reduce advertising and marketing spending or cancel projects at any time for any reason. There can be no assurance that any of the Group’s clients will continue to utilise the Group’s services to the same extent, or at all, in the future. Clients can reduce their marketing spend, terminate contracts, or cancel projects on short notice. The loss of one or more of our largest clients, if not replaced by new accounts or an increase in business from existing clients, would adversely affect our financial condition.

 

Following the emergence and spread of Covid-19 in 2020, the Group continues to work closely with our clients to ensure timely payment for the services we have provided in line with contractual commitments. The Group constantly reviewing cash outflows and receipts to monitor our position.

 

Sensitivity analysis

The following sensitivity analysis addresses the effect of currency and interest rate risks on the Group’s financial instruments. The analysis assumes that all hedges are highly effective.

 

Currency risk

A 10% weakening of sterling against the Group’s major currencies would result in the following losses, which would be posted directly to equity. These losses would arise on the retranslation of foreign currency denominated borrowings and derivatives designated as effective net investment hedges of overseas net assets. These losses would be partially offset in equity by a corresponding gain arising on the retranslation of the related hedged foreign currency net assets. A 10% strengthening of sterling would have an equal and opposite effect. There are no other material foreign exchange exposures which would create gains or losses to the functional reporting currencies of individual entities in the Group.

 

     2019
£m
     2018
£m
 
US dollar      125.2        192.2  
Euro      162.5        232.5  

 

Interest rate risk

A one percentage point increase in market interest rates for all currencies in which the Group had cash and borrowings at 31 December 2019 would increase profit before tax by approximately £22.6 million (2018: £7.2 million). A one percentage decrease in market interest rates would have an equal and opposite effect. This has been calculated by applying the interest rate change to the Group’s variable rate cash and borrowings.

 


27. Financial instruments

 

Currency derivatives

The Group utilises currency derivatives to hedge significant future transactions and cash flows and the exchange risk arising on translation of the Group’s investments in foreign operations. The Group is a party to a variety of foreign currency derivatives in the management of its exchange rate exposures. The instruments purchased are primarily denominated in the currencies of the Group’s principal markets. The Group designates its foreign currency-denominated debt as hedging instruments against the currency risk associated with the translation of its foreign operations.

 

The Group also designates certain cross currency swaps as hedging instruments in cash flow hedges to manage its exposure to foreign exchange movements on its borrowings. Contracts due in March 2025 have receipts of 500.0 million and payments of £444.1 million.

 

At 31 December 2019, the fair value of the Group’s currency derivatives is estimated to be a net liability of approximately £21.2 million (2018: net asset of £8.4 million). These amounts are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the balance sheet date, comprising £nil (2018: £8.4 million) assets included in trade and other receivables and £21.2 million (2018: £nil) liabilities included in trade and other payables. The amounts taken to and deferred in equity during the year for currency derivatives that are designated and effective hedges was a credit of £29.2 million (2018: charge of £17.9 million) for cash flow hedges.

 

Changes in the fair value relating to the ineffective portion of the currency derivatives amounted to a loss of £nil (2018: £11.1 million) which is included in the revaluation of financial instruments for the year.

 

At the balance sheet date, the total nominal amount of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts not designated as hedges was £151.7 million (2018: £296.1 million). The Group estimates the fair value of these contracts to be a net liability of £0.1 million (2018: £1.3 million).

 

These arrangements are designed to address significant exchange exposure and are renewed on a revolving basis as required.

 

Interest rate swaps

The Group uses interest rate swaps as hedging instruments in fair value hedges to manage its exposure to interest rate movements on its borrowing. During 2019 the Group terminated contracts that had a nominal value of $812 million which had fixed rate receipts of 4.75% and floating interest payments averaging LIBOR plus 2.34% until November 2021. The Group also terminated contracts in 2019 that had a nominal value of $500 million which had fixed rate receipts of 3.63% and floating interest payments averaging LIBOR plus 1.52% until September 2022.

 

The fair value of interest rate swaps entered into at 31 December 2019 is estimated to be a net liability of £nil (2018: £14.2 million). These amounts are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the balance sheet date, comprising £nil (2018: £14.2 million) liabilities included in trade and other payables.

 

Changes in the fair value relating to the ineffective portion of interest rate swaps amounted to a gain of £1.0 million (2018: £0.9 million) which is included in the revaluation of financial instruments for the year. This gain resulted from a £13.3 million loss on hedging instruments and a £14.3 million gain on hedged items.

 

An analysis of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities by accounting classification is set out below:

 

    Derivatives
in
designated
hedge
relationships
    Held at
fair
value
through
profit or
loss
    Held at
fair  value
through
other
comprehensive
income
    Amortised
cost
    Carrying
value
 
    £m     £m           £m     £m  
2019                                        
Other investments           255.7       242.6             498.3  
Cash and short-term deposits                       2,969.0       2,969.0  
Bank overdrafts, bonds and bank loans                       (461.3     (461.3
Bonds and bank loans                       (4,047.3     (4,047.3
Trade and other receivables: amounts falling due within one year                       7,530.8       7,530.8  
Trade and other receivables: amounts falling due after more than one year                       59.3       59.3  
Trade and other payables: amounts falling due within one year                       (10,191.6     (10,191.6
Trade and other payables: amounts falling due after more than one year                       (2.6     (2.6
Derivative assets           1.4                   1.4  
Derivative liabilities     (21.2)       (1.5                 (22.7
Payments due to vendors (earnout agreements) (note 20)           (253.8                 (253.8
Liabilities in respect of put options           (226.8                 (226.8
      (21.2)       (225.0     242.6       (4,143.7     (4,147.3

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

27. Financial instruments (continued)

 

    Derivatives
in
designated
hedge
relationships
    Held at
fair
value
through
profit or
loss
    Held at
fair  value
through
other
comprehensive
income
    Amortised
cost
    Carrying
value
 
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
2018                                        
Other investments           319.6       347.1             666.7  
Cash and short-term deposits                       2,643.2       2,643.2  
Bank overdrafts, bonds and bank loans                       (1,025.1     (1,025.1
Bonds and bank loans                       (5,634.8     (5,634.8
Trade and other receivables: amounts falling due within one year                       8,545.6       8,545.6  
Trade and other receivables: amounts falling due after more than one year                       68.3       68.3  
Trade and other payables: amounts falling due within one year                       (10,637.3     (10,637.3
Trade and other payables: amounts falling due after more than one year                       (8.4     (8.4
Derivative assets     8.4       1.3                   9.7  
Derivative liabilities     (14.2)       (2.6                 (16.8
Payments due to vendors (earnout agreements) (note 20)           (414.7                 (414.7
Liabilities in respect of put options           (242.0                 (242.0
      (5.8)       (338.4     347.1       (6,048.5     (6,045.6

 

The Group is party to certain cash pooling arrangements with its banks and has offset cash and short-term deposits and bank overdrafts where a legally enforceable right to set off exists. At 31 December 2019, £6,832.8 million (2018: £6,214.2 million) had been offset.

 

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

 

Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (ie as prices) or indirectly (ie derived from prices);

 

27. Financial instruments (continued)

 

 

Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

 

     Level 1
£m
     Level 2
£m
    Level 3
£m
 
2019                          
Derivatives in designated hedge relationships                          
Derivative assets                    
Derivative liabilities             (21.2      
Held at fair value through profit or loss                          
Other investments                   255.7  
Derivative assets             1.4        
Derivative liabilities             (1.5      
Payments due to vendors (earnout agreements) (note 20)                   (253.8
Liabilities in respect of put options                   (226.8
Held at fair value through other comprehensive income                          
Other investments      42.2              200.4  

 

     Level 1
£m
     Level 2
£m
    Level 3
£m
 
2018                          
Derivatives in designated hedge relationships                          
Derivative assets             8.4        
Derivative liabilities             (14.2      
Held at fair value through profit or loss                          
Other investments      0.4              319.2  
Derivative assets             1.3        
Derivative liabilities             (2.6      
Payments due to vendors (earnout agreements) (note 20)                   (414.7
Liabilities in respect of put options                   (242.0
Held at fair value through other comprehensive income                          
Other investments      128.1              219.0  

 

There have been no transfers between these levels in the years presented.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

27. Financial instruments (continued)

 

Reconciliation of level 3 fair value measurements1:

 

     Liabilities
in respect of
put options
£m
    Other
investments
£m
 
1 January 2018      (258.1     820.3  
Gains recognised in the income statement      34.5       61.1  
Losses recognised in other comprehensive income            (140.6
Exchange adjustments      1.1        
Additions      (43.5     35.0  
Disposals            (237.3
Cancellations      2.2        
Reclassifications from other investments to interests in associates            (0.3
Settlements      21.8        
31 December 2018      (242.0     538.2  
(Losses)/gains recognised in the income statement      (19.4     9.1  
Losses recognised in other comprehensive income            (55.4
Exchange adjustments      11.7        
Additions      (38.6     18.2  
Disposals            (53.4
Cancellations      9.7        
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale      31.0       (0.6
Settlements      20.8        
31 December 2019      (226.8     456.1  

 

Note

1   

The reconciliation of payments due to vendors (earnout agreements) is presented in note 20.

 

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities are based on quoted market prices where available. Where the market value is not available, the Group has estimated relevant fair values on the basis of publicly available information from outside sources. There have been no movements between level 3 and other levels.

 

Payments due to vendors and liabilities in respect of put options

Future anticipated payments due to vendors in respect of contingent consideration (earnout agreements) are recorded at fair value, which is the present value of the expected cash outflows of the obligations. Liabilities in respect of put option agreements are initially recorded at the present value of the redemption amount in accordance with IAS 32. After recognition, the liability is remeasured in accordance with IFRS 9 and is subject to the estimation of future performance of the business acquired. Changes in the estimation result in re-measurement of the liability through the income statement. Both types of obligations are dependent on the future financial performance of the entity and it is assumed that future profits are in line with Directors’ estimates. The Directors derive their estimates from internal business plans together with financial due diligence performed in connection with the acquisition. At 31 December 2019, the weighted average growth rate in estimating future financial performance was 19.5% (2018: 22.7%), which reflects the prevalence of recent acquisitions in the faster-growing markets and new media sectors. The risk adjusted discount rate applied to these obligations at 31 December 2019 was 1.4% (2018: 2.9%).

 

A one percentage point increase or decrease in the growth rate in estimated future financial performance would increase or decrease the combined liabilities due to earnout agreements and put options by approximately £4.6 million (2018: £6.8 million) and £7.7 million (2018: £10.4 million), respectively. A 0.5 percentage point increase or decrease in the risk adjusted discount rate would decrease or increase the combined liabilities by approximately £5.6 million (2018: £7.1 million) and £5.7 million (2018: £7.2 million), respectively. An increase in the liability would result in a loss in the revaluation of financial instruments, while a decrease would result in a gain.

 

Other investments

The fair value of other investments included in level 1 are based on quoted market prices. Other investments included in level 3 are unlisted securities, where market value is not readily available. The Group has estimated relevant fair values on the basis of publicly available information from outside sources using the most appropriate valuation technique, including all external funding rounds, revenue and EBITDA multiples, the share of fund net asset value and discounted cash flows. Certain investments are valued using revenue multiples. An increase or decrease in this multiple of one times revenue would result in an increase or decrease in the value of investments of £53.6 million, which would result in a credit or charge to the income statement of £3.3 million and equity of £50.3 million. The sensitivity to changes in unobservable inputs is specific to each individual investment.

 


28. Authorised and issued share capital

 

     Equity
ordinary
shares
    Nominal
value
£m
 
Authorised                 
At 1 January 2017      1,750,000,000       175.0  
At 31 December 2017      1,750,000,000       175.0  
At 31 December 2018      1,750,000,000       175.0  
At 31 December 2019      1,750,000,000       175.0  
                  
Issued and fully paid                 
At 1 January 2017      1,331,880,730       133.2  
Exercise of share options      630,822       0.1  
At 31 December 2017      1,332,511,552       133.3  
Exercise of share options      166,675       -  
At 31 December 2018      1,332,678,227       133.3  
Exercise of share options      75,625       -  
Share cancellations      (4,586,039     (0.5
At 31 December 2019      1,328,167,813       132.8  

 

Company’s own shares

The Company’s holdings of own shares are stated at cost and represent shares held in treasury and purchases by the Employee Share Ownership Plan (‘ESOP’) trusts of shares in WPP plc for the purpose of funding certain of the Group’s share-based incentive plans.

 

The trustees of the ESOP purchase the Company’s ordinary shares in the open market using funds provided by the Company. The Company also has an obligation to make regular contributions to the ESOP to enable it to meet its administrative costs. The number and market value of the ordinary shares of the Company held by the ESOP at 31 December 2019 was 9,219,837 (2018: 14,820,994), and £98.3 million (2018: £125.5 million) respectively. The number and market value of ordinary shares held in treasury at 31 December 2019 was 70,787,730 (2018: 70,854,553) and £755.0 million (2018: £599.9 million) respectively.

 

Share options

WPP Executive Share Option Scheme (WPP)

As at 31 December 2019, unexercised options over ordinary shares of 6,741 have been granted under the WPP Executive Share Option Scheme as follows:

 

Number of ordinary

shares under option

   Exercise price
per share (£)
     Exercise dates  
3,696      8.333        2015 - 2022  
3,045      10.595        2016 - 2023  

 

WPP Worldwide Share Ownership Programme (WWOP)

As at 31 December 2019, unexercised options over ordinary shares of 2,757,654 and unexercised options over ADRs of 388,854 have been granted under the WPP Worldwide Share Ownership Programme as follows:

 

Number of ordinary

shares under option

   Exercise price
per share (£)
     Exercise dates  
82,650      6.268        2014 - 2021  
36,500      6.268        2015 - 2021  
53,150      7.113        2013 - 2020  
25,750      7.113        2014 - 2020  
194,079      8.458        2015 - 2022  
43,000      13.145        2017 - 2021  
1,739,050      13.145        2017 - 2024  
4,375      13.145        2018 - 2024  
564,975      13.505        2016 - 2023  
14,125      13.505        2017 - 2023  

 

Number of ADRs

under option

   Exercise price
per ADR ($)
     Exercise dates  
24,550      49.230        2014 - 2021  
16,530      56.560        2013 - 2020  
39,184      67.490        2015 - 2022  
166,655      102.670        2017 - 2024  
141,935      110.760        2016 - 2023  

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

28. Authorised and issued share capital (continued)

 

WPP Share Option Plan 2015 (WSOP)

As at 31 December 2019, unexercised options over ordinary shares of 13,413,425 and unexercised options over ADRs of 1,396,745 have been granted under the WPP Worldwide Share Ownership Programme as follows:

 

Number of ordinary

shares under option

   Exercise price
per share (£)
     Exercise
dates
 
18,250      8.372        2021 - 2025  
3,406,900      8.372        2021 - 2028  
15,500      9.600        2022 - 2026  
2,863,975      9.600        2022 - 2029  
19,250      13.085        2020 - 2024  
2,785,100      13.085        2020 - 2027  
55,500      15.150        2018 - 2022  
1,952,200      15.150        2018 - 2025  
5,375      15.150        2019 - 2025  
12,375      17.055        2019 - 2023  
2,279,000      17.055        2019 - 2026  

 

Number of ADRs

under option

   Exercise price
per ADR ($)
     Exercise
dates
 
347,660      53.140        2021 - 2028  
347,105      62.590        2022 - 2029  
276,790      88.260        2020 - 2027  
236,265      105.490        2020 - 2026  
188,925      115.940        2018 - 2025  

 

The aggregate status of the WPP Share Option Plans during 2019 was as follows:

 

Movements on options granted (represented in ordinary shares)

 

    1 January
2019
    Granted     Exercised     Lapsed     Outstanding
31 December
2019
    Exercisable
31 December
2019
 
WPP     6,741                         6,741       6,741  
WWOP     5,520,774             (71,475     (747,375     4,701,924       4,701,924  
WSOP     18,691,100       4,615,000       (4,150     (2,904,800     20,397,150       5,249,075  
      24,218,615       4,615,000       (75,625     (3,652,175     25,105,815       9,957,740  

 

Weighted-average exercise price for options over

 

    1 January
2019
    Granted     Exercised     Lapsed     Outstanding
31 December
2019
    Exercisable
31 December
2019
 
Ordinary shares (£)

 

                                       
WPP     9.355                         9.355       9.355  
WWOP     12.290             6.888       12.027       12.421       12.421  
WSOP     12.753       9.600       8.372       12.405       12.121       16.164  
ADRs ($)

 

                                       
WWOP     95.453             47.388       91.622       96.744       96.744  
WSOP     84.893       62.590       53.140       82.290       79.798       115.940  

 

Options over ordinary shares

Outstanding

 

Range of
exercise
prices
£
   Weighted average
exercise price
£
     Weighted average
contractual life
Months
 
6.268 – 17.055      12.171        90  

 

28. Authorised and issued share capital (continued)

 

 

Options over ADRs

Outstanding

 

Range of
exercise
prices
$
   Weighted average
exercise price
$
     Weighted average
contractual life
Months
 
49.230 – 115.940      83.488        89  

 

As at 31 December 2019 there was £7.3 million (2018: £8.5 million) of total unrecognised compensation costs related to share options. That cost is expected to be recognised over a weighted average period of 19 months (2018: 20 months).

 

Share options are satisfied out of newly issued shares.

 

The weighted average fair value of options granted in the year calculated using the Black-Scholes model was as follows:

 

     2019      2018      2017  
Fair value of UK options (shares)      117.0p        107.0p        112.0p  
Fair value of US options (ADRs)      $8.49        $8.09        $9.40  
Weighted average assumptions:                           

UK Risk-free interest rate

     0.57%        0.78%        0.57%  

US Risk-free interest rate

     1.61%        2.74%        2.05%  

Expected life (months)

     48        48        48  

Expected volatility

     24%        24%        17%  

Dividend yield

     3.8%        3.5%        2.9%  

 

Options are issued at an exercise price equal to market value on the date of grant.

 

The average share price of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2019 was £9.39 (2018: £11.56, 2017: £15.86) and the average ADR price for the same period was $59.93 (2018: $77.31, 2017: $101.86).

 

Expected volatility is sourced from external market data and represents the historic volatility in the Group’s share price over a period equivalent to the expected option life.

 

Expected life is based on a review of historic exercise behaviour in the context of the contractual terms of the options, as described in more detail below.

 

Terms of share option plans

In 2015, the Group introduced the Share Option Plan 2015 to replace both the “all-employee” Worldwide Share Ownership Plan and the discretionary Executive Stock Option Plan. Two kinds of options over ordinary shares can be granted, both with a market value exercise price. Firstly, options can be granted to employees who have worked at a company owned by WPP plc for at least two years which are not subject to performance conditions. Secondly, options may be granted on a discretionary basis subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions.

 

The Worldwide Share Ownership Programme was open for participation to employees with at least two years’ employment in the Group. It was not available to those participating in other share-based incentive programmes or to Executive Directors. The vesting period for each grant is three years and there are no performance conditions other than continued employment with the Group.

 

The Executive Stock Option Plan has historically been open for participation to WPP Group Leaders, Partners and High Potential Group. It is not currently offered to Parent Company Executive Directors. The vesting period is three years and performance conditions include achievement of various TSR (Total Shareholder Return) and EPS (Earnings Per Share) objectives, as well as continued employment. The terms of these stock options are such that if, after nine years and eight months, the performance conditions have not been met, then the stock option will vest automatically.

 

The Group grants stock options with a life of 10 years, including the vesting period.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 


29. Other reserves

 

Other reserves comprise the following:

 

    Capital
redemption
reserve
£m
    Equity
reserve
£m
    Revaluation
reserve
£m
    Translation
reserve
£m
    Total
other
reserves
£m
 

1 January 2017

    2.7       (247.1     271.3       1,158.3       1,185.2  
Exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments                       (445.5     (445.5
Gain on revaluation of available for sale investments                 32.1             32.1  
Recognition and remeasurement of financial instruments           (10.1                 (10.1
31 December 2017     2.7       (257.2     303.4       712.8       761.7  
Exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments                       69.9       69.9  
Accounting policy change (IFRS 9)1                 (303.4     (104.0     (407.4
Recognition and remeasurement of financial instruments           (30.7                 (30.7
31 December 2018     2.7       (287.9           678.7       393.5  
Exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments                       (361.4     (361.4
Exchange adjustments recycled to the income statement on disposal of discontinued operations                       (284.0     (284.0
Share cancellations     0.5                         0.5  
Recognition and remeasurement of financial instruments           2.5                   2.5  
Share purchases – close period commitments           (252.3                 (252.3
31 December 2019     3.2       (537.7           33.3       (501.2

 

Note

1   

Due to the adoption of IFRS 9, cumulative gains and losses on revaluation of available for sale investments have been transferred to retained earnings.

 


30. Acquisitions

 

The Group accounts for acquisitions in accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations. IFRS 3 requires the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities (other than non-current assets or disposal groups held for sale) to be recognised at fair value at acquisition date. In assessing fair value at acquisition date, management make their best estimate of the likely outcome where the fair value of an asset or liability may be contingent on a future event. In certain instances, the underlying transaction giving rise to an estimate may not be resolved until some years after the acquisition date. IFRS 3 requires the release to profit of any acquisition reserves which subsequently become excess in the same way as any excess costs over those provided at acquisition date are charged to profit. At each period end management assess provisions and other balances established in respect of acquisitions for their continued probability of occurrence and amend the relevant value accordingly through the consolidated income statement or as an adjustment to goodwill as appropriate under IFRS 3.

 

Goodwill arising from acquisitions represents the value of synergies with our existing portfolio of businesses and skilled staff to deliver services to our clients.

 

Non-controlling interests in acquired companies are measured at the non-controlling interests’ proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

 

The contribution to revenue and operating profit of acquisitions completed in the year was not material. There were no material acquisitions completed in the year ended 31 December 2019 or between 31 December 2019 and the date the financial statements have been authorised for issue.

 

30. Acquisitions (continued)

 

 

Acquisitions in 2018

The Group acquired a number of subsidiaries in the year. The following table sets out the book values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and their fair value to the Group. The fair value adjustments for certain acquisitions have been determined provisionally at the balance sheet date.

 

     Book
value at
acquisition
£m
    Fair value
adjustments
£m
    Fair
value
to
Group
£m
 
Intangible assets            40.3       40.3  
Property, plant and equipment      3.1             3.1  
Cash      5.0             5.0  
Trade receivables due within one year      43.7             43.7  
Other current assets      20.3             20.3  
Total assets      72.1       40.3       112.4  
Current liabilities      (42.8           (42.8
Trade and other payables due after one year      (2.4     (13.5     (15.9
Deferred tax liabilities            (9.9     (9.9
Provisions            (0.4     (0.4
Total liabilities      (45.2     (23.8     (69.0
Net assets      26.9       16.5       43.4  
Non-controlling interests                      (6.3
Fair value of equity stake in associate undertakings before acquisition of controlling interest                      (3.1
Goodwill                      141.6  
Consideration                      175.6  
Consideration satisfied by:                         
Cash                      127.4  
Payments due to vendors                      48.2  

 

Goodwill arising from acquisitions represents the value of synergies with our existing portfolio of businesses and skilled staff to deliver services to our clients. Goodwill that is expected to be deductible for tax purposes is £65.3 million.

 

Non-controlling interests in acquired companies are measured at the non-controlling interests’ proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

 

The contribution to revenue and operating profit of acquisitions completed in the year was not material.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

30. Acquisitions (continued)

 

Acquisitions in 2017

The Group acquired a number of subsidiaries in the year. The following table sets out the book values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and their fair value to the Group. The fair value adjustments for certain acquisitions have been determined provisionally at the balance sheet date.

 

     Book
value at
acquisition
£m
    Fair value
adjustments
£m
    Fair
value
to
Group
£m
 
Intangible assets      0.8       79.0       79.8  
Property, plant and equipment      5.5             5.5  
Cash      28.9             28.9  
Trade receivables due within one year      74.4             74.4  
Other current assets      20.1             20.1  
Total assets      129.7       79.0       208.7  
Current liabilities      (76.0           (76.0
Trade and other payables due after one year      (10.2     (20.5     (30.7
Deferred tax liabilities            (16.8     (16.8
Provisions      (0.1     (4.8     (4.9
Total liabilities      (86.3     (42.1     (128.4
Net assets      43.4       36.9       80.3  
Non-controlling interests                      (13.9
Fair value of equity stake in associate undertakings before acquisition of controlling interest                      (5.7
Goodwill                      314.3  
Consideration                      375.0  
Consideration satisfied by:                         
Cash                      213.7  
Payments due to vendors                      161.3  

 

Goodwill arising from acquisitions represents the value of synergies with our existing portfolio of businesses and skilled staff to deliver services to our clients. Goodwill that is expected to be deductible for tax purposes is £63.9 million.

 

Non-controlling interests in acquired companies are measured at the non-controlling interests’ proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

 

The contribution to revenue and operating profit of acquisitions completed in the year was not material.

 


31. Related party transactions

 

From time to time the Group enters into transactions with its associate undertakings. These transactions were not material for either year presented.

 

The Group has continuing transactions with Kantar, including sales, purchases, the provision of IT services, subleases and property related items. None of these were material in the period since 5 December 2019 when Kantar became a related party as an associate.

 

The following amounts were outstanding at 31 December 2019:

 

     2019
£m
 
Amounts owed by related parties         
Kantar      87.5  
Other      87.5  
       175.0  
Amounts owed to related parties         
Kantar      (36.5
Other      (49.6
       (86.1

 


32. Reconciliation of operating profit to headline operating profit

 

Reconciliation of operating profit to headline operating profit:

 

Continuing operations:    2019
£m
    20181
£m
    20171
£m
 
Operating profit      1,295.9       1,237.9       1,577.9  
Amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets      121.5       201.8       138.0  
Goodwill impairment      47.7       183.9       27.1  
Gains on disposal of investments and subsidiaries      (40.4     (237.9     (98.7
(Gains)/losses on remeasurement of equity interests arising from a change in scope of ownership      (0.4     (2.0     0.3  
Investment write-downs      7.5       2.0       91.7  
Litigation settlement      (16.8            
Gain on sale of freehold property in New York      (7.9            
Restructuring and transformation costs      153.5       265.5       56.8  
Headline operating profit      1,560.6       1,651.2       1,793.1  

 

Note

1   

Prior year figures have been re-presented in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as described in the accounting policies.

 

Headline operating profit is one of the metrics that management uses to assess the performance of the business.

 

 

F-46

Exhibit 2.15

DESCRIPTION OF WPP PLC

SHARE CAPITAL AND AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

Set forth below is certain information concerning the share capital and American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) of WPP plc (“WPP”), a company incorporated in Jersey under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 (as amended) (the “Jersey Companies Law”), including a summary of certain provisions of the memorandum and articles of association of WPP and the Deposit Agreement, dated as of January 2, 2013, among WPP, Citibank, N.A, as depositary (the “Depositary”), and the holders and beneficial owners of ADSs issued thereunder (the “Deposit Agreement”). Each ADS represents five ordinary shares of 10p each in the capital of WPP. Such information and summary do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the memorandum and articles of association and the Deposit Agreement.

DESCRIPTION OF WPP ORDINARY SHARES

General

WPP is a public limited company incorporated under the name “WPP plc” in Jersey with registered number 111714.

The authorised share capital of WPP is £175,000,000 divided into 1,750,000,000 ordinary shares of 10p each. WPP has power to increase and divide the shares into several classes and attach thereto any preferential or special rights, privileges or conditions in accordance with the regulations of WPP. At December 31, 2019, there were 1,328,167,813 ordinary shares outstanding of which 15,699,064 were represented by ADSs.

WPP ordinary shares are represented in certificated form and also in uncertificated form under “CREST.” CREST is an electronic settlement system that enables WPP ordinary shares to be evidenced other than by a physical certificate and transferred electronically rather than by delivery of a physical certificate. All WPP ordinary shares, including those underlying the WPP ADSs to be issued upon conversion of the notes:

 

   

may be represented by certificates in registered form issued (subject to the terms of issue of the shares) by WPP’s registrars, Computershare Investor Services (Jersey) Limited, Queensway House, Hilgrave Street, St Helier, Jersey JE1 1EJ; or

 

   

may be in uncertificated form with the relevant CREST member account being credited with the WPP ordinary shares issued.

The following summarises certain provisions of our memorandum and articles of association and applicable Jersey law. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Jersey Companies Law and our memorandum and articles of association. A copy of our memorandum and articles of association in the form adopted by special resolution passed on 5 November 2012 is filed as an exhibit to a Form 6-K report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 2 January 2013.

Objects and Purposes

Under the Jersey Companies Law, the capacity of a Jersey company is not limited by anything contained in its memorandum or articles of association. Accordingly, the memorandum of association of a Jersey company does not contain an objects clause.

Rights attaching to WPP ordinary shares

Voting rights of share owners – subject to disenfranchisement in the event of: (A) non-payment of any call or other sum due and payable in respect of any ordinary share; or (B) any non-compliance with any notice


requiring disclosure of the beneficial ownership of any ordinary shares and subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any ordinary shares (as to which there are none at present), on a show of hands every qualifying person (i.e. share owner, proxy or authorised corporate representative) present has one vote other than every proxy appointed by more than one member entitled to vote on the resolution who has two votes, one vote for and one against the resolution if: (i) one or more of the members instructed him to vote for and one or more of the members instructed him to vote against the resolution; or (ii) one or more of the members instructed him to vote for the resolution and one or more of the members gave him discretion as to how to vote and he exercises his discretion by voting against the resolution; or (iii) one or more of the members instructed him to vote against the resolution and one or more of the members gave him discretion as to how to vote and he exercises his discretion by voting for the resolution, and on a poll every share owner present in person or by proxy has one vote for every ordinary share of which he or she is a holder, except that any proxy who has been appointed by the Depositary shall have such number of votes as equals the number of ordinary shares in relation to which such proxy has been appointed. In the case of joint holders, the vote of the person whose name stands first in the register of members and who tenders a vote is accepted to the exclusion of any votes tendered by any other joint holders.

Return of capital on a winding up – the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution of WPP and any other sanction required by the Statutes: (A) divide among the WPP share owners in specie the whole or any part of the assets of WPP; or (B) vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees on such trusts for the benefit of share owners as the liquidator shall think fit, but no share owner shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is any liability. The “Statutes” means the Jersey Companies Law and every other statute, statutory instrument, regulation or order, for the time being in force, concerning companies registered under the Jersey Companies Law, including the Electronic Communication (Jersey) Law 2000 and the Companies (Uncertificated Securities) (Jersey) Order 1999 (as amended).

Capitalisation of reserves

The board of directors may, with the authority of an ordinary resolution of WPP: (A) resolve to capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any reserve account of WPP (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve) or any sum standing to the credit of profit and loss account not required for the payment of any preferential dividend (whether or not it is available for distribution); and (B) appropriate that sum as capital to the share owners in proportion to the nominal amount of the ordinary shares held by them respectively and apply that sum on their behalf in paying up in full any unissued ordinary shares or debentures of WPP of a nominal amount equal to that sum and allot the ordinary shares or debentures credited as fully paid to those share owners, or as they may direct, in those proportions or in paying up the whole or part of any amounts that are unpaid in respect of any issued ordinary shares held by them respectively, or otherwise deal with such sum as directed by the resolution, provided that the share premium account and the capital redemption reserve and any sum not available for distribution in accordance with the Statutes may only be applied in paying up unissued ordinary shares to be allotted credited as fully paid up.

Transfer of ordinary shares

Subject to any restrictions in the articles of association, a share owner may transfer all or any of his ordinary shares in any manner that is permitted by the Statutes and is from time to time approved by the board of directors. WPP shall register the transfer of any ordinary shares held in uncertificated form by means of a relevant system in accordance with the Statutes. The board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, refuse to register any transfer of an uncertificated share where permitted by articles of association and the Statutes.

A share owner may transfer all or any of his certificated ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in any usual form, or in such other form as the board of directors may approve. The instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and, except in the case of a fully paid share, by or on behalf of the transferee. The board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, refuse to register any transfer of any certificated

 

2


ordinary share that is not fully paid up (but not so as to prevent dealings in ordinary shares admitted to official listing by the United Kingdom Listing Authority (“UKLA”) from taking place on an open and proper basis) or on which WPP has a lien. The board of directors may also refuse to register any instrument of transfer of a certificated ordinary share unless it is lodged at the registered office, or such other place as the board of directors may decide, for registration, accompanied by the share certificate for the ordinary shares to be transferred and such other evidence as the board of directors may reasonably require to prove title of the intending transferor or his right to transfer the ordinary shares and it is in respect of only one class of WPP shares. If the board of directors refuses to register a transfer of a certificated ordinary share it shall, as soon as practicable and in any event within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged or the operator-instruction was received, give to the transferee notice of the refusal. The board of directors must provide the transferee with such further information about the reasons for the refusal as the transferee may reasonably request. Unless otherwise agreed by the board of directors in any particular case, the maximum number of persons who may be entered on the register as joint holders of an ordinary share is four.

No provision of Jersey law or our memorandum and articles of association impose any limitations on the right to own WPP shares, including any limitation on the rights of persons to hold or exercise voting rights over shares by virtue only of such persons not being residents of Jersey or the United Kingdom.

Changes in capital

Subject to the provisions of the Jersey Companies Law, WPP may by special resolution:

 

   

increase its share capital;

 

   

consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into ordinary shares of a larger amount;

 

   

sub-divide all or part of its share capital into ordinary shares of a smaller amount;

 

   

cancel any ordinary shares that have not, at the date of the special resolution, been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its authorized share capital by the amount of the ordinary shares so cancelled; or

 

   

alter its share capital in any other manner permitted by the Jersey Companies Law.

Subject to the provisions of the Jersey Companies Law, WPP may:

 

   

purchase ordinary shares, including any redeemable ordinary shares; and

 

   

by special resolution, reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve or share premium account.

Unless such rights are disapplied in accordance with its articles of association, WPP shall not allot equity securities to a person on any terms unless:

 

   

it has made an offer to each person who holds ordinary shares in WPP to allot to that person on the same or more favourable terms a proportion of those securities that is, as nearly practicable, equal to the proportion in nominal value held by that person of the ordinary share capital of WPP; and

 

   

the period during which any such offer may be accepted has expired or WPP has received notice of the acceptance or refusal of every offer so made.

 

3


The term “equity securities” means a relevant share in WPP (other than subscriber shares) or a right to subscribe for, or to convert securities into relevant shares in WPP. The term “relevant share” means a share in WPP other than a share which, as respects dividends and capital, carries a right to participate only up to a specified amount in a distribution; and a share which has been acquired or is to be acquired, allotted or transferred it in pursuance of an employee share scheme.

The pre-emption provisions do not apply in relation to:

 

   

the allotment of:

 

     

bonus shares;

 

     

equity securities if these are, or are to be, wholly or partly paid up otherwise than in cash; and

 

     

equity securities which would, apart from any renunciation or assignment of the right to their allotment, be held under an employee share scheme; or

 

   

the sale of shares in WPP which immediately before the sale are held by WPP as treasury shares.

Authority to allot securities and disapplication of pre-emption rights

WPP may from time to time pass an ordinary resolution authorizing the board of directors to exercise all the powers of WPP to allot relevant securities up to the nominal amount specified in the resolution. The authority shall expire on the day specified in the resolution, not being more than five years after the date on which the resolution is passed. The term “relevant securities” means shares in WPP other than subscriber shares, or shares allotted pursuant to an employee share scheme, and any right to subscribe for or to convert any security into, shares in WPP. For the avoidance of doubt, any reference to the allotment of relevant securities includes the grant of such a right but not the allotment of shares pursuant to such a right.

On the passing of a special resolution, the board of directors shall have power to allot equity securities wholly for cash as if no pre-emption provisions applied to that allotment, but that power shall be limited: (A) to the allotment of equity securities in connection with a rights issue; and (B) to the allotment (other than in connection with a rights issue) of equity securities having a nominal amount not exceeding in aggregate the sum specified in the special resolution.

Variation of rights

Whenever the share capital of WPP is divided into different classes of shares (which it is not as at the date of this document), all or any of the rights for the time being attached to any class of shares in issue may, subject to the Statutes, be varied, either in such manner as those rights may provide or with the consent in writing of the holders of two-thirds in nominal value of the issued ordinary shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of those ordinary shares. At any separate general meeting, the necessary quorum is two persons holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in nominal amount of the issued ordinary shares of the class in question (but at any adjourned meeting, one person holding ordinary shares of the class or his proxy is a quorum).

Disclosure of interests in WPP’s shares

WPP may give a disclosure notice to any person whom it believes is either:

 

   

interested in WPP’s shares; or

 

   

has been so interested at any time during the three years on which the disclosure notice is issued.

 

4


The disclosure notice may require the person:

 

   

to confirm that fact or (as the case may be) to state whether or not it is the case; and

 

   

if he holds, or has during that time held, any such interest, to give such further information as may be required.

The notice may require the person to whom it is addressed, where either:

 

   

his interest is a present interest and another interest in the shares subsists; or

 

   

another interest in the shares subsisted during that three year period at a time when his interest subsisted,

to give, so far as lies within his knowledge, such particulars with respect to that other interest as may be required by the notice including:

 

     

the identity of persons interested in the shares in question; and

 

     

whether persons interested in the same shares are or were parties to either an agreement to acquire interests in a particular company, or an agreement or arrangement relating to the exercise of any rights conferred by the holding of the shares.

The notice may require the person to whom it is addressed, where his interest is a past interest, to give (so far as lies within his knowledge) particulars of the identity of the person who held that interest immediately upon his ceasing to hold it.

Failure to provide the information within 14 days after the notice has been given means that the holder of the relevant shares shall not be entitled to vote either personally or by proxy at a shareholders’ meeting or to exercise any other right confirmed by membership in relation to shareholder meetings for so long as the default continues (and, if those shares represent at least 0.25 percent of the issued shares of the class, the holder shall not be entitled to receive any payment by way of dividend or to transfer any rights in the shares).

Register of members

The register of members of WPP must be kept and maintained in Jersey.

Uncertificated shares – general powers

Subject to the Jersey Companies Law and the Companies (Uncertificated Securities) (Jersey) Order (1999, as amended), the board of directors may permit any class of ordinary shares to be held in uncertificated form and to be transferred by means of a relevant system and may revoke such permission. In relation to any uncertificated share, WPP may utilise the relevant system in which it is held to the fullest extent available from time to time in the exercise of any of its powers or functions under the Statutes or the articles of association or otherwise in effecting any actions. Any provision in the articles of association in relation to uncertificated shares that is inconsistent with any applicable statutory provision shall not apply. WPP may, by notice to the holder of an uncertificated share, require the holder to change the form of that share to certificated form within such period as may be specified in the notice. For the purpose of effecting any action by WPP, the board of directors may determine that holdings of the same share owner in uncertificated form and in certificated form shall be treated as separate holdings but shares of a class held by a person in uncertificated form shall not be treated as a separate class from shares of that class held by that person in certificated form.

 

5


Directors

The WPP directors (other than alternate directors) shall not, unless otherwise determined by an ordinary resolution of WPP, be fewer than six in number.

A director need not be a share owner.

At each annual general meeting every director who held office on the date seven days before the date of the notice of annual general meeting shall retire from office but shall be eligible for re-election.

The directors shall be paid fees not exceeding in aggregate £3,000,000 per annum (or such larger sum as WPP may, by ordinary resolution, determine) as the board of directors may decide to be divided among them. Such fee shall be divided among them in such proportion and manner as they may agree or, failing agreement, equally.

The board of directors may grant special remuneration to any director who performs any special or extra services to, or at the request of, WPP. Special remuneration may be payable to a director in addition to his ordinary remuneration (if any) as a director.

The directors shall also be paid out of the funds of WPP all expenses properly incurred by them in and about the discharge of their duties, including their expenses of travelling to and from the meetings of the board of directors, Committee meetings and general meetings.

The board of directors may exercise all the powers of WPP to: (i) pay, provide, procure or procure the grant of pensions or other retirement benefits, death, disability or sickness benefits, health, accident and other insurances or other such benefits, allowances, gratuities or insurances, including in relation to the termination of employment, to or for the benefit of any person who is or has been at any time a director of WPP or in the employment or service of WPP or of any body corporate that is or was associated with WPP or of the predecessors in business of WPP or any such associated body corporate, or the relatives or dependants of any such person. For that purpose, the board of directors may procure the establishment and maintenance of, or participation in, or contribution to, any pension fund, scheme or arrangement and the payments of any insurance premiums; (ii) establish, maintain, adopt and enable participation in any profit sharing or incentive scheme including shares, share options or cash or any similar schemes for the benefit of any director or employee of WPP or of any associated body corporate, and, subject to any restrictions under applicable legislation, to lend money to any such director or employee or to trustees on their behalf to enable any such schemes to be established, maintained or adopted; and (iii) support and subscribe to any institution or association that may be for the benefit of WPP or of any associated body corporate or any directors or employees of WPP or associated body corporate or their relatives or dependants or connected with any town or place where WPP or an associated body corporate carries on business, and to support and subscribe to any charitable or public object whatsoever.

Subject to any applicable statutory provisions and to declaring his interests in accordance with the articles of association, a director may enter into or be interested in any transaction or arrangement with WPP, either with regard to his tenure of any office or position in the management, administration or conduct of the business of WPP, or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise. A director may hold and be remunerated in respect of any other office or place of profit with WPP (other than the office of auditor of WPP) in conjunction with his office as a director and he (or his firm) may also act in a professional capacity for WPP (except as auditor) and may be remunerated for it.

A director who, to his knowledge, is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a transaction or arrangement or a proposed transaction or arrangement with WPP or any of its subsidiaries, or if any situation exists in which a director has or can have a direct or indirect interest that conflicts with or may conflict with the interests of WPP, shall disclose to WPP the nature and extent of the interest or situation in accordance with the articles of association.

 

6


A director shall not vote or be counted in the quorum at a meeting in respect of any resolution concerning his own appointment (including fixing and varying its terms), or the termination of his own appointment, as the holder of any office or place of profit with WPP or any other company in which WPP is interested but, where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including fixing or varying its terms), or the termination of the appointment, of two or more directors to offices or places of profit with WPP or any company in which WPP is interested, those proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each director separately, and in such case each of the directors concerned (if not otherwise debarred from voting under the articles of association) shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of each resolution except that concerning his own appointment or the termination of his own appointment.

A director shall not vote (or be counted in the quorum at a meeting) in respect of any transaction or arrangement or other proposal in which he has an interest that (together with any interest of a connected person) is to his knowledge a direct or indirect interest and as may reasonably be required as likely to give rise to a conflict. Notwithstanding the above, a director shall be entitled to vote (and be counted in the quorum) on: (A) any transaction or arrangement in which he is interested by virtue of an interest in ordinary shares, debentures or other securities of WPP or otherwise in or through WPP; (B) the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of money lent or obligations incurred by him or by any other person at the request of, or for the benefit of, WPP or any of its subsidiaries; or a debt or obligation of WPP or any of its subsidiaries for which he himself has assumed responsibility under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security; (C) (subject to the Statutes) indemnification (including loans made in connection with it) by WPP in relation to the performance of his duties on behalf of WPP or any of its subsidiaries; (D) any issue or offer of ordinary shares, debentures or other securities of WPP or any of its subsidiaries in respect of which he is or may be entitled to participate in his capacity as holder of any such securities or as an underwriter or sub-underwriter; (E) any transaction or arrangement concerning another company in which he and any connected person do not to his knowledge hold, directly or indirectly as shareholders, or through their direct or indirect holdings of financial instruments (within the meaning of Chapter 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules) voting rights representing one percent or more of any class of shares in the capital of such company; (F) any arrangement for the benefit of employees of WPP or any of its subsidiaries that does not accord to him any privilege or benefit not generally accorded to the employees to whom the arrangement relates; and (G) the purchase or maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the directors or for the benefit of persons including the directors. “Disclosure and Transparency Rules” means the rules and regulations made by the Financial Services Authority in its capacity as the UK Listing Authority under Part VI of the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, and contained in the UK Listing Authority’s publication of the same name.

WPP shall not make a payment for loss of office to a director unless the payment has been approved by an ordinary resolution of WPP.

General meetings

The board of directors shall convene, and WPP shall hold, an annual general meeting in accordance with the Statutes. Other general meetings shall be held whenever the board of directors thinks fit or on the requisition of WPP share owners in accordance with the Statutes or the articles of association.

An annual general meeting shall be called by not less than 21 days’ written notice and any other general meeting shall be called by not less than 14 clear days’ written notice.

The requisite quorum for general meetings of WPP shall be two qualifying persons, entitled to vote on the business to be transacted at the meeting.

Borrowing powers

The board of directors may exercise all the powers of WPP to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of its undertaking, property and assets (both present and future) and uncalled capital and to issue

 

7


debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligations of WPP or of any third party. The board of directors shall restrict the borrowings of WPP and exercise all voting and other rights or powers of control exercisable by WPP in relation to its subsidiaries (if any) so as to secure (as regards subsidiaries only so far as by such exercise it can secure) that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time in respect of all borrowings by the WPP Group (exclusive of any borrowings that are owed by one WPP Group company to another WPP Group company) after deducting the amount of cash deposited will not, without the previous sanction of WPP in general meeting, exceed an amount equal to 2.5 times the adjusted capital and reserves (as defined in the articles of association) or any higher limit fixed by ordinary resolution of WPP that is applicable at the relevant time. “WPP Group” means WPP and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings and, where the context requires, its associated undertakings.

To date, no resolution of the type referred to in the paragraph above has been passed.

Dividends

Declaration of dividends – subject to the provisions of the Jersey Companies Law, WPP may, by ordinary resolution, declare a dividend to be paid to the share owners, according to their respective rights and interests in the profits, and may fix the time for payment of such dividend, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the board of directors.

Fixed and interim dividends – subject to the provisions of the Jersey Companies Law, the board of directors may pay such interim dividends as appear to the board of directors to be justified by the financial position of WPP and may also pay any dividend payable at a fixed rate at intervals settled by the board of directors whenever the financial position of WPP, in the opinion of the board of directors, justifies its payment. If the board of directors acts in good faith, none of the directors shall incur any liability to the share owners conferring preferred rights for any loss such share owners may suffer in consequence of the lawful payment of an interim dividend on any shares having non-preferred or deferred rights.

Calculation and currency of dividends – except insofar as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any shares otherwise provide: (A) all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on an share in advance of calls shall be treated as paid up on the share; (B) all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; (C) any amount paid by WPP by way of dividend will be deemed to include any amount that WPP may be compelled by law to withhold or deduct; and (D) dividends may be declared or paid in any currency. The board of directors may agree with any share owner that dividends that may at any time or from time to time be declared or become due on his or her shares in one currency shall be paid or satisfied in another, and may agree the basis of conversion to be applied and how and when the amount to be paid in the other currency shall be calculated and paid and for WPP or any other person to bear any costs involved.

Dividends not to bear interest – no dividend or other moneys payable by WPP on or in respect of any share shall bear interest as against WPP unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to the share.

Calls or debts or amounts required by law may be deducted from dividends – the board of directors may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to any person (either alone or jointly with another) on or in respect of a share all such sums as may be due from him (either alone or jointly with another) to WPP on account of calls or otherwise in relation to shares.

Dividends in specie – with the authority of an ordinary resolution of WPP and on the recommendation of the board of directors, payment of any dividend may be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of paid up ordinary shares or debentures of any other company.

 

8


Scrip dividends – the board of directors may, with the authority of an ordinary resolution of WPP, offer any share owners the right to elect to receive further ordinary shares (whether or not of that class) credited as fully paid, by way of scrip dividend instead of cash in respect of all (or some part) of any dividend specified by the ordinary resolution.

Unclaimed dividends – any dividend unclaimed for a period of 12 years after having become due for payment shall be forfeited and cease to remain owing by WPP.

Forfeiture of shares

If the whole or any part of any call or installment remains unpaid on any share after the due date for payment, the board of directors may serve a written notice on the share owner requiring him to pay so much of the call or installment as remains unpaid, together with any accrued interest.

The written notice shall state a further day, being not less than 14 clear days from the date of the notice, on or before which, and the place where, payment is to be made and shall state that, in the event of non-payment on or before the day and at the place appointed, the share in respect of which the call was made or installment is payable will be liable to be forfeited.

If the requirements of a notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which it was given may (before the payment required by the notice is made) be forfeited by a resolution of the board of directors. The forfeiture shall include all dividends declared and other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited share and not actually paid before the forfeiture.

Every share that is forfeited or surrendered shall become the property of WPP and (subject to the Statutes) may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, upon such terms and in such manner as the board of directors shall decide either to the person who was before the forfeiture the share owner or to any other person and whether with or without all or any part of the amount previously paid up on the share being credited as so paid up.

Website communication with share owners

The articles of association enable WPP to use its website as a means of sending or supplying documents or information to share owners. Before communicating with a share owner by means of its website, WPP must have asked the share owner, individually, to agree (generally or specifically) that WPP may send or supply documents or information to him by means of a website. A member shall be deemed to have agreed that WPP may send or supply a document or information by means of a website if no response to the request is received within 28 days. When communicating with share owners by means of website communications, WPP will notify the share owners (by post or other permitted means) of the presence of a document or information on the website.

Directors’ indemnity, insurance and defence

As far as the legislation allows, WPP may:

(i)        indemnify any director (or of an associated body corporate) against any liability;

(ii)       indemnify a director of a company that is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme for employees (or former employees) of WPP (or of an associated body corporate) against liability incurred in connection with WPP’s activities as trustee of the scheme;

(iii)      purchase and maintain insurance against any liability for any director referred to in paragraph (i) or (ii) above; and

 

9


(iv)      provide any director referred to in paragraph (i) or (ii) above with funds (whether by loan or otherwise) to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him in defending any criminal, regulatory or civil proceedings or in connection with an application for relief (or to enable any such director to avoid incurring such expenditure).

Takeover bids

The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers (the “City Code”) applies to WPP. Under the City Code, if an acquisition of ordinary shares were to increase the aggregate holding of an acquirer and its concert parties to ordinary shares carrying 30% or more of the voting rights in WPP, the acquirer (and, depending upon the circumstances, its concert parties) would be required, except with the consent of the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers (an independent body in the United Kingdom), to make a cash offer for the outstanding ordinary shares at a price not less than the highest price paid for the ordinary shares by the acquirer or its concert parties during the previous 12 months. A similar obligation to make a such a mandatory offer would also arise on the acquisition of ordinary shares by a person holding (together with its concert parties) ordinary shares carrying between 30% and 50% of the voting rights in WPP if the effect of such acquisition were to increase that person’s percentage of the voting rights they hold in ordinary shares.

The Jersey Companies Law provides that where a person (the “Offeror”) makes a takeover offer to acquire all of the shares (or all of the shares of any class) in a Jersey company (other than any shares already held by the Offeror at the date of the offer), if the Offeror has by virtue of acceptances of the offer acquired or contracted to acquire not less than 90% in nominal value of the shares (or class of shares) to which the offer relates, the Offeror may (subject to the requirements if the Jersey Companies Law), by notice to the holders of the shares (or class of shares) to which the offer relates which the Offeror has not already acquired or contracted to acquire, compulsorily acquire those shares. A holder of any shares who receives a notice of compulsory acquisition may, within six weeks from the date on which such notice was given apply to the Royal Court of Jersey (the “Jersey Court”) for an order that the Offeror not be entitled and bound to purchase the holder’s shares or that the Offeror purchase the holder’s shares on terms different to those of the Offeror’s offer.

Where before the end of the period within which the takeover offer can be accepted, the Offeror has by virtue of acceptances of the offer acquired or contracted to acquire not less than 90% in nominal value of all of the shares (or all of the shares of a particular class) of the Jersey company, the holder of any shares (or class of shares) to which the offer relates who has not accepted the offer may, by written notice to the Offeror, require the Offeror to acquire the holder’s shares. The Offeror shall (subject to the requirements of the Jersey Companies Law) be entitled and bound to acquire the holder’s shares on the terms of the offer or on such other terms as may be agreed. Where a holder gives the Offeror a notice of compulsory acquisition, each of the Offeror and the holder of the shares is entitled to apply to the Jersey Court for an order that the terms on which the Offeror is entitled and bound to acquire the holder’s shares shall be such as the Jersey Court thinks fit.

DESCRIPTION OF WPP AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

General

The following is a summary description of the ADSs and certain of the rights of holders and beneficial owners of the ADSs. Summaries, by their nature, lack the precision of the information summarised and the rights and obligations of holders and beneficial owners of ADSs will be determined by the Deposit Agreement and not by the summary. Holders and beneficial owners of ADSs, as well as any holders of ordinary shares who will elect to hold ordinary shares in the form of ADSs, are encouraged to review the Deposit Agreement in its entirety and the form of WPP American Depositary Receipt (“ADR”) attached to the Deposit Agreement. A copy of the Deposit Agreement is on file with the SEC under cover of a Registration Statement on Form F-6. A copy of the Deposit Agreement may be obtained from the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street N.E., Washington DC 20549 and from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

10


Each ADS represents the right to receive, and to exercise the beneficial ownership interests in, five WPP ordinary shares that are on deposit with the Depositary and/or the custodian, subject, in each case, to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement and the applicable ADR (if issued as a certificated ADS). The custodian currently is Citibank, N.A. – London Branch. Each ADS will also represent securities, cash or other property deposited with the Depositary but not distributed to ADS holders. The Depositary’s principal office is located at 388 Greenwich Street, 14th Floor, New York, New York 10013, and the custodian’s principal office is located at 25 Molesworth Street, Lewisham, London SE1 7EX, England.

Because the Depositary is the legal owner of the underlying ordinary shares, ADS holders generally exercise their rights as share owners through the Depositary.

Dividends and distributions

Holders of ADSs generally have the right to receive the distributions made by WPP on the securities deposited with the custodian. Receipt by holders of these distributions may be limited, however, by legal and practical constraints. Holders will receive such distributions under the terms of the Deposit Agreement in proportion to the number of ADSs held as at a specified record date.

Distributions of cash

Whenever the Depositary receives confirmation from the custodian of the receipt of any cash dividend or other cash distribution on any of the securities on deposit with the custodian, the Depositary will arrange for the funds to be converted into U.S. dollars and for the distribution of the U.S. dollars to the holders of ADSs, subject to English law and regulations.

The conversion into U.S. dollars will take place only if practicable and if the U.S. dollars are transferable to the United States. The amounts distributed to holders of ADSs will be net of the fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the Deposit Agreement.

If the conversion of foreign currency is not practicable or lawful, or if any required approvals are denied or are not obtainable at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable period, the U.S. Depositary may take the following actions in its discretion:

 

  (i)

convert the foreign currency to the extent practical and lawful, and distribute the U.S. dollars to the holders for whom the conversion and distribution is lawful and practical;

 

  (ii)

distribute the foreign currency to holders for whom the distribution is lawful and practical; and

 

  (iii)

hold the foreign currency (without liability for interest) for the applicable holders.

Distributions of WPP shares

Whenever WPP makes a free distribution of ordinary shares for the securities on deposit with the custodian, the Depositary will either (i) distribute additional ADSs to holders of ADSs representing the ordinary shares deposited or (ii) modify the ADS-to-ordinary shares ratio, in which case each ADS will represent rights and interests in the additional ordinary shares so deposited. Only whole ADSs will be distributed. Fractional entitlements will be sold and the proceeds of such sale will be distributed as in the case of a cash distribution.

The distribution of ADSs or the modification of the ADS-to-ordinary shares ratio upon a distribution of ordinary shares will be made net of the fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the Deposit Agreement. In order to pay such taxes or governmental charges, the Depositary may sell all or a portion of the ordinary shares so distributed.

 

11


No such distribution of ADSs will be made if it would violate U.S. securities laws or if it is not operationally practicable. If the Depositary does not distribute ADSs as described above, it may sell the ordinary shares received upon the terms described in the Deposit Agreement and will distribute the proceeds of the sale as in the case of a distribution of cash.

Distributions of rights

Whenever WPP distributes rights to purchase additional ordinary shares, the Depositary will consult with WPP as to the lawfulness of making a distribution of such rights to the holders of ADSs and shall determine whether such distribution is reasonably practicable.

The U.S. Depositary will distribute the rights only if such distribution is reasonably practicable and the lawfulness of such distribution has been established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Depositary. The Depositary will establish procedures to distribute rights to purchase additional ADSs to ADS holders and to enable such holders to exercise such rights. Holders of ADSs may have to pay fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges to subscribe for ADSs upon the exercise of their rights. The Depositary is not obliged to establish procedures to facilitate the distribution and exercise by holders of rights to purchase ordinary shares other than in the form of ADSs.

The Depositary will sell the rights that are not exercised or distributed if such sale is lawful and reasonably practicable. The proceeds of such sale will be distributed to holders of ADSs as in the case of a cash distribution. If the Depositary is unable to sell the rights, it will allow the rights to lapse. There can be no assurance that holders of ADSs will be given the same opportunity to receive or exercise rights on the same terms and conditions as the share owners or be able to exercise such rights.

Elective distributions

Whenever WPP intends to distribute a dividend payable at the election of share owners, either in cash or in additional ordinary shares, WPP will give prior notice thereof to the Depositary and will indicate whether or not WPP wishes the elective distribution to be made available to holders of ADSs. In such case, the Depositary shall consult with WPP as to the lawfulness of making such distribution and shall determine whether such distribution is reasonably practicable.

The Depositary will make the elective distribution available to holders of ADSs only if WPP makes a timely request for the Depositary to make such distribution available, such distribution is reasonably practicable and the lawfulness of such distribution shall have been established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Depositary and WPP. In such case, the Depositary will establish procedures to enable holders of ADSs to elect to receive either cash or additional ADSs, in each case as described in the Deposit Agreement.

If the election is not made available to holders of ADSs, such holders will receive either cash or additional ADSs, depending on what a share owner in Jersey would receive upon failing to make an election, as more fully described in the Deposit Agreement. There can be no assurance that holders of ADSs will be given the opportunity to receive elective distributions on the same terms and conditions as share owners.

Other distributions

Whenever the custodian receives any distribution of property other than cash, ordinary shares or rights to purchase additional ordinary shares, the Depositary will consult with WPP as to the lawfulness of making such distribution to holders of ADSs and shall determine whether such distribution is reasonably practicable.

The Depositary will distribute the property only if such distribution is reasonably practicable and the lawfulness of such distribution shall have been established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Depositary. In such case, the Depositary will distribute the property to the holders in a manner it deems equitable and practicable.

 

12


The distribution will be made net of fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders of ADSs under the terms of the Deposit Agreement. In order to pay such taxes and governmental charges, the Depositary may sell all or a portion of the property received.

If the Depositary does not distribute the property to holders of ADSs, it will determine an equitable and practical method of effecting the distribution which may include the sale of the property and the distribution of the proceeds of such a sale to holders as in the case of a cash distribution.

Changes affecting ordinary shares

The ordinary shares held on deposit for holders of ADSs may change from time to time. For example, there may be a change in nominal or par value, a division, cancellation, consolidation or reclassification of ordinary shares or a recapitalisation, reorganisation, merger, consolidation or sale of assets.

If any such change were to occur, ADSs would, to the extent permitted by law, represent the right to receive the property received or exchanged in respect of the ordinary shares held on deposit. The Depositary may instead deliver new securities received in exchange for or otherwise in respect of the ordinary shares held on deposit to holders of ADSs, provided the lawfulness of such delivery has been established to the satisfaction of the Depositary and WPP, or call for the exchange of existing ADSs for new securities. If the Depositary may not lawfully distribute such securities to holders of ADSs, the Depositary may sell such securities and distribute the net proceeds to holders of ADSs as in the case of a cash distribution.

Issue of ADSs upon deposit of ordinary shares

The Depositary may create ADSs on behalf of the holders of ordinary shares if holders or their brokers deposit the ordinary shares with the custodian. The Depositary will deliver these ADSs to the person indicated by the holder of ordinary shares only after such holder pays any applicable issuance fees and any charges and taxes payable for the transfer of the ordinary shares to the custodian. The ability of holders to deposit ordinary shares and receive ADSs may be limited by U.S., English and Jersey laws applicable at the time of deposit.

The issue of ADSs may be delayed until the Depositary or the custodian receives confirmation that all required approvals have been given and that the ordinary shares have been duly transferred to the custodian. The Depositary will only issue ADSs in whole numbers.

When holders make a deposit of ordinary shares, they will be responsible for transferring good and valid title to the Depositary. Any such holders will be deemed to represent and warrant that:

 

  (i)

the ordinary shares are duly authorised, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, security interest charge, mortgage or adverse claim;

 

  (ii)

all pre-emptive rights, if any, with respect to such ordinary shares have been validly waived or exercised; and

 

  (iii)

the holders are duly authorised to deposit the ordinary shares.

If any of the representations or warranties are incorrect in any way, WPP and the Depositary may, at the cost and expense of the holders making such incorrect representations or warranties, take any and all actions necessary to correct the consequences of the misrepresentations.

Transferability of ADSs

Subject to the limitations contained in the Deposit Agreement and in the ADR, title to an ADR (and to each ADS evidenced thereby) shall be transferable upon the same terms as a certificated security under the laws of New York, provided that an ADR to be transferred has been properly endorsed or is accompanied by the proper instruments of transfer.

 

13


Neither the Depositary nor WPP will have any obligation, nor will they be subject to any liability to any holder or beneficial owner of ADSs under the Deposit Agreement or any ADR, unless such ADSs are registered on the books of the Depositary in the name of such holder or, in the case of a beneficial owner, such ADSs are registered on the books of the Depositary in the name of such beneficial owner, or the beneficial owner’s representative. Such holders in whose name ADSs are registered on the books of the Depositary shall be treated as the absolute owners of the ADSs registered in their names.

A single ADR in the form of a balance certificate evidences all ADSs held through DTC, other than those issued by the Depositary as uncertified ADSs, and is registered in the name of the nominee for DTC. As such, the nominee is the only registered holder of the balance certificate ADR. Each beneficial owner of ADSs held through DTC must rely upon the procedures of DTC and the DTC participants to exercise or be entitled to any rights attributable to such ADSs. Ownership interests in the balance certificate ADR registered in the name of the nominee for DTC are shown on, and transfers of such ownership interests are effected through, records maintained by (i) DTC or its nominee (with respect to the interests of DTC participants); or (ii) DTC participants or their nominees (with respect to the interests of clients of DTC participants).

WPP may restrict transfers of ADSs that could result in the total number of ordinary shares represented by ADSs owned by a single holder or beneficial owner exceeding limits imposed by applicable law or WPP’s articles of association. WPP may also, subject to applicable law, instruct the Depositary to take certain actions with respect to the ownership interests of any holder or beneficial owner in excess of such limits, including restricting the transfer of, removing or restricting the voting rights of or disposing of such holder’s or beneficial owner’s ADSs.

Transfer, combination and division of ADSs

Holders of ADSs are entitled to transfer, combine or divide their ADSs. For transfers of ADSs, holders have to surrender any ADRs representing the ADSs to be transferred to the Depositary and must also:

 

  (i)

ensure that the ADS to be transferred is properly endorsed (if evidenced by an ADR) or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer;

 

  (ii)

provide such proof of identity and authenticity of signatures as the U.S. Depositary deems appropriate;

 

  (iii)

provide any transfer stamps required by the State of New York or the United States; and

 

  (iv)

pay all applicable fees, charges, expenses, taxes and other government charges payable by ADS holders pursuant to the terms of the Deposit Agreement, upon the transfer of ADSs.

To have ADRs either combined or divided, holders of ADRs must surrender the ADRs in question to the Depositary with their request to have them combined or divided, and must pay all applicable fees, charges and expenses payable by ADS holders, pursuant to the terms of the Deposit Agreement, upon a combination or division of ADRs.

Withdrawal of ordinary shares upon cancellation of ADSs

Holders of ADSs will be entitled to present their ADSs to the Depositary for cancellation and to then receive the corresponding number of underlying ordinary shares at the custodian’s office. A holder’s ability to withdraw the ordinary shares may be limited by U.S., English and Jersey law applicable at the time of withdrawal. In order to withdraw the ordinary shares represented by ADSs, holders of ADSs will be required to pay to the Depositary the fees for cancellation of ADSs and any charges and taxes payable upon the transfer of the ordinary shares being withdrawn. Holders of ADSs assume the risk for delivery of all funds and securities upon withdrawal. Once cancelled, the ADSs will not have any rights under the Deposit Agreement.

 

14


If a holder of ADSs holds an ADR registered in the holder’s name, the Depositary may require such holder to provide proof of identity and authenticity of any signature and such other documents as the Depositary may deem appropriate before it will cancel ADSs. The withdrawal of the ordinary shares represented by ADSs may be delayed until the Depositary receives satisfactory evidence of compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Please note that the Depositary will only accept ADSs for cancellation that represent a whole number of securities on deposit.

Holders of ADSs will have the right to withdraw the securities represented by their ADSs at any time except for:

 

  (i)

temporary delays that may arise because (i) the transfer books for the ordinary shares or ADSs are closed; or (ii) ordinary shares are immobilized on account of a share owners’ meeting or a payment of dividends;

 

  (ii)

obligations to pay fees, taxes and similar charges;

 

  (iii)

restrictions imposed because of laws or regulations applicable to ADSs or the withdrawal of securities on deposit; and

 

  (iv)

other circumstances contemplated by the General Instructions to Form F-6 under the Securities Act, as such General Instructions may be amended from time to time.

Escheatment

In the event any unclaimed property relating to the ADSs, for any reason, is in the possession of the Depositary and has not been claimed by the holder thereof or cannot be delivered to the holder thereof through usual channels, the Depositary shall, upon expiration of any applicable statutory period relating to abandoned property laws, escheat such unclaimed property to the relevant authorities in accordance with the laws of each of the relevant States of the United States.

Voting rights

Holders of ADSs generally have the right under the Deposit Agreement to act as proxy of the Depositary in respect of a meeting at which holders of ordinary shares are entitled to vote. Holders may appoint either a person nominated by the Depositary or any other person, including themselves, as a substitute proxy to attend, vote and speak on behalf of the Depositary with respect to the ordinary shares underlying their ADSs, subject to WPP’s articles of association.

In respect of each meeting of the holders of ordinary shares, the Depositary will distribute to each registered holder of ADSs:

 

  (i)

such information as is contained in the notice of the meeting or in the solicitation materials received by the Depositary from WPP;

 

  (ii)

a voting card;

 

  (iii)

a statement that each holder of record at the close of business on the voting record date established by the Depositary in respect of such meeting will be entitled, subject to any applicable law and WPP’s articles of association, either (x) to use the voting card to attend, vote and speak at the meeting as the proxy of the Depositary solely with respect to the ordinary shares represented by such registered holder’s ADSs, (y) to appoint any other person as the substitute proxy of such registered holder, or (z) to appoint the person nominated by the Depositary as the substitute proxy of such registered holder and to instruct such person as to the voting of the ordinary shares represented by such ADSs; and

 

15


  (iv)

if the person nominated by the Depositary is to be appointed by such registered holder, a brief statement as to the manner in which voting instructions may be given to such person.

Please note that the ability of the Depositary to carry out voting instructions may be limited by practical and legal constraints and the terms of the securities on deposit. WPP cannot assure holders of ADSs that they will receive voting materials in time to enable them to return voting instructions to the Depositary in a timely manner. Securities for which no voting instructions have been received will not be voted.

Under WPP’s articles of association, voting at any meeting of share owners is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded. The Depositary will not join in demanding a poll, whether or not requested to do so by holders of ADSs. In the event voting takes place at a share owners’ meeting by show of hands, the Depositary will instruct the custodian to vote all deposited securities (including deposited securities represented by ADSs for which no timely voting instructions are received by the Depositary from the holder) in accordance with the voting instructions received from a majority of holders of ADSs who provided voting instructions. In the event voting takes place at a share owners’ meeting by poll, the Depositary will instruct the custodian to vote the deposited securities in accordance with the voting instructions received from the holders of ADSs.

Neither the Depositary nor the custodian nor the nominee of either of them shall exercise any discretion as to voting and neither the Depositary nor the custodian nor the nominee of either of them shall vote or attempt to exercise the right to vote the deposited securities represented by ADSs except pursuant to and in accordance with such written instructions from registered holders. Deposited securities represented by ADSs for which no specific voting instructions are received by the Depositary from the holder will not be voted by the Depositary or its nominee, except in the event voting takes place at a meeting of share owners by a show of hands, but may be directly voted by registered holders in attendance at meetings of share owners as proxy for the Depositary, subject to, and in accordance with, the provisions of the Deposit Agreement and WPP’s articles of association.

Electronic distribution of information

The Depositary may, to the extent not prohibited by law or regulations, by WPP’s memorandum and articles of association or by the requirements of any stock exchange on which the ADSs are listed, and with the consent of WPP, in lieu of distribution of the materials provided to the Depositary in connection with any meeting of, or solicitation of consents or proxies from, holders of ordinary shares, distribute to the holders of ADSs a notice that provides such holders with, or otherwise publicize to such holders, instructions on how to retrieve such materials or receive such materials upon request (i.e., by reference to a Depositary or WPP website containing the materials for retrieval or a Depositary contact (or, with WPP’s consent, a WPP contact) for requesting copies of the materials).

Amendments and termination

WPP may agree with the Depositary to modify the Deposit Agreement at any time without the consent of the holders. WPP will give holders 60 days’ prior notice of any modifications that would impose or increase any fees or changes or that would prejudice any of their substantial rights under the Deposit Agreement. WPP will not consider it to be materially prejudicial to the substantial rights of holders of ADSs if any modifications or supplements are made that are reasonably necessary for the ADSs to be registered under the U.S. Securities Act or to be eligible for book-entry settlement, in each case without imposing or increasing the fees and charges that holders of ADSs are required to pay. In addition, WPP may not be able to provide holders of ADSs with prior notice of any modifications or supplements that are required to accommodate compliance with applicable provisions of law.

Holders of ADSs will be bound by the modifications to the Deposit Agreement if they continue to hold ADSs after the modifications to the Deposit Agreement become effective. The Deposit Agreement cannot be amended to prevent holders of ADSs from withdrawing the ordinary shares represented by ADSs (except as required by law).

 

16


WPP has the right to direct the Depositary to terminate the Deposit Agreement. Similarly, the Depositary may in certain circumstances on its own initiative terminate the Deposit Agreement. In either case, the Depositary must give notice to the holders at least 30 days before termination.

If any ADSs remain outstanding after the termination date, the Depositary will not have any obligation to perform any further acts under the Deposit Agreement, except that the Depositary shall, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, continue to (i) collect dividends and other distributions pertaining to the ordinary shares underlying ADSs, (ii) sell securities and other property received in respect of ordinary shares underlying ADSs, (iii) deliver ordinary shares underlying ADSs, together with any dividends or other distributions received with respect thereto and the net proceeds of the sale of any securities or other property, in exchange for ADSs surrendered to the Depositary (after deducting, or charging, as the case may be, in each case, the fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary, and all applicable taxes or governmental charges for the account of the holders and beneficial owners, upon the terms set forth in the Deposit Agreement), and (iv) take such actions as may be required under applicable law in connection with its role as Depositary under the Deposit Agreement.

At any time after the termination date, the Depositary may sell the ordinary shares then held under the Deposit Agreement and shall after such sale hold un-invested the net proceeds of such sale, together with any other cash then held by it under the Deposit Agreement, in an un-segregated account and without liability for interest, for the pro-rata benefit of the holders whose ADSs have not theretofore been surrendered. After making such sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement except (i) to account for such net proceeds and other cash (after deducting, or charging, as the case may be, in each case, the fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary, and all applicable taxes or governmental charges for the account of the holders and beneficial owners of the ADSs, upon the terms set forth in the Deposit Agreement), and (ii) as may be required at law in connection with the termination of the Deposit Agreement. After the termination date, WPP shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement, except for certain of its obligations to the Depositary under the Deposit Agreement. The obligations under the terms of the Deposit Agreement of holders and beneficial owners of ADSs outstanding as of the termination date shall survive the termination date and shall be discharged only when the applicable ADSs are presented by their holders to the Depositary for cancellation under the terms of the Deposit Agreement.

Books of U.S. Depositary

The Depositary maintains ADS holder records at its depositary office in New York. Holders of ADSs may inspect such records at the office of the Depositary during regular business hours but solely for the purpose of communicating with other ADS holders in respect of business matters relating to WPP, the ADSs and the Deposit Agreement.

The Depositary maintains facilities in New York to record and process the issue, cancellation, combination, division and transfer of ADSs. These facilities may be closed from time to time, to the extent not prohibited by law.

Limitations on obligations and liabilities

The Deposit Agreement limits the obligations of WPP and the Depositary to holders of ADSs. Please note the following:

 

  (i)

WPP and the Depositary are obliged only to take the actions specifically stated in the Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith and, in the case of WPP, using its reasonable judgment;

 

  (ii)

the Depositary disclaims any liability for any failure to carry out voting instructions, for any manner in which a vote is cast or for the effect of any vote, provided it acts in good faith and in accordance with the terms of the Deposit Agreement;

 

17


  (iii)

WPP and the Depositary disclaim any liability if either of them is prevented or forbidden from acting on account of any law or regulation, any provision of WPP’s articles of association, any provision of any securities on deposit or by reason of any act of God or war or terrorism or other circumstances beyond its control;

 

  (iv)

WPP and the Depositary disclaim any liability by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the Deposit Agreement or in WPP’s articles of association or in any provisions of securities on deposit; and

 

  (v)

WPP and the Depositary further disclaim any liability for any action or inaction in reliance on the advice or information received from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting ordinary shares for deposit, any holder of ADSs, or any other person believed by either WPP or the Depositary in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information.

Pre-Release transactions

The Depositary may, in certain circumstances, issue ADSs before receiving a deposit of ordinary shares or release ordinary shares before receiving ADSs for cancellation. These transactions are commonly referred to as pre-release transactions. The Deposit Agreement limits the aggregate size of pre-release transactions and imposes a number of conditions on such transactions (for example, the need to receive collateral, the type of collateral required and the representations required from brokers). The Depositary may retain the compensation received from the pre-release transactions.

Taxes

Holders of ADSs will be responsible for the taxes and other governmental charges payable on the ADSs and the securities represented by the ADSs. WPP, the Depositary and the custodian may deduct from any distribution the taxes and governmental charges payable by holders and may sell any and all property on deposit to pay the taxes and governmental charges payable by holders. Holders of ADSs will be liable for any deficiency if the sale proceeds do not cover the taxes that are due.

The Depositary may refuse to issue ADSs, to deliver, transfer, divide and combine WPP ADSs or to release securities on deposit until all taxes and charges are paid by the applicable holder. The Depositary and the custodian may take reasonable administrative actions to obtain tax refunds and reduced tax withholding for any distributions on their behalf. Moreover, holders of ADSs may be required to provide to the Depositary and to the custodian proof of taxpayer status or residence and such other information as the Depositary and the custodian may require to fulfill legal obligations. Holders of ADSs are required to indemnify WPP, the Depositary and the custodian for any claims with respect to taxes based on any tax benefit obtained for holders of ADSs.

 

18

Table of Contents

Exhibit 4.28

SERVICE AGREEMENT

1 OCTOBER 2019

WPP 2005 LIMITED

and

JOHN ROGERS


Table of Contents

CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  
1.   Interpretation      3  
2.   Commencement of Appointment      4  
3.   Executive’s Duties      4  
4.   Place of Work      5  
5.   Working Hours      5  
6.   Remuneration      5  
7.   Expenses      6  
8.   Pensions      6  
9.   Insurances      7  
10.   Sickness Absence      8  
11.   Holidays      8  
12.   Other Interests      8  
13.   Confidential Information      9  
14.   Intellectual Property      10  
15.   Termination of Employment      12  
16.   Garden Leave      14  
17.   Office as a Director      14  
18.   Protective Covenants      15  
19.   Data Protection      15  
20.   Grievance and Disciplinary Procedure      15  
21.   Collective Agreements      16  
22.   General      16  

Signatories

     16  
Schedule   
1.   Power of Attorney      17  
2.   Incentive Plans      18  
3.   Protective Covenants      21  


Table of Contents

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 1 October 2019

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

WPP 2005 LIMITED (registered number 01003653) whose registered office is at Sea Containers, 19 Upper Ground, London SE1 9GL (the Company)

 

(2)

JOHN ROGERS (the Executive).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

In this Agreement:

Appointment means the employment of the Executive by the Company on and subject to the terms of this Agreement;

Board means the board of directors of the Company or any committee of the board duly appointed for the purpose in question, from time to time;

Financial Year means the Company’s financial year ending on 31 December each year;

Group means the Company, any holding company of the Company, and any holding company of the holding company from time to time, together with any subsidiary of the Company or its holding company or the holding company of its holding company, and Group Company means any one of them;

holding company and subsidiary shall, as the context so permits, have the meaning given by section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006 or under relevant applicable laws in Jersey;

Recognised Investment Exchange means a relevant EEA market as defined in, or a market established under, the rules of any investment exchange specified in schedule 3 to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005;

Compensation Committee means the committee of non-executive directors as appointed by the Board of WPP plc from time to time for the purposes of determining the Company’s policy on executive remuneration;

Termination Date means the date on which the Appointment terminates for whatever reason; and

UK Listing Authority means the FCA, acting in its capacity as the competent authority for the purposes of part VI of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

 

1.2

A reference to a particular law is a reference to it as it is in force for the time being, taking account of any amendment, extension or re-enactment, and includes any subordinate legislation for the time being in force made under it.

 

1.3

The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and do not affect its interpretation.

 

3


Table of Contents
2.

COMMENCEMENT OF APPOINTMENT

 

2.1

The Appointment will begin on 27 January 2020 or such other date as the parties shall agree and when the Executive is not subject to any restrictions to prevent the commencement of his employment with the Company. There is no period of previous employment with the Company.

 

2.2

The Appointment may be terminated in accordance with clause 15 (or in furtherance of any right either party may have at common law).

 

3.

EXECUTIVE’S DUTIES

 

3.1

The Executive shall serve the Company as Chief Financial Officer and as an Executive Director of WPP plc, and/or in such other capacity or capacities, within the Group as the Company may reasonably require from time to time, but subject always to it being consistent with his status, skills and experience.

 

3.2

During the Appointment the Executive shall:

 

  (a)

diligently exercise such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of WPP plc;

 

  (b)

accept any offices or directorships as reasonably required by the Company;

 

  (c)

use his best endeavours to promote, protect, develop and extend the business of the Company and any Group Company;

 

  (d)

comply with all reasonable and lawful directions given to him by the Board of WPP plc;

 

  (e)

comply with all policies and procedures of the Company and/or the Group. The Executive’s attention is drawn, in particular, but without limitation, to the Company’s data protection, anti-bribery and corruption and expenses policies and the WPP Code of Conduct;

 

  (f)

comply with all requirements, recommendations or regulations of any regulatory authority which is relevant to the Executive’s role and/or to the Company or any relevant Group Company;

 

  (g)

promptly make such reports to the Board of WPP plc in connection with the affairs of the Company or any Group Company on such matters and at such times as are reasonably required;

 

  (h)

report to the Board of WPP plc his own wrongdoing and any wrongdoing or proposed wrongdoing of any other employee who reports to him or a director of the Company or any Group Company, to the extent he has first-hand knowledge of such wrongdoing or proposed wrongdoing by such employee or director, promptly on becoming aware of it;

 

  (i)

comply with the articles of association (as amended from time to time) of any Group Company of which he is a director;

 

  (j)

abide by all statutory, fiduciary or common law duties to the Company or any Group Company of which he is a director;

 

  (k)

do such things as are necessary to ensure compliance by himself and the Company or any relevant Group Company with the UK Corporate Governance Code of the UK Listing Authority (as amended from time to time);

 

4


Table of Contents
  (l)

comply with all requirements, recommendations or regulations, as amended from time to time, of the UK Listing Authority, the Market Abuse Regulation (596/2014/EU), the FCA and all other regulatory authorities relevant to the Company or any Group Company and any code of practice issued by the Company (as amended from time to time) relating to dealing in the securities of the Company or any Group Company; and

 

  (m)

comply with the requirements under both legislation and regulations on insider dealing.

 

4.

PLACE OF WORK

 

4.1

The Executive’s normal place of work shall be the Company’s head office in the UK from time to time as the Company may reasonably determine, for the proper performance of his duties. The Executive shall travel to such places (inside and) outside the UK as may be required in order to properly perform his duties, in particular, to the head office in the USA. In connection therewith, the Executive is likely from time to time to be required to work outside the UK for periods exceeding one month.

 

4.2

There are currently no additional terms which apply where the Executive is required to work outside the UK for a period exceeding one month, but the Company reserves the right to issue such terms, and any such terms will be notified to the Executive.

 

5.

WORKING HOURS

 

5.1

The parties agree that the Executive’s role and senior status are such that the Executive will determine the whole of his working time himself and his working time cannot be measured or pre-determined and, accordingly, that the Appointment falls within the scope of Regulation 20 of the Working Time Regulations 1998, meaning that the restrictions on working time set out in the Working Time Regulations do not apply to him.

 

5.2

During the Appointment, unless prevented by ill-health or accident and except during holiday taken in accordance with clause 11, the Executive shall devote the whole of his time, skill and attention during normal business hours, and at such other times as may be reasonably necessary (without additional remuneration), to his duties under this Agreement.

 

6.

REMUNERATION

 

6.1

The Company will pay the Executive a salary of £740,000 and a fixed benefits allowance of £30,000 per annum. The salary (and so far, as is reasonably possible) the benefits allowance will accrue from day to day and be payable in equal instalments in arrears on or around the 25th day of every month, less deductions for income tax and National Insurance contributions and shall be inclusive of any fees receivable by the Executive as a director of any Group Company.

 

6.2

The Executive’s salary will be reviewed by the Compensation Committee every two years. There will be no salary review after notice to terminate this Agreement has been given by either party. The Company has no obligation to increase the Executive’s salary following a review.

 

6.3

The Executive will be eligible to participate in any bonus or discretionary remuneration plan on such terms as the Compensation Committee may from time to time decide and always subject to the terms of the Executive Remuneration policy as approved by shareholders of WPP plc and to additional terms and conditions including the malus and clawback provisions of all relevant share or stock plans and as referred to in Schedule 2.

 

6.4

Any bonus payment to the Executive shall be purely discretionary and shall not form part of the Executive’s contractual remuneration under this Agreement. Payment of a bonus to the Executive in

 

5


Table of Contents
 

one year shall confer no right on the Executive to receive a bonus in any other year. Specifically, but without limitation, the Executive shall have no right to be considered for, or payment of, a bonus where the Executive is subject to, or may about to be subject to, an ongoing investigation or disciplinary process into facts or matters which could lead to such bonus being forfeited, or reduced and in all events if the Appointment has terminated for any reason or if he is under notice of termination whether given by the Executive or the Company at or prior to the date when a bonus might otherwise have been payable. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Executive is exonerated of any of the allegations made during any such disciplinary process or if any investigation does not result in any material action against the Executive, he will (once the disciplinary process or investigation is concluded) have the right to be considered for a bonus as if there had been no such investigation or disciplinary process. If any bonus becomes payable in such circumstances it will be paid without delay following the conclusion of the disciplinary process or investigation.

 

6.5

The Executive hereby irrevocably consents to the Company, at any time during the Appointment or on its termination (however arising), deducting from salary or any other payments due to the Executive in respect of the Appointment any monies due from him to the Company or any Group Company.

 

6.6

The Executive agrees that every benefit arising out of or in connection with his employment whilst he remains a director is subject to change (including detrimental change without compensation) where any particular benefit paid, or otherwise owing or becoming payable to him in the future, breaches or may breach the terms of the shareholder approved Executive Compensation Policy at any time.

 

7.

EXPENSES

The Company will reimburse the Executive (on production of such evidence as it may reasonably require) the amount of all travelling and other expenses properly and reasonably incurred by him in the discharge of his duties in strict accordance with the Company’s expenses policy from time to time.

 

8.

PENSION

 

8.1

The Company operates a Group pension plan (the Plan). The Executive is entitled to participate in the Plan (or such pension scheme as may be established by the Company to replace the Plan), subject to its trust deeds and rules from time to time. The Executive has opted out of the Plan. Whilst his status remains so, he will receive in lieu the annual sum of 10% of his current salary, paid monthly in instalments, together with his salary.

 

8.2

The Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time without replacing it. In this event, and assuming he is, or has been, a member, the Executive’s rights (if any) will be in accordance with the said trust deeds and rules.

 

8.3

The Executive has been grated Fixed Protection. The Company acknowledges that once the Executive has informed the Company that he has Fixed Protection, under Regulation 5D of the Occupational and Personal Pension Schemes (Automatic Enrolment) Regulations 2010 it does not need to automatically-enrol or automatically re-enrol the Executive into a pension scheme. The Company therefore agrees not to enrol the Executive in the Plan or any other pension scheme at any time after the Executive has informed the Company that he has Fixed Protection 2016,

The Company agrees in the meantime that it will not enrol the Executive into the Plan or any other pension scheme unless it is compelled to do so by law or the parties agree in writing otherwise. If the Company is compelled to enrol the Executive into the Plan or another pension scheme under law, or the Executive opts to join the Plan or any other pension scheme the Executive acknowledges and agrees that:

 

6


Table of Contents
  (a)

the Company has no liability to him if payment of any contribution to, or the provision of any benefit under, the Plan (whether by itself or when aggregated with any contribution to or any increase in value of the Executive’s rights under any other arrangement) gives rise to an annual allowance or lifetime allowance charge (within the meaning of the Finance Act 2004) and that the Company has no responsibility to make any enquiry or advise the Executive as to the possibility of any such charge;

 

  (b)

he is liable for reporting and paying any such charge in accordance with the Finance Act 2004; and

 

  (c)

the Company has no liability to him in respect of any loss for any reason of enhanced protection, fixed protection, fixed protection 2014, fixed protection 2016 or any similar protection allowed in future (for the purposes of the Finance Act 2004) if applicable to the Executive.

 

9.

INSURANCES

 

9.1

In partial spend of the fixed benefits allowance referred to in sub-clause 6.1, the Executive and his spouse or civil partner and any children under the age of 21 (or 24 if in full time education) are entitled to membership of a private medical insurance scheme.

 

9.2

The Executive is entitled to membership of a Group income protection plan and life assurance cover, which will be paid for by the Company.

 

9.3

Participation in all insurance schemes from time to time is subject to:

 

  (a)

the terms of the relevant insurance scheme, as amended from time to time;

 

  (b)

the rules or the insurance policy of the relevant insurance provider, or WPP Healthcare Trust as amended from time to time; and

 

  (c)

the Executive (and where relevant any other potential beneficiary) satisfying the normal underwriting requirements of the relevant insurance provider and the premium being at a rate which the Company considers reasonable.

 

9.4

If the insurer refuses for any reason to provide the benefit to the Executive (or any relevant dependant) the Company shall not be liable to provide to the Executive any replacement benefit of the same or similar kind or to pay any compensation in lieu of such benefit. Full details of the insurance schemes are available from the Company’s Worldwide Compensation and Benefits Director.

 

9.5

For the avoidance of doubt, the Company’s sole obligations in respect of the insurance benefits referred to in sub clause 9.1 and 9.2 is to pay the premia from time to time requested by the provider and to pay to the Executive any sums as may from time to time be received by the Company from the provider in respect of any claim made by the Executive (for him or a dependent) under any insurance scheme.

 

9.6

The Company shall have the right at its sole discretion to alter the cover provided or any term of any insurance scheme or to cease to provide (without replacement) any insurance scheme or cover at any time.

 

9.7

The Executive is entitled to the benefit of any indemnity in the Company’s articles of association and may also entitled to the benefit of cover under such directors and officers liability insurance policy as may be maintained by the Company from time to time.

 

7


Table of Contents
10.

SICKNESS ABSENCE

 

10.1

If the Executive cannot attend work due to sickness or injury, the Executive will keep the Chairman informed of his condition and, where the absence lasts for a period of seven calendar days or more, the Executive will (at the request of the Company) produce a doctor’s certificate to the Company in respect of his absence.

 

  (a)

Provided the Executive complies with the Company’s sickness absence notification and certification requirements, the Executive shall be entitled to receive his full salary and contractual benefits during any period of sickness absence not exceeding 26 weeks in any rolling period of 12 months. These payments shall be inclusive of any Statutory Sick Pay due. No payment of salary will be made during any subsequent period of absence when the Executive is eligible to receive benefits under the Group income protection plan referred to in sub clause 9.2.

 

10.2

If the Company so reasonably requires, the Executive agrees to consent to a medical examination by a medical practitioner nominated by the Company, at the Company’s expense. The Executive agrees that the Company may have access to reports and results produced in connection with any such examination and that it may discuss the contents of the report with the relevant medical practitioner, subject to the Executive being given the opportunity to review and comment on the report before it is disclosed to anyone within the Company.

 

10.3

If the Executive is absent due to illness for more than one month, the Board shall be entitled at any time thereafter to appoint an executive director or employee to perform the Executive’s duties and to exercise his powers until the Executive is able to resume his duties, following which such substitute will cease to act in the Executive’s role.

 

10.4

The Company reserves the right to terminate the Appointment under the terms of this Agreement even when this would or might cause the Executive to forfeit any entitlement to sick pay or Group income protection benefit.

 

11.

HOLIDAYS

 

11.1

The Company’s holiday year runs from 1 January to 31 December (the Holiday Year). The Executive is entitled to 25 days’ paid holiday in addition to the usual public or bank holidays in England) in every Holiday Year, to be taken at times convenient to the Company.

 

11.2

No accrued but untaken holiday may be carried forward to the next holiday year and will lapse unless the Executive has been prevented from taking holiday due to sickness or statutory family leave to which he is or may be entitled further to Company policy from time to time.

 

11.3

The Company reserves the right to require the Executive to take any outstanding holiday during any period of notice of termination of employment or to make a payment in lieu of holiday outstanding at the Termination Date. If, at the Termination Date, the Executive has taken more holiday than he has accrued, the Executive hereby expressly consents to the Company deducting an appropriate amount from any payments otherwise due him. Deductions and payments in lieu of holiday are to be calculated on the basis that a day’s holiday is equal to 1/260 of the Executive’s basic salary.

 

12.

OTHER INTERESTS

During the Appointment, the Executive may not accept any employment with or appointment to any office, whether paid or unpaid, in relation to anybody, whether corporate or not (other than a Group Company), or directly or indirectly be interested in any manner in any other business except:

 

8


Table of Contents
  (a)

as holder or beneficial owner (for investment purposes only) of any class of securities in a company if those securities are listed or dealt in on a Recognised Investment Exchange and the Executive (together with his spouse, children, parents and parents’ issue) neither holds nor is beneficially interested in more than 1% of the securities of that class; or

 

  (b)

with the consent in writing of the Company, which may be given subject to any terms which the Company requires.

 

13.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

13.1

In this clause 13, Confidential Information means information (whether or not recorded in documentary form, or stored on any magnetic or optical disk or memory) relating, without limitation, to the business, clients, customers, products, affairs and finances of the Company or any Group Company for the time being confidential to the Company or any Group Company or in relation to which the Company or any Group Company is subject to a duty of confidentiality and trade secrets including, without limitation, technical data and know-how relating to the business of the Company or any Group Company or of any persons having dealings with the Company or any Group Company, whether or not such information (if it is not in oral form) is marked confidential, and includes, without limitation:

 

  (a)

existing and prospective activities of the Company or any Group Company, including timing, business plans and financial information;

 

  (b)

existing and prospective terms of business, prices and pricing strategies and structures, profit margins, trading arrangements, discounts and rebates of the Company or any Group Company;

 

  (c)

existing and prospective marketing information, plans, strategies, tactics and timing relating to the Company or any Group Company;

 

  (d)

existing and prospective lists of suppliers and rates of charge relating to the Company or any Group Company;

 

  (e)

existing and prospective financial and other products or services, including applications, designs, technical data and qualifications relating to the Company or any Group Company;

 

  (f)

existing and prospective software applications relating to the Company or any Group Company;

 

  (g)

information relating to existing and prospective officers, employees and consultants of the Company or any Group Company including their engagement, their contractual terms including commission and bonuses and information relating to the termination of their employment or appointment with the Company or any Group Company;

 

  (h)

any disputes and litigation proposed, in progress or settled in relation to the Company or any Group Company;

 

  (i)

any invention, technical data, know-how or other manufacturing information of the Group or its customers/clients; and

 

  (j)

existing and prospective research and development activities.

 

13.2

The Executive must not make use of or divulge to any person or entity, and must use his best endeavours to prevent the unauthorised use, publication or disclosure of, any Confidential

 

9


Table of Contents
 

Information which is disclosed or made available to the Executive, either directly or indirectly, during the course of, or in connection with, the Executive’s employment or his holding any office within the Group from any source within the Company or any Group Company and shall be under an obligation promptly to report to the Group any such unauthorised use or disclosure which comes to his knowledge.

 

13.3

This clause 13 does not apply to information which:

 

  (a)

is used or disclosed in the proper performance of the Executive’s duties or with the prior written consent of the Company or any Group Company;

 

  (b)

is ordered to be disclosed by a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise required to be disclosed by law;

 

  (c)

is already in the public domain (other than as a result of unauthorised disclosure by the Executive or any other person); or

 

  (d)

is already lawfully possessed by the Executive without any obligations of confidentiality or restrictions on use.

 

13.4

The Executive shall not, during the Appointment or at any time thereafter, make, except for the benefit of the Company or any Group Company, any copy, record or memorandum (whether or not recorded in writing or on computer disk or tape) of any Confidential Information and any such copy, record or memorandum made by the Executive during the Appointment shall be and remain the property of the Company and accordingly shall be returned by the Executive to the Company on the Termination Date or when required to do so by the Company.

 

13.5

The Executive shall not other than in the ordinary course of the Appointment without the prior written consent of the Board either directly or indirectly publish any opinion, fact or material or deliver any lecture or address or participate in the making of any film, radio broadcast or television transmission or communicate with any representative of the media or any third party relating to:

 

  (a)

the business or affairs of the Company or of any other Group Company or to any of its or their officers, employees, customers, clients, suppliers, distributors, agents or shareholders; or

 

  (b)

the development or exploitation of any Intellectual Property Rights, including Confidential Information.

 

13.6

Each of the restrictions in each sub clause above will be enforceable independently of each of the others and its validity will not be affected if any of the others are invalid. If any of those restrictions are void but would be valid if some part of the restriction were deleted, the restriction in question will apply with such modification as may be necessary to make it valid.

 

13.7

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement precludes the Executive from making a protected disclosure within the meaning of Part 4A (Protected Disclosures) of the Employment Rights Act 1996.

 

14.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

14.1

For the purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

 

  (a)

Intellectual Property Rights means: (i) copyrights, moral rights, patents, inventions, know-how, Confidential Information, database rights, brands, business names, domain names,

 

10


Table of Contents
 

and rights in trademarks, service marks and designs (whether registered or unregistered); (ii) applications for registration, and the right to apply for registration, and registrations for any of the same, and any renewals, reissues, extensions, continuations or divisions thereof; (iii) rights to use such assets listed in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) under licences, consents, orders, statutes or otherwise; and (iv) all other intellectual property rights and equivalent or similar forms of protection now or hereafter existing anywhere in the world.

 

  (b)

IP Materials means all documents, software, photographic or graphic works of any type, and other materials in any medium or format which are created by or on behalf of the Executive in the course of performing his obligations under this Agreement and which are protected by or relate to Intellectual Property Rights.

 

14.2

Any Intellectual Property Rights created by the Executive or arising in the course of his employment or his performing his obligations under this Agreement shall belong to and vest in the Company.

 

14.3

To the extent that ownership of Intellectual Property Rights does not vest in the Company by operation of law, the Executive hereby assigns to the Company his entire right, title and interest in all Intellectual Property Rights which arise in the course of performing his obligations under this Agreement (including all present and future copyright, and copyright revivals and extensions). This assignment shall take effect upon the creation of each of the Intellectual Property Rights but if for any reason this does not occur, he agrees that he will hold all such Intellectual Property Rights on trust for the benefit of the Company until such time as it does.

 

14.4

The Executive agrees to sign all documents and to do all other acts which the Company requests (at its expense) to enable the Company to enjoy the full benefit of this clause 14. This includes joining in any application, which may be made in the Company’s sole name for registration of any Intellectual Property Rights (such as a patent, trademark or registered design), and assisting the Company in defending and enforcing such rights during and after the employment (at the Company’s expense).

 

14.5

Without prejudice to the generality of clause 13 (Confidential Information), the Executive may only use the Intellectual Property Rights and IP Materials to perform his obligations under this Agreement, and shall not disclose any Intellectual Property Rights or IP Materials to any third party without the express prior written consent of the Company.

 

14.6

The Executive waives all moral rights in IP Materials to which he may otherwise be entitled under the law of any relevant jurisdiction and which cannot be vested or assigned pursuant to sub clause 14.2 or 14.3. To the extent that any moral rights cannot be waived under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction, the Executive agrees that he will not enforce such rights.

 

14.7

The Executive shall promptly transfer to the Company all IP Materials in his possession or under his control as at the Termination Date, or at any time when the Company requests. No copies or other record of any IP Materials may be retained by the Executive except with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

14.8

The Executive understands and accepts that the remuneration and benefits provided to him by the Company in accordance with this Agreement constitute sufficient consideration to the Executive for the performance of his obligations under this clause 14 including, for the avoidance of doubt, the waiver of or covenant not to assert any moral rights that he may have.

 

14.9

This clause 14, and the rights and obligations of the parties contained herein, shall survive expiry of this Agreement, or its termination, for any reason.

 

11


Table of Contents
15.

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

15.1

The Appointment may be terminated by either party giving the other at least 12 months’ notice in writing.

 

15.2

The Company may in its sole and absolute discretion (whether or not any notice of termination has been given under sub clause 15.1) terminate this Agreement at any time and with immediate effect by giving notice in writing to the Executive that the Company is exercising its rights pursuant to this clause 15. If the Company elects to terminate the Executive’s employment in this way, it will make, within 30 days, either the first instalment (of equal monthly instalments) of a, or an entire, payment in lieu of notice (Payment in Lieu) equal to the basic salary, benefit allowance and any benefits, as at the Termination Date, which the Executive would have been entitled to receive under this Agreement during the notice period referred to at sub clause 15.1 (or, if notice has already been given, during the remainder of the notice period), less all relevant deductions for income tax and National Insurance contributions. For the avoidance of doubt, the Payment in Lieu shall not include any element in relation to:

 

  (a)

any bonus or discretionary payment(s) that might otherwise have been due during the period for which the Payment in Lieu is made; and

 

  (b)

any payment in respect of any holiday entitlement that would have accrued during the period for which the Payment in Lieu is made.

 

15.3

The Company may pay any sums due under sub clause 15.2 in equal monthly instalments until the date on which the notice period referred to at sub clause 15.1 would have expired if notice had been given (the Payment Period).

 

15.4

The Payment in Lieu is at all times conditional on the Executive informing the Company immediately in the event that he receives, or has a right to receive, remuneration from any source in respect of his employment or the provision of his services during the Payment Period or relating to the Payment Period (remuneration shall include any salary, fee or other benefit).

 

15.5

If the Executive obtains alternative employment or an alternative engagement during the Payment Period any further monthly instalments of the Payment in Lieu will be reduced on a pro rata basis by any payment or remuneration in respect of such alternative employment or alternative engagement during the Payment Period or relating to the Payment Period.

 

15.6

The Executive shall have no right to receive a Payment in Lieu unless the Company has exercised its discretion in sub clause 15.2.

 

15.7

Nothing in this clause 15 shall prevent the Company from terminating the Appointment in breach of contract or of common law.

 

15.8

If the Executive:

 

  (a)

in the reasonable opinion of the Board fails or neglects efficiently and diligently to discharge his duties, including, without limitation his duties under Chapter 2 of part 10 of the Companies Act 2006, or is guilty of any serious or repeated material breach of his obligations under this Agreement and, if that material breach is remediable, fails to remedy the breach within a period of 21 days after being notified in writing to do so;

 

  (b)

is guilty of any fraud, dishonesty, serious misconduct or any other conduct which, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, brings or is likely to bring the Executive or the Company or

 

12


Table of Contents
 

any Group Company into disrepute or affects or is likely to affect prejudicially the interests of the Company or the Group;

 

  (c)

is convicted of an arrestable offence (other than a road traffic offence for which a non-custodial penalty is imposed);

 

  (d)

is guilty of any material breach or material non-observance of any code of conduct, requirement, rule or regulation referred to in sub clause 3.2;

 

  (e)

becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;

 

  (f)

is prohibited from being a director by law;

 

  (g)

resigns as a director without the Company’s prior consent;

 

  (h)

has become physically or mentally incapable of acting as a director and may remain so for more than six months, according to a written opinion issued in relation to the Executive to the Company from a registered medical practitioner who is treating the Executive; or

 

  (i)

is not or ceases to be eligible to work in the UK,

the Company may by written notice to the Executive terminate this Agreement with immediate effect.

 

15.9

The Company’s rights under clause 15.8 are without prejudice to any other rights that it might have at common law to terminate the Appointment or to accept any breach of this Agreement by the Executive as having brought the agreement to an end. Any delay by the Company in exercising its rights shall not constitute a waiver thereof.

 

15.10

On the Termination Date or, at the request of the Board on either party giving notice to terminate this Agreement, the Executive will immediately:

 

  (a)

deliver to the Company all other property in his possession, custody or under his control belonging to any Group Company including (but not limited to) computers and any other electronic devices, business cards, credit and charge cards, security passes, original and copy documents or other media on which information is held in his possession relating to the business or affairs of any Group Company; and

 

  (b)

to the extent possible, irretrievably delete (without keeping any copies in any format) any information relating to the business or affairs of the Company or any Group Company or any of its or their business contacts from any computer or communications systems, including any website or email account, owned or used by the Executive outside the Company’s premises and notify the Company of any passwords the Executive used in relation to its computer system.

 

15.11

If the Executive’s rights or benefits under any share option or share incentive scheme in which the Executive may participate (as set out at the date hereof in Schedule 2) are affected by the termination of the Employment, his rights will be determined solely in accordance with the rules of the relevant scheme and the Executive shall not be entitled to any compensation for the loss of any rights or benefits under such scheme.

 

15.12

If the Appointment is terminated for the purpose of the reconstruction or amalgamation of the Company or by reason of the Company transferring all or a substantial part of its business to another company and the Executive is offered employment by the reconstructed or amalgamated or transferee company on similar terms to the terms of this Agreement, the Executive will have no claim

 

13


Table of Contents
 

against the Company or such reconstructed or amalgamated or transferee company in respect of the termination of the Appointment.

 

16.

GARDEN LEAVE

 

16.1

Following service of notice to terminate the Appointment by either party or if the Executive purports to terminate the Appointment in breach, the Board may suspend all or any of the Executive’s duties and powers for such periods and on such terms as he considers expedient and this may include a term that:

 

  (a)

the Executive must stay away from all or any of the Company’s premises, and/or

 

  (b)

will not be provided with any work, and/or

 

  (c)

will have no business contact with all or any of the Group’s agents, employees, customers, clients, distributors and suppliers, and/or

 

  (d)

will have no access to the Company’s communications systems.

(referred to as Garden Leave).

 

16.2

During any period of Garden Leave the Company will continue to pay the Executive’s salary, benefits allowance and maintain the benefits to which he is contractually entitled prior to the commencement of his Garden Leave (for the avoidance of doubt the Executive shall not be entitled to any bonus or discretionary payment(s) during any period of Garden Leave).

 

16.3

During any period of Garden Leave may appoint a replacement to exercise any of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities and may require the Executive to take such actions as he reasonably requires to effect a proper handover of any of his duties and responsibilities. Alternatively, the Company may require the Executive to carry out exceptional duties or special projects outside the normal scope of his duties and responsibilities (provided such projects are broadly commensurate with his status).

 

16.4

During any period of Garden Leave the Executive’s employment will continue and the Executive will continue to be bound by his obligations under this Agreement and by his general duties of fidelity and good faith (and, where applicable, as a fiduciary). The Executive agrees that the Company may, if it so chooses, announce to third parties that the Executive has resigned or been given notice (as the case may be) but the Executive will not make any comment on his status or change of duties, except to confirm he is on garden leave.

 

17.

OFFICE AS A DIRECTOR

 

17.1

Any office or directorship which the Executive holds in any Group Company is subject to the articles of association of the relevant company from time to time.

 

17.2

The Executive is required to familiarise himself with all his responsibilities as a director, legal and/or otherwise.

 

17.3

Upon termination of this Agreement, or on the Board’s request, the Executive will resign from any office held by him in any Group Company without any claim for compensation.

 

17.4

The Executive shall, at the time of signing this Agreement, appoint the Company as his attorney by executing a Power of Attorney in the form set out in Schedule 1 so that the Company can give effect to the provisions of sub clause 17.3 above and clause 14 above as required.

 

14


Table of Contents
17.5

In the event that the Executive fails to be re-elected as a director of any Group Company, or if the Executive resigns as a director of any Group Company at the Company’s request, this Agreement shall not automatically terminate and the Executive will continue as an employee of the Company unless and until either party elect to terminate the employment (either in accordance with clause 15.1, or where the Company may have a right to terminate his employment summarily under clause 15 or at common law).

 

17.6

The Executive must not resign from any directorship or office of any Group Company, except on termination of this Agreement (by either party), on the Board’s request or as provided in the articles of association of the Company, and he must not do anything that would cause him to be disqualified from continuing to act as a director.

 

18.

PROTECTIVE COVENANTS

 

18.1

The Executive acknowledges that his senior position with the Company and any Group Company gives him access to and the benefit of confidential information vital to the continuing business of the Company and any Group Company and influence over and connection with the Company’s customers, clients, suppliers, distributors, agents, employees, workers, consultants and directors and those of any Group Company in or with which the Executive is engaged or in contact and acknowledges and agrees that the provisions in Schedule 3 are reasonable in their application to him and necessary but no more than sufficient to protect the interests of the Company and any Group Company.

 

18.2

If any person offers to the Executive any arrangement, contractual or otherwise, and whether paid or unpaid, which might or would cause the Executive to breach any of the covenants in Schedule 3, he will notify that person of the terms of that Schedule 3 and provide that person with a complete copy of it.

 

19.

DATA PROTECTION

 

19.1

The Company takes its data protection obligations very seriously and complies with its legal obligations under the General Data Protection Regulation and the Data Protection Act 2018 to protect the privacy and security of the Executive’s personal information. As a data controller the Company is required to inform the Executive how we hold and use his information.

 

20.

GRIEVANCE AND DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURE

 

20.1

If the Executive is dissatisfied with any disciplinary decision relating to him, including any decision to dismiss him, he will have the right to appeal to the Chairman of WPP plc, whose decision will be final.

 

20.2

If the Executive seeks to redress any grievance relating to his employment, the Executive should raise this in the first instance with the Chairman. If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved, the Executive should then apply in writing to the Board and the Board’s decision will be final.

 

20.3

The Company may suspend the Executive from any or all of his duties for as long as is reasonably necessary to investigate any matter in which the Executive is implicated or involved, whether directly or indirectly, or in the event that the Company believes that the Executive’s presence in the office would be detrimental to any investigation or to other employees or to the Executive. The provisions of clause 16.1 (a) to (d) and 16.2 will apply during any such period of suspension, with any additional terms depending on the circumstances that may be notified to the Executive in writing at that time.

 

15


Table of Contents
21.

COLLECTIVE AGREEMENTS

The Company is not a party to any collective agreement which affects the Executive’s employment.

 

22.

GENERAL

 

22.1

This Agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with English law, save where provided otherwise herein.

 

22.2

The parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim that arises out of or in connection with this Agreement or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims).

 

22.3

This Agreement contains all the information which is required to be provided to the Executive under section 1 of the Employment Rights Act 1996.

 

22.4

As from the effective date of this Agreement, all other agreements or arrangements between the Company or any Group Company relating to the employment of the Executive cease to have effect. This Agreement (and the documents referred to within it, including but not limited to the share plans that the Executive participates in from time to time) comprises the whole agreement between the Executive and the Company relating to the Executive’s employment by the Company.

 

22.5

Each Group Company shall have the right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce the rights bestowed on it by this Agreement. The consent of a Group Company is not required to amend any terms of this Agreement. Except as set out in this clause 22, a person who is not a party to this Agreement may not enforce any of its provisions under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

22.6

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed, shall constitute a duplicate original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute the one agreement.

AS WITNESS the hands of the Executive and of the duly authorised representatives of the Company on the date which appears first on page 1.

SIGNATORIES

 

SIGNED by WPP 2005 LIMITED                

acting by MARK READ

  

)

  

/s/ Mark Read

SIGNED by JOHN ROGERS

  

)

  

/s/ John Rogers

 

16


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE 1

POWER OF ATTORNEY

By this Power of Attorney made on 1 October 2019, I JOHN ROGERS in accordance with the terms of my service agreement (the Service Agreement) with WPP 2005 Limited (the Company) dated today HEREBY APPOINT the Company to act as my attorney with authority in my name and on my behalf (so that words and expressions defined in the Service Agreement shall have the same meaning herein):

 

(a)

during my employment or after it has terminated, to do anything and sign or execute any document and generally to use my name for the purpose of giving to the Company or to any Group Company or its or their nominee(s) the full benefit of clause 14 (Intellectual Property);

 

(b)

during my employment or after it has terminated, to do anything and sign or execute any document as may be required under the constitution of the Company and each Group Company to make my resignation as a director from those companies effective; and

 

(c)

to appoint any substitute and to delegate to that substitute all or any powers conferred by this Power of Attorney.

I declare that this Power of Attorney, having been given by me to secure my obligations under clause 14 (Intellectual Property) and clause 15 (Termination of Employment) of the Service Agreement, shall be irrevocable in accordance with section 4 of the Powers of Attorney Act 1971.

This Power of Attorney is governed by and construed in accordance with English law, save where provided otherwise herein.

The parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim that arises out of or in connection with this Power of Attorney or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims).

IN WITNESS whereof this Power of Attorney has been duly executed.

 

EXECUTED as a deed by JOHN ROGERS

     )     
     )      /s/ John Rogers

in the presence of:

     )     

Witness:

     

 

Signature:    

  

/s/ Rachel Blackman - Rogers

 

  

Name:

  

Rachel Blackman - Rogers

 

  

Address:

       
       
       
       

 

17


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE 2

INCENTIVE PLANS

The Executive will be eligible to participate in each of the Incentive plans referred to below in accordance with the rules of the relevant plans from time to time.

The receipt of any bonus, award, stock or payment under any or all of these plans in one year shall not create any right or expectation to any bonus or payment in any subsequent year.

 

  1

SHORT TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (STIP)

 

1.1

The Executive’s STIP target award will be up to 112% of base salary with a potential award of up to a maximum of 225% of basic salary depending how far the target may be exceeded.

 

1.2

All payments under the STIP are discretionary and subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee.

 

1.3

STIP awards are paid out partly in cash and partly in the form of a deferred stock award under the ESA, the exact split from time to time being a matter of Compensation Committee discretion. The cash element under the STIP is payable in the year following the year for which the bonus is payable. The deferred stock element will be governed by the rules of the relevant stock plan.

 

1.4

In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated or he is under notice of termination, whether such notice is given or received by the Company, prior to the date on which the bonus is paid (in respect of the cash element) or prior to the vesting date of the deferred stock award (in respect of the deferred stock element) the Executive will forfeit all and any rights or entitlements under the STIP and will not have any rights against the Company and/or WPP plc in respect of the loss of such entitlement.

 

  2

EXECUTIVE SHARE AWARD (ESA)

 

2.1

The Executive will be eligible to receive Executive Share Awards (ESA) further to his STIP awards.

 

2.2

Annual targets based on the financial results of the Company will be determined by WPP plc. ESAs are granted in form of awards (if any) made after the end of the relevant calendar year, under the relevant stock plan and are subject to such conditions as the Compensation Committee may determine from time to time. All ESAs are subject to the overriding discretion of the Compensation Committee up to the point at which the award under the relevant stock plan is granted. Currently the ESA share vesting period is three years from the start of the Financial Year to which the relevant ESA award relates.

 

2.3

The granting and vesting of stock awards will be subject to such conditions as the Compensation Committee may determine from time to time and subject always to the provisions of the relevant stock plan.

 

  3

EXECUTIVE PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN (EPSP)

 

3.1

At the discretion of the Compensation Committee, the Executive will be eligible to participate in the Executive Performance Share Plan.

 

3.2

The Company currently expects that the Executive will be granted a target award under the EPSP of WPP plc stock of 300% of his base salary (but this is subject always to the discretion of the

 

18


Table of Contents
 

Compensation Committee and may be adjusted downwards prior to the grant being made) which will vest subject to performance (as deemed by the Compensation Committee in its discretion) at the end of the performance period.

 

3.3

The granting and vesting of awards under the EPSP will be subject to such conditions as the Compensation Committee may determine from time to time and subject always to the provisions of the EPSP

 

  4

PERFORMANCE ADJUSTMENTS

 

4.1

If the Executive:

 

  (a)

commits an act of fraud, dishonesty, deceit, breach of fiduciary duty or other gross misconduct;

 

  (b)

does or omits to do something that results in a set of audited accounts of a Group Company being materially wrong or misleading; and either

 

  (i)

those accounts have to be materially corrected; or

 

  (ii)

a subsequent set of accounts or data have to be adjusted or include a provision or write down as a result of that act or omission; or

 

  (iii)

a liquidation event occurs in relation to that Group Company; or

 

  (c)

knew or should have known that any information used to calculate any STIP awarded to him was incorrect; or

 

  (d)

prior to the award or payment of any STIP award, committed any material wrongdoing that had the Company known of it would have entitled the Company to terminate the Executive’s employment in accordance with clause 15 of the Agreement,

then the Compensation Committee can decide that: (i) any STIP award or part of a STIP award awarded to him pursuant to this Agreement will be cancelled; and/or (ii) any STIP award or part of a STIP award paid to him in satisfaction of any STIP award under this Agreement must be repaid by the Executive.

 

4.2

This sub-clause 4.2 applies if, at any time prior to the third anniversary of the payment of any STIP awarded pursuant to this Agreement, the Compensation Committee determines that any of the circumstances described in sub-clauses 4.1(a) to 4.1(d) has arisen.

 

4.3

If sub-clause 4.2 applies, the Compensation Committee can decide that the relevant STIP award or part of the STIP award will be cancelled or should not have been paid and must be repaid by the Executive to compensate the Company for any overpayment.

 

4.4

Subject to sub-clause 4.5 the Executive will, if required to do so by the Compensation Committee, repay to the Company or to another Group Company as notified by the Company the amount of cash that the Compensation Committee determines is required to compensate the Company for any overpayment.

 

19


Table of Contents
4.5

If the Executive was subject to tax, social security contributions or other levies (Taxes) on payment of the STIP award, and in the Compensation Committee’s reasonable opinion he will not get a credit or repayment of some or all of the Taxes, the Compensation Committee will reduce the amount of cash that the Executive can be required to transfer under sub-clause 4.4 by the amount that reflects the Taxes in respect of which credit or repayment is unavailable.

 

4.6

The Compensation Committee will act reasonably in using its authority under sub-clauses 4.1to 4.5of this Schedule 2

 

  5

ONE-TIME AWARDS

5.1        The Executive will, subject to the terms of this Schedule 2, be eligible to receive the following one-time awards in compensation for the short term and long-term incentive awards he will cease to be entitled to on cessation of his previous directorship of and employment with J Sainsbury plc or one of its subsidiaries (“JS”):

(a) a cash award equivalent to the cash bonus he would have received from JS in respect of the 2019 financial year and payable in 2020 determined on the same basis as the compensation committee of JS awards a cash bonus to the CEO and Executive management team of JS; and

(b) £361,252 payable in cash in respect of the JS 2018 Deferred Share Award; and

(c) £368,455 payable in cash in respect of the JS 2016 LTIP Award; and

(d) an award equivalent to the value of the deferred share award he would have received from JS in respect of the 2019 financial year and awarded in 2020 determined on the same basis as the compensation committee of JS awards a cash bonus to the CEO and Executive management team of JS, to be granted over restricted ordinary WPP shares with a vesting date in May 2022;

(e) an award to the value of £364,102 to be granted over restricted ordinary WPP shares with a vesting date in May 2021 in respect of the JS 2019 Deferred Share Award; and

(f) a cash award in respect of the JS 2017 LTIP award currently estimated to be valued at £644,160 but to be determined based on the actual performance disclosed in the JS 2020 annual report and accounts and to include JS dividend equivalents. The Executive commits to utilise the net amount after tax and deductions to acquire WPP ordinary shares that he will hold beneficially for a minimum of two years; and

(g) an award to the value of £1,069,788 to be granted over ordinary shares under the terms of the WPP EPSP 2019 award with a vesting date of March 2021 in respect of the JS 2018 LTIP. The Executive commits to utilise the net amount after tax and deductions to acquire WPP ordinary shares that he will hold beneficially for a minimum of two years; and

(h) an award to the value of £1,427,991 to be granted over ordinary shares under the terms of the WPP EPSP 2019 award with a vesting date of March 2022 in respect of the JS 2019 LTIP. The Executive commits to utilise the net amount after tax and deductions to acquire WPP ordinary shares that he will hold beneficially for a minimum of two years.

5.2        In relation to the one-time awards in clause 5.1 payable in cash, the payment will be made in the second month following the Executive’s commencement of employment with the Company or such later date when the outcomes of the JS incentive plans are available. The one-time share award in clause 5.1 will be made in the first open period of WPP plc following the Executive’s commencement of employment with the Company.

 

20


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE 3

PROTECTIVE COVENANTS

 

1

The Executive agrees and undertakes with the Company acting on behalf of itself and as agent for each Group Company that he will not in any Relevant Capacity at any time during the Restricted Period:

 

  (a)

within or in relation to the Restricted Territory take any steps preparatory to or be directly or indirectly engaged, employed, interested or concerned in:

 

  (i)

any Competing Business; and/or

 

  (ii)

any Target Business Entity,

 

  (b)

within or in relation to the Restricted Territory acquire a substantial or controlling interest directly or by or through any nominee or nominees in any Competing Business, Target Business Entity or in any Person owning or controlling a Competing Business or Target Business Entity; or

 

  (c)

solicit or attempt to solicit, canvass, interfere with or entice away from the Company or any Relevant Group Company the custom or any prospective custom of any Client or any Prospect with a view to providing to that Client or Prospect any products or services which are the same as or materially similar to any Restricted Business in competition with the Company or any Relevant Group Company; or

 

  (d)

provide or agree to provide any products or services which are the same as or materially similar to any Restricted Business to any Client or any Prospect in competition with the Company or any Relevant Group Company; or

 

  (e)

solicit, entice or encourage or attempt to solicit, entice or encourage any Key Individual to leave the employment of the Company or any Relevant Group Company (whether or not such person would commit any breach of his contract of employment by doing so); or

 

  (f)

employ, engage, appoint, enter into partnership or association with or in any way cause to be employed, engaged or appointed any Key Individual in relation to any Person which is or is proposing to be a Competing Business or is or is proposed to be directly or indirectly owned by or controlling any Competing Business; or

 

  (g)

provide or agree to provide any products or services which are the same as or materially similar to any Restricted Business in respect of any Competitor Account; or

 

  (h)

be employed or engaged by any Client or Prospect if as a result the Client or Prospect will cease to use or materially reduce its usage of the products or services of the Company or any Relevant Group Company or, in the case of a Prospect, will not use the products or services of the Company or any Relevant Group Company or use them to a materially lesser extent; or

 

  (i)

solicit or try to solicit or place orders for the supply of products or services from any Supplier if as a result the Supplier will cease supplying, materially reduce its supply or vary detrimentally the terms on which it supplies products or services to the Company or any Relevant Group Company; or

 

21


Table of Contents
  (j)

encourage, assist or procure any Person to do anything which if done by the Executive would be a breach of sub clauses 1 (a) to (i).

 

2

The Executive agrees that updating his profile and/or connecting or reconnecting to Clients, Suppliers or Prospects using Social Media during the Restricted Period may amount to a breach of sub clauses 1 (a) to (j) above.

 

3

The parties agree that the restrictions (whether taken individually or as a whole) in sub clauses 1 (a) to (j) above are reasonable having regard to the legitimate protectable interests of the Company and the Group and that each such restriction is intended to be separate and severable and the validity of each is not affect if any of the others are involved. In the event that any of the restrictions is held to be void but would be valid if part of its wording was deleted, that restriction shall apply with whatever deletion is necessary to make it valid and effective.

 

4

It is understood and agreed by the parties that damages shall be an inadequate remedy in the event of a breach by the Executive of any of the restrictions contained in sub clauses 1 (a) to (i) above and that any such breach by him or on his behalf will cause the Company and any Relevant Group Company great and irreparable injury and damage. Accordingly, he agrees that the Company and/or any Relevant Group Company shall be entitled, without waiving any additional rights or remedies otherwise available to it at law or in equity or by statute, to injunctive and other equitable relief in the event of a breach or intended or threatened breach by the Executive of any of those restrictions.

 

5

If the Company exercises its right to suspend the Executive’s duties and powers under clause 16, the period of the suspension will reduce the Restricted Period.

 

6

For the purposes of this Schedule 3 the following additional definitions shall apply:

Client means any Person with whom or which the Company or any Relevant Group Company has arrangements in place for the provision of any Restricted Business and with whom or which the Executive had material involvement or for whose business he was responsible or about which he acquired material Confidential Information, in the course of his employment at any time during the Relevant Period.

Competing Business means any Person providing or proposing to provide any products or services which are the same as or materially similar to and competitive with any Restricted Business.

Competitor Account means any account, product or brand which competes with any Client’s account, product or brand in respect of which the Executive had material dealings or responsibility on behalf of the Company or any Relevant Group Company or about which he acquired Confidential Information, during the course of his employment at any time during the Relevant Period.

Key Individual means any individual who was employed by the Company or any Relevant Group Company to provide services personally at the date on which the Appointment terminates (or but for the breach by the Executive of his obligations under this Agreement and/or implied by law would have been so employed at the date on which the Appointment terminates) and who in the course of his duties during the Relevant Period had material dealings with the Executive and:

 

  (a)

either:

 

  (i)

reported directly to him; and

 

22


Table of Contents
  (ii)

had material contact with clients or suppliers of the Company or any other Relevant Group Company in the course of his employment;

or

 

  (b)

was a member of the board of directors or the senior management team of the Company or any Relevant Group Company or reported to any such board of directors or senior management team.

Prospect means any Person who was at any time during the Relevant Period negotiating or discussing (which shall include for these purposes a pitch or presentation) with the Company or any Relevant Group Company the provision of any Restricted Business and in respect of which such negotiations or discussions the Executive was materially involved or had responsibility for or about which he acquired material Confidential Information, in the course of his employment at any time during the Relevant Period.

Relevant Capacity means either alone or jointly with another or others, whether as principal, agent, consultant, director, partner, shareholder, independent contractor, employee or in any other capacity, whether directly or indirectly, through any Person and whether for the Executive’s own benefit or that of others (other than as a shareholder holding directly or indirectly by way of bona fide investment only and subject to prior disclosure to the Company up to 1% in nominal value of the issued share capital or other securities of any class of any company listed or dealt in on any Recognised Investment Exchange).

Relevant Group Company means any Group Company to which the Executive rendered services or for which he had management or operational responsibility during the course of his employment at any time during the Relevant Period.

Relevant Period means the twelve-month period ending with the Termination Date.

Restricted Business means and includes any of the products or services provided by the Company or any Relevant Group Company at any time during the Relevant Period with which the Executive had a material involvement or about which he acquired Confidential Information at any time during the Relevant Period.

Restricted Period means the 12-month period commencing on the Termination Date in relation to sub-clause 1(a) and the 18-month period commencing on the Termination Date in relation to all remaining sub-clauses in clause 1 above.

Restricted Territory means England and such other countries in which the Company or any Relevant Group Company carried on any Restricted Business at the Termination Date.

Supplier means any Person who at any time during the Relevant Period provided products or services to the Company or any Relevant Group Company being a Person with whom the Executive had material dealings or for whom he had responsibility or about whom he acquired material Confidential Information, in the course of his employment at any time during the Relevant Period.

Target Business Entity means any business howsoever constituted (whether or not conducting a Restricted Business) which was at the Effective Date or at any time during the Relevant Period a business which the Company or any Relevant Group Company had entered into negotiations with or had approached or had identified as:

 

23


Table of Contents
  (a)

a potential target with a view to its acquisition by the Company or any Relevant Group Company; and/or

 

  (b)

a potential party to any joint venture with the Company or any Relevant Group Company,

in either case where such approach or negotiations or identity were known to a material degree by the Executive or about which he acquired material Confidential Information, in the course of his employment during the Relevant Period.

 

24

EXHIBIT 4.29

SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

DATED 12 JULY 2019

AS AMENDED ON 7 OCTOBER 2019 AND 4 DECEMBER 2019

WPP PLC

AND

SUMMER (BC) TOPCO S.À R.L.

AND

SUMMER (BC) UK BIDCO LIMITED

in relation to companies comprising the Kantar Business of the WPP Group

and in connection with the proposed joint venture in relation to the Kantar Business

between WPP and Bain Capital

 


CONTENTS

 

Clause         Page

 

1.   

Interpretation

    2  
2.   

Sale and Purchase

    2  
3.   

Overall Transaction Value

    3  
4.   

Consideration for the Sale and Purchase

    4  
5.   

Agreed Allocations

    5  
6.   

Conditions Precedent

    6  
7.   

Pre-Completion Covenants

    12  
8.   

First Completion

    17  
9.   

Deferred Completions

    18  
10.   

Leakage

    21  
11.   

Wrong Pockets

    25  
12.   

Guarantees and Indemnities

    26  
13.   

Intra-Group Loans and Trade Debts on First Completion

    27  
14.   

Intra-Group Loans and Trade Debts on Deferred Completions

    28  
15.   

Kantar Reorganisation Intra-Group Loans

    28  
16.   

Deferred Value Payments

    29  
17.   

Deferred Payments in Respect of Certain Assets

    31  
18.   

Deferred Payments in Respect of the CSM Matter

    33  
19.   

Parent’s Warranties

    35  
20.   

Limitations on Liability

    35  
21.   

Purchaser’s Warranties and Undertakings

    36  
22.   

Employees

    38  
23.   

Separation Matters

    39  
24.   

Employee Works Councils

    48  
25.   

Announcements and Confidentiality

    49  
26.   

Notices

    51  
27.   

Assignments

    52  
28.   

Payments

    53  
29.   

General

    55  
30.   

Agency Structure

    56  
31.   

Whole Agreement

    57  
32.   

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

    58  
33.   

Language

    59  

Schedule

 
1.   

The Sellers and Designated Purchasers

    60  
2.   

Parent’s Warranties

    61  
3.   

Claims

    71  
4.   

Completion

    79  
   Part 1           Parent’s Obligations with Regard to Target Company Equity Interests     79  
   Part 2           Purchaser’s Obligations with Regard to Target Company Equity Interests     81  
  

Part 3           General

    82  
5.   

Interpretation

    83  
6.   

Properties

    113  
7.   

Transferring Registered IP

    117  


8.   

Third Party Supplier List

    128
9.   

Conduct in Respect of Deferred Payments

    129  
  

Part 1           Conduct of Litigation Claims

    132  
  

Part 2           Conduct of CSM Matter

    134

Signatories

    130  

Agreed Form documents*

Accounts (Schedule 5)

Announcement (clause 25.4)

Data Room Index (Schedule 5)

Enterprise to equity value bridge (paragraph 4.1(c) of Schedule 3)

Estimated Claims Schedule (Schedule 5)

EY Acquisition Steps Paper (Schedule 5)

Locked Box Accounts (Schedule 5)

Management Accounts (Schedule 5)

Master Entity Spreadsheet (Schedule 5)

Project Summer Summary of Funds Flows (clause 2.3)

Purchaser Finance Documents (Schedule 5)

Shareholders’ Agreement (Schedule 5)

Tax Deed (Schedule 5)

Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA Statement (Schedule 5)

IT Transitional Services Agreement (Schedule 5)

Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement (Schedule 5)

Transaction Documents executed on 12 July 2019*

Disclosure Letter (Schedule 5)

Dutch Put Option Letter (Schedule 5)

French Put Option Letter (Schedule 5)

Equity Commitment Letter (Schedule 5)

Parent Specified Transaction Expenses letter (Schedule 5)

 

 

*

Omitted


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 12 July 2019

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

WPP PLC (registered number 111714), a public limited company incorporated in Jersey and whose registered office is at Queensway House, Hilgrove Street, St Helier, Jersey JE1 1ES (the Parent);

 

(2)

SUMMER (BC) TOPCO S.À R.L. (registered number B235480), a private limited company incorporated in Luxembourg and whose registered office is at 4, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg-Findel, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (the Purchaser); and

 

(3)

SUMMER (BC) UK BIDCO LIMITED (registered number 12093836), a private limited company incorporated in England and whose registered office is at 11th Floor, 200 Aldersgate Street, London EC4A 4HD (UK Bidco),

each a Party and together, the Parties.

BACKGROUND:

 

(A)

The Parent is the ultimate holding company of the Sellers and the Deferred Sellers.

 

(B)

The Parent and the Purchaser wish to establish a joint venture in respect of the Kantar Business in which, from First Completion, the Parent will hold a direct or indirect equity interest of 40 per cent. and the Purchaser will hold a direct or indirect equity interest of 60 per cent, when established. The overall steps required to establish the proposed joint venture are set out in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper. The relationship between the shareholders in such joint venture shall be governed by the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

(C)

In order to facilitate the establishment of such joint venture, the Parent wishes to procure that the Sellers and the Deferred Sellers sell, and the Purchaser wishes to purchase or procure that its Designated Purchasers purchase, the Relevant Target Company Equity Interests and any Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this agreement. UK Bidco is a holding company of the Designated Purchasers of certain of the Relevant Target Company Equity Interests, as set out in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

In addition to terms defined elsewhere in this agreement, the definitions and other provisions in Schedule 5 apply throughout this agreement, unless the contrary intention appears.

 

1.2

In this agreement, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to a clause, subclause or schedule is a reference to a clause, subclause or schedule of or to this agreement. The schedules form part of this agreement.

 

1.3

The headings in this agreement do not affect its interpretation.

 

2.

SALE AND PURCHASE

 

2.1

Subject to the Conditions being satisfied or, where applicable, waived:

 

2


  (a)

the Parent shall procure that each of the Sellers sells and transfers, and the Purchaser shall purchase and acquire or procure that its Designated Purchasers purchase and acquire, the Relevant Target Company Equity Interests; and

 

  (b)

the Parent shall procure that each of the Deferred Sellers sells and transfers, and the Purchaser shall purchase and acquire or procure that its Designated Purchasers purchase and acquire, any Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests.

 

2.2

The Parent shall procure that the Sellers shall sell the full legal and beneficial ownership in and to the Relevant Target Company Equity Interests and the Deferred Sellers shall sell the full legal and beneficial ownership in and to the Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests, in each case with full title guarantee, free from all Encumbrances and together with all rights attaching to them.

 

2.3

The Parties acknowledge and agree that:

 

  (a)

the sales and purchases contemplated by this agreement and the establishment of the joint venture between the Parties in respect of the Kantar Business referred to in Recital (B) above shall be effected in accordance with the EY Acquisition Steps Paper (as may be amended by mutual agreement in writing between the Parties acting reasonably with a view to optimising the structure in an economically neutral way), this agreement and the other Transaction Documents; and

 

  (b)

the funds flows in connection with the transactions referred to in paragraph (a) above shall be in accordance with the funds flows shown in the Project Summer Summary of Funds Flows (which shows the flow of funds in connection with such transactions on the bases and using the assumptions set out in such document), adjusted as necessary to reflect the actual events which occur, pursuant to the Transaction Documents, in relation to the matters covered by such bases and assumptions.

 

2.4

The Parties acknowledge that the sales and purchases contemplated by this agreement are reflected in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper as Steps 12a, 15, 16, 39 and D4.

 

3.

OVERALL TRANSACTION VALUE

 

3.1

The Parties agree that the principles underpinning the overall value to the Retained Group of the transactions referred to in the Recitals to this agreement (the Overall Transaction) are as follows:

 

  (a)

the headline value to the Retained Group for the Kantar Business as at the Locked Box Date will be $3,604,000,000 (the Total Headline Base Consideration), of which $65,000,000 is the maximum potential deferred consideration payable in accordance with clause 16;

 

  (b)

a ticking fee reflecting profit foregone by the Retained Group since the Locked Box Date to the date of completion will be applied to the Total Headline Base Consideration at a rate of 4.8% per annum;

 

  (c)

following the implementation of the steps in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper, the Parent and the Purchaser (together with US BlockerCo as defined in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper) will (directly or indirectly) own shares in the joint venture established between them in relation to the Kantar Business in the ratio 40 per cent. /60 per cent.;

 

  (d)

the Kantar joint venture will be geared in the ratio of approximately 75 per cent. debt to 25 per cent. equity (unless otherwise agreed between the Parent and the Purchaser acting reasonably), such that, of the sum of $3,539,000,000 referred to in (a) above (being the Total Headline Base Consideration minus the $65,000,000) (the Total Consideration),

 

3


 

approximately 90% will flow to the members of the Retained Group as a mixture of cash proceeds and the issuance or assignment (as the case may be) of the WPP fees receivable and the MIP note receivable as referred to in and in accordance with Steps 15 and 16 of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper respectively (the Non-Cash Proceeds) in respect of the Overall Transaction;

 

  (e)

the Project Summer Summary of Funds Flows shows a worked example of the funds flows in relation to the Overall Transaction in accordance with the principles in this clause 3.1 and on the assumed bases of a single closing for the disposal of 100 per cent. of the Parent’s current indirect interest in the Kantar Business taking place on 30 November 2019 and the funds flows amounts will alter according to the principles set out in this clause 3.1, the other provisions of this agreement and the EY Acquisition Steps Paper to reflect the actual events which occur, pursuant to the Transaction Documents, in relation to the matters covered by such bases and assumptions set out in the Project Summer Summary of Funds Flows;

 

  (f)

New US JVCo, consolidated with all of its Target Subsidiaries, being the US part of the Target Group, will account for $666,710,585 of the Total Consideration and the remainder of the Total Consideration will be allocated to the other business units within the Kantar Business in accordance with clause 5.2; and

 

  (g)

the above figures assume that there are no Non-Transferable Target Subsidiary Equity Interests.

 

3.2

On the terms and subject to the conditions of this agreement, the Parties shall ensure (to the full extent within their power to do so) that the Overall Transaction will be implemented in accordance with the above principles and in a way which delivers the overall value to the Retained Group set out in clause 3.1 above.

 

4.

CONSIDERATION FOR THE SALE AND PURCHASE

 

4.1

The aggregate consideration for the sale of all Target Company Equity Interests (other than the Target Company Equity Interests in Summer (BC) US JVCo GP S.à r.l) and all Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests shall be:

 

  (a)

the Total Consideration;

 

  (b)

plus the Initial Profit Amount;

 

  (c)

plus the Deferred Profit Amounts;

 

  (d)

minus the overall value reinvested into and retained in the Kantar Business by the Retained Group pursuant to the EY Acquisition Steps Paper (but excluding: (a) the amount of the “WPP Fees Receivable” received by WPP 2005 Limited under Step 15 and contributed by WPP 2005 Limited to RoW JVCo under step 21b thereof; and (b) the amount of the “MIP Note Receivable” received by WPP 2005 Limited under step 16 thereof); and

 

  (e)

minus the amount of the distribution by US HoldCo A LLC pursuant to Step 36 of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper,

 

  ((a)

to (e) above in aggregate being the Aggregate Consideration).

 

4.1A

The aggregate consideration for the sale of the Target Company Equity Interests in Summer (BC) US JVCo GP S.à r.l shall be $9,000 (which the Parties acknowledge is not included in the Agreed Allocations).

 

4


4.2

On the First Completion Date, the Purchaser shall pay in cash or deliver in Non-Cash Proceeds to the Parent, on account of the Aggregate Consideration, an amount equal to the aggregate of:

 

  (a)

the Initial Base Consideration;

 

  (b)

plus the Initial Profit Amount,

((a) and (b) above in aggregate being the First Completion Amount).

 

4.3

On each Deferred Completion Date, the Purchaser shall pay in cash to the Parent, or the relevant Designated Purchaser shall pay to the relevant Deferred Seller (if a direct payment from purchaser to seller is required by applicable law), on account of the Aggregate Consideration, an amount equal to the aggregate of:

 

  (a)

the Deferred Base Consideration in respect of each Deferred Completion taking place on that Deferred Completion Date;

 

  (b)

plus the Deferred Profit Amount in relation to that Deferred Completion Date,

((a) and (b) above in aggregate being the Deferred Completion Amount).

 

4.4

Each payment of cash and delivery of Non-Cash Proceeds required under this clause 4 must be made in full on the date specified in relation to that payment or delivery and, in the case of cash, in immediately available cash funds by wire transfer, except in relation to the Non-Cash Proceeds.

 

4.5

Any payment made by the Parent or a Seller (as applicable) to the Purchaser or by the Purchaser or a Designated Purchaser to the Parent or a Seller (as applicable) under this agreement or the Tax Deed (whether as damages for breach, under a covenant to pay or otherwise) and any payment made or procured by UK Bidco or a Target Subsidiary to the Parent or the relevant Seller under clauses 16, 17 or 18 shall, to the extent possible, be deemed to reduce or increase (as applicable) the Aggregate Consideration.

 

4.6

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this agreement, if any portion of the Aggregate Consideration is required under applicable law, or as otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, to be paid in a local currency to a particular Seller or Deferred Seller, the relevant portion of the Deferred Completion Amount shall be converted into the applicable local currency on the date falling three Business Days prior to the due date for payment of the relevant amount at the Exchange Rate and paid on the due date by the Purchaser or the Designated Purchaser to the Parent, the relevant Seller or the relevant Deferred Seller, as applicable, in accordance with this clause 4. If a Party becomes aware of a requirement under applicable law to so pay any portion of the Deferred Completion Amount in a local currency, it shall promptly notify the other Party thereof, providing reasonable details of the relevant requirement.

 

4.7

The Parent shall procure that following First Completion, any members of the Target Group that have not yet transferred into the Group (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement) will continue to pay management overheads charged by the Target Group on a consistent basis to that reflected in the Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA.

 

5.

AGREED ALLOCATIONS

 

5.1

The Parties agree that the Agreed Allocation of the Total Consideration for New US JVCo, consolidated with all of its Target Subsidiaries, being the US part of the Target Group, is $666,710,585.

 

5


5.2

The Parties shall agree the remaining Agreed Allocation of the Total Consideration minus $666,710,585 to the Target Companies and Target Subsidiaries (other than New US JVCo, consolidated with all of its Target Subsidiaries, being the US part of the Target Group) in good faith and acting reasonably, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event prior to First Completion, using a calculation methodology which takes into account the EBITDA and net debt details of each such Target Company and Target Subsidiary and the basis of allocation of the $666,710,585 to the US part of the Target Group.

 

5.3

Where, between the date of this agreement and First Completion (in respect of any Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary which is a First Completion Target Subsidiary) or the relevant Deferred Completion (in respect of any Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary which is a Deferred Target Subsidiary), the Parent notifies the Purchaser that the percentage of Equity Interests in a Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary held directly or indirectly by the Parent is greater or lower than the percentage set out in the Master Entity Spreadsheet as a result of the exercise or operation of pre-existing rights and obligations of the relevant member of the Target Group or Retained Group (as the case may be) which owns such Equity Interests or a third party shareholder or shareholders in such Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary, then the Parties shall work together, acting reasonably and in good faith, to determine and agree in writing any adjustment to the consideration to be paid by the Purchaser in respect of such greater or lower Equity Interests.

 

6.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

6.1

The sale and purchase of the Target Company Equity Interests and any Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests is conditional on:

 

  (a)

the following antitrust clearances:

 

  (i)

the European Commission notifying the Purchaser that it will neither initiate proceedings under Article 6(1)(c) of the EU Merger Regulation in relation to the Transaction or any matter arising from or relating thereto nor refer the Transaction or any matter arising from or relating thereto to the competent authorities of one or more Member States under Article 9 of the EU Merger Regulation;

 

  (ii)

all required filings having been made under the United States Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (as amended) and the rules and regulations made thereunder and all applicable waiting periods (including any extensions thereof) relating to the Transaction having expired, lapsed or been terminated;

 

  (iii)

China’s State Administration for Market Regulation issuing a notice approving the Transaction, or the applicable review period pursuant to the PRC Anti-Monopoly Law, including any extension of such period, having elapsed;

 

  (iv)

the Federal Antimonopoly Service of the Russian Federation having issued a clearance decision approving the Transaction pursuant to the Russian Federation Law on Protection of Competition;

 

  (v)

the Turkish Competition Authority having issued a clearance decision approving the Transaction pursuant to Turkish Law No. 4054 on the Protection of Competition and Communiqué No. 2010/4 on the Mergers and Acquisitions Subject to the Approval of the Competition Board;

 

  (vi)

the Korea Fair Trade Commission having issued a clearance decision approving the Transaction pursuant to the Korean Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act;

 

6


  (vii)

the South African Competition Commission having issued a clearance decision approving the Transaction pursuant to the South African Competition Act 1998; and

 

  (viii)

the Federal Economic Competition Commission of Mexico having issued a formal resolution approving the Transaction pursuant to the Mexican Federal Law of Economic Competition;

 

  (b)

the passing at a duly convened general meeting of the Parent (the Parent General Meeting) of an ordinary resolution approving the Transaction pursuant to Listing Rule 10.5.1 (the Parent Shareholder Resolution); and

 

  (c)

the:

 

  (i)

Sellers holding Target Companies to which are attributed or, pursuant to the First Completion Kantar Reorganisation, the Target Companies directly or indirectly holding Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in Target Subsidiaries to which are attributed (in each case as shown in the Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA Statement) in aggregate not less than 90 per cent. of the Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA; and

 

  (ii)

Target Companies and Target Subsidiaries to be transferred directly or indirectly at First Completion including all of the Target Companies and Target Subsidiaries having a material part of their operations and/or assets in each of the United States, the United Kingdom (other than TNS Research limited and TNS Worldpanel Limited), France and Brazil,

provided that: (A) the Parent may, in its sole discretion, waive the Condition in clause 6.1(c)(i) at any time where the Sellers are holding Target Companies to which are attributed or, pursuant to the First Completion Kantar Reorganisation, the Target Companies are holding directly or indirectly Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in Target Subsidiaries to which are attributed (in each case as shown in the Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA Statement) in aggregate not less than 86 per cent. of the Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA, by giving a notice in writing to the Purchaser confirming such position and electing to complete the sale of the Target Company Equity Interests; and (B) the Purchaser may, in its sole discretion, waive the Condition in clause 6.1(c)(ii) by giving a notice in writing to the Parent confirming such position.

 

6.1A

The Parties hereby agree that those Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in the Target Subsidiaries which are held directly or indirectly by Scangroup and by AUNZ respectively shall be deemed to be held by Target Companies for the purposes of the calculation of the percentage of Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA that is held by Target Companies, pursuant to the Condition in clause 6.1(c)(i), and proviso (A) to the condition in clause 6.1(c), immediately upon the transfer to Kantar Square Two B.V. by Scangroup and by AUNZ (or their respective affiliates, as applicable) respectively of such Target Subsidiary Equity Interests becoming unconditional in all respects other than the satisfaction of any other Condition under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Purchaser nor any Designated Purchaser shall be required to complete the purchase of any of the Target Company Equity Interests unless, on or immediately prior to First Completion, the Sellers hold Target Companies to which are attributed, whether directly or indirectly together with their Target Subsidiaries (and deemed to be Target Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause 6.1A), in aggregate not less than 90 per cent. (or, if the Parent has exercised its waiver right pursuant to proviso (A) to the condition in clause 6.1(c), 86 per cent.) of the Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA (in each case as shown in the Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA Statement).

 

6.2

The Purchaser shall use its best endeavours, and shall take any and all steps necessary, to procure (so far as it is able to procure) that: (1) the Conditions in clause 6.1(a) are satisfied and

 

7


 

the Foreign Investment Approvals and any Other Competition Approvals are obtained, in each case, as soon as is practicable; and (2) in the case of: (i) the Conditions in clause 6.1(a); and (ii) any Foreign Investment Approvals and Other Competition Approvals required for the transfer of any Target Company Equity Interests and Target Subsidiary Equity Interests at First Completion pursuant to clause 6.1(c)(ii) above, in any event, on or before the First Long Stop Date.

 

6.3

In particular the Purchaser shall, notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement to the contrary:

 

  (a)

procure the filing of the relevant filings and notifications (in a draft form if necessary) in a form reasonably acceptable to the Parent with the relevant Regulatory Authorities as soon as reasonably practicable and:

 

  (i)

in the case of the Conditions in clause 6.1(a) which relate to China, Russia, Turkey, South Africa and Mexico which the Purchaser shall prioritise, within 15 Business Days after the date of this agreement; and

 

  (ii)

in the case of all other Conditions in clause 6.1(a), within 20 Business Days after the date of this agreement,

(or, in each case, such longer period as may be agreed in advance in writing by the Parent acting reasonably) and in each case use its best endeavours to obtain the approval of the relevant Regulatory Authorities;

 

  (b)

not enter into (and will procure that no member of the Purchaser’s Group enters into) any other agreement or arrangement (or cause another person acting on its behalf to enter into any agreement or arrangement) where the effect of any such agreement or arrangement is likely to affect, delay, impede or in any respect prejudice the fulfilment of the Conditions in clause 6.1(a) or the obtaining of the Foreign Investment Approvals or Other Competition Approvals;

 

  (c)

pay all of the Purchaser’s costs and expenses (including all filing fees) in relation to such filings; and

 

  (d)

offer, accept and agree to, and shall procure that each member of the Purchaser’s Group shall offer, accept and agree to, any conditions, obligations, undertakings and/or modifications and take such other steps (including but not limited to: (i) selling, disposing of or holding separate and agreeing to sell or dispose of, assets, categories of assets or businesses of the Target Group or any member of the Purchaser’s Group; (ii) terminating or creating relationships, contractual rights or obligations of the Target Group or any member of the Purchaser’s Group; (iii) giving effect to any change or restructuring of the Target Group or the Purchaser’s Group; (iv) taking or committing to take any action or mitigation measures that would limit the ability of any member of the Target Group or the Purchaser’s Group to retain or hold any business, assets, equity interests, product lines or properties of the Target Group or the Purchaser’s Group; and (v) entering into any agreements or making any filings with any Regulatory Authority in connection with the foregoing, in each case at the earliest opportunity and in any event before any applicable deadline to offer remedies) (which shall not, without the prior written approval of the Parent, include any amendment, variation or modification of the terms of this agreement or any other Transaction Document) that are required by any Regulatory Authority or which are necessary in order to procure the satisfaction of the Conditions in clause 6.1(a) or the obtaining of the Foreign Investment Approvals and any Other Competition Approvals and allow First Completion to occur before the First Long Stop Date (each a Remedy). To the

 

8


 

extent any such Remedy relates to the Target Group, with effect from First Completion each of the Purchaser and Parent shall (in so far as it is able) procure that the Target Group complies therewith.

 

6.4

In connection with the satisfaction of the Conditions in clause 6.1(a) and the obtaining of the Foreign Investment Approvals and any Other Competition Approvals, the Purchaser shall:

 

  (a)

provide all information which is requested or required by any Regulatory Authority;

 

  (b)

promptly (and in any event within one Business Day) notify the Parent of any communication (whether written or oral) from a Regulatory Authority and provide copies, or in the case of non-written communications, details of any such communications;

 

  (c)

give the Parent reasonable notice of all meetings with a Regulatory Authority and give the Parent reasonable opportunity to participate at such meetings (save to the extent that a Regulatory Authority expressly requests that the Parent should not be present at the meeting or part or parts of the meeting);

 

  (d)

give the Parent reasonable notice of all telephone calls or other communications with a Regulatory Authority and give the Parent reasonable opportunity to participate in such telephone calls (save to the extent that a Regulatory Authority expressly requests that the Parent should not be present at the telephone call or part or parts of the telephone call);

 

  (e)

promptly inform the Parent of the content of any meetings, calls or other communications with any Regulatory Authority to the extent the Parent was not present;

 

  (f)

provide the Parent in advance with final drafts of all written communications intended to be sent to a Regulatory Authority, give the Parent a reasonable opportunity to comment on them, not send such communications without the prior approval of the Parent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and provide the Parent with final copies of all communications subject in each case to exclusion by the Purchaser of information that it reasonably considers to be confidential to it (provided that such confidential information is provided to the Parent’s Solicitors on an attorney only basis);

 

  (g)

regularly review with the Parent the progress of any notifications or filings;

 

  (h)

upon becoming aware of any fact, matter or circumstance which could reasonably be expected to prevent or delay the satisfaction of any Condition in clause 6.1(a) or the obtaining of a Foreign Investment Approval or any Other Competition Approval, immediately inform the Parent and provide full details of such fact, matter or circumstance; and

 

  (i)

notify the Parent of any clearance or rejection received from any Regulatory Authority as soon as practicable and in any event within one Business Day after receipt of a decision or communication from any Regulatory Authority confirming such clearance or rejection and provide the Parent with copies of all related documentation received from the Regulatory Authority as soon as practicable after receipt,

 

    

provided that the Purchaser shall not be required to provide the Parent with any documents or information, or with the right to attend any meetings or telephone calls or other communications, to the extent that the same contains or relates to information that the Purchaser considers (acting reasonably) to be confidential or commercially sensitive to it or any other member of the Purchaser’s Group or any of its portfolio companies (provided that such confidential information is provided to the Parent’s Solicitors on an attorney only basis) or privileged but only in circumstances where such action is not reasonably likely to delay, impede or in any respect

 

9


 

prejudice the fulfilment of the Conditions in clause 6.1(a) or the obtaining of the Foreign Investment Approvals or the Other Competition Approvals.

 

6.5

The Parent shall, and shall (in so far as it is able) procure that each other member of the WPP Group shall, use its reasonable endeavours to co-operate with the Purchaser and provide such assistance as is reasonably necessary (and that it is reasonably able to provide), and to provide to a Regulatory Authority such information as is reasonably necessary (and that it is reasonably able to provide), and in any event all information as is necessary, in each case to ensure that the Conditions in clause 6.1(a) are fulfilled and the Foreign Investment Approvals and any Other Competition Approvals are obtained as soon as is reasonably practicable. The Purchaser shall not be in breach of this clause 6 to the extent caused by the Parent’s failure to comply with the foregoing or clause 6.6.

 

6.6

The Parent shall be entitled to keep confidential and shall not be obliged to disclose to the Purchaser or any of its advisers any confidential, commercially sensitive or financial information regarding the Parent and the Retained Group, provided that the Parent shall be required to disclose such information where it is necessary to do so (and only to the extent necessary) in order to ensure that the Conditions in clause 6.1(a), and any notifications required in connection with satisfaction of such Conditions, are fulfilled, and/or to ensure that the Foreign Investment Approvals and any Other Competition Approvals are obtained, in which case such information shall be disclosed on a confidential, attorney only basis.

 

6.7

The Parent shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure (so far as it is so able to procure) that the Condition in clause 6.1(b) is satisfied as soon as is reasonably practicable and, in any event, on or before the First Long Stop Date. The Parent shall notify the Purchaser of the outcome of the vote on the Parent Shareholder Resolution as soon as practicable and in any event within one Business Day thereafter.

 

6.8

Without prejudice to clause 6.7, the Parent shall:

 

  (a)

give the Purchaser reasonable opportunity to comment on regular drafts of those parts of the Parent’s Circular which relate to any description of the Transaction or the Purchaser’s Group;

 

  (b)

finalise the Parent’s Circular as soon as reasonably practicable and, subject to the approval of the UK Financial Conduct Authority, despatch the Parent’s Circular to its shareholders promptly after receipt of such approval;

 

  (c)

convene a Parent General Meeting for the purposes of considering and, if thought fit, passing the resolution(s) of the Parent referred to in clause 6.1(b) to be held as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this agreement;

 

  (d)

once convened, procure (to the extent that it is so able) that the Parent General Meeting is not adjourned or postponed;

 

  (e)

procure that the Parent Shareholder Resolution is proposed as a stand-alone resolution and not combined with or conditional upon any other resolution; and

 

  (f)

procure that the Parent Board Recommendation is given and not adversely modified or revoked prior to the Parent General Meeting unless the directors of the Parent determine that such Parent Board Recommendation should not be given or should be withdrawn or modified in order to comply with their fiduciary duties as directors.

 

6.9

The Parent shall, subject to clauses 24.5 to 24.8 (inclusive), use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the First Completion Kantar Reorganisation is carried out and all legal or regulatory approvals or restrictions in connection with the transfer of potential Non-Transferable Target

 

10


 

Subsidiary Equity Interests (excluding those set out in paragraph (d) of the definition thereof) (in each case in so far as it is within its power to do so) are obtained or resolved, in each case as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this agreement and in any event so as to allow First Completion to occur prior to the First Long Stop Date with the Condition set out in clause 6.1(c)(i) being satisfied rather than waived. The Parent shall notify the Purchaser if the Condition set out in clause 6.1(c)(i) is satisfied or becomes incapable of satisfaction as soon as practicable and in any event within two Business Days of becoming aware thereof. The Parent shall procure that no Target Company or Target Subsidiary is directly or indirectly transferred to the Purchaser on First Completion or any Deferred Completion unless and until the Purchaser has obtained the Foreign Investment Approvals.

 

6.10

The Purchaser shall use reasonable endeavours:

 

  (a)

to co-operate with the Parent and provide such assistance as is reasonably necessary (and that it is reasonably able to provide), and to provide to the Parent or any Regulatory Authority such information as is reasonably necessary (and that it is reasonably able to provide), and in any event all information as is necessary, in order to ensure that the First Completion Kantar Reorganisation is carried out; and

 

  (b)

to obtain any other approvals (not being a Global Competition Approval, a Foreign Investment Approval or an Other Competition Approval) which after the date of this agreement the Purchaser determines (acting reasonably) are required by the Purchaser or any other member of the Purchaser’s Group from a Regulatory Authority in relation to the transfer of the Target Companies or the Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in the Target Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of this agreement,

in each case as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this agreement and in any event so as to allow First Completion to occur before the First Long Stop Date.

 

6.11

Where the Parent believes, in its absolute discretion, that the Condition(s) in clause 6.1(a) and/or 6.1(c) will not be satisfied, and in the case of the Condition set out in clause 6.1(c)(i) will not be capable of being waived pursuant to the proviso to clause 6.1, by the First Long Stop Date, it may, by notice in writing to the Purchaser given at least 20 Business Days prior to the First Long Stop Date, extend the First Long Stop Date to the date which is nine months after the date of this agreement, and such revised date shall be deemed to be the First Long Stop Date for the purposes of this agreement.

 

6.12

If any of the Conditions are not satisfied or (if capable of waiver) not waived on or before the First Long Stop Date or any of the Conditions become incapable of satisfaction or (where applicable) waiver on or before the First Long Stop Date:

 

  (a)

except for this clause and the Surviving Provisions, all the provisions of this agreement shall lapse and cease to have effect; but

 

  (b)

neither the lapsing of those provisions nor their ceasing to have effect shall affect any accrued rights or liabilities of any Party in respect of damages for non-performance of any obligation under this agreement falling due for performance prior to such lapse and cessation.

 

6.13

From and including the date of this agreement until the conclusion of the Parent General Meeting (the Exclusivity Period), the Parent agrees that it and each other member of the WPP Group will not, whether individually or by or through any employee, director, adviser, agent or other person (each member of the WPP Group and all such persons, together, the Sellers

 

11


 

Group), directly or indirectly, solicit, encourage or engage in any negotiation, discussion or agreement with, or incur any obligation to, any person other than the Purchaser or any other member of the Purchaser’s Group in relation to any acquisition of the Target Group or any similar transaction (including without limitation a direct or indirect disposal or possible disposal of any interest in any member of the Target Group or of the whole or any part of the Kantar Business, in each case however structured) (each, a Restricted Transaction). During the Exclusivity Period, the Parent will not, and it will procure that each other member of the Seller’s Group will not, enter into any agreement or arrangement to effect any Restricted Transaction with any person except the Purchaser or another member of the Purchaser’s Group, and will not take any action which would be inconsistent with the terms of this clause 6.13.

 

7.

PRE-COMPLETION COVENANTS

 

7.1

Subject to clause 7.3 and other than with the prior written consent of the Purchaser (such consent not to be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed), until the First Completion Date (and in respect of any Deferred Target Subsidiary only, until the relevant Deferred Completion Date) the Parent undertakes that it shall procure that: (i) the business plan and budget of the Kantar Business (taken as a whole) shall not be materially amended or varied; and (ii) in respect of any member of the Target Group other than any Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary:

 

  (a)

the business of the Target Companies and the Target Subsidiaries is carried on in all material respects in the ordinary course of its day to day business; and

 

  (b)

no Target Company or Target Subsidiary shall:

 

  (i)

make any increase in or reduction of its share or loan capital or grant any option to subscribe for or acquire any of its share or loan capital (other than to another Target Company or Target Subsidiary);

 

  (ii)

make any material amendment to its constitutional documents;

 

  (iii)

sell, transfer or dispose of, or grant any option to acquire, any part of its business, undertaking or a material part of its assets, other than assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (iv)

borrow any monies or incur any indebtedness other than trade credit or finance leases in the ordinary course of trading and any interest or fees incurred in respect of existing indebtedness;

 

  (v)

grant, issue or redeem any mortgage, charge, debenture or other security or Encumbrance or give any guarantee or indemnity, other than in the ordinary course of business and then only in respect of the obligations and liabilities of other members of the Target Group;

 

  (vi)

materially amend, enter into, offer to enter into or terminate or give notice to terminate any terms of employment of a Senior Employee or any person who would have equivalent standing, if an employee of the Target Group;

 

  (vii)

form any subsidiary or acquire shares in any company or acquire any business or undertaking or participate in, or terminate any participation in, any partnership or joint venture;

 

  (viii)

change in any material respect the accounting procedures, principles or practices of any Target Company or Target Subsidiary;

 

12


  (ix)

initiate, settle or compromise, or fail to take all reasonable steps to defend, any new litigation or other dispute arising after the date of this agreement having a value of at least £500,000 (and other than routine proceedings for the recovery of trade debts in the ordinary course);

 

  (x)

fail to maintain in full force and effect without replacing with like-for-like cover the insurance policies which it holds or otherwise benefits from;

 

  (xi)

terminate or materially amend any Material Contract otherwise than: (A) in the ordinary course of business; (B) to make the overall terms thereof more favourable to the Target Group and/or substantially in line with or closer to the relevant and then-current standard terms of business of the Target Group; or (C) if the Material Contract is simultaneously replaced with a substantially similar contract;

 

  (xii)

fail to conduct its business in compliance with applicable law where the consequences of such non-compliance would be reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect on the Target Group taken as a whole;

 

  (xiii)

undertake any reorganisation, reconstruction, demerger, merger, scheme of arrangement or similar or analogous procedure, in each case other than the Kantar Reorganisation;

 

  (xiv)

change its Tax residence;

 

  (xv)

make, change or revoke any Tax election, settle or compromise any Tax claim or liability, waive or extend any statute of limitations in respect of Tax or any period within which an assessment or reassessment of Tax may be issued, or prepare or file any Tax Return (or any amendment thereof), except in each case if and to the extent: (i) reflected in the Locked Box Accounts; (ii) required by law; or (iii) in accordance with the past practice of the relevant member of the Target Group or, to the extent applicable to the relevant member of the Target Group, of the WPP Group; or

 

  (xvi)

agree to do any of the actions referred to in subclauses 7.1(b)(i) to 7.1(b)(xv).

 

7.2

Subject to clause 7.3 and other than with the prior written consent of the Purchaser (such consent not to be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed), until the First Completion Date (and in respect of any Deferred Target Subsidiary only, until the relevant Deferred Completion Date) the Parent undertakes that it shall procure that the voting rights attaching to any Equity Interests held directly by a wholly owned member of the WPP Group in a Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary, and (subject to their fiduciary duties and in so far as it is so able) the voting rights of the directors or equivalent appointed by the Parent or any wholly owned member of the WPP Group to the board of directors of a Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary, are not exercised so as to approve any of the matters referred to in clauses 7.1(b)(i) to 7.1(b)(xvi) in respect of such Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary or to approve any matter outside of the ordinary course of the day to day business of such Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary.

 

7.3

Clauses 7.1 and 7.2 shall not operate to restrict or prevent:

 

  (a)

any action taken at the request of the Purchaser or with its prior approval;

 

  (b)

any matter reasonably undertaken by any member of the Target Group in an Emergency Situation with the intention of minimising any adverse effect of the Emergency Situation on any member of the Target Group (and of which the Purchaser will be notified as soon as practicable);

 

13


  (c)

any action taken in accordance with any contract or arrangement entered into by any member of the Target Group before the date of this agreement;

 

  (d)

any act or conduct which any member of the Target Group is required to take, or omit to take, as a result of, or in order to comply with, any applicable law or regulation of any applicable Regulatory Authority;

 

  (e)

any action that is Permitted Leakage;

 

  (f)

any action that is required, necessary or desirable in connection with the Kantar Reorganisation and carried out in accordance with the applicable provisions of this agreement;

 

  (g)

any action or matter required, necessary or desirable to give effect to the EY Acquisition Steps Paper or any provision of this agreement or another Transaction Document, and in each case carried out in accordance with the applicable provisions of this agreement;

 

  (h)

any action that complies with Schedule 9; or

 

  (i)

any action that is required, necessary or desirable in connection with clause 23 or otherwise in order for the Target Group to be separated from the Retained Group and to be able to operate its business in all material respects on a standalone basis without reliance on the Retained Group.

 

7.4

The Purchaser shall be deemed to have given its approval to a matter referred to in clause 7.1 or clause 7.2 (as applicable) unless it notifies the Parent of its objection and its reasons for objecting within five Business Days after receiving a written request for approval from the Parent.

 

7.5

The Parent shall, as soon as practicable after the date of this agreement (or in accordance with such timing as indicated in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper), undertake such reorganisation of the relevant part of the WPP Group and shall prepare and execute, or procure the preparation and execution of, any document, and shall perform, or procure the performance of, all other acts and things, in each case as are required or necessary to implement Steps 0.1 to 0.8 (inclusive) of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper in order to create the “Simplified transaction structure pre-completion” shown in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper.

 

7.6

The Parties undertake to ensure that all entities which are to be set up for the purposes of implementing the EY Acquisition Steps Paper (including for the avoidance of any doubt, New US GP Co 1, New US GP Co 2 and New US GP Co 3 (each as referred to in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper) which are incorporated in the Purchaser’s Group prior to the transfer into the WPP Group pursuant to Steps 25, 27 and 29 of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper) undertake no other activities, acquire no other assets and incur no other liabilities except as expressly contemplated in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper or which are customary administrative matters in connection with their incorporation.

 

7.7

Following the satisfaction of the Conditions in accordance with clause 6 and in any event prior to First Completion, the Purchaser shall prepare and execute, or procure the preparation and execution of, any documents, and shall perform, or procure the performance of, all other acts and things, in each case as are required or necessary to implement Steps 1 to 8 (inclusive) and Step 14 of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper.

 

7.8

Immediately prior to First Completion, the Purchaser shall procure that each of US HoldCo A LLC and US HoldCo B LLC (as referred to in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper) and the Parent shall procure that each of WPP Blitz and WPP Dash (as referred to in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper)

 

14


 

prepare and execute any documents, and perform all other acts and things, in each case as are required or necessary in order to implement the mergers pursuant to Step 34 of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper. The Parties agree that the Parent shall, following implementation of Step 34 of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper and in any event prior to First Completion, procure that US HoldCo B LLC, US HoldCo A LLC and other members of the WPP Group, and the Purchaser shall procure that the officers of US HoldCo B LLC and US HoldCo A LLC prepare and execute any documents, and perform all other acts and things, in each case as are required, necessary or desirable in order for US HoldCo B LLC and US HoldCo A LLC to declare, make and pay the distributions pursuant to Steps 35 and 36 of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper, and transfer US HoldCo A LLC as contemplated in Steps 37 and 38 of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper.

 

7.9

Following the satisfaction of the Conditions in accordance with clause 6 and in any event prior to First Completion, the Parent shall prepare and execute, or procure the preparation and execution of, any documents and shall perform or procure the performance of, all other acts and things, in each case as are required or necessary to implement Steps 26, 28, 30, 31, 32 and 33 of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper.

 

7.10

The Purchaser undertakes to ensure that each of US HoldCo A LLC and US HoldCo B LLC, and the Parent undertakes to ensure that each of WPP Blitz and WPP Dash (as referred to in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper), in each case will be, at the time of implementation of Step 34 of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper, companies set up for the purposes of the Transaction and its financing in accordance with the EY Acquisition Steps Paper and the Purchaser Finance Documents and, except for the actions contemplated to be taken by them pursuant to the EY Acquisition Steps Paper and the Purchaser Finance Documents, will have undertaken no other activities, acquired no other assets and incurred no other liabilities except as expressly contemplated in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper or which are customary administrative matters in connection with their incorporation.

 

7.11

Until the First Completion Date (and in respect of any Deferred Target Subsidiary only, until the relevant Deferred Completion Date) the Parent undertakes that it shall:

 

  (a)

procure (in so far as it is able) that subject to applicable law, the Purchaser and its agents and representatives are, during normal business hours and on reasonable notice, given reasonable access to the Senior Employees and the books and records of the Target Group to the extent reasonably required by the Purchaser for the purpose of planning for its investment in the Target Group and on and with effect from First Completion (or Deferred Completion, as applicable) provided that this obligation shall not extend to allow access to information reasonably regarded by the Parent as confidential to the Parent or the Retained Group; and

 

  (b)

cooperate and assist, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to procure (in so far as it is able) that the Sellers, the Deferred Sellers, the Target Group and their respective directors, officers, employees, accountants and other professional advisers and representatives (at the Purchaser Group’s sole expense) provide relevant information to, and cooperate and assist (in each case to the extent such cooperation and assistance is legally permissible and does not interfere unreasonably with the operation of the Sellers, the Deferred Sellers or the Target Group, as applicable) with, the Purchaser’s Group and with any of its prospective debt financing providers, rating agencies and other professional advisers and representatives in connection with and in order to facilitate the debt financing of the Transaction (which is intended to include loan and debt securities financings) and any related debt syndication, consisting of, but not limited to: (i) participating in a reasonable number of lender, investor and rating agency meetings, road shows, due diligence sessions and drafting sessions; (ii) assisting with the preparation of credit rating agency presentations, bank information memoranda, offering or private placement memoranda, prospectuses and other similar offering documents; (iii) using commercially

 

15


 

reasonable efforts in providing customary due diligence materials, ‘know your customer’ (KYC) documents and any other customary documents and certificates; (iv) providing customary audited annual and reviewed interim financial statements (including the Accounts and equivalent accounts for the preceding two financial years) and audit reports (and provided, in each case, that the Purchaser’s Group and any of its prospective debt financing providers, rating agencies and other professional advisers and representatives (as applicable) execute and deliver any hold harmless letters that may be required by the Parent’s or the Target Group’s advisers in respect thereof); (v) providing any other information that is customarily included or provided in an offering of high yield debt securities under Rule 144A and Regulation S under the US Securities Act of 1933 and, with respect to financial statements and other financial information, as may be required to receive SAS 72-style comfort (including negative assurance) from an independent accountant; and (vi) consenting to the use of the Target Group’s logos in connection with the debt financing (provided such logos are used solely in a manner that is not intended to harm the reputation or goodwill of the Target Group).

 

7.12

The Parent shall procure that each Tax-Consolidated Target Group Company ceases, with effect from a time no later than the First Completion Date or the relevant Deferred Completion Date (as applicable) for that Tax-Consolidated Target Group Company, to be a member of any Tax Consolidation of which it is a member as at the date of this agreement, in each case if and to the extent that the same has not already occurred by that time by operation of law or otherwise.

 

7.13

With effect from the date of this agreement:

 

  (a)

the Parent shall:

 

  (i)

use all commercially reasonable efforts to procure (in so far as it is able) that each relevant member of the WPP Group obtains all consents, approvals or authorisations from any third parties that are reasonably required so as to allow the relevant members of the Retained Group and the relevant members of the Target Group to each remain in occupation of, and continue to operate their respective business out of, the Co-Location Properties following First Completion;

 

  (ii)

(in obtaining all consents, approvals or authorisations pursuant to clause 7.13(a)(i) above) use all reasonably commercial efforts to procure that the annual rent that will be payable by each member of the Target Group (in respect of their shared occupation of the Co-Location Properties (or any parts of them) with the relevant member of the Retained Group) following First Completion, shall not be materially higher than the annual rent payable by them on the date of this agreement provided that if a third party landlord increases the aggregate rent payable in respect of a Co-Location Property such rent increase shall be apportioned between the relevant member of the Target Group and the Retained Group in accordance with the proportion (in square feet) of the relevant Co-Location Property occupied by each of them; and

 

  (iii)

keep the Purchaser reasonably informed of the status of its efforts to obtain all such consents, approvals, authorisations and similar matters from third parties; and

 

  (b)

the Purchaser and the Parent shall cooperate and work together in good faith to resolve any issue that the WPP Group encounters in attempting to obtain any consent, approval or authorisation pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

16


8.

FIRST COMPLETION

 

8.1

First Completion shall take place at the offices of the Parent’s Solicitors on the date falling 20 Business Days after the date on which the last of the Conditions is satisfied (or, in the case of the Condition in clause 6.1(c), satisfied or waived in accordance with clause 6.1), or at such other place and date as agreed in writing between the Parties.

 

8.2

For the purposes of determining the First Completion Amount to be paid or delivered by the Purchaser to the Parent on First Completion, no later than seven Business Days prior to First Completion, a notification (the Pre-First Completion Statement) shall be delivered to the Purchaser by or on behalf of the Parent setting out (as at the First Completion Date):

 

  (a)

the list of First Completion Target Subsidiaries;

 

  (b)

the Initial Base Consideration; and

 

  (c)

the Initial Profit Amount.

The Parent will use reasonable endeavours to procure that the Pre-First Completion Statement will be signed (without personal liability) by: (i) the Chief Financial Officer of the Kantar Business (but for the avoidance of doubt any failure by him/her to do so shall not prejudice the timing and manner of First Completion hereunder); or (ii) failing him/her, by the Chief Financial Officer or Deputy Chief Financial Officer of the WPP Group.

 

8.3

At First Completion:

 

  (a)

the Parent shall observe and perform, and (where applicable) procure that the Sellers observe and perform, the provisions of Part 1 of Schedule 4 in connection with the transfer of the Target Company Equity Interests;

 

  (b)

the Purchaser shall observe and perform, and (where applicable) procure that the Designated Purchasers observe and perform, the provisions of Part 2 of Schedule 4 in connection with the transfer of the Target Company Equity Interests; and

 

  (c)

the Parties shall observe and perform, and (where applicable) procure that the Sellers observe and perform or procure that the Designated Purchasers observe and perform (as the case may be), the provisions of Part 3 of Schedule 4 in connection with the transfer of the Target Company Equity Interests in the Dutch Target Companies.

 

8.4

If:

 

  (a)

the Parent fails to comply with the provisions of Part 1 of Schedule 4 in connection with the transfer of the Target Company Equity Interests; or

 

  (b)

the Purchaser fails to comply with the provisions of Part 2 of Schedule 4 in connection with the transfer of the Target Company Equity Interests; or

 

  (c)

either Party fails to comply with its obligations under the provisions of Part 3 of Schedule 4 in connection with the transfer of the Target Company Equity Interests in the Dutch Target Companies,

the Parent (in the case of non-compliance by the Purchaser) or the Purchaser (in the case of non-compliance by the Parent) may elect (in addition and without prejudice to all other rights and remedies available to it) by notice to the other:

 

17


  (a)

not to complete (or procure the completion of) the sale and purchase of the Target Company Equity Interests, in which case the provisions of clause 8.5 shall apply; or

 

  (b)

to fix a new date for First Completion (being not more than 20 Business Days after the original date for First Completion) in which case the provisions of clauses 8.3 and Schedule 4 shall apply to First Completion as so postponed but on the basis that such postponement may occur only once.

 

8.5

If the Parent or the Purchaser (as relevant) elects not to complete the sale of the Target Company Equity Interests under clause 8.4:

 

  (a)

except for this clause 8.5 and the Surviving Provisions, all the provisions of this agreement shall lapse and cease to have effect; and

 

  (b)

neither the lapsing of those provisions nor their ceasing to have effect shall affect any accrued rights or liabilities of any party in respect of damages for non-performance of any obligation falling due for performance prior to such lapse and cessation.

 

8.6

The exact timing of the performance by the Parties of the requirements of clause 8.3 and Schedule 4 may be adjusted by agreement in writing between the Parent and the Purchaser to enable the separation of (1) the completion of the sale and purchase of the relevant Equity Interests in the Target Companies Summer (BC) US JVCo SCSp and Summer (BC) US JVCo GP S.a r.l from (2) the completion of the sale of the relevant Equity Interests in the other Target Companies, in order to:

 

  (a)

manage the international time zones and money flows involved in First Completion; and

 

  (b)

ensure that the pre-sale distribution by US Holdco A LLC pursuant to Step 36 of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper takes place before the completion of the sale and purchase of the relevant Equity Interests in the Target Companies Summer (BC) US JVCo SCSp and Summer (BC) US JVCo GP S.a r.l,

provided always that all of the requirements of clause 8.3 and Schedule 4 are met on the First Completion Date.

 

8.7

Following First Completion, the Parties shall execute, or procure the execution of, all documents, and perform, or procure the performance of, all other acts and things, in each case as are required or necessary in order to implement Steps 12b, 12c and 17 to 22 (inclusive) of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper.

 

9.

DEFERRED COMPLETIONS

 

9.1

The Parent shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the Deferred Completion Kantar Reorganisation is carried out, and all legal or regulatory approvals or restrictions in connection with the transfer of any Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests including any potential Non-Transferable Target Subsidiary Equity Interests (excluding those set out in paragraph (d) of the definition thereof) (in each case in so far as it is within its power to do so and other than in respect of any Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiaries) are obtained or resolved, as soon as reasonably practicable after First Completion and in any event so as to allow any Deferred Completions to occur prior to the Second Long Stop Date.

 

9.2

The Parent:

 

  (a)

shall (in so far as it is able) procure that the voting rights attaching to any Equity Interests held directly by a member of the WPP Group in a Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary

 

18


 

and (subject to their fiduciary duties and in so far as it is so able) the voting rights of the directors or equivalent appointed by the Parent or any wholly owned member of the WPP Group to the board of directors of a Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary, are exercised; and

 

  (b)

shall provide such assistance as is reasonably necessary (and that it is reasonably able to provide),

in each case so as to facilitate all legal or regulatory approvals or restrictions in connection with the transfer of any Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in any Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiaries being obtained or resolved as soon as reasonably practicable after First Completion and in any event so as to allow any Deferred Completions to occur prior to the Second Long Stop Date.

 

9.3

The Purchaser shall use reasonable endeavours:

 

  (a)

to co-operate with the Parent and provide such assistance as is reasonably necessary (and that it is reasonably able to provide), and to provide to the Parent or any Regulatory Authority such information as is reasonably necessary (and that it is reasonably able to provide), and in any event all information as is necessary, in order to ensure that the Deferred Completion Kantar Reorganisation is carried out; and

 

  (b)

to obtain any other approvals (not being a Global Competition Approval, a Foreign Investment Approval or an Other Competition Approval) which after the date of this agreement the Purchaser determines (acting reasonably) are required by the Purchaser or any other member of the Purchaser’s Group from a Regulatory Authority in relation to the transfer of the Target Companies or the Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in the Target Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of this agreement,

in each case as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this agreement and in any event so as to allow any Deferred Completions to occur before the Second Long Stop Date.

 

9.4

Once all legal or regulatory approvals or restrictions to the transfer of any Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in a particular Deferred Target Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of this agreement are obtained or resolved, the Parent shall promptly give notice in writing to the Purchaser of the same and, subject to clause 9.5, specify a date, being 20 Business Days after the date the notice is served, on which the Deferred Completion in respect of those Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests is to take place, provided that the Parent shall be entitled to delay specifying a date on which such Deferred Completion is to take place in order to arrange for two or more Deferred Completions to take place on the same date.

 

9.5

The Parties acknowledge that, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties:

 

  (a)

a Deferred Completion in respect of a particular Deferred Target Subsidiary shall not take place where such Deferred Target Subsidiary is part of a Subsidiary Grouping until such time as all legal or regulatory approvals or restrictions relating to the transfer of all other Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in the same Subsidiary Grouping pursuant to the Deferred Completion Kantar Reorganisation or pursuant to this agreement are obtained or resolved;

 

  (b)

there shall be no more than: (i) one Deferred Completion Date in any 20 Business Day period; and (ii) four Deferred Completion Dates in total; and

 

  (c)

no Deferred Completion shall take place after the Second Long Stop Date or (save with the prior written consent of the Purchaser) prior to 31 January 2020.

 

19


9.6

For the purposes of determining the Deferred Completion Amount to be paid by the Purchaser to the Parent on each Deferred Completion, no later than seven Business Days prior to the relevant Deferred Completion Date, a notification (a Pre-Deferred Completion Statement) shall be delivered to the Purchaser by or on behalf of the Parent setting out (as at the relevant Deferred Completion Date):

 

  (a)

the list of Deferred Target Subsidiaries;

 

  (b)

the Deferred Base Consideration in respect of each Deferred Completion taking place on that Deferred Completion Date; and

 

  (c)

the Deferred Profit Amount in relation to that Deferred Completion.

The Parent will procure that each Pre-Deferred Completion Statement will be signed (without personal liability) by the Chief Financial Officer or Deputy Chief Financial Officer of the WPP Group.

 

9.7

At each Deferred Completion:

 

  (a)

the Parent shall procure that the Deferred Sellers shall execute and deliver such local law transfer agreements and any other instruments and take such other action as may be required or necessary to transfer the Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests the subject of that Deferred Completion to the Purchaser or its Designated Purchaser;

 

  (b)

the Purchaser shall execute and deliver or procure the execution and delivery by its Designated Purchaser of such local law transfer agreements and any other instruments and shall take or procure the taking of such other action as may be necessary to purchase and acquire the Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests the subject of that Deferred Completion;

 

  (c)

the Purchaser shall make, or procure that the relevant Designated Purchaser shall make, a payment in cash to the Parent (or the relevant Deferred Seller as the Parent directs) of an amount equal to the Deferred Completion Amount, as specified in the relevant Pre-Deferred Completion Statement;

 

  (d)

the Parent shall pay (on behalf of the relevant member of the Retained Group) in cash, to each Deferred Target Subsidiary in which Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests are the subject of that Deferred Completion, an amount equal to any Tax Consolidation Receivable Amount in respect of that Deferred Target Subsidiary, if and to the extent that the entitlement of that Deferred Target Subsidiary to receive such Tax Consolidation Receivable Amount has not been satisfied before that Deferred Completion; and

 

  (e)

the Purchaser shall procure that each Deferred Target Subsidiary in which Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests are the subject of that Deferred Completion pays in cash to the Parent (on behalf of the relevant member of the Retained Group) an amount equal to any Tax Consolidation Payment Amount in respect of each such Deferred Target Subsidiary, if and to the extent that the liability of that Deferred Target Subsidiary to pay such Tax Consolidation Payment Amount has not been discharged before that Deferred Completion.

 

9.8

Prior to each Deferred Completion, the Purchaser shall execute, or procure the execution of, all documents, and perform, or procure the performance of, all other acts and things, in each case as are required or necessary in order to implement Steps D1 to D3 (inclusive) of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper.

 

20


9.9

Intentionally left blank.

 

9.10

If, in good time before a Deferred Completion is due to take place pursuant to this agreement, either Party considers that there is a more optimum method, in terms of legal steps, for facilitating and effecting such Deferred Completion and positioning the relevant Deferred Target Subsidiaries within the joint venture referred to in Recital (B) to this agreement than Steps D1 to D4 (inclusive) of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper, in a way which is economically better (or at least neutral) for the Parties and which maintains (subject to any permitted issuances or transfers of securities pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement between First Completion and such Deferred Completion) the 40 per cent./60 per cent. division of equity interests in such joint venture, the Parties shall discuss the matter in good faith with a view to agreeing alternative steps and implementing such alternative steps prior to, on and following such Deferred Completion.

 

9.11

The Parties intend that, subject to the terms of this agreement and the Shareholders’ Agreement, immediately following First Completion and (subject to any permitted issuances or transfers of securities pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement between First Completion and Deferred Completion) each Deferred Completion, the Parent will hold a direct or indirect equity interest of 40 per cent., and the Purchaser will hold a direct or indirect equity interest of 60 per cent., in the joint venture to be established pursuant to the EY Acquisition Steps Paper and the Shareholders’ Agreement in respect of the Kantar Business. Each Party shall procure the execution of such documents, and perform, or procure the performance of, all further acts and things, in each case as are required, necessary or desirable in order to give effect to this intention.

 

10.

LEAKAGE

Pre-Signing

 

10.1

The Parent covenants to the Purchaser that in the period from and including the date immediately following the Locked Box Date up to the date of this agreement:

 

  (a)

there has been no Leakage to a member of the Retained Group; and

 

  (b)

except as expressly contemplated pursuant to the terms of this agreement, no arrangement or agreement has been made or entered into that has resulted or will result in any Leakage to a member of the Retained Group.

Pre-First Completion

 

10.2

The Parent undertakes to the Purchaser that in the period from and including the date of this agreement up to and including the First Completion Date it shall procure (in so far as it is within its power to do so) that, in respect of any First Completion Target Subsidiary:

 

  (a)

there will be no Leakage to a member of the Retained Group; and

 

  (b)

except as expressly contemplated pursuant to the terms of this agreement, no arrangement or agreement will be made or entered into that will result in any Leakage to a member of the Retained Group.

 

10.3

Subject to clauses 10.4 and 10.5, in the event of any Leakage from a Target Company or First Completion Target Subsidiary, the Parent shall pay (on a $ for $ and after-Tax basis) an amount in cash equal to: (i) the amount or value of such Leakage received by any member of the Retained Group which is wholly owned directly or indirectly by the Parent; and (ii) the Parent Proportion of the amount or value of such Leakage received by any member of the Retained Group which is not wholly owned directly or indirectly by the Parent:

 

21


  (a)

to the Target Group immediately prior to the First Completion Date if such Leakage is identified prior to First Completion (the First Completion Settled Leakage); and

 

  (b)

to the Purchaser if such Leakage is identified after the First Completion Date,

in each case plus interest accrued daily at a rate of 4.8 per cent. per annum (the Leakage Interest) from the date of such Leakage to the date of payment hereunder. The Purchaser shall not be entitled to any remedy for a breach of clauses 10.1 or 10.2 other than a payment pursuant to clause 10.3(b) or clause 10.13.

 

10.4

The Parent shall not have any liability for any Leakage under clauses 10.1, 10.2 or 10.3(b) unless:

 

  (a)

a claim has been notified to the Parent in writing on or before the date which is six months following the First Completion Date; and

 

  (b)

proceedings have been brought against the Parent in respect of its recovery within three months of its being notified of a claim in respect of that Leakage in accordance with clause 10.4(a), unless the relevant claim has been agreed in writing by the Parent before that date.

 

10.5

The Parent shall have no liability under clauses 10.1, 10.2 or 10.3(b) in respect of any First Completion Settled Leakage.

Pre Each Deferred Completion

 

10.6

The Parent undertakes to the Purchaser that in the period from and including the date of this agreement up to and including each Deferred Completion Date it shall procure that, in respect of any Deferred Target Subsidiary which is transferred to the Purchaser or its Designated Purchaser on that Deferred Completion Date:

 

  (a)

there will be no Leakage to a member of the Retained Group; and

 

  (b)

except as expressly contemplated pursuant to the terms of this agreement, no arrangement or agreement will be made or entered into that will result in any Leakage to a member of the Retained Group.

 

10.7

Subject to clauses 10.8 and 10.9, in the event of any Leakage from a Deferred Target Subsidiary, the Parent shall pay (on a $ for $ and after-Tax basis) an amount in cash equal to: (i) the amount or value of such Leakage received by any member of the Retained Group which is wholly owned directly or indirectly by the Parent; and (ii) the Parent Proportion of the amount or value of such Leakage received by any member of the Retained Group which is not wholly owned directly or indirectly by the Parent:

 

  (a)

to the Target Group immediately prior to the relevant Deferred Completion Date (the Deferred Completion Settled Leakage); and

 

  (b)

to the Purchaser if such Leakage is identified after the relevant Deferred Completion Date,

plus interest accrued daily at a rate of 4.8 per cent. per annum from the date of such Leakage to the date of payment hereunder. The Purchaser shall not be entitled to any remedy for a breach of clauses 10.1 or 10.6 in respect of a Deferred Target Subsidiary other than to a payment pursuant to clause 10.7(b) or clause 10.12.

 

10.8

The Parent shall not have any liability for any Leakage under clauses 10.1, 10.6 or 10.7(b) unless:

 

22


  (a)

the amount resulting from any such Leakage exceeds $9.4 million in aggregate (in which case the Parent shall be liable for the excess only);

 

  (b)

a claim has been notified to the Parent in writing on or before the date which is six months following the applicable Deferred Completion Date; and

 

  (c)

proceedings have been brought against the Parent in respect of its recovery within three months of its being notified of a claim in respect of that Leakage in accordance with clause 10.9(a), unless the relevant claim has been agreed in writing by the Parent before that date.

 

10.9

The Parent shall have no liability under clauses 10.1, 10.6 or 10.7(b) in respect of any Deferred Completion Settled Leakage.

 

10.10

The liability of the Parent under clauses 10.3(b), 10.7(b) and 10.12 shall be limited to:

 

  (a)

the amount of any Leakage actually received by (or attributable to) any member of the Retained Group which is wholly owned directly or indirectly by the Parent; plus

 

  (b)

the Parent Proportion of the amount of any Leakage actually received by (or attributable to) any member of the Retained Group which is not wholly owned directly or indirectly by the Parent; minus

 

  (c)

the aggregate amount of all First Completion Settled Leakage and Deferred Completion Settled Leakage.

 

10.11

The Parent shall not be liable more than once in respect of the same Leakage, regardless of whether more than one category of Leakage arises in respect of it.

 

10.11A

The Parent shall be entitled to deduct from the amount of Leakage which it would otherwise be required to pay under clause 10.7 an amount equal to any portion of the €29,144,000 referred to in subparagraph (z) of the definition of Permitted Leakage which has not been paid to members of the Retained Group (whether as part of the First Completion Kantar Reorganisation or the Deferred Completion Kantar Reorganisation or otherwise), provided that the total amount of such deduction shall not exceed €2,798,107.51 being the amount of the €29,144,000 which has not as at the First Completion Date been paid to members of the Retained Group as part of the First Completion Kantar Reorganisation; once so deducted such deducted amount shall no longer be Permitted Leakage within subparagraph (z) of the definition of Permitted Leakage.

Retained Target Entities

 

10.12

If, as at the Second Long Stop Date, any Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests have not been transferred pursuant to any Deferred Completion (the relevant Deferred Target Subsidiaries being the Retained Target Entities), subject to clause 10.13 in the event of any Leakage (for the avoidance of doubt, reading the definitions of Leakage and Permitted Leakage as if the Retained Target Entities had always been members of the Retained Group for purposes of this agreement) having occurred from a member of the Target Group prior to First Completion or Deferred Completion (as applicable) to any Retained Target Entity, the Parent shall pay to the Purchaser (on a $ for $ and after-Tax basis) an amount in cash equal to: (a) the amount or value of such Leakage received by any Retained Target Entity which is wholly owned directly or indirectly by the Parent; and (b) the Parent Proportion of the amount or value of such Leakage received by any member of the Retained Group which is not wholly owned directly or indirectly by the Parent in each case plus interest accrued daily at a rate of 4.8 per cent. per annum from the date of such Leakage to the date of payment hereunder.

 

23


10.13

The Parent shall not have any liability for any Leakage under clause 10.12 unless:

 

  (a)

a claim has been notified to the Parent in writing on or before the date which is six months following the Second Long Stop Date; and

 

  (b)

proceedings have been brought against the Parent in respect of its recovery within three months of its being notified of a claim in respect of that Leakage in accordance with clause 10.14(a), unless the relevant claim has been agreed in writing by the Parent before that date.

General

 

10.14

Leakage:

 

  (a)

for, or for the benefit of, any person shall be deemed to be to, and received by, that person;

 

  (b)

to or for the benefit of any director, officer or employee of the Parent or any member of the Retained Group shall be deemed to benefit the Parent or the relevant member of the Retained Group (as applicable);

 

  (c)

within paragraph (g) or (i) (and paragraphs (h) and/or (j) as they relate to paragraph (g) or (i)) of the definition of Leakage shall be deemed to benefit the Parent; and

 

  (d)

within paragraph (j) of the definition of Leakage shall be deemed to benefit such of the Parent or other member of the Retained Group which received or benefitted from or is deemed to have benefitted from the Leakage to which it relates.

 

10.15

The Parent shall not be liable for the payment of any Leakage Interest where the action which has caused Leakage has been carried out in cash and either: (a) at the request of the Purchaser (provided that the Purchaser expressly agrees that Leakage Interest shall not apply in respect thereof); or (b) otherwise pursuant to the terms of this agreement.

 

10.16

If the Purchaser receives any payment under clauses 10.3(b), 10.7(b) or 10.13, the Purchaser shall (within 10 Business Days of receiving such payment) invest the amount of such payment (net of any fees, costs, expenses and/or Tax incurred by it in connection with the same) in the Company (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement) which owns the member of the Target Group from which such Leakage originated, such investment to be made in such a manner as does not result in the Purchaser acquiring any new Securities (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement) other than worthless deferred shares and therefore does not result in any dilution of the economic entitlements of the Purchaser and the other holders of such Securities.

 

10.17

If an amount claimed that would be payable by the Parent under this clause 10 may be subject to Tax in the hands of the recipient, then the Parent and the Purchaser shall consult in good faith for a period of not less than 10 Business Days (or such longer or shorter period as they may agree in writing) with a view to agreeing an acceptable arrangement for satisfying the obligation to pay the amount so claimed in an efficient manner that does not prejudice the interests of any member of the Target Group or any member of the Purchaser’s Group. If the Parent and the Purchaser fail to agree on any particular manner of doing so then the Parent shall satisfy the obligation to pay the amount so claimed under this clause 10 by way of a payment in cash.

 

10.18

The Parties agree that:

 

  (a)

a misstatement in the Locked Box Accounts, which reported an amount of US$4,406,083 in “Cash and cash equivalents” when in fact it should have been shown in the line items making up total “Net working capital”, (the Misstatement) shall be dealt with (in full and

 

24


 

final settlement as between the Parties of any claims relating to or arising from the Misstatement) by the payment immediately prior to First Completion by the Parent or another member of the Retained Group to the Target Group of an amount in cash of US$4,406,083, which amount shall be treated and paid as an additional amount of Leakage notwithstanding that it does not fall within the definition of Leakage in Schedule 5 except that no Leakage Interest shall be payable on such amount; and

 

  (b)

notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, neither the Parent nor any other member of the Retained Group shall have any liability under any provision of this agreement other than under paragraph (a) above (including, without limitation, the Warranties) in respect of the Misstatement.

 

10.19

The Parties agree that:

 

  (a)

an amount of Euro 2,347,860 being the cost of a foreign currency hedge entered into by SAP in respect of the future receipt by SAP or CTR of the CSM Payment in Chinese Renminbi (the Hedge) shall be treated as Leakage notwithstanding that it does not fall within the definition of Leakage in Schedule 5, and the Parent shall, or shall procure that another member of the Retained Group shall, make a payment immediately prior to First Completion to the Target Group of an amount in cash of US$ 2,584,433 (being the agreed US dollar equivalent of Euro 2,347,860) plus Leakage Interest thereon from the date the cost of the Hedge was incurred to the date the payment is made under this subclause in an agreed amount of US$89,523, making a total payment of US$2,673,956; and

 

  (b)

notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, neither the parent nor any other member of the Retained Group shall have any liability under any provision of this agreement other than under paragraph (a) above in respect of the cost of the Hedge.

 

11.

WRONG POCKETS

 

11.1

Where between the Locked Box Date and the first anniversary of the First Completion Date (the Wrong Pocket Period), an amount falls to be paid for by a member of the Retained Group in relation to the business or operations of the Kantar Business (but not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any amounts paid under the Tax Deed), with effect from First Completion or Deferred Completion (as applicable) the Purchaser shall procure that a member of the Target Group shall pay such amount provided that such amount, when aggregated with all other such amounts, exceeds £250,000. Any related rights or benefits in respect of the Kantar Business shall vest in such member of the Target Group.

 

11.2

If, during the Wrong Pocket Period, a member of the Retained Group receives a cash amount from a third party which relates to the business or operations of the Kantar Business, with effect from First Completion or Deferred Completion (as applicable) the Parent shall pay or shall procure that such member of the Retained Group pays such amount (net of any Tax suffered by the Retained Group thereon) to the Purchaser on behalf of the member of the Target Group conducting such operations.

 

11.3

Where during the Wrong Pocket Period an amount falls to be paid for by a member of the Target Group in relation to the business or operations of a member of the Retained Group, with effect from First Completion or Deferred Completion (as applicable) the Parent shall procure that the relevant member of the Retained Group shall pay such amount provided that such amount, when aggregated with all other such amounts, exceeds £250,000. Any related rights or benefits in respect of the business of the Retained Group shall vest in the relevant member of the Retained Group conducting such business.

 

25


11.4

If, during the Wrong Pocket Period, the Purchaser or a member of the Target Group receives a cash amount from a third party which relates to the business or operations of the Retained Group, with effect from First Completion or Deferred Completion (as applicable) the Purchaser shall pay or procure that such member of the Target Group pays such amount (net of any Tax suffered by the Purchaser or any member of the Target Group thereon) to the Parent on behalf of such member of the Retained Group conducting such operations.

 

11.5

To the extent that the Parent or another member of the Retained Group has any interest in any asset, Intellectual Property Right, business, agreement or right exclusively or predominantly used in the Kantar Business, the Purchaser and the Parent, acting together, shall procure that transfers of such interests are effected by the Parent or other relevant member of the Retained Group (as the case may be) to the user for, to the extent permitted by law, £1 or, if not so permitted, for a price equivalent to market value payable by the relevant transferee which amount shall be deemed to have been taken into account in the calculation of the Total Headline Base Consideration (which accordingly, for tax purposes, shall be adjusted commensurately) so that no actual payment is required.

 

11.6

To the extent that any member of the Target Group has any interest in any asset, Intellectual Property Right, business, agreement or right exclusively or predominantly used in the business of the Retained Group, the Purchaser and the Parent, acting together, shall procure that transfers of such interests are effected by the relevant member of the Target Group to the user for, to the extent permitted by law, £1 or, if not so permitted, for a price equivalent to market value payable by the relevant transferee which amount shall be deemed to have been taken into account in the calculation of the Total Headline Base Consideration (which accordingly, for tax purposes, shall be adjusted commensurately) so that no actual payment is required.

 

12.

GUARANTEES AND INDEMNITIES

 

12.1

The Parent shall procure that on First Completion each Target Company and each First Completion Target Subsidiary is released from all guarantees, letters of comfort, indemnities or any other obligation akin to the foregoing (together, Group Commitments) given by that member of the Target Group in respect of any liability or obligation of any member of the Retained Group, and pending such release the Parent shall indemnify that member of the Target Group against all liabilities arising under those Group Commitments following First Completion.

 

12.2

The Purchaser shall procure that as from First Completion the Parent and each member of the Retained Group is released from all Group Commitments given by the Parent or any member of the Retained Group in respect of any liability or obligation of any Target Company or any First Completion Target Subsidiary, and pending such release, the Purchaser shall procure that the members of the Target Group transferred at First Completion indemnify the Parent or that member of the Retained Group against all liabilities arising under those Group Commitments following First Completion.

 

12.3

The Parent shall procure that on each Deferred Completion each relevant Deferred Target Subsidiary is released from all Group Commitments given by that member of the Target Group in respect of any liability or obligation of any member of the Retained Group, and pending such release the Parent shall indemnify that member of the Target Group against all liabilities arising under those Group Commitments following the relevant Deferred Completion.

 

12.4

The Purchaser shall procure that as from each Deferred Completion the Parent and each member of the Retained Group is released from all Group Commitments given by the Parent or any member of the Retained Group in respect of any liability or obligation of any relevant Deferred Target Subsidiary, and pending such release, the Purchaser shall procure that the Deferred Target Subsidiaries transferred at the relevant Deferred Completion indemnify the Parent or that member

 

26


 

of the Retained Group against all liabilities arising under those Group Commitments following the relevant Deferred Completion.

 

12.5

To the extent that, following First Completion or a Deferred Completion (as the case may be), the Parent or any member of the Retained Group (as applicable) has not been released from all Group Commitments given by the Parent or any member of the Retained Group (as applicable) in respect of any liability or obligation of any Target Company or any First Completion Target Subsidiary or Deferred Target Subsidiary (as applicable):

 

  (a)

the Purchaser shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the Parent or any member of the Retained Group (as applicable) is released from all such Group Commitments as soon as reasonably practicable after First Completion or such Deferred Completion (as applicable); and

 

  (b)

until such release is effective, the Purchaser shall procure that any Target Company or any First Completion Target Subsidiary or Deferred Target Subsidiary (as applicable) shall indemnify the Parent or the relevant member of the Retained Group (as applicable) against all liabilities arising under those Group Commitments.

 

12.6

To the extent that, following First Completion or a Deferred Completion (as the case may be), any Target Company, First Completion Target Subsidiary or Deferred Target Subsidiary (as applicable) has not been released from all Group Commitments given by that Target Company,First Completion Target Subsidiary or Deferred Target Subsidiary (as applicable) in respect of any liability or obligation of any member of the Retained Group:

 

  (a)

the Parent shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the Target Company, First Completion Target Subsidiary or Deferred Target Subsidiary (as applicable) is released from all such Group Commitments as soon as reasonably practicable after First Completion or such Deferred Completion (as applicable); and

 

  (b)

until such release is effective, the Parent shall indemnify the Target Company, First Completion Target Subsidiary or Deferred Target Subsidiary (as applicable) against all liabilities arising under those Group Commitments.

 

12.7

Clauses 12.1, 12.3 and 12.6 may be enforced by the relevant member of the Target Group (with, where that member is not the Purchaser, the Purchaser’s prior written consent) against the Parent under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. The provisions of clauses 12.1, 12.3 and 12.6 may be varied by agreement between the Parent and the Purchaser (and the Purchaser may also release or compromise in whole or in part any liability in respect of rights or claims contemplated by clauses 12.1, 12.3 or 12.6) without the consent of any other member of the Target Group.

 

12.8

Clauses 12.2, 12.4 and 12.5 may be enforced by each relevant member of the Retained Group (with, where that member is not the Parent, the Parent’s prior written consent) against the Purchaser under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. The provisions of clauses 12.2, 12.4 and 12.5 may be varied by agreement between the Parent and the Purchaser (and the Parent may also release or compromise in whole or in part any liability in respect of rights or claims contemplated by clauses 12.2, 12.4 or 12.5) without the consent of any other member of the Retained Group.

 

13.

INTRA-GROUP LOANS AND TRADE DEBTS ON FIRST COMPLETION

 

13.1

The provisions of this clause 13 shall apply to all Intra-Group Payables and Intra-Group Receivables excluding those balances falling within First Completion KR Net Debt.

 

13.2

The Parent shall procure (in so far as it is able) that:

 

27


  (a)

all Intra-Group Payables owed by a Target Company or a First Completion Target Subsidiary to the Parent or a member of the Retained Group are repaid and settled before the First Completion Date using any cash held by the Target Companies and First Completion Target Subsidiaries; and

 

  (b)

all Intra-Group Receivables owed by the Parent or a member of the Retained Group to a Target Company or a First Completion Target Subsidiary are repaid and settled before the First Completion Date in cash.

 

13.3

To the extent that the Parent is unable to procure the matters set out in clause 13.2(a) and/or (b), the Parent shall notify the Purchaser thereof and the Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to agree in good faith an alternative mechanism which is economically equivalent for them and cash-neutral for the Purchaser’s Group at First Completion.

 

13.4

The Parent shall procure that the Trade Debts owing by any member of the Retained Group to a Target Company or First Completion Target Subsidiary as at First Completion shall be settled after First Completion when due in the ordinary course of business.

 

13.5

The Purchaser shall procure that the Trade Debts owing by any Target Company or First Completion Target Subsidiary to a member of the Retained Group as at First Completion shall be settled after First Completion when due in the ordinary course of business.

 

14.

INTRA-GROUP LOANS AND TRADE DEBTS ON DEFERRED COMPLETIONS

 

14.1

The provisions of this clause 14 shall apply to all Intra-Group Payables and Intra-Group Receivables excluding those balances falling within Deferred Completion KR Net Debt.

 

14.2

The Parent shall procure (in so far as it is able) that:

 

  (a)

all Intra-Group Payables owed by a Deferred Target Subsidiary to the Parent or a member of the Retained Group are repaid and settled before the Deferred Completion Date using any cash held by the Deferred Target Subsidiaries; and

 

  (b)

all Intra-Group Receivables owed by the Parent or a member of the Retained Group to a Deferred Target Subsidiary are repaid and settled before the Deferred Completion Date in cash.

 

14.3

To the extent that the Parent is unable to procure the matters set out in clause 14.2(a) and/or 14.2(b), the Parent shall notify the Purchaser thereof and the Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to agree in good faith an alternative mechanism which is economically equivalent for them and cash-neutral for the Purchaser’s Group at Deferred Completion.

 

14.4

The Parent shall procure that the Trade Debts owing by any member of the Retained Group to a Deferred Target Subsidiary as at Deferred Completion shall be settled after Deferred Completion when due in the ordinary course of business.

 

14.5

The Purchaser shall procure that the Trade Debts owing by any Deferred Target Subsidiary to a member of the Retained Group as at Deferred Completion shall be settled after Deferred Completion when due in the ordinary course of business.

 

15.

KANTAR REORGANISATION INTRA-GROUP LOANS

The Parties shall agree in good faith a method for dealing with any First Completion KR Net Debt and Deferred Completion KR Net Debt which is economically equivalent for them and cash-neutral

 

28


for the Purchaser’s Group at First Completion and each Deferred Completion as if any such First Completion KR Net Debt and Deferred Completion KR Net Debt had never existed.

 

16.

DEFERRED VALUE PAYMENTS

 

16.1

If during the Claim Limitation Period, there is a Final Claim Determination in respect of any Litigation Claim or any Contingent Tax Liability:

 

  (a)

where such Final Claim Determination occurs prior to First Completion (in respect of a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability relating to a First Completion Target Subsidiary) or the relevant Deferred Completion (in respect of a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability relating to a Deferred Target Subsidiary), the Parent shall notify UK Bidco of such Final Claim Determination and the relevant Final Claim Amount; or

 

  (b)

where such Final Claim Determination occurs after First Completion (in respect of a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability relating to a First Completion Target Subsidiary) or the relevant Deferred Completion (in respect of a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability relating to a Deferred Target Subsidiary), but in any event while the relevant member of the Target Group is a JV Group Company, UK Bidco shall, or shall procure that the relevant Target Subsidiary shall, notify the Parent of such Final Claim Determination and the relevant Final Claim Amount,

in each case as soon as practicable and in any event within five Business Days of the later of: (i) becoming aware of the occurrence of such Final Claim Determination; and (ii) the First Completion Date or the relevant Deferred Completion Date (as applicable) (the Final Claim Notice).

 

16.2

If in respect of any Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability the subject of a Final Claim Notice, the Final Claim Amount is less than the Estimated Claim Amount (the relevant Pre-Sale Proportion of the difference being the Estimate Excess), then:

 

  (a)

following the delivery of the relevant Final Claim Notice, UK Bidco shall pay to the Parent or (as directed by the Parent) the relevant Seller, or procure payment to the Parent or the relevant Seller of, an amount in cash equal to the Estimate Excess, by wire transfer in immediately available funds, on the later of the date falling: (i) 10 Business Days after delivery of the Final Claim Notice to the Parent; and (ii) 10 Business Days after First Completion or Deferred Completion (as applicable to the member of the Target Group the subject of the relevant Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability); and

 

  (b)

in each case, the Total Estimated Claim Amount shall be reduced by the Estimated Claim Amount in respect of such Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability.

 

16.3

If in respect of any Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability the subject of a Final Claim Notice, the Final Claim Amount is the same as or exceeds the Estimated Claim Amount (the difference being the Estimate Shortfall) whether:

 

  (a)

the relevant Final Claim Notice is delivered prior to the First Completion Date (in respect of a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability relating to a First Completion Target Subsidiary) or the relevant Deferred Completion Date (in respect of a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability relating to a Deferred Target Subsidiary); or

 

  (b)

the relevant Final Claim Notice is delivered after the First Completion Date (in respect of a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability relating to a First Completion

 

29


 

Target Subsidiary) or the relevant Deferred Completion Date (in respect of a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability relating to a Deferred Target Subsidiary),

in neither case shall the Parent be liable to the Purchaser, UK Bidco (including any subsidiary of UK Bidco) or any member of the Target Group or the Purchaser’s Group in respect of all or any part of such Estimate Shortfall and in each case, the Total Estimated Claim Amount shall be reduced by the Estimated Claim Amount.

 

16.4

If during the Claim Limitation Period, there is an Interim Claim Reduction in respect of any Litigation Claim or any Contingent Tax Liability:

 

  (a)

where such Interim Claim Reduction occurs prior to First Completion (in respect of a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability relating to a First Completion Target Subsidiary) or the relevant Deferred Completion (in respect of a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability relating to a Deferred Target Subsidiary), the Parent shall notify UK Bidco of such Interim Claim Reduction and the relevant Interim Claim Reduction Amount; or

 

  (b)

where such Interim Claim Reduction occurs after First Completion (in respect of a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability relating to a First Completion Target Subsidiary) or the relevant Deferred Completion (in respect of a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability relating to a Deferred Target Subsidiary), but in any event while the relevant member of the Target Group is a JV Group Company, UK Bidco shall, or shall procure that the relevant Target Subsidiary shall, notify the Parent of such Interim Claim Reduction and the relevant Interim Claim Reduction Amount,

in each case as soon as practicable and in any event within five Business Days of the later of: (i) becoming aware of such Interim Claim Reduction; and (ii) the First Completion Date or the relevant Deferred Completion Date (as applicable) (the Interim Claim Reduction Notice).

 

16.5

Following the delivery of the relevant Interim Claim Reduction Notice:

 

  (a)

UK Bidco shall pay to the Parent or (as directed by the Parent) the relevant Seller, or procure the payment to the Parent or the relevant Seller of, an amount in cash equal to the relevant Pre-Sale Proportion of the Interim Claim Reduction Amount, by wire transfer in immediately available funds, on the later of the date falling: (i) 10 Business Days after delivery of the Interim Claim Reduction Notice to the Parent; and (ii) 10 Business Days after First Completion or Deferred Completion (as applicable to the member of the Target Group the subject of the relevant Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability); and

 

  (b)

in each case, the Total Estimated Claim Amount shall be reduced by the Interim Claim Reduction Amount in respect of such Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability.

 

16.6

If a member of the Target Group ceases following First Completion (in respect of a Target Company or a First Completion Target Subsidiary) or the relevant Deferred Completion (in respect of a Deferred Target Subsidiary), to be a JV Group Company: (i) the Final Claim Amount in respect of all Litigation Claims or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liabilities to which that member of the Target Group is then subject shall be deemed to be equal to the Estimated Claim Amount thereof; and (ii) the Total Estimated Claim Amount shall be reduced by the Estimated Claim Amount of all Litigation Claims or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liabilities to which such member of the Target Group is then subject.

 

30


16.7

If an Exit has not then occurred, as soon as practicable after, and in any event within 5 Business Days of, the date of the third anniversary of the final Deferred Completion Date, UK Bidco shall pay, or procure the payment of, the balance of the Total Estimated Claim Amount (as adjusted: (i) in accordance with clauses 16.2, 16.3, 16.5 and 16.6; (ii) to reflect the relevant Pre-Sale Proportion in respect of each relevant Estimated Claim Amount; and (iii) less any amount of the Total Estimated Claim Amount which relates to any Litigation Claim(s) against Target Subsidiaries or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liabilities of Target Subsidiaries in which there are Non-Transferable Target Subsidiary Equity Interests) to the Parent or the relevant Seller by wire transfer in immediately available funds.

 

16.8

The provisions of Part 1 of Schedule 9 shall apply to all Litigation Claims until the earlier of, in relation to each Litigation Claim: (i) a Final Claim Notice being served; and (ii) the expiry of the Claim Limitation Period.

 

16.9

The provisions of Clause 8 (Conduct of tax claims) of the Tax Deed shall apply to all Contingent Tax Liabilities (except any Contingent Tax Liabilities within paragraphs (g) to (m) (inclusive) of the definition of that term) until the earlier of, in relation to each Contingent Tax Liability: (i) a Final Claim Notice being served; and (ii) the expiry of the Claim Limitation Period.

 

16.10

The provisions of paragraph 8 (Third Party Claims) of Schedule 3 shall not apply to any Litigation Claim.

 

16.11

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this agreement, the maximum aggregate amount payable under this clause 16 to the Parent and the relevant Sellers shall not exceed $65,000,000.

 

16.12

In relation to all amounts payable under this clause 16:

 

  (a)

amounts payable or payments procured by UK Bidco shall be paid by way of an adjustment of the consideration payable by UK Bidco or its subsidiaries for the Target Company Equity Interests in respect of which any of them is the Designated Purchaser; and

 

  (b)

where requested by either Party, the Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to agree in good faith an alternative mechanism, pursuant to which the relevant direct or indirect Designated Purchaser of the member of the Target Group to which the relevant Litigation Claim or Contingent Tax Liability relates makes any payment due to be made to the Parent under this clause 16, provided that such mechanism is in accordance with applicable law, economically equivalent and cash-neutral as between the Parent and the Purchaser.

 

16.13

Clauses 16.2, 16.5 and 16.7 may be enforced by the relevant Seller against UK Bidco and/or its relevant subsidiaries under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. The provisions of clauses 16.2, 16.5 and 16.7 may be varied by agreement between the Parent and the Purchaser (and the Parent may also release or compromise in whole or in part any liability in respect of rights or claims contemplated by clauses 16.2, 16.5 and 16.7) without the consent of any such Seller.

 

17.

DEFERRED PAYMENTS IN RESPECT OF CERTAIN ASSETS1

 

17.1

If, following First Completion and prior to any Exit, a member of the Target Group which is at that time a JV Group Company receives any cash proceeds from any voluntary sale or other voluntary disposal (whether in whole or in part and directly or indirectly) of any shares, preferred shares, loan notes or other securities in Affectiva held by such member of the Target Group as at the date of this agreement (any cash amounts received by the Target Group in respect of the foregoing, net of all

 

1 

Note: subject to update to reflect agreed position on Argentinian land.

 

31


 

fees, costs, expenses and Tax incurred by it in connection therewith, an Affectiva Payment), then UK Bidco shall:

 

  (a)

promptly give notice of the receipt of such Affectiva Payment to the Parent; and

 

  (b)

pay to the Parent or (as directed by the Parent) the relevant Seller, or procure payment to the Parent or the relevant Seller of, an amount in cash equal to the Pre-Sale Proportion (with the relevant member of the Target Group for the purposes of that definition being the member of the Target Group that has received the Affectiva Payment in question) of the Affectiva Payment, by wire transfer in immediately available funds, on the date falling 10 Business Days after receipt of such Affectiva Payment,

and for the purposes of this clause 17.1, any voluntary sale by one JV Group Company of another JV Group Company, all or substantially all of the assets of which are comprised of shares, preferred shares, loan notes or other securities in Affectiva held by any member of the Target Group as at the date of this agreement, shall be deemed to be a direct voluntary sale of such shares, preferred shares, loan notes or other securities in Affectiva.

 

17.2

In respect of any member of the Target Group which receives all or part of the Argentinian Land Consideration:

 

  (a)

if the Argentinian Land Consideration is received prior to the First Completion Date (if such member of the Target Group is a First Completion Target Subsidiary) or the relevant Deferred Completion Date (if such member of the Target Group is a Deferred Target Subsidiary), the Parent shall procure that the relevant member of the Target Group shall pay to the Parent an amount in cash equal to the relevant Pre-Sale Proportion of the Argentinian Land Consideration on or prior to the First Completion Date or the relevant Deferred Completion Date (as the case may be), and the amount so paid shall be Permitted Leakage within paragraph (p) of the definition of Permitted Leakage, provided that;

 

  (i)

any Argentinian Land Consideration received prior to the First Completion Date by each of TNS Gallup Argentina SA, IBOPE Argentina SA and Monitor de Medios Publicitarios SA shall be deemed to have been received by such entity following First Completion and shall be dealt with in accordance with clause 17.2(b) below; and

 

  (ii)

to the extent that any other member of the Target Group is not able to pay all or part of its portion of the Argentinian Land Consideration to the Parent on or prior to the First Completion Date or the relevant Deferred Completion Date, any such unpaid amounts shall be deemed to have been received by a JV Group Company following First Completion or the Relevant Deferred Completion (as applicable) and shall be dealt with in accordance with clause 17.2(b) below; or

 

  (b)

if the Argentinian Land Consideration is received by a JV Group Company following First Completion or the relevant Deferred Completion (as applicable), but prior to any Exit, UK Bidco shall promptly give notice of such receipt to the Parent and shall pay to the Parent or the relevant Seller, or procure payment to the Parent or the relevant Seller of, an amount in cash equal to the relevant Pre-Sale Proportion of the Argentinian Land Consideration on the date which is ten Business Days after the later to occur of: (i) the date on which the Argentinian Land Consideration is received; and (ii) the date on which the Argentinian Land Consideration is freely payable (including by way of a distribution, loan or otherwise), directly or indirectly, by the relevant JV Group Company that received it to UK Bidco,

 

32


 

and for the purposes of 17.2(b) above, any sale by one JV Group Company of another JV Group Company, all or substantially all of the assets of which are comprised of the Argentinian Land, shall be deemed to be a direct sale of the Argentinian Land.

 

17.3

In respect of all amounts payable under this clause 17:

 

  (a)

amounts payable or payments procured by UK Bidco shall be paid by way of an adjustment of the consideration payable by UK Bidco or its subsidiaries for the Target Company Equity Interests in respect of which any of them is the Designated Purchaser; and

 

  (b)

where requested by either Party, the Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to agree in good faith an alternative mechanism, pursuant to which the relevant member of the Target Group which receives the relevant Affectiva Payment or the Argentinian Land Consideration, or the relevant direct or indirect Designated Purchaser of such entity, makes any payment due to be made to the Parent under this clause 17, provided that such mechanism is in accordance with applicable law, economically equivalent and cash-neutral to the Parties.

 

17.4

Clauses 17.1 and 17.2 may be enforced by the relevant Seller against UK Bidco and/or its relevant subsidiaries under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. The provisions of clauses 17.1 and 17.2 may be varied by agreement between the Parent and the Purchaser (and the Parent may also release or compromise in whole or in part any liability in respect of rights or claims contemplated by clauses 17.1 and 17.2) without the consent of any such Seller.

 

18.

DEFERRED PAYMENTS IN RESPECT OF THE CSM MATTER

 

18.1

If during the Deferred Consideration Period, SAP or CTR receives, while it is a JV Group Company, all or a part of the CSM Payment (such amount net of all fees, costs, expenses and Tax incurred by the Target Group in connection with such payment except the costs of the Hedge referred to in clause 10.19(a), the CSM Payment Receipt):

 

  (a)

where such CSM Payment Receipt occurs prior to First Completion (where SAP or CTR, as applicable, is a First Completion Target Subsidiary) or the relevant Deferred Completion (where SAP or CTR, as applicable, is a Deferred Target Subsidiary), the Parent shall notify UK Bidco of such CSM Payment Receipt; or

 

  (b)

where such CSM Payment Receipt occurs after First Completion (where SAP or CTR, as applicable, is a First Completion Target Subsidiary) or the relevant Deferred Completion (where SAP or CTR, as applicable, is a Deferred Target Subsidiary), UK Bidco shall, or shall procure that the relevant Target Subsidiary shall, notify the Parent of such CSM Payment Receipt,

in each case as soon as practicable and in any event within five Business Days of becoming aware of the CSM Payment Receipt (a CSM Notice).

 

18.2

If a CSM Notice is delivered prior to the First Completion Date (where SAP or CTR, as applicable, is a First Completion Target Subsidiary) or the relevant Deferred Completion Date (where SAP or CTR, as applicable, is a Deferred Target Subsidiary), the Parent shall, subject to clause 18.4(a), procure that SAP or CTR, as applicable, shall pay to the Parent an amount in cash equal to the Pre-Sale Proportion relevant to SAP or CTR (as applicable) of the relevant CSM Payment Receipt (the CSM Pre-Completion Payment) prior to the First Completion Date or the relevant Deferred Completion Date (as the case may be) and the CSM Pre-Completion Payment shall be deemed to be Permitted Leakage.

 

33


18.3

If a CSM Notice is delivered after the First Completion Date (where SAP or CTR, as applicable, is a First Completion Target Subsidiary) or the relevant Deferred Completion Date (where SAP or CTR, as applicable, is a Deferred Target Subsidiary), UK Bidco shall, subject to clause 18.4(a), pay to the Parent or (as directed by the Parent) the relevant Seller, or procure payment to the Parent or the relevant Seller of, an amount in cash equal to the Pre-Sale Proportion relevant to SAP or CTR (as applicable) of the relevant CSM Payment Receipt, by wire transfer in immediately available funds, on the date falling 10 Business Days after delivery of the CSM Notice (the CSM Post-Completion Payment).

 

18.4

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary:

 

  (a)

the first $5,000,000 per calendar year of CSM Dividend Payments will not be included within the calculation of any CSM Pre-Completion Payment or CSM Post-Completion Payment;

 

  (b)

the maximum aggregate amount payable to the Parent and the relevant Sellers under this clause 18 shall not exceed the CSM Cap;

 

  (c)

the maximum aggregate amount payable to the Parent and the relevant Sellers under this clause 18 in respect of CSM Sale Payments shall be $60,000,000 minus all fees, costs, expenses and Tax incurred by the Target Group in connection with any and all CSM Sale Payments;

 

  (d)

the maximum aggregate amount payable to the Parent and the relevant Sellers under this clause 18 in respect of CSM Dividend Payments shall be $35,000,000 minus all fees, costs, expenses and Tax incurred by the Target Group in connection with any and all CSM Sale Payments; and

 

  (e)

any CSM Dividend Payment received by CTR will only be deemed to be a CSM Payment Receipt once the relevant amount has become, directly or indirectly, freely payable (including by way of a distribution, loan or otherwise) by CTR to the Parent or the relevant Seller (in the case of a CSM Pre-Completion Payment) or UK Bidco (in the case of a CSM Post-Completion Payment).

 

18.5

The provisions of Part 2 of Schedule 9 shall apply to the CSM Matter until the earlier of: (i) the CSM Notice being served; and (ii) the expiry of the Deferred Consideration Period.

 

18.6

The provisions of paragraph 8 (Third Party Claims) of Schedule 3 shall not apply to this clause 18.

 

18.7

In respect of all amounts payable under this clause 18:

 

  (a)

amounts payable or payments procured by UK Bidco shall be paid by way of an adjustment of the consideration payable by UK Bidco or its subsidiaries for the Target Company Equity Interests in respect of which any of them is the Designated Purchaser; and

 

  (b)

where requested by either Party, the Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to agree in good faith an alternative mechanism, pursuant to which the relevant member of the Target Group which receives the relevant CSM Payment, or the relevant direct or indirect Designated Purchaser of such entity, makes any payment due to be made to the Parent under this clause 18, provided that such mechanism is in accordance with applicable law, economically equivalent and cash-neutral to the Parties.

 

18.8

Clause 18.3 may be enforced by the relevant Seller against UK Bidco and/or its relevant subsidiaries under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. The provisions of clause 18.3 may be varied by agreement between the Parent and the Purchaser (and the Parent may also release

 

34


 

or compromise in whole or in part any liability in respect of rights or claims contemplated by clause 18.3) without the consent of any such Seller.

 

19.

PARENT’S WARRANTIES

 

19.1

The Parent warrants to the Purchaser that, except as Disclosed to the Purchaser in the Disclosed Information, each of the statements set out in:

 

  (a)

Schedule 2 is, subject to clauses 19.2 and 19.3, true and accurate in all material respects at the date of this agreement; and

 

  (b)

the Fundamental Warranties are at the date of this agreement, and (in respect of the First Completion Target Subsidiaries) will at First Completion be and (in respect of any Deferred Target Subsidiaries) will at the relevant Deferred Completion Date be, true and accurate.

 

19.2

Where the Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in a Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary are less than 51 per cent. of the total Equity Interests in such Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary, each statement set out in Schedule 3 shall be qualified by the expression “so far as the Parent is aware in so far as such statement relates to such Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiaries.

 

19.3

Clause 19.1 shall apply as if:

 

  (a)

none of the Warranties, other than those set out in sub-paragraph 1.15 of Schedule 2, relate in any way to the Properties or any of them;

 

  (b)

none of the Warranties, other than those set out in sub-paragraph 1.16 of Schedule 2, relate in any way to any Intellectual Property Right or any agreement or other arrangement in connection with any Intellectual Property Right;

 

  (c)

none of the Warranties, other than those set out in paragraph 1.24 of Schedule 2, relate in any way to employees or employment matters;

 

  (d)

none of the Warranties, other than those set out in paragraph 3 of Schedule 2, relate in any way to pension matters or retirement benefits; and

 

  (e)

none of the Warranties, other than those set out in paragraph 2 of Schedule 2, relate in any way to Taxation,

provided however that the Warranties set out in paragraphs 1.9 (Accounts and Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA Statement), 1.10 (Locked Box Accounts and Management Accounts), 1.11 (Position since the Locked Box Date), 1.13 (Compliance with laws) and 1.21 (Litigation) shall also apply in respect of all such matters.

 

19.4

Each of the Warranties is separate and independent and, except as expressly provided to the contrary in this agreement, is not limited by reference to any other of the Warranties or by any other provision of this agreement.

 

20.

LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY

 

20.1

All Claims (but not, unless expressly provided to the contrary, Leakage claims pursuant to clause 10.3, clause 10.7 or clause 10.13) shall be subject to the limitations and other provisions set out in Schedule 3.

 

35


20.2

None of the limitations contained in this clause shall apply to any Claim to the extent that such Claim arises as a result of fraud by the Parent or where such Claim would not have arisen but for fraud or wilful default by the Parent.

 

20.3

Each of the Purchaser and UK Bidco shall not be liable in respect of, and there shall be disregarded for all purposes, any claim under this agreement (other than a claim under clauses 16, 17, 18 or 21.1) or under Clause 6 (Purchaser’s Covenant) of the Tax Deed unless the aggregate amount for which it would, but for this subclause, be liable as a result of that claim exceeds (when aggregated with all other relevant claims that arise out of the same or substantially similar facts or circumstances) £250,000. The limitation contained in this subclause shall not apply to any claim to the extent that such claim arises as a result of fraud by the Purchaser or UK Bidco (as applicable) or where such claim would not have arisen but for fraud or wilful default by the Purchaser or UK Bidco (as applicable).

 

21.

PURCHASER’S WARRANTIES AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

21.1

The Purchaser warrants to the Parent that:

 

  (a)

it, and each Designated Purchaser, is a company validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has been in continuous existence since its incorporation;

 

  (b)

it, and each Designated Purchaser, has the power to execute and deliver this agreement, and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party, and to perform its obligations under each of them and has taken all action necessary to authorise such execution and delivery and the performance of such obligations;

 

  (c)

this agreement constitutes, and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party will, when executed, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Purchaser and each Designated Purchaser in accordance with its terms;

 

  (d)

the execution and delivery by the Purchaser and each Designated Purchaser of this agreement and of each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the performance of the obligations of the Purchaser and each Designated Purchaser under it and each of them do not and will not conflict with or constitute a default under any provision of:

 

  (i)

any agreement or instrument to which the Purchaser or any Designated Purchaser is a party; or

 

  (ii)

the constitutional documents of the Purchaser or each Designated Purchaser; or

 

  (iii)

any law, lien, lease, order, judgment, award, injunction, decree, ordinance or regulation or any other restriction of any kind or character by which the Purchaser and each Designated Purchaser is bound;

 

  (e)

except as otherwise contemplated by this agreement, all authorisations from, and notices or filings with, any governmental or other authority that are necessary to enable the Purchaser and each Designated Purchaser to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party have been obtained or made (as the case may be) and are in full force and effect and all conditions of each such authorisation have been complied with; and

 

  (f)

subject to the parties to the Purchaser Finance Documents who are not members of the Purchaser’s Group complying with their obligations thereunder, the Purchaser has

 

36


 

subject only to the conditions set out in the Purchaser Finance Documents and the Equity Commitment Letter (and at First Completion and each Deferred Completion will on an unconditional basis have) immediately available the necessary cash resources to meet its obligations in full under this agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party.

 

21.2

The Purchaser undertakes to the Parent that it and each Designated Purchaser shall not take any action which would cause it to not have sufficient available financial resources: (i) at the First Completion Date and on each Deferred Completion Date to meet its obligations under this agreement; (ii) to meet any of its other obligations under this agreement; and (iii) to pay any and all fees and expenses required to be paid by the Purchaser in connection with the Transaction (including any fees and expenses in connection with the Purchaser Finance Documents).

 

21.3

The Purchaser warrants to the Parent that it and each Designated Purchaser has made available to the Parent accurate and complete copies of the Equity Commitment Letter and the Purchaser Finance Documents and that none of the Purchaser Finance Documents has been amended, modified or supplemented except for such amendments, modifications or supplements that have been provided to the Parent in writing prior to the date of this agreement or which do not have an adverse effect on the Purchaser’s ability to comply with its obligations under the Transaction Documents.

 

21.4

The Purchaser undertakes to the Parent that it shall not agree to change, amend, terminate, waive or fail to enforce any rights it has under the Equity Commitment Letter or the Purchaser Finance Documents in a manner which would have an adverse effect on the Purchaser’s ability to comply with its obligations under the Transaction Documents without the prior written consent of the Parent or to use the amounts to be received under the Equity Commitment Letter or the Purchaser Finance Documents for any purpose other than the financing of the Purchaser’s obligations under this agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

21.5

The Purchaser shall keep the Parent reasonably informed of material developments in respect of its debt and equity financing arrangements in connection with the Transaction and shall give the Parent prompt notice (and in any event within one Business Day) of:

 

  (a)

any breach or default by any party of the Equity Commitment Letter or any Purchaser Finance Document (or any circumstances which could give rise to such breach or default) of which any member of the Purchaser’s Group becomes aware; and

 

  (b)

the receipt of any written notice or other written communication by any member of the Purchaser’s Group with respect to any material breach, default, termination or repudiation by any party of the Equity Commitment Letter or any Purchaser Finance Document or any definitive document related to the debt or equity financing of the Purchaser or any material dispute or disagreement between any parties to the Equity Commitment Letter or any Purchaser Finance Document.

 

21.6

The Purchaser shall comply with all of its obligations under the Equity Commitment Letter and the Purchaser Finance Documents and undertakes to the Parent that it shall take all action required and within its control under the Equity Commitment Letter and the Purchaser Finance Documents to obtain on or before the First Completion Date and each Deferred Completion Date the amount which, when taken together with all amounts available to the Purchaser, is necessary to meet its payment obligations to the Parent on First Completion and each Deferred Completion under this agreement, including taking all steps necessary to satisfy any conditions to obtaining such amount.

 

21.7

Until First Completion: (A) the Purchaser shall not and shall procure that UK Bidco, US HoldCo B LLC, US Holdco A LLC and each other entity formed by the Purchaser or any other

 

37


 

member of the Purchaser’s Group as contemplated by the EY Acquisition Steps Paper shall not, without the prior written consent of the Parent; and (B) the Parent shall procure that New US JVCo and each entity formed by it or any other member of the WPP Group pursuant to the EY Acquisition Steps Paper shall not, without the prior written consent of the Purchaser, in each case undertake any of the following actions (except where such action is required to give effect to the EY Acquisition Steps Paper or the Purchaser Finance Documents):

 

  (a)

create, allot, issue, sell, repurchase or otherwise transfer or acquire any shares or loan capital or other security or grant any option over or right to subscribe for any share or loan capital or other security;

 

  (b)

declare or pay any dividend or other distribution;

 

  (c)

enter into any agreement for the sale, purchase or disposal of any interest in any share or loan capital or other security of UK Bidco, US HoldCo B LLC or US Holdco A LLC or any of the entities incorporated pursuant to the EY Acquisition Steps Paper;

 

  (d)

initiate any procedure for its solvent winding up;

 

  (e)

trade or engage in any business activities;

 

  (f)

enter into any joint venture, partnership or other similar profit sharing arrangement;

 

  (g)

enter into any loans or other financial facilities or debt obligations;

 

  (h)

be treated as resident for tax purposes in any other jurisdiction (including under any double taxation arrangement) other than its jurisdiction of incorporation and will not become subject to Taxation in any other jurisdiction by virtue of having a permanent establishment or other place of business in that jurisdiction; or

 

  (i)

authorise, agree or commit to do any of the foregoing.

 

22.

EMPLOYEES

 

22.1

The employment of each Employee shall not terminate upon First Completion or a Deferred Completion (as the case may be) but shall continue with the relevant member of the Target Group on the Employee’s existing terms and conditions that exist immediately before First Completion or Deferred Completion (as the case may be).

 

22.2

Subject to clause 22.3, the Parent shall procure that any relevant member of the Target Group and/or the Retained Group shall satisfy the Employment Obligations and shall keep the Purchaser reasonably informed of the status and shall not (save with the prior written consent of the Purchaser) agree to any commitments, undertakings, agreements or similar matters with any Employees and/or the relevant trade unions, works councils, staff associations or other employee representative bodies.

 

22.3

The Purchaser shall, and shall procure that its Designated Purchasers shall, co-operate in good faith and in a timely manner and use all reasonable endeavours to:

 

  (a)

provide such information to, or consult, discuss or negotiate with, the relevant trade unions, works councils, staff associations or other employee representative bodies as may be required, necessary or desirable in order for the Parent and any relevant member of the Target Group and/or the Retained Group to satisfy the Employment Obligations; and

 

38


  (b)

provide reasonable assistance to the Parent and any relevant member of the Target Group and/or the Retained Group to allow it or them to comply with any employment-related filing or notification obligation (or similar obligation) in respect of any Regulatory Authority as a result of the Kantar Reorganisation and the Transaction.

 

23.

SEPARATION MATTERS

 

  Transitional

Services Agreement

 

23.1

Until the First Completion Date, the Parent shall (at its own cost) use all commercially reasonable efforts, and shall procure (in so far as it is able) that each other relevant member of the WPP Group shall (at the Parent’s cost) use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all consents, approvals, authorisations and similar matters from any third parties (including Regulatory Authorities) which are required for it and the other members of the Retained Group to be able to provide the services to be provided or procured by them under the Transitional Services Agreements with effect from First Completion. The Parent shall keep the Purchaser reasonably informed of the status of its efforts to obtain all such consents, approvals, authorisations and similar matters from third parties.

 

23.2

To the extent requested by the Purchaser, the Parent shall use (and shall procure (in so far as it is able) that each relevant member of the Group uses) all commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate discussions relating to service levels between the Purchaser, the Target Group and the third parties which will be providing information technology-related services to the Target Group under the Transitional Services Agreements.

 

23.3

The Parent shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to procure that, with effect from First Completion, the Target Group will be able to operate its business in all material respects on a standalone basis without reliance on the Retained Group (save in respect of those services to be provided pursuant to the Transitional Services Agreements).

 

23.4

The Parties shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this agreement and in any case by no later than 30 September 2019 (or such later date as the Parties may in writing agree), negotiate with each other to agree:

 

  (a)

the final form of services schedules (including service descriptions, service terms and service charges) to the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement; and

 

  (b)

the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement and the services schedules (including service descriptions, service terms and services charges) thereto.

 

23.5

Subject to clause 23.6, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the final form of services schedules (including service descriptions, service terms and service charges) to the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement shall be:

 

  (a)

in the same form as, and negotiated on the basis of, the current drafts of the services schedules to the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement (as contained in the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement) as at the date of this agreement, save for any provisions which are in square-brackets or marked as requiring further discussion (or similar); and

 

  (b)

negotiated and agreed on the basis of the principles set out in clause 23.6(a)-(c) below.

 

23.6

The Parties acknowledge and agree that additional services schedules (including service descriptions, service terms and service charges) not currently set out in the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement (Additional Non-IT TSA Services Schedules) may be required and, if

 

39


 

so, those Additional Non-IT TSA Services Schedules shall be negotiated and agreed on the following bases:

 

  (a)

the scope of the additional services, including the descriptions of those services, shall be:

 

  (i)

consistent with the scope of the equivalent Pre-First Completion Equivalent Non-IT TSA Service; and

 

  (ii)

no wider than is necessary to address the reasonable commercial needs of the Kantar Business;

 

  (b)

the duration of the service terms for each additional service shall be no longer than is necessary to address the reasonable commercial needs of the Kantar Business; and

 

  (c)

the charges for each additional service shall be calculated on the same basis, and at the equivalent charge, as per the relevant FY19PF intercompany recharge as captured in the file ‘VDD Flat File database_100519’ at 8.7.1 of the Data Room.

For the avoidance of doubt, no Additional Non-IT TSA Services Schedule shall be agreed with respect to any Excluded Service.

 

23.7

The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement shall, in all material respects, be on terms and conditions equivalent to the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement (for the avoidance of doubt, including provisions relating to obtaining relevant third party consents), and the services schedules to the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement shall be negotiated and agreed on the following bases:

 

  (a)

the scope of the services, including the descriptions of those services, shall:

 

  (i)

be consistent with the scope of the equivalent Pre-First Completion Equivalent RTSA Service; and

 

  (ii)

be no wider than is necessary to address the reasonable commercial needs of the business of the Retained Group;

 

  (b)

the duration of the service terms for each service shall be no longer than is necessary to address the reasonable commercial needs of the business of the Retained Group; and

 

  (c)

the charges for each service shall be calculated on the same basis, and at the equivalent charge, as per the relevant FY19PF intercompany recharge as captured in the file ‘VDD Flat File database_100519’ at 8.7.1 of the Data Room.

 

23.8

In negotiating and agreeing:

 

  (a)

the final form of the services schedules (including service descriptions, service terms and service charges) to the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement pursuant to clauses 23.5 and 23.6 above, each Party shall act reasonably and in good faith, having due regard to the need for the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement to enable continuity of services to the Kantar Business and a smooth, efficient and timely separation of the Kantar Business from the WPP Group; and

 

  (b)

the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement and the services schedules thereto pursuant to clause 23.7 above, each Party shall act reasonably and in good faith, having due regard to the need for the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement to enable continuity of

 

40


 

services to the business of the Retained Group and a smooth, efficient and timely separation of the business of the Retained Group from the Target Group.

 

23.9

If the Parties are unable to agree, prior to 30 September 2019 (or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing):

 

  (a)

the final form of one or more of the relevant services schedules to the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement; or

 

  (b)

the final form of the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement or one or more of the relevant services schedules to the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement,

 

    

then the Separation Committee shall escalate the matter to the Chief Operating Officer of the Parent (or such other senior executive of the Parent nominated by her or him) in the case of the Parent, and the Chief Executive Officer in the case of the Purchaser, or such other person as either Party may nominate who shall each in good faith seek to resolve the dispute by 11 October 2019 (or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing) of the date of that escalation. If notwithstanding such efforts the dispute has not been resolved by 11 October 2019, then either the Parent or the Purchaser shall be entitled to refer the matter(s) which remain to be agreed to an independent expert for determination. The Parties shall agree on the appointment of the expert and shall agree with the expert the terms of his appointment. If the Parties are unable to agree on the identity of the expert, the terms of the expert’s appointment or if the person proposed is unable or unwilling to act, then, within 7 days of either Party serving details of a suggested expert on the other or the proposed expert declining to act, either Party shall then be entitled to request the President for the time being of the Centre for Effective Dispute Resolution (or a successor to that body from time to time) to appoint an expert and to agree with the expert the terms of appointment on the application of either Party. If appointed, the expert shall determine the matter(s) which remain to be agreed in accordance with the principles set out above (the Matter for Separation Expert Determination).

 

23.10

All costs of and associated with the request for the appointment of an expert by the President for the time being of the Centre for Effective Dispute Resolution (or a successor to that body from time to time) shall be borne as determined by the expert.

 

23.11

The expert appointed may be an individual, partnership, association or body corporate and shall be generally recognised as an expert in the Matter for Separation Expert Determination. The expert shall act on the following basis:

 

  (a)

on his appointment, the expert shall confirm his neutrality, independence and the absence of conflicts in determining the Matter for Separation Expert Determination;

 

  (b)

no person shall be appointed as an expert who at the time of appointment (or at any time before he gives his determination under such appointment) is a director, officeholder, employee or former employee of the Target Group, the WPP Group, the Purchaser’s Group or Bain Capital Private Equity (Europe), LLP and/or its affiliates;

 

  (c)

the expert shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator;

 

  (d)

the expert shall determine the Matter for Separation Expert Determination which may include any issue involving the interpretation of any provision of this agreement, the expert’s jurisdiction to determine the matters and issues referred to the expert and/or the expert’s terms of reference;

 

  (e)

the expert’s determination shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding on the Parties and not subject to appeal;

 

41


  (f)

the expert shall decide the procedure to be followed in the determination in accordance with this agreement and in consultation with the Parties and shall be requested to make his determination in writing, with reasons, within 30 days after his appointment;

 

  (g)

in determining the Matter for Separation Expert Determination, the expert shall take into account any matters that the expert, in its professional judgment, considers relevant as well as any matters that this agreement expressly requires the expert to take into account;

 

  (h)

any amount payable by one Party to another as a result of the expert’s determination shall be due and payable within seven days of the expert’s determination being notified to the Parties or as specified within the determination;

 

  (i)

any action required by the expert determination shall be implemented within 7 days following the expert determination being notified to the Parties or as specified within the determination;

 

  (j)

the costs of the determination, including the fees and expenses of the expert (but excluding the Parties’ own costs which shall be borne by the Party incurring those costs), shall be borne as determined by the expert; and

 

  (k)

the expert shall have no liability to the Parties for any act or omission in relation to this appointment, save in the case of bad faith.

 

23.12

The expert determination and all matters connected with it shall be confidential information and shall be subject to the restrictions in clause 25 (Announcements and Confidentiality).

 

23.13

The final form of the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement, once agreed in writing between the Parties pursuant to this clause, or determined in accordance with the Separation Expert Determination Process, shall become the Agreed Form of the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement.

 

23.14

The final form of the services schedules (including service descriptions, service terms and service charges) to the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement and the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement, once agreed in writing between the Parties pursuant to this clause, or determined in accordance with the Separation Expert Determination Process, shall become part of the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement or the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement (as applicable).

 

23.15

If and to the extent that the final form of any of the services schedules to the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement have not been agreed between the Parties or determined by the expert pursuant to this clause prior to the First Completion Date, WPP 2005 Limited shall nonetheless continue to provide the Pre-First Completion Equivalent Non-IT TSA Services, in respect of the service(s) covered by the relevant services schedule(s) or the Additional Non-IT TSA Services Schedules which has yet to be agreed or determined, from the First Completion Date in the same manner and for the same service charges as the equivalent activities were performed and charged for immediately prior to the First Completion Date until such time as the final form of the relevant services schedule(s) to the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement(s) has been so agreed or determined.

 

23.16

If and to the extent that the final form of the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement or any of the services schedules (including service descriptions, service terms and services charges) to the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement have not been agreed between the Parties or determined by the expert pursuant to this clause prior to the First Completion Date, the Target Group shall nonetheless continue to provide the Pre-First Completion Equivalent RTSA Services, in respect of the service(s) covered by the relevant services schedule(s) which has yet to be agreed or determined, from the First Completion Date in the same manner and for the same service charges as the equivalent activities were performed and charged for immediately prior to the First

 

42


 

Completion Date until such time as the final form of the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement or the relevant services schedule(s) to the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement has been so agreed or determined.

 

23.17

For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any other clause of this agreement:

 

  (a)

finalising the final form of services schedules (including service descriptions, service terms and service charges) to the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement;

 

  (b)

finalising the final form of the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement; and

 

  (c)

finalising the final form of services schedules (including service descriptions, service terms and service charges) to the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement,

 

    

are, neither individually nor collectively, Conditions.

 

23.18

Notwithstanding any other clause of this agreement, if and to the extent that the final form of:

 

  (a)

any of the services schedules to the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement;

 

  (b)

the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement; or

 

  (c)

any of the services schedules to the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement,

 

    

have not been agreed between the Parties or determined by the expert pursuant to this clause prior to the First Completion Date, it shall not delay or have any effect on First Completion.

 

23.19

The Parties acknowledge and agree that the IT Transitional Services Agreement and the services schedules to the IT Transitional Services Agreement (as contained in the IT Transitional Services Agreement) are in Agreed Form and, notwithstanding any other clause of this agreement, the IT Transitional Services Agreement and the services schedules to the IT Transitional Services Agreement (as contained in the IT Transitional Services Agreement) are, neither individually nor collectively, Conditions.

 

23.20

The Parties shall through the Separation Committee as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this agreement and in any case by no later than 30 September 2019 (the Verification Period), work together, acting reasonably and in good faith, to:

 

  (a)

agree a definitive list of Third Party Suppliers (i) on whom the Target Group has an operational dependency and (ii) from whom, goods and services (other than information technology services) are reasonably required for the operational needs of the Kantar Business. The list shall be based on Schedule 8 and the Parties shall act reasonably in determining whether each Third Party Supplier listed in Schedule 8 should be retained on the list and/or whether any additional Third Party Suppliers should be added to the list; and

 

  (b)

in relation to the Services (as defined in the IT Transitional Services Agreement) provided under Schedules 2, 3 and 5 of the IT Transitional Services Agreement, agree the Third Party Contracts (as defined in the IT Transitional Services Agreement) between Parent (or a member of the Retained Group) and the subcontractors of the applicable Services:

 

  (i)

in respect of which Parent (or a member of the Retained Group) will seek to negotiate an extension of the term of the Third Party Contract in accordance with Clause 23.22; and

 

43


  (ii)

in respect of which Parent (or a member of the Retained Group) will assist the Purchaser (or member of the Target Group) to enter a new agreement for services equivalent to those provided under the Third Party Contract in accordance with Clause 23.21.

For the avoidance of doubt a Third Party Contract may fall under Clause 23.20(b)(i) or 23.20(b)(ii) but not both.

 

23.21

The Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the Third Party Suppliers included on the list referred to in Clause 23.20(a) at the conclusion of the Verification Period (or at such earlier date as the list is agreed between the Parties), (ii) the subcontractors under the Third Party Contracts to which Clause 23.20(b)(ii) applies, (iii) IBM, in respect of the Applications MSA and Infrastructure MSA and (iv) Sophos, in respect of Antivirus and Anti-Ransomware licences, together shall be the Agreed Third Party Suppliers. Parent (or a member of the Retained Group) shall provide reasonable assistance to the Purchaser, and use reasonable endeavours to facilitate discussions between the Purchaser and each Agreed Third Party Supplier (but, in respect of (A) subcontractors under the Third Party Contracts to which Clause 23.20(b)(ii) applies, only in relation to such Third Party Contracts, (B) IBM, only in respect of the Applications MSA and Infrastructure MSA and (C) Sophos, only in respect of Antivirus and Anti-Ransomware licences), with a view to a member of the Target Group entering into an agreement with each Agreed Third Party Supplier pursuant to which, following Completion, the Agreed Third Party Supplier shall provide goods or services to the Target Group that are equivalent to those goods or services provided to the Target Group prior to Completion pursuant to the relevant Shared Supplier Contract.

 

23.22

In circumstances where Clause 23.20(b)(i) applies or where Clause 23.23 applies, Parent (or a member of the Retained Group) shall seek to negotiate the extension of the term of the Third Party Contract. Prior to finalising an extension of the term of the Third Party Contract, Parent (or a member of the Retained Group) shall advise the Purchaser of the proposed charges payable under the Third Party Contract and any additional terms and conditions of the Third Party Contract that will apply during the extended term. The Purchaser shall inform Parent (or a member of the Retained Group) within a reasonable time of receiving such information if it wishes to proceed to extend the term of the Services under the IT Transitional Services Agreement to which the Third Party Contract relates, and, if so, Parent (or a member of the Retained Group) shall use reasonable endeavours to finalise the extension of the term of the Third Party Contract on terms that are materially the same as advised to the Purchaser and shall advise the Purchaser when the extension of the term of the Third Party Contract has been agreed.

 

23.23

If, with respect to any Third Party Contract included on the list referred to in Clause 23.20(a) and on which the Target Group has a material operational dependency, the Purchaser has failed to enter into its own arrangements (having used reasonable endeavours to do so), the Purchaser may, by written notice to the Parent, request that the Parent seeks an extension to that Third Party Contract (such extension to be no longer than is necessary to address the reasonable commercial needs of the Kantar Business). Following receipt of any such extension request, the Parent shall consider the extension request in good faith. If, having considered any such extension request in good faith, the Parent agrees to seek to negotiate such extension to the relevant Third Party Contract, Clause 23.22 shall apply.

 

23.24

In relation to Sophos:

 

  (a)

the Parties acknowledge that:

 

  (i)

the Parent (or a member of the Retained Group) has entered into an agreement with Sophos (Sophos Agreement) for licences of Antivirus and Anti-

 

44


 

Ransomware products for users (including 30,682 Target Group users) for the period up to and including 31 March 2021 (Sophos Agreement Term); and

 

  (ii)

Sophos has notified Parent (or a member of the Retained Group) that it will not permit Target Group to continue its use of the Antivirus and Anti-Ransomware under the Sophos Agreement post First Completion, but will transfer the 30,682 Target Group user licences to the Purchaser (or member of the Target Group) in the circumstances set out in Clause 23.24(b) and Clause 23.24(c); and

 

  (b)

the Purchaser agrees that:

 

  (i)

the Target Group must pay to Parent (or a member of the Retained Group) the licence fees of £330,248 (plus any applicable taxes) in advance for use of the Anti-Ransomware up to the end of the Sophos Agreement Term; and

 

  (ii)

it will execute a licence transfer agreement with Sophos prior to First Completion in order to have ongoing use of the Antivirus and Anti-Ransomware for 30,682 users up to the end of the Sophos Agreement Term (Sophos Transfer Agreement). The Purchaser and the Target Group shall have no right to use the Antivirus and Anti-Ransomware under the Sophos Agreement from First Completion; and

 

  (c)

if the Purchaser (or member of the Target Group) has complied with Clause 23.24(b), licences for Antivirus and Anti-Ransomware with a term ending on 31 March 2021 for 30, 682 users will be transferred under the Sophos Transfer Agreement to the Purchaser or member of the Target Group, as applicable.

 

23.25

The Parties shall through the Separation Committee as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this agreement and in any case by no later than 30 September 2019 undertake to use reasonable endeavours to simplify the invoicing procedures in relation to the services to be provided under the IT Transitional Services Agreement to the extent practicable.

Separation Committee

 

23.26

Within 10 Business Days of the date of this agreement, the Parties will establish a separation committee (the Separation Committee) comprising an equal number of representatives of each of the Parent, the Target Group and the Purchaser, each of sufficient seniority and expertise regarding the matters within the remit of the Separation Committee. The Separation Committee will meet regularly until First Completion and for so long thereafter as is reasonably necessary. The main purpose of the Separation Committee will be to consult with regard to the preparation, approval and oversight of the implementation of a plan to separate the Target Group from the Retained Group as updated and amended by mutual agreement of the Parent and the Purchaser (each acting reasonably and in good faith) from time to time. For the avoidance of doubt: (i) the Separation Committee will be a consultative body, the decisions of which will not be binding on the Parties unless and until documented in writing and signed by and on behalf of the Parties; and (ii) the remit of the Separation Committee will not include the finalisation, approval or implementation of the Kantar Reorganisation, which will be finalised, approved and implemented by the Parent in accordance with this agreement.

Separation Costs

 

23.27

Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, any separation costs and expenses incurred by the Target Group which are properly costs of the Target Group in connection with any matters required to separate the Target Group from the Retained Group (and/or any related migration of services as provided for in each Transitional Services Agreement) shall be borne by the Target Group. Both

 

45


 

parties shall use reasonable endeavours to minimise and mitigate the costs and expenses incurred in respect of those separation matters.

Intellectual Property Rights

 

23.28

The Parent shall procure that, on or prior to First Completion, the right, title and interest in and to each of the registered trade marks set out in Schedule 7 (the Transferring Registered IP) shall be assigned from the relevant member of the Retained Group to a First Completion Target Subsidiary.

 

23.29

The Parent shall not, and shall procure (in so far as it is able) that each other member of the WPP Group shall not, use the Transferring Registered IP, for any reason or purpose, without the prior written consent of the Purchaser, except for the purpose of ensuring that such Transferring Registered IP is corrected registered in the name of a Target Group member.

Acquisitions of Target Group members

 

23.30

In respect of any acquisition of any member of the Target Group where the relevant acquisition agreements were entered into by a member of the Retained Group (the Acquisition Agreements), the Parent shall procure that:

 

  (a)

the Retained Group does not terminate, waive, amend, settle or compromise any rights or claims (including in respect of any warranties, representations, indemnities, restrictive covenants or otherwise) under the Acquisition Agreements without the prior written consent of the Purchaser (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); and

 

  (b)

the Retained Group takes (at the cost of the Target Group) all reasonable action as the Purchaser requests to enforce such rights and claims and accounts to the Target Group for the benefit thereof (net of any Tax payable by the Retained Group on any amounts recovered).

Cash Pooling Arrangements

 

23.31

With effect from First Completion or Deferred Completion (as applicable), the relevant Target Group members shall cease to participate in the Cash Pooling Arrangements and:

 

  (a)

the Parent shall procure that all amounts standing to the credit of the relevant Target Group members pursuant to the Cash Pooling Arrangements shall be paid to them; and

 

  (b)

the Purchaser shall procure that all amounts standing to the debit of the relevant Target Group members pursuant to the Cash Pooling Arrangements shall be paid by them.

Insurance

 

23.32

The Parent shall procure that, following First Completion or (if applicable) Deferred Completion, the members of the Target Group shall continue to have the benefit of any insurance policies of the WPP Group which are on a: (a) “claims occurring” basis in respect of all claims arising prior thereto (whether or not notified to the relevant insurers); and (b) “claims made” basis but only in respect of claims notified to the relevant insurers as at First Completion or (if applicable) Deferred Completion.

 

23.33

Subject to clause 23.32, the Target Group shall be required to put in place its own insurances with effect from First Completion or (if applicable) Deferred Completion.

Kantar Reorganisation

 

46


23.34

The Parent shall keep the Purchaser reasonably informed of the status of the Kantar Reorganisation but, for the avoidance of doubt, the Purchaser’s approval for any documents relating to the Kantar Reorganisation will not be required.

Directors

 

23.35

To the extent that, after First Completion and each relevant Deferred Completion, any WPP personnel remain as directors or officers of any relevant member of the Target Group, the Purchaser shall procure that the relevant members of the Target Group will provide all reasonable assistance and information required by the Parent or any member of the Retained Group to enable those personnel to cease to hold such offices as soon as practicable after the relevant completion.

Novated IT Contracts

 

23.36

In respect of each Novated IT Contract, with effect on and from First Completion the Parent shall procure that the member of the Retained Group that is a party to that Novated IT Contract enters into, UK Bidco shall procure that a member of the Target Group enters into, and both the Parent and UK Bidco shall co-operate to procure, in so far as each of them is able, that the third party to such Novated IT Contract enters into, a novation agreement under which that member of the Target Group assumes all liabilities and obligations, obtains the benefit of all rights, and fully releases all members of the Retained Group from all liabilities and obligations, of such member(s) of the Retained Group under that Novated IT Contract (in each case whether arising or due for performance before, on or after First Completion).

 

23.37

With effect on and from First Completion, UK Bidco shall perform the obligations of the relevant member of the Retained Group under each Novated IT Contract and shall indemnify the Parent (for itself and on behalf of each member of the Retained Group) from and against all liabilities that are, or that arise out of any failure to perform any obligations that are, in accordance with Clause 23.36 above, to be assumed by a member of the Target Group.

 

23.38

Pending completion of the novation referred to in 23.36 above, with effect on and from First Completion the Parent shall procure that the members of the Retained Group (in each case to the extent permitted by such Novated IT Contract): (a) hold the benefit of (including all of their rights under) the Novated IT Contracts on trust for the benefit of UK Bidco; (b) promptly account to UK Bidco for all benefits members of the Retained Group receive or benefit from under the Novated IT Contracts (if any); and (c) exercise their rights under the Novated IT Contracts as directed by UK Bidco (acting reasonably).

Assistance with information

 

23.39

The Purchaser shall procure that relevant members of the Target Group shall provide all information which is within their possession or control and which is reasonably requested by members of the Retained Group from time to time in relation to the historic trading and/or financial position of companies within the Retained Group which historically were part of the Kantar business but which have been retained within the Retained Group as they are dormant and in dissolution or identified by the Parent for future dissolution.

New York State sales tax reimbursement

 

23.40

The Parent undertakes to the Purchaser that, following a favourable Final Determination of the NY Sales Tax Claim, the Parent shall, or shall procure that the relevant member of the Retained Group shall, pay to the Target Group an amount in cash received by the Retained Group from the relevant New York State sales tax authority in respect of the NY Sales Tax Claim, to the extent that the

 

47


 

monies received relate to NY Sales Tax paid (directly or indirectly) by members of the Target Group, up to a maximum amount to be paid to the Target Group under this subclause of $1,500,000.

 

    

For purposes of this subclause 23.40:

 

  (a)

Final Determination” means finally determined by the New York State sales tax authority of competent jurisdiction in relation to the NY Sales Tax Claim (and where no appeal is possible or permitted or where no appeal is lodged within the applicable time limit);

 

  (b)

NY Sales Tax Claim” means the claim made by one or more members of the Retained Group for a refund of NY Sales Tax; and

 

  (c)

NY Sales Tax” means New York State sales tax paid (directly or indirectly) by members of the Retained Group and the Target Group on amounts invoiced for services provided to them by Microsoft and Adobe.

 

24.

EMPLOYEE WORKS COUNCILS

Transfer of the Dutch Put Option Equity Interests

 

24.1

The Parties acknowledge that the execution of a binding agreement to sell the Dutch Put Option Equity Interests is subject to the prior completion of an information and consultation procedure under the Dutch Works Councils Act (Wet op de ondernemingsraden) (the Dutch Works Council Process) and the completion of an information and consultation process under the SER Merger Code 2015 (SER Fusiegedragsregels 2015) with any relevant trade unions (the SER Merger Process) in accordance with the terms of the Dutch Put Option Letter. Accordingly, and notwithstanding any other provisions of this agreement, this agreement shall not constitute a binding agreement to sell the Dutch Put Option Equity Interests but only an undertaking by the Parties to procure the execution of the Dutch Put Option Letter and in accordance with its terms, among others, the initiation and conduct of the Dutch Works Council Process and the SER Merger Process.

 

24.2

The Purchaser hereby irrevocably undertakes to acquire or procure that its Designated Purchaser acquires directly or indirectly the Dutch Put Option Equity Interests on the terms and conditions of this agreement subject only to the Purchaser receiving a notice from the relevant member of the WPP Group setting forth its decision on its behalf or on behalf of any relevant member of the WPP Group to sell the Dutch Put Option Equity Interests pursuant to the Kantar Reorganisation and the Transaction, in accordance with the provisions of the Dutch Put Option Letter.

 

24.3

If the Dutch Works Council Process and the SER Merger Process are completed and the option under the Dutch Put Option Letter is exercised (the Dutch Put Option Exercise), the Parent shall procure that the relevant member of the WPP Group shall sell, and the Purchaser shall or shall procure that one or more of its Designated Purchasers shall, directly or indirectly, purchase and acquire all right, title and interest in and to the Dutch Put Option Equity Interests on the First Completion Date or the relevant Deferred Completion Date (as the case may be).

 

24.4

Without prejudice to paragraph 1.3 of the Dutch Put Option Letter, the Parties acknowledge that, upon the Dutch Put Option Exercise, the sale and purchase of the Dutch Put Option Equity Interests shall be deemed to be part of, and undertaken on the same terms and conditions as, the sale and purchase of the other Target Subsidiaries under the provisions of this agreement.

 

48


Transfer of the French Put Option Equity Interests

 

24.5

The Parties acknowledge that the execution of a binding agreement to sell the French Put Option Equity Interests is subject to:

 

  (a)

the employees’ representative bodies of Kantar TNS-MB SAS being informed of and consulted in connection with the proposed sale in accordance with the provisions of the French Labour Code; and

 

  (b)

all the employees of Kantar Consulting SAS having duly waived in writing their right to make an offer to purchase respectively the shares of Kantar Consulting SAS in accordance with articles L.23-10-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code or in the absence of any such waivers, the date of expiration of the applicable period provided under the French Commercial Code (the Hamon Law Information Process).

 

24.6

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this agreement, this agreement shall not constitute a binding agreement to sell the French Put Option Equity Interests but only an undertaking by the Parent to procure that (in so far as it is within their power to do so): (i) the employees’ representative body of Kantar TNS-MB SAS shall be informed of and consulted in connection with the proposed sale of the French Put Option Equity Interests; and (ii) the waivers of all the employees of Kantar Consulting SAS to their right to make an offer to purchase respectively the shares of Kantar Consulting SAS shall be obtained (in the absence of such waivers, the Parent undertakes not to transfer such entities until the date of expiration of the applicable period provided under the French Commercial Code).

 

24.7

The Purchaser hereby irrevocably undertakes to acquire or procure that its Designated Purchaser acquires directly or indirectly the French Put Option Equity Interests on the terms and conditions of this agreement subject only to the Purchaser receiving a notice from the relevant member of the WPP Group setting forth its decision on its behalf or on behalf of any relevant member of the WPP Group to sell the French Put Option Equity Interests pursuant to the Kantar Reorganisation and the Transaction, in accordance with the provisions of the French Put Option Letter.

 

24.8

If the consultation of the employees’ representative bodies and the Hamon Law Information Process are completed and the option under the French Put Option Letter is exercised (the French Put Option Exercise), the Parent shall procure that the relevant member of the WPP Group shall sell, and the Purchaser shall or shall procure that one or more of its Designated Purchasers shall, directly or indirectly, purchase and acquire all right, title and interest in and to the French Put Option Equity Interests on the First Completion Date or the relevant Deferred Completion Date (as the case may be).

 

24.9

Without prejudice to paragraph 1.3 of the French Put Option Letter, the Parties acknowledge that, upon the French Put Option Exercise, the sale and purchase of the French Put Option Equity Interests shall be deemed part of and undertaken on the same terms and conditions as the sale and purchase of the other Target Subsidiary Equity Interests under the provisions of this agreement.

 

25.

ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

25.1

Subject to clauses 25.4 and 25.5, the Parent shall (and shall procure that each other member of the Retained Group, and, in respect of the period up to First Completion and each Deferred Completion (as applicable), each member of the Target Group and each of such person’s advisers and connected persons, shall) and the Purchaser shall (and shall procure that each member of the Purchaser’s Group, shall):

 

  (a)

not make any announcement concerning the Transaction or any related or ancillary matter; and

 

49


  (b)

keep confidential the provisions and subject matter of, and the negotiations relating to, each Transaction Document.

 

25.2

Subject to clauses 25.4 and 25.5, the Parent undertakes to the Purchaser that it will not (and will procure that no other member of the Retained Group will) communicate or disclose to any person any Confidential Information or any information provided to it by or on behalf of the Purchaser or otherwise obtained by it in connection with this agreement or any other Transaction Document which relates to any member of the Purchaser’s Group.

 

25.3

Subject to clauses 25.4 and 25.5, the Purchaser:

 

  (a)

shall (and shall procure that each other member of the Purchaser’s Group shall) keep confidential all information provided to it by or on behalf of the Parent or otherwise obtained by it in connection with this agreement or any other Transaction Document which relates to the Parent or any other member of the Retained Group;

 

  (b)

shall procure that, if after First Completion any member of the Purchaser’s Group holds confidential information relating to the Parent or any other member of the Retained Group, such member or person shall after First Completion keep that information confidential and shall return that information to the Parent or destroy it, in either case without retaining copies save as required by law or regulation;

 

  (c)

shall not (and shall procure that each other member of the Purchaser’s Group shall not) use any confidential information relating to the Parent, any other member of the Retained Group or their respective customers and suppliers (other than such confidential information which relates solely to the business of the Target Group) except for the purposes of executing the actions contemplated by this agreement and the other Transaction Documents; and

 

  (d)

shall not (and shall procure that each other member of the Purchaser’s Group and the Purchaser’s and their respective directors, officers, employees or agents shall not) in respect of the period up to First Completion and each Deferred Completion (as applicable) contact or attempt to contact (directly or indirectly) any Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary or any third party shareholder of any Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary except at the written request of, or with the prior written consent of, the Parent.

 

25.4

Nothing in clauses 25.1, 25.2 or 25.3 prevents any announcement being made or any confidential information being disclosed:

 

  (a)

in the Parent’s Circular, the AUNZ Circular or the Scangroup Circular or where such announcement is in the Agreed Form or the confidential information disclosed comprises only information set out in an announcement in the Agreed Form; or

 

  (b)

with the written approval of the other Party, which in the case of any announcement shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed; or

 

  (c)

to the extent required by applicable law, any court of competent jurisdiction or any competent regulatory body (including, without limitation, any relevant stock exchange or listing authority), but if a person is so required to make any announcement or to disclose any confidential information, the relevant party shall promptly notify the other Party, where practicable and lawful to do so, before the announcement is made or disclosure occurs (as the case may be) and shall co-operate with the other Party regarding the timing and content of such announcement or disclosure (as the case may be) or any action which the other Party may reasonably elect to take to challenge the validity of such requirement.

 

50


25.5

Nothing in clauses 25.1, 25.2 or 25.3 prevents any confidential information being disclosed to the extent:

 

  (a)

required to enable any person to enforce its rights under any Transaction Document and/or the Purchaser Financing Documents or for the purpose of any judicial proceedings;

 

  (b)

that the information is disclosed on a strictly confidential basis by a person to the Retained Group or its professional advisers, auditors or bankers or those of a member of the Purchaser’s Group;

 

  (c)

that the information is disclosed by the Parent on a strictly confidential and need to know basis to another member of the Retained Group or by the Purchaser on a strictly confidential and need to know basis to another member of the Purchaser’s Group;

 

  (d)

that the information is in or comes into the public domain other than as a result of the provisions of this clause 25;

 

  (e)

that the information is disclosed by the Purchaser or any other member of the Purchaser’s Group to: (i) any other member of the Purchaser’s Group; (ii) actual or prospective investors in funds managed and/or advised by Bain Capital Private Equity (Europe), LLP and/or its affiliates; or (iii) the extent required in connection with any financing of the Transaction, including to the counterparties to the Purchaser Financing Documents or any other debt financing providers or prospective debt financing providers or ratings agencies and customary disclosure in connection with an offering of high yield debt securities under Rule 144A and Regulation S of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933; or

 

  (f)

required to be disclosed to a Tax Authority in connection with the Tax affairs of the disclosing party or any of its affiliates.

 

25.6

With effect from First Completion and, with respect to any Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests only, with effect from the applicable Deferred Completion Date, the confidentiality agreement relating to the Transaction between the Parent and Bain Capital Private Equity (Europe), LLP shall be terminated and parties to it shall be released from their obligations under that agreement, except in relation to any antecedent breach. Pending First Completion, if there is a conflict between the terms of that agreement and the terms of this agreement, the provisions of this agreement shall prevail.

 

26.

NOTICES

 

26.1

Any notice or other communication to be given under this agreement or the Tax Deed must be in writing (which does not include an Electronic Communication) and must be delivered or sent by post to the party to whom it is to be given as follows:

 

  (a)

to the Parent at:

Sea Containers

18 Upper Ground

London SE1 9GL

United Kingdom

marked for the attention of the Chief Operating Officer and the General Counsel

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

51


Allen & Overy LLP

One Bishops Square

London E1 6AD

United Kingdom

marked for the attention of Gillian Holgate and Annabelle Croker; and

 

  (b)

to the Purchaser at:

4, rue Lou Hemmer

L-1748 Luxembourg-Findel

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

marked for the attention of The Board of Managers

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Weil, Gotshal & Manges (London) LLP

110 Fetter Lane

London EC4A 1AY

United Kingdom

marked for the attention of Marco Compagnoni,

or at any such other address of which it shall have given notice for this purpose to the other Party under this clause. Any notice or other communication sent by post shall be sent by prepaid recorded delivery post (if the country of destination is the same as the country of origin) or by prepaid airmail (if the country of destination is not the same as the country of origin). UK Bidco hereby appoints the Purchaser as its agent for purposes of receiving notices under this agreement or the Tax Deed.

 

26.2

Any notice or other communication shall be deemed to have been given:

 

  (a)

if delivered, on the date of delivery; or

 

  (b)

if sent by post, on the second Business Day after it was put into the post.

 

26.3

In proving the giving of a notice or other communication, it shall be sufficient to prove that delivery was made or that the envelope containing the communication was properly addressed and posted by prepaid recorded delivery post or by prepaid airmail, as the case may be.

 

26.4

This clause shall not apply in relation to the service of any claim form, notice, order, judgment or other document relating to or in connection with any proceedings, suit or action arising out of or in connection with this agreement.

 

27.

ASSIGNMENTS

 

27.1

The Parent may, upon giving a notice to the Purchaser, assign all or any part of the benefit of this agreement and/or the Tax Deed to any member of the Retained Group.

 

27.2

The Purchaser and UK Bidco may, upon giving a notice to the Parent assign all or any part of the benefit of this agreement and/or the Tax Deed: (i) to any member of the Purchaser’s Group and/or the Target Group and/or any purchaser of the Purchaser’s Securities in the Companies (each as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement) pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement; or (ii) by way

 

52


 

of security, to the counterparties to the Purchaser Finance Documents and/or any replacement and/or refinancing thereof.

 

27.3

Except as permitted by this clause, none of the rights or obligations under this agreement or the Tax Deed may be assigned or transferred by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party and any such purported assignment or transfer shall be void.

 

27.4

Where an assignment is made by either Party under this clause 27, the other Party shall not be under any greater obligation or liability thereby than if such assignment had never occurred and that the amount of any loss or damage or other amount recoverable by the assignee shall be calculated as if that person had been originally named as the assignor in this agreement (and, in particular, shall not exceed the sum which would, but for such assignment, have been recoverable hereunder by the assignor in respect of the relevant fact, matter or circumstance).

 

28.

PAYMENTS

 

28.1

Subject to clause 4.6 and unless otherwise expressly stated (or as otherwise agreed in the case of a given payment), each payment to be made to the Parent or the Purchaser under this agreement or the Tax Deed shall be made in US Dollars by transfer of the relevant amount into the relevant account on the date (and, if applicable, at or before the time) the payment is due for value on that date and in immediately available funds. The relevant account for a given payment is:

 

  (a)

if that payment is to the Parent, the account of the Parent at:

 

bank:

  

CITIBANK

account name:

  

WPP PLC

account number:

  

13663043

SWIFT:

  

CITIGB2L

IBAN number:

  

GB49CITI18500813663043

account currency:

  

USD,

or such other account as the Parent shall, not less than three Business Days before the date that payment is due, have specified by giving notice to the Purchaser for the purpose of that payment; and

 

  (b)

if that payment is to the Purchaser, such account of the Purchaser as the Purchaser shall, not less than three Business Days before the date that payment is due, have specified by giving notice to the Parent for the purpose of that payment.

 

28.2

If a party defaults in making any payment when due of any sum payable under this agreement or under the Tax Deed, it shall pay interest on that sum from (and including) the date on which payment is due until (but excluding) the date of actual payment (after as well as before judgment) at an annual rate of 3 per cent. above SOFR, which interest shall accrue from day to day and be compounded monthly.

 

28.3

All sums payable under this agreement shall be paid free and clear of any deductions or withholdings, except those required by law. Subject to clause 28.4 and except in relation to any payment of interest, if a party is required by law to make a deduction or withholding in respect of any sum payable under this agreement, the party making that payment (referred to in this clause 28.3 as the Payer) shall, at the same time as the sum which is the subject of the deduction or withholding is payable, make a payment to the party entitled to that sum (referred to in this clause 28.3 as the Payee) of such additional amount as shall be required to ensure that the net amount received by the Payee will equal the full amount which would have been received by it had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made. If the Payer makes an increased payment under this clause 28.3 and the Payee obtains and utilises a Relief in respect of the deduction or

 

53


 

withholding that gave rise to such increased payment, then the Payee shall reimburse the Payer with such sum as the Payee, acting reasonably, certifies to the Payer will leave the Payee (after such reimbursement) in no better and no worse position than it would have been in had that deduction or withholding not been required.

 

28.4

The Purchaser shall not be required to make an increased payment under clause 28.3 in relation to any deduction or withholding of tax that it is required by law to make from the Aggregate Consideration to the extent that such deduction or withholding:

 

  (a)

is in respect of capital gains tax (or similar tax) imposed under the laws of China relating to the direct or indirect transfer of any asset situated or company incorporated or tax resident, in China; or

 

  (b)

other than in respect of any tax described in subclause (a), would not have been required but for the coming into force of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this agreement, and is not required by reason of a connection (other than a connection arising as a result of the entry into any transaction under or contemplated by this agreement) between the Purchaser and the jurisdiction imposing the relevant tax; or

 

  (c)

is required to be so made from any amount in respect of the Aggregate Consideration (or any part thereof) payable in relation to a Deferred Completion.

 

28.5

The Parties intend to take the position for all Tax purposes that no requirement to withhold or deduct Tax from the Aggregate Consideration shall apply and, accordingly, the parties shall, between the date of this agreement and First Completion (and, where applicable, any Deferred Completion) co-operate (acting reasonably and in good faith) with a view to: (a) determining whether any deduction or withholding is required by law from the Aggregate Consideration (or any part of it) payable in accordance with this agreement (taking into account in particular any steps taken by any member of the Retained Group in accordance with appropriate advice, which may include steps taken to pay the tax in question); and (b) complying with any procedural formalities which are necessary in order to ensure that any legal requirement to make any such withholding or deduction is reduced or extinguished to the fullest extent reasonably practicable.

 

28.6

The Parent agrees to do all things necessary to: (i) duly report, or cause to be duly reported, the sales of Equity Interests contemplated under this agreement to the competent Taxation Authority in China; and (ii) promptly settle any and all Taxes payable under the applicable laws and regulations and pursuant to Bulletin 7 (the Bulletin 7 Tax).

 

28.7

Upon the Parent’s request, the Purchaser shall provide the Parent with all reasonable assistance and information in connection with the filings, registrations, discussion or negotiation with the competent Taxation Authority in China relating to the Bulletin 7 Tax. The Parent shall, promptly after the making of any such Tax filing, provide to the Purchaser either a copy of the acknowledgement receipt issued by the competent Taxation Authority in China, or if no such acknowledgement receipt was issued, a written confirmation that the Bulletin 7 Tax filing has been duly submitted and a copy of such submission.

 

28.8

Subject to clause 4.6 and where lawful to do so, where any amount to be paid by one Party to another under this agreement is denominated in a currency other than USD, it shall be converted into USD at the applicable Exchange Rate.

 

54


29.

GENERAL

 

29.1

The receipt by the Purchaser’s Solicitors or the Parent’s Solicitors of any document to be delivered at First Completion or at any Deferred Completion (as applicable) to the Purchaser or the Parent (as applicable) shall discharge the Parent’s or the Purchaser’s (as applicable) obligation to deliver it (or procure the delivery of it, as the case may be) to the Purchaser or the Parent (as applicable).

 

29.2

Each of the obligations, warranties and undertakings set out in this agreement (excluding any obligation which is fully performed at First Completion or the relevant Deferred Completion (as applicable)) shall continue in force after First Completion or the relevant Deferred Completion (as applicable) and shall not be affected by the waiver of any Condition or any notice given by the Purchaser in respect of any Condition.

 

29.3

Time is not of the essence in relation to any obligation under this agreement unless:

 

  (a)

time is expressly stated to be of the essence in relation to that obligation; or

 

  (b)

one party fails to perform an obligation by the time specified in this agreement and another party serves a notice on the defaulting party requiring it to perform the obligation by a specified time and stating that time is of the essence in relation to that obligation.

 

29.4

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this agreement, each party shall pay the costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the entering into and completion of this agreement. If First Completion occurs in accordance with this agreement, the Parties agree that (to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law) the Group (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement) shall pay or reimburse (as applicable) all costs and expenses (not exceeding $135 million in aggregate) incurred or paid by the Purchaser and/or the other members of the Purchaser’s Group in connection with:

 

  (a)

the Due Diligence Investigation;

 

  (b)

the negotiation, entering into and/or completion of this agreement and (other than the Shareholders’ Agreement, the US JVCo LPA, the US GPCo Articles and the RoW Articles) the other Transaction Documents; and/or

 

  (c)

the financing of the Transaction.

 

29.5

This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and any party (including any duly authorised representative of a party) may enter into this agreement by executing a counterpart.

 

29.6

The rights of each party under this agreement:

 

  (a)

may be exercised as often as necessary;

 

  (b)

except as otherwise expressly provided by this agreement, are cumulative and not exclusive of rights and remedies provided by law; and

 

  (c)

may be waived only in writing and specifically.

Delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such right is not a waiver of that right.

 

55


29.7

Except as expressly stated in this agreement, a person who is not a party to this agreement may not enforce any of its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 and their consent is not required to any amendment to this agreement.

 

29.8

The Dutch Notary is a civil law notary with the Parent’s Solicitors. In relation to the transfer of the Target Company Equity Interests, the Purchaser acknowledges on behalf of itself, and on behalf of its Designated Purchasers, that it is aware of the provisions of the Ordinance Interdisciplinary Cooperation (Verordening Interdisciplinaire Samenwerking) of the Royal Professional Organisation of Civil Law Notaries (Koninklijke Notariële Beroepsorganisatie). The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees on behalf of itself, and on behalf of its Designated Purchasers, that the Parent’s Solicitors may advise and act on behalf of the Parent and the Sellers with respect to this agreement, and any agreements and/or any disputes related to or resulting from this agreement.

 

29.9

The Purchaser and the Parent agree that the sale of the interests in New US JVCo shall be treated for all United States federal, state, and local income Tax purposes as a sale of a partnership interest to the Purchaser, and Purchaser and the Parent shall treat such transaction in such manner for purposes of all Tax, accounting, and regulatory filings.

 

30.

AGENCY STRUCTURE

 

30.1

The Parent is entering into this agreement on the basis that any covenant, obligation, warranty or undertaking given by the Parent under this agreement is given, and any covenant, obligation, warranty or undertaking given by the Purchaser or UK Bidco under this agreement is received, by the Parent as principal and in addition, to the extent that the relevant covenant, obligation, warranty or undertaking relates to a particular Target Company, Target Subsidiary or Deferred Target Subsidiary, as agent for the relevant Seller or (as applicable) Deferred Seller which is selling Target Company Equity Interests or (as applicable) Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in the relevant Target Company or Deferred Target Subsidiary.

 

30.2

The Purchaser is entering into this agreement on the basis that any covenant, obligation, warranty or undertaking given by the Purchaser under this agreement is given, and any covenant, obligation, warranty or undertaking given by the Parent under this agreement is received, by the Purchaser as principal and in addition, to the extent that the relevant covenant, obligation, warranty or undertaking relates to a particular Target Company, Target Subsidiary or Deferred Target Subsidiary, as agent for the relevant Designated Purchaser which is purchasing Target Company Equity Interests or (as applicable) Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in the relevant Target Company or Deferred Target Subsidiary.

 

30.3

To the extent that any payment is made by the Purchaser or UK Bidco to the Parent under this agreement in respect of the Aggregate Consideration or by way of adjustment to the Aggregate Consideration (including the proportion of the Aggregate Consideration allocated to particular Target Company Equity Interests or Target Subsidiary Equity Interests), such payment is received by the Parent as agent for and on behalf of the relevant Seller or (as applicable) Deferred Seller which is selling Target Company Equity Interests or (as applicable) Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in that particular Target Company or Deferred Target Subsidiary (unless the Parent is itself the relevant Seller or Deferred Seller, in which case it is received by the Parent as principal), and made by the Purchaser as agent for and on behalf of the relevant Designated Purchaser purchasing the relevant Target Company Equity Interests or Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests under this agreement (unless the Purchaser is itself the Designated Purchaser, in which case it is received by the Purchaser as principal).

 

30.4

To the extent that any payment is made by the Parent under this agreement by way of adjustment to the Aggregate Consideration (including the proportion of any price allocated to particular Target

 

56


 

Company Equity Interests or Target Subsidiary Equity Interests), such payment is made by the Parent as agent for and on behalf of the relevant Seller or (as applicable) Deferred Seller which is selling Target Company Equity Interests or (as applicable) Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in that particular Target Company or Deferred Target Subsidiary (unless the Parent is itself the relevant Seller or Deferred Seller, in which case it is made by the Parent as principal), and received by the Purchaser as agent for and on behalf of the relevant Designated Purchaser purchasing the relevant Target Company Equity Interests or Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests under this agreement (unless the Purchaser is itself the relevant Designated Purchaser, in which case it is received by the Purchaser as principal).

 

30.5

For the purposes of this clause 30, a covenant, obligation, warranty or undertaking relates to a particular Target Company, Target Subsidiary or Deferred Target Subsidiary if the relevant provision relates to or applies in respect of that Target Company, Target Subsidiary or Deferred Target Subsidiary regardless of whether or not the relevant provision refers to it by name or applies in respect of more than one Target Company, Target Subsidiary or Deferred Target Subsidiary.

 

30.6

If the Purchaser wishes to make a claim under this agreement against the Parent or a Seller or a Deferred Seller, the Purchaser shall procure that any such claim shall only be made by the Purchaser against the Parent.

 

30.7

If the Parent or a Seller wishes to make a claim under this agreement against the Purchaser, the Parent shall procure that any such claim shall only be made by the Parent against the Purchaser.

 

30.8

For the purposes of this clause 30, whichever of the Parent or the Purchaser is bringing a claim (whether as agent or otherwise) in accordance with clause 30.6 or clause 30.7, as the case may be, is termed the Claimant Party and the other of them is termed the Defendant Party. The Parties agree that:

 

  (a)

the Defendant Party shall not raise any defence or objection to any such claim on the basis that it is made in the name of the Claimant Party acting as agent and/or made against the Defendant Party acting as agent pursuant to the provisions of this clause 30 and shall be deemed to have waived the right to raise and to be estopped from raising any such defence or objection;

 

  (b)

where a claim cannot, as a matter of law, be made by the Claimant Party in its own name as agent pursuant to this clause 30, any such claim may and shall be assigned to the Claimant Party (provided that the liability of the person claimed against shall be no greater and no less than such liability would have been if the assignment had not occurred); and

 

  (c)

where a claim is made by the Claimant Party against the Defendant Party and the claim results in a payment being required to be made to the Claimant Party, the payment shall be made by the Defendant Party (as principal and/or, if applicable, as agent) to the Claimant Party (as principal and/or, if applicable, as agent).

 

31.

WHOLE AGREEMENT

 

31.1

This agreement as amended from time to time, the other agreements and instruments to be entered into pursuant to this agreement (including those required to implement the EY Acquisition Steps Paper and any side agreement to this agreement that may be entered into between the Parties) and the confidentiality agreement relating to the Transaction between the Parent and Bain Capital Private Equity (Europe), LLP contain the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and supersedes all previous agreements,

 

57


 

whether oral or in writing, between the Parties relating to these transactions. Except as required by statute, no terms shall be implied (whether by custom, usage or otherwise) into this agreement.

 

31.2

Each Party:

 

  (a)

acknowledges that in agreeing to enter into this agreement and the other Transaction Documents it has not relied on any express or implied representation, warranty, collateral contract or other assurance made by or on behalf of any other party before the entering into of this agreement;

 

  (b)

waives all rights and remedies which, but for this clause 31.2, might otherwise be available to it in respect of any such express or implied representation, warranty, collateral contract or other assurance; and

 

  (c)

acknowledges and agrees that no such express or implied representation, warranty, collateral contract or other assurance may form the basis of, or be pleaded in connection with, any claim made by it under or in connection with this agreement.

 

31.3

Nothing in this clause limits or excludes any liability for fraud.

 

32.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

32.1

This agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by English law.

 

32.2

The English courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this agreement (including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this agreement) and the Parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.

 

32.3

The Purchaser irrevocably appoints Bain Capital Private Equity (Europe), LLP of Devonshire House, 1 Mayfair Place, London W1J 8AJ (marked for the attention of Bart Gombert) as its agent in England for service of process.

 

32.4

The Parent irrevocably appoints WPP 2005 Limited of Sea Containers House, 18 Upper Ground, London, United Kingdom, SE1 9GL, marked for the attention of the Chief Operating Officer and the General Counsel, as its agent in England for service of process.

 

32.5

The Parties waive any objection to the English courts on grounds that they are an inconvenient or inappropriate forum to settle any such dispute.

 

32.6

Each Party irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any legal action or proceeding arising, directly or indirectly, out of or relating to this agreement or the transactions contemplated by it and for any counterclaim therein (in each case whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise). Each party (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver, and (b) acknowledges that it and the other Party have been induced to enter into this agreement by, amongst other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this clause.

 

58


33.

LANGUAGE

The language of this agreement and the transactions envisaged by it is English and all notices to be given in connection with this agreement must be in English. All demands, requests, statements, certificates or other documents or communications to be provided in connection with this agreement and the transactions envisaged by it must be in English or accompanied by a certified English translation; in this case the English translation prevails unless the document or communication is a statutory or other official document or communication.

AS WITNESS this agreement has been signed by the Parties (or their duly authorised representatives) on the date stated at the beginning of this agreement.

 

59


SCHEDULE 1

THE SELLERS AND DESIGNATED PURCHASERS

 

(1)

SELLERS

 

(2)

SELLER

ADDRESS

 

(3)

TARGET
COMPANIES

 

(4)

NATURE OF EQUITY
INTERESTS TO BE
TRANSFERRED

 

(5)

PERCENTAGE OF
EQUITY INTERESTS IN
TARGET COMPANY TO
BE TRANSFERRED

 

(6)

DESIGNATED

PURCHASERS

WPP 2005 Limited   The registered office of the Seller   Kantar Square Two B.V.   All classes of Equity Interests   Purchased Percentage   Purchaser
WPP 2005 Limited   The registered office of the Seller   Research SA B.V.   All classes of Equity Interests   Purchased Percentage   Summer (BC) Dutch BidCo B.V.
WPP France
Holdings SAS
  The registered office of the Seller   Kantar TNS- MB SAS   All classes of Equity Interests   Purchased Percentage   Summer (BC) France BidCo SAS
WPP France
Holdings SAS
  The registered office of the Seller   Kantar Consulting SAS   All classes of Equity Interests   Purchased Percentage   Summer (BC) France BidCo SAS
York Merger Square
2009 LLC
  The registered office of the Seller   Summer (BC) US JVCo SCSp   All classes of Equity Interests   Purchased Percentage   Summer (BC) US BlockerCo Corp.
WPP Diamond Head
LLC
  The registered office of the Seller   Summer (BC) US JVCo GP S.à r.l   All classes of Equity Interests   Purchased Percentage   Summer (BC) US BlockerCo Corp.

 

60


SCHEDULE 2

PARENT’S WARRANTIES

 

1.

GENERAL

 

1.1

Incorporation and capacity of Parent

The Parent is a company validly existing under the laws of Jersey with the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise the execution and performance of, its obligations under the Transaction Documents.

 

1.2

Incorporation and capacity of the Sellers and the Deferred Sellers

 

(a)

Each Seller and Deferred Seller is a company validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation, and has been in continuous existence since its incorporation or organisation.

 

(b)

Each Seller and each Deferred Seller will at the relevant time have the power to execute and deliver the Wider Transaction Documents to which it will be party, and to perform its obligations under each of them, and will have taken all action necessary to authorise such execution and delivery and the performance such obligations.

 

(c)

Each of the other Wider Transaction Documents to which each Seller and each Deferred Seller will be a party will, when executed by it, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of it.

 

1.3

Valid obligations

 

(a)

This agreement constitutes, and each of the other Wider Transaction Documents to which the Parent is or will be a party will, when executed by the Parent, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Parent.

 

(b)

The execution and delivery by the Parent of this agreement and of each of the other Wider Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the performance of the obligations of the Parent under it and each of them do not and will not conflict with or constitute a default under any provision of:

 

  (i)

any agreement or instrument to which the Parent is a party; or

 

  (ii)

the constitutional documents of the Parent; or

 

  (iii)

any law, lien, lease, order, judgment, award, injunction, decree, ordinance or regulation or any other restriction of any kind or character by which the Parent is bound.

 

1.4

Target Subsidiaries

The particulars relating to the Target Subsidiaries set out in the Master Entity Spreadsheet are true and accurate in all material respects.

 

1.5

Incorporation of members of the Target Group

Each member of the Target Group:

 

61


  (a)

is a company validly existing under the laws of its place of incorporation or organisation;

 

  (b)

has been in continuous existence since the date of its incorporation or organisation; and

 

  (c)

has full power and authority to conduct its business as presently conducted.

 

1.6

Constitutional documents

The constitutional documents that are located in section 1.6 of the Data Room in respect of members of the Target Group are true and accurate in all material respects.

 

1.7

Equity Interests

 

(a)

The Equity Interests described in columns E and F of the Master Entity Spreadsheet constitute the whole of the issued and allotted equity interests of the Target Subsidiaries and are fully paid up.

 

(b)

On First Completion each Seller will be entitled to transfer, and the Parent will be entitled to procure the transfer by each Seller of, the full legal and beneficial ownership in the Target Company Equity Interests listed next to its name in columns 3, 4 and 5 of Schedule 1 on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this agreement.

 

(c)

On each Deferred Completion, each relevant Deferred Seller will be entitled to transfer, and the Parent will be entitled to procure the transfer by such Deferred Seller of, the full legal and beneficial ownership in the relevant Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this agreement.

 

(d)

There is no Encumbrance on, over or affecting any of the Target Company Equity Interests or any of the Target Subsidiary Equity Interests.

 

(e)

So far as the Parent is aware, no person holds any option, warrant or other right to subscribe for or acquire any equity securities in any Target Company or Target Subsidiary.

 

1.8

Subsidiaries and associates

Other than as set out in the Master Entity Spreadsheet, no member of the Target Group is the holder or beneficial owner of, nor has agreed in writing to acquire, any shares of or interest in any other undertaking.

 

1.9

Accounts and Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA Statement

 

(a)

The Accounts:

 

  (i)

have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted by the European Union, modified by application of the Annexure to SIR 2000 Investment Reporting Standards Applicable to Public Reporting Engagements on Historical Financial Information issued by the UK Financial Reporting Council, as at the Accounts Date;

 

  (ii)

have been prepared by aggregating all legal entities within the Target Group as of 25 June 2019, applying the principles of consolidation to eliminate any intra-group transactions;

 

  (iii)

include the allocation of central income and expenses from the Parent and its subsidiaries to the extent Disclosed in the Accounts;

 

62


  (iv)

give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Target Group as at the Accounts Date and of its profits, cash flows and changes in equity for the year then ended; and

 

  (v)

have been prepared on a basis consistent, in all material respects, with the basis employed in such accounts for the immediately preceding financial period.

 

(b)

The Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA Statement has been properly compiled from the total management EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation) as reported by the Target Group in the WPP financial reporting system (SAP BFC) for the financial year ended 31 December 2018 at the WPP 2018 Constant Currency Rates.

 

1.10

Locked Box Accounts and Management Accounts

 

(a)

The Locked Box Accounts:

 

  (i)

are not materially misleading and represent as at the Locked Box Date all legal entities within the Target Group;

 

  (ii)

have been prepared from the same accounting records and source data from the Parent’s financial reporting system (SAP BFC) for the Kantar Business as the Accounts as at the Locked Box Date; and

 

  (iii)

have been prepared in accordance with the accounting policies and financial reporting practices used in the preparation of the Accounts.

 

(b)

The Management Accounts were prepared on a basis consistent with the Locked Box Accounts (except that the Management Accounts have adopted IFRS 16) and give a fair view of the financial position of the Kantar Business and the profit or loss of the Kantar Business for the periods/at the date to which they relate (having regard to the purpose for which they were prepared and the fact that they were not prepared to an audit standard).

 

1.11

Position since the Locked Box Date

Since the Locked Box Date:

 

  (a)

there has been no material adverse change in the financial position of the Target Group, except as a result of market conditions and other factors generally affecting similar businesses;

 

  (b)

the business of the Target Group has been carried on in the ordinary course;

 

  (c)

except for any dividends provided for in the Locked Box Accounts and any dividends or distributions paid as part of the Kantar Reorganisation, no dividend or other distribution has been declared, paid or made by a member of the Target Group;

 

  (d)

except as part of the Kantar Reorganisation, no member of the Target Group has repaid, repurchased or reduced any of its issued share capital;

 

  (e)

except as part of the Kantar Reorganisation, no share or loan capital has been issued or agreed in writing to be issued by a member of the Target Group; and

 

  (f)

other than in the ordinary course of business, no material capital commitment has been entered into by a member of the Target Group.

 

63


1.12

Licences

Each member of the Target Group has all material licences, permissions, authorisations and consents required for the carrying on of the business now carried on by it in the places and in the manner in which that business is now carried on and no member of the Target Group has, since the Relevant Date, received written notice that it is, as at the date of this agreement, materially in default under any material licence, permission or authorisation or that such material licence, permission or authorisation is being withdrawn or conditioned, in each case where such default, withdrawal or condition would have a material adverse effect on the assets or financial position of the Target Group.

 

1.13

Compliance with laws

 

(a)

No member of the Target Group has, since the Relevant Date, received written notice from any Regulatory Authority that it is in violation of, or in default with respect to, any statute, legislation, regulation, order, decree or judgment of any Regulatory Authority of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, where such violation or default would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the assets or financial position of the Target Group.

 

(b)

So far as the Parent is aware, no member of the Target Group has, since the Relevant Date, done or omitted to do anything, the doing or omission of which amounts to a contravention of any statute, legislation, order, regulation or the like giving rise, or which would reasonably be expected to give rise, to any material fine, penalty or other material liability or sanction on the part of that member of the Target Group.

 

(c)

So far as the Parent is aware, no member of the Target Group, nor any director, officer or employee of any member of the Target Group, or any agent or representative acting on the Target Group’s behalf:

 

  (i)

has engaged or engages, since the Relevant Date, in any activity, practice or conduct (or failure to act) which is an offence under the UK Bribery Act 2010, any other Anti-Corruption Law or any Anti-Money Laundering Law; or

 

  (ii)

is or has, since the Relevant Date, been the subject of any pending or threatened investigation, formal inquiry or enforcement proceedings by, or received any written notification from, any governmental, administrative or regulatory body alleging an offence under Anti-Corruption Laws or Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

 

(d)

The Target Group maintains policies and procedures which are designed to ensure compliance by it and its directors, officers and employees with all Anti-Corruption Laws and Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

 

1.14

Sanctions

 

(a)

No member of the Target Group nor any director, officer or employee of any member of the Target Group, nor any agent or representative acting on the Target Group’s behalf:

 

  (a)

is a Sanctioned Person;

 

  (b)

has engaged in any activity, practice or conduct with a Sanctioned Person (since the Relevant Date) in breach of Sanctions; and/or

 

  (c)

is currently in breach of any Sanctions;

 

64


  (d)

is or has, since the Relevant Date, been the subject of any pending or threatened investigation, subpoena or enforcement proceedings (in all cases, to which it has been verified in writing) by, or received any written notification from, any governmental, administrative or regulatory body alleging an offence under Sanctions.

 

(b)

The Target Group maintains policies and procedures which are designed to ensure compliance by it and its directors, officers and employees with Sanctions.

 

1.15

Properties

 

(a)

The Properties are the only real property owned, controlled, used or occupied by any member of the Target Group and all deeds and documents necessary to prove title to them, or a right to occupy them, are in the possession of a member of the Target Group.

 

(b)

The particulars of, and copy documents relating to, the Properties in section 15 of the Data Room and Schedule 6 are true and accurate in all material respects.

 

(c)

The relevant member of the Target Group has a valid legal title to, or a right to, occupy each of the Properties and is in occupation of the relevant Property free from all Encumbrances.

 

(d)

So far as the Parent is aware, there are no material disputes affecting any of the Properties.

 

(e)

With respect to each of the leases (which expression includes underleases), licences or other occupation agreements under which the Properties are held:

 

  (i)

all rents and all other sums payable by each tenant, licensee or occupier have been paid as and when they became due and the last demand (or last receipt if issued) for rent was unqualified; and

 

  (ii)

the relevant Target Group member has complied with all of its material obligations (including covenants, restrictions, stipulations and other encumbrances) under such lease and there has been no waiver of any of them; and

 

  (iii)

no written notice of breach of any of the material terms of such lease, licence or other occupation agreement has been received by a Target Group member.

 

1.16

Intellectual Property Rights

 

(a)

The list of all patents, registered trade marks, registered service marks, registered designs or other registered Intellectual Property Rights of which a member of the Target Group is the sole registered proprietor (and sole beneficial owner) or for which application has been made by a member of the Target Group, located in sections 14.1 and 14.2 of the Data Room, is true and accurate in all material respects.

 

(b)

All material Intellectual Property Rights used by any member of the Target Group for the purpose of carrying on its business as currently carried on are vested solely and beneficially in or are licensed to a member of the Target Group.

 

(c)

So far as the Parent is aware, there is no outstanding infringement or breach claim or threat of any claim for infringement or breach of any Intellectual Property Rights referred to in subclause (b) above by or against a member of the Target Group and, so far as the Parent is aware, there are no facts or circumstances existing which might reasonably be expected to give rise to such claim or threat.

 

65


(d)

So far as the Parent is aware, no use of any Intellectual Property Rights by the Target Group or any operation of the business by the Target Group infringes or breaches the Intellectual Property Rights of any third party.

 

1.17

Information Technology

 

(a)

Since the Relevant Date, there have been no performance reductions or breakdowns of any Business IT, losses of data or, so far as the Parent is aware, cyber attacks or unauthorised disclosure of, or access to, data, in each case which have had (or are having) a material adverse effect on the operations of the Target Group as a whole.

 

(b)

Save for the Material Contracts, the services to be provided under the Transitional Services Agreements and any Information Technology licences, agreements or services used in the delivery of services to be provided under the Transitional Services Agreements, the Target Group does not require any other material Information Technology licences, agreements or services in order to operate its business in the ordinary course and as it has been operated in the 12 month period prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

1.18

Data Protection

 

(a)

So far as the Parent is aware, the Target Group has complied in all material respects with all Data Protection Legislation.

 

(b)

No member of the Target Group has in the three years preceding the date of this agreement received any written notice, complaint or other written communication from any individual, data protection authority or organisation asserting that any member of the Target Group is in material breach of any Data Protection Legislation.

 

1.19

Contracts

 

(a)

No member of the Target Group is a party to any subsisting Material Contract which:

 

  (i)

was entered into otherwise than in the ordinary course of business; or

 

  (ii)

has an outstanding term of more than three years without provision to terminate on six months’ notice or less; or

 

  (iii)

involves the supply of goods or services the aggregate sales value of which will represent in excess of 10 per cent. of the turnover for the current financial year of the Target Group; or

 

  (iv)

restricts its freedom to carry on the whole or any material part of its business as it does at present.

 

(b)

So far as the Parent is aware, no member of the Target Group has, since the Relevant Date, received written notice that it is in default under any agreement, mortgage, charge, lien or pledge which is material to the financial position of the Target Group and no member of the Target Group has received written notification from any counterparty to a Material Contract that it is terminating its business relationship with the Target Group.

 

66


(c)

There are no subsisting Material Contracts to which a member of the Target Group is a party and in which any member of the Retained Group has a material interest (other than, in the case of the Parent, its interest in the Target Subsidiary Equity Interests).

 

(d)

No member of the Target Group is, or has agreed in writing to become, a member of any partnership or other unincorporated association, joint venture or consortium (other than recognised trade associations).

 

(e)

So far as the Parent is aware, all Shared Contracts are in section 12 of the Data Room and all Material Contracts are in section 12 of the Data Room.

 

1.20

Indebtedness

 

(a)

So far as the Parent is aware, no member of the Target Group has, since the Relevant Date, received any written notice:

 

  (i)

to repay any borrowings or indebtedness under any agreement relating to any borrowing (or indebtedness in the nature of borrowing) (other than any borrowing or indebtedness owed to a member of the Retained Group or the Target Group) in each case in excess of £500,000 and which are repayable on demand; or

 

  (ii)

that an event of default has occurred and is outstanding under any agreement relating to any such borrowing (or indebtedness in the nature of borrowing) or other credit facility of a member of the Target Group.

 

(b)

The total amount borrowed by each member of the Target Group does not exceed its overdraft and other working capital and/or trade credit facilities.

 

(c)

Other than any borrowing or indebtedness owed to a member of the Retained Group or the Target Group, no member of the Target Group has outstanding any loan capital or any money borrowed or raised (other than under its overdraft and other working capital or normal trade credits).

 

(d)

No member of the Target Group has, since the Relevant Date, lent any money which is due to be repaid and has not been repaid and no member of the Target Group owns the benefit of any debt, other than debts accrued in the ordinary course of its business.

 

1.21

Litigation

Except as claimant in the collection of debts arising in the ordinary course of business, no member of the Target Group, nor so far as the Parent is aware any person for whom it is vicariously liable, is a claimant or defendant in or otherwise a party to any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding which is in progress and which is material in relation to the Target Group or where the amount claimed exceeds $500,000 nor, so far as the Parent is aware, has any such proceeding been expressly threatened in writing by or against any member of the Target Group since the Relevant Date.

 

1.22

Insurances

The Parent has taken out insurances on behalf of the Target Group on the bases and in respect of the risks referred to in the list of insurance cover contained in section 16 of the Data Room and:

 

  (a)

so far as the Parent is aware, such insurances are in full force and effect;

 

67


  (b)

so far as the Parent is aware, there are no special circumstances which might lead to any liability under such insurances being avoided by the insurers; and

 

  (c)

since the Relevant Date no material claims which remain outstanding have been made under any such insurances.

 

1.23

Solvency

 

(a)

No administrator, receiver or administrative receiver has been appointed in respect of the whole or any part of the assets or undertaking of any member of the Target Group.

 

(b)

No order has been made and no resolution has been passed for the winding-up of any member of the Target Group and, so far as the Parent is aware, no petition has been presented for that purpose.

 

(c)

No member of the Target Group is insolvent (within the meaning of the UK Insolvency Act 1986) or unable to pay its debts and no member of the Target Group has stopped paying its debts as they fall due.

 

(d)

So far as the Parent is aware, no voluntary arrangement, compromise or similar arrangement with creditors has been proposed, agreed in writing or sanctioned in respect of a member of the Target Group.

 

(e)

Outside the United Kingdom, no event or circumstance has occurred or exists analogous to those described in paragraphs (a) to (d) above.

 

1.24

Employees

 

(a)

The Parent has Disclosed to the Purchaser:

 

  (i)

the employment contracts of all Senior Employees and details of remuneration payable and other principal benefits provided to Senior Employees;

 

  (ii)

approximate numbers of Employees that are employed by each member of the Target Group and in what country such Employees are working;

 

  (iii)

the current standard employment contracts and contracts for services under which Employees are employed or engaged in the Principal Countries and details of the material employment benefits (including any material profit-sharing, bonus or other incentive arrangements) provided by any member of the Target Group (or which any member of the Target Group has agreed to provide in the future) to Employees; and

 

  (iv)

brief details of current securities awards and options held by Employees of any member of the Target Group and awarded or granted by the Parent.

 

(b)

Except as Disclosed under paragraph 1.24(a), there is not outstanding any agreement or arrangement to which a member of the Target Group is a party for profit-sharing or for payments to any Senior Employee of bonuses or for incentive payments or other similar matters and there are no other material payments to any Senior Employee which have not been Disclosed.

 

(c)

No Senior Employee has, at the date of this agreement, given or been given written notice to terminate his or her employment.

 

68


(d)

No dispute has arisen since the Relevant Date between a member of the Target Group and a material number or category of its Employees or with any trade union, works council or employee representative group.

 

(e)

The Parent has Disclosed to the Purchaser material details relating to all trade unions, works councils and other employee representative groups which by law or any collective bargaining agreement have the right to be informed and/or consulted on matters which affect the Employees.

 

(f)

Section 7.14 of the Data Room contains all material trade union recognition agreements, material collective agreements and material works council agreements (other than national collective bargaining agreements and/or industry-wide collective agreements) between any member of the Target Group and trade unions, works councils and other employee representative groups relevant to the Employees.

 

(g)

The Parent has Disclosed to the Purchaser details of any ongoing or pending material redundancy and/or restructuring programmes affecting Employees.

 

2.

TAX

 

2.1

Taxation liabilities

So far as the Parent is aware, all Taxation for which a member of the Target Group is liable and which has fallen due for payment has been duly paid within applicable time limits and no member of the Target Group is, or has been, liable to pay a penalty, surcharge, fine or interest in respect of Tax.

 

2.2

Taxation returns

So far as the Parent is aware, all computations and returns which ought to have been submitted to a Tax Authority by a member of the Target Group (excluding for the avoidance of doubt any tax return, computation or filing in respect of any consolidated filing group of which that member of the Target Group was a member where such tax return, computation or filing was required to be submitted by a member of the Retained Group) since the Relevant Date have been properly and duly so submitted and all such computations and returns were, and remain, true, accurate and complete in all material respects. So far as the Parent is aware, no computation or return has been disputed by a Tax Authority.

 

2.3

Investigations

So far as the Parent is aware, no member of the Target Group has since the Relevant Date been subject to or is currently subject to any non-routine investigation, audit or visit by any Tax Authority and no Tax Authority has indicated in writing to any member of the WPP Group that it intends to investigate the Tax affairs of any member of the Target Group.

 

2.4

Deductions and withholdings

So far as the Parent is aware, each member of the Target Group has made all deductions in respect, or on account, of any Taxation from any payments made by it which it is obliged to make and has accounted in full to the appropriate Tax Authority for all amounts so deducted.

 

2.5

Tax residence

No member of the Target Group is (or, so far as the Parent is aware, has been) treated for any Taxation purpose as resident in, or (so far as the Parent is aware) has, or has had, a taxable presence

 

69


in, a country other than the country of its incorporation or, so far as the Parent is aware, is liable to Tax in any other country by reason of having a branch, agency or permanent establishment in that other country.

 

2.6

Stamp duties

So far as the Parent is aware, all documents which establish or are necessary to establish the rights or title of any member of the Target Group to any asset or in the enforcement of which any member of the Target Group is or may be interested, and which are, or would be, required to have been duly stamped in order to establish that right or title or to be enforced, have been duly stamped.

 

2.7

UK Criminal Finances Act 2017

So far as the Parent is aware, each relevant member of the Target Group has implemented reasonable prevention procedures to mitigate the risk of facilitating a tax evasion offence as required for the purposes of the defence set out in section 45(2) and section 46(3) of the Criminal Finances Act 2017.

 

2.8

Anti-avoidance

So far as the Parent is aware, no member of the Target Group has entered into any arrangement or transaction (or series of arrangements or transactions) which are notifiable for the purposes of Part 7 of the Finance Act 2004, the National Insurance Contribution Regulations 2007 (SI 2007/185), Schedule 11A to the Value Added Tax Act 1994, Schedule 17F to the Finance (No. 2) Act 2017, or in each case any similar or equivalent rules or law outside the United Kingdom, excluding for the avoidance of doubt any disclosure required pursuant to Council Directive (EU) 2018/822.

 

3.

PENSIONS

 

(a)

So far as the Parent is aware, and excluding any mandatory, statutory or state pension arrangements, no member of the Target Group is under any material obligation to provide, in respect of its current or former employees in the Principal Countries, access to any employer funded pension scheme or plan or provide funding for any such plan in the Principal Countries other than a scheme or plan that has been Disclosed in the Data Room and, so far as the Parent is aware, since the Relevant Date the Target Group is in material compliance with its legal obligations under such Disclosed schemes and plans in the Principal Countries.

 

(b)

So far as the Parent is aware, all amounts that have become due and payable from a member of the Target Group to a pension scheme have been paid when they have fallen due.

 

(c)

Save as Disclosed and so far as the Parent is aware, there are no material disputes to which the Target Group is a party in respect of the provision of pensions to its employees or former employees.

 

70


SCHEDULE 3

CLAIMS

 

1.

Acknowledgement

The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that:

 

  (a)

the Purchaser has performed, with the assistance of professional advisers, a due diligence investigation with respect to the members of the Target Group and their respective businesses, operations, assets, liabilities and financial condition on the basis of the information provided by the Parent, the management of the Target Group and (where applicable) their advisers (the Due Diligence Investigation);

 

  (b)

in the Due Diligence Investigation, the Purchaser and its advisers have had sufficient opportunity to review any and all information made available to them;

 

  (c)

the Purchaser is not actually aware of any matter or circumstance which is inconsistent with any of the Warranties or makes any of them untrue or inaccurate (with the Purchaser’s actual awareness having the meaning set out in paragraph 4.1(f) below); and

 

  (d)

in the Due Diligence Investigation, the Purchaser and its advisers have obtained all information and raised all questions that they deemed proper and necessary for the purposes of entering into this agreement and the Transaction Documents, through interviews, presentations and questions submitted to the Parent, the Target Group and their advisers or, where appropriate, through searches or by means of other enquiries.

 

2.

Disclosed Information

The Data Room (which includes the Information Memorandum, all vendor due diligence reports (however named) prepared by the Parent’s advisers for review by the Purchaser and made available to the Purchaser, the Management Presentations and the information made available to the Purchaser and its advisers in written answers to questions raised by the Purchaser or its advisers during the course of their due diligence investigations), the EY Due Diligence Reports and the Disclosure Letter (together, the Disclosed Information), to the extent that the matters set out therein are Disclosed, shall qualify the Warranties.

 

3.

Notice

If the Purchaser or any member of the Target Group becomes aware of a matter or circumstance which could reasonably be expected to give rise to a Non-Tax Claim, the Parent shall not be liable in respect of it unless the Purchaser gives notice to the Parent specifying that matter or circumstance in reasonable detail (including, without limitation and to the extent that the Purchaser is reasonably able, the Purchaser’s estimate, on a without prejudice basis, of the amount of such claim) as soon as reasonably practicable (and in any event within 30 days) after it or the relevant member of the Target Group (as the case may be) becomes aware of that matter or circumstance. The Parent shall not be liable for any losses in respect of a Claim to the extent that they are increased, or are not reduced, as a result of any failure by the Purchaser to give notice as contemplated by this paragraph.

 

71


4.

Exclusions

 

4.1

The Parent shall not be liable in respect of any Warranty Claim to the extent that the matter or circumstance giving rise to the Warranty Claim:

 

  (a)

was actually known to the Purchaser (within the Purchaser’s actual awareness having the meaning set out in paragraph 4.1(f) below) at the date of this agreement;

 

  (b)

was Disclosed in this agreement including the schedules and/or annexes hereto;

 

  (c)

was specifically provided for in the Accounts or Locked Box Accounts (including, without limitation, by way of provision, accrual, liability or a note or a statement in any report forming part of the Accounts or the Locked Box Accounts) or the enterprise to equity value bridge relating to the Transaction in the Agreed Form;

 

  (d)

is the subject of a claim under the Tax Deed and the Purchaser receives a payment in respect thereof under the Tax Deed;

 

  (e)

is or arises directly or indirectly from any matter or circumstance Disclosed in the Disclosed in the Disclosed Information;

 

  (f)

is a matter or circumstance of which the Purchaser has actual knowledge at the date of this agreement (and, for the purpose of this Schedule 3, the Purchaser’s actual awareness and/or actual knowledge means the actual awareness of any one or more of Luca Bassi, Christophe Jacobs van Merlen, Giovanni Camera and William Bhirle, Soren Haefcke, Tom Meacher, Jake Kaminer, Alberto de Antoni and Fatima Porras Olalla who shall be deemed to have actual knowledge of the contents of the Disclosed Information to the extent Disclosed and any due diligence report (in draft or final form) prepared by or for any member of the Purchaser’s Group and made available to any member of the Purchaser’s Group on or before the date of this agreement); or

 

  (g)

has been or is made good or is otherwise compensated for without cost to the Purchaser or any member of the Target Group.

 

4.2

The Parent shall not be liable in respect of a Non-Tax Claim to the extent the relevant liability would not have arisen but for:

 

  (a)

any liability for Tax arising as a result of any Event or Events (as defined in the Tax Deed) occurring, or any profits earned, accrued or received, in each case in the ordinary course of business of a member of the Target Group in the period from the Locked Box Date until First Completion or (in relation to a Deferred Target Subsidiary) the relevant Deferred Completion;

 

  (b)

a change in legislation or a change in the interpretation of legislation on the basis of case law made after the date of this agreement (whether relating to Taxation, the rate of Taxation or otherwise) or any amendment to or the withdrawal of any practice previously published by a Tax Authority, in either case occurring after the date of this agreement, whether or not that change, amendment or withdrawal purports to be effective retrospectively in whole or in part; or

 

  (c)

any change after First Completion (or in the case of any Deferred Target Subsidiaries, the relevant Deferred Completion) of the date to which any member of the Target Group makes up its accounts or in the bases, methods, principles or policies of accounting of any

 

72


 

member of the Target Group other than a change which is necessary because such bases, methods, principles or policies of accounting as at the First Completion Date (or in the case of any Deferred Target Subsidiaries, the relevant Deferred Completion Date) are not in accordance with any published accounting practice or principle then current; or

 

  (d)

any act or omission of any member of the Target Group on or before First Completion (or in the case of any Deferred Target Subsidiary, on or before the relevant Deferred Completion) carried out at the written request of the Purchaser or any act or omission of the Purchaser, any member of the Purchaser’s Group or any member of the Target Group after First Completion (or in the case of any Deferred Target Subsidiary, on or before the relevant Deferred Completion) but, in each case, excluding any act or omission taken by the Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser’s Group or any member of the Target Group in compliance with any legal obligations it incurred prior to: (i) the date of this agreement in the case of the Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser’s Group; or (ii) First Completion or the relevant Deferred Completion (as applicable) in the case of any member of the Target Group; or to bring it into compliance with applicable law or regulation; or (iii) in the ordinary course of business; or (iv) carried out at the written request of the Parent; or

 

  (e)

any failure or omission by any member of the Target Group to make any valid claim, election, surrender or disclaimer, to give any valid notice or consent or to do any other thing under the provisions of any enactment or regulation relating to Taxation after First Completion (or in the case of any Deferred Target Subsidiary, after the relevant Deferred Completion), the making, giving or doing of which was taken into account in computing the provisions for Taxation in the Accounts or the Locked Box Accounts and was notified to the Purchaser in writing a reasonable period in advance of the date on which such claim, election, surrender, disclaimer, notice or consent is required to be made or given; or

 

  (f)

any claim, election, surrender, revocation, amendment, withdrawal or disclaimer made or notice or consent given after First Completion (or in the case of any Deferred Target Subsidiary, after the relevant Deferred Completion) by any member of the Target Group or any member of the Purchaser’s Group under the provisions of any enactment or regulation relating to Taxation other than any claim, election, surrender, revocation, amendment, withdrawal, disclaimer, notice or consent assumed to have been made, given or done in computing the amount of any allowance, provision or reserve in the Accounts or the Locked Box Accounts or which is made at the prior request of the Parent pursuant to its rights under the Tax Deed; or

 

  (g)

a cessation, or any change in the nature or conduct, of any trade carried on by any member of the Target Group at First Completion (or in the case of any Deferred Target Subsidiary, at the relevant Deferred Completion), being a cessation or change occurring on or after First Completion (or in the case of any Deferred Target Subsidiary, on or after the relevant Deferred Completion).

 

5.

Financial limits

The liability of the Parent under or in respect of any Claim and any claim under the Tax Deed shall be limited as follows:

 

  (a)

the Parent shall not be liable in respect of, and there shall be disregarded for all purposes, any Claim and any claim under the Tax Deed (other than a Fundamental Warranty Claim) unless the amount of the damages (in the case of a Claim) or the amount (in the case of a claim under the Tax Deed) to which the Purchaser would, but for this subparagraph, be

 

73


 

entitled as a result of Claim or claim under the Tax Deed (as the case may be) exceeds (when aggregated with all other relevant claims that arise out of the same or substantially similar facts or circumstances) £250,000;

 

  (b)

the Parent shall not be liable in respect of any Warranty Claim (other than a Fundamental Warranty Claim) or any claim under the Tax Deed unless the amount of damages resulting from any and all Warranty Claims when aggregated with the amounts resulting from any and all claims under the Tax Deed (other than any Non-Tax Claims or claims under the Tax Deed disregarded as contemplated by subparagraph (a) above) exceed in aggregate £2.5 million (in which case the Parent shall, subject to the other provisions of this Schedule 3 be liable for the whole amount and not just the excess);

 

  (c)

the maximum aggregate liability of the Parent in respect of any and all Warranty Claims (other than a Fundamental Warranty Claim) shall not exceed $25 million;

 

  (d)

the maximum aggregate liability of the Parent in respect of any and all Warranty Claims (other than a Fundamental Warranty Claim) and any and all claims under the Tax Deed (other than Outside-Perimeter Tax Claims and Kantar Reorganisation/CCD Tax Claims) shall not exceed $140 million; and

 

  (e)

the maximum aggregate liability of the Parent in respect of any and all Fundamental Warranty Claims, Outside-Perimeter Tax Claims and Kantar Reorganisation/CCD Tax Claims (with Fundamental Warranty Claims, Outside-Perimeter Tax Claims and Kantar Reorganisation/CCD Tax Claims being taken together for this purpose and not separately) shall not exceed an amount equal to 100% of the Aggregate Consideration,

provided that the maximum aggregate liability of the Parent under or in respect of this agreement and all other Transaction Documents shall not exceed an amount equal to the Aggregate Consideration received by the Parent pursuant to this agreement.

 

6.

Time limits

The liability of the Parent in respect of the Warranty Claims shall terminate (but without prejudice to the rights and obligations of the parties under the Tax Deed):

 

  (a)

on the fourth anniversary of the date of First Completion (or, if the Warranty Claim relates to a Deferred Target Subsidiary, the applicable Deferred Completion) in respect of any Tax Warranty Claim or Fundamental Warranty Claim; and

 

  (b)

on the date which falls 18 months after the date of First Completion (or, if the Warranty Claim relates to a Deferred Target Subsidiary, the applicable Deferred Completion) in respect of any other Warranty Claim,

except in respect of any Warranty Claim of which notice is given to the Parent as contemplated by paragraph 3 of this Schedule 3 before the relevant date. The liability of the Parent in respect of any Warranty Claim shall in any event terminate if proceedings in respect of it have not been commenced within six months after the giving of notice of that Warranty Claim as contemplated by paragraph 3 of this Schedule 3 (or, if the Warranty Claim is based on a liability which is contingent only, within three months after such contingent liability gives rise to an obligation to make a payment).

 

74


7.

Waiver of rights

The Parent agrees with the Purchaser, each Seller, each Deferred Seller and each employee and director of a member of the Target Group, in the absence of fraud, dishonesty or wilful concealment by or on behalf of any member of the Target Group or any of its employees or directors, to waive any rights or claims which it may have in respect of any misrepresentation, inaccuracy or omission in or from any information or advice supplied or given by any member of the Target Group or any of its employees or directors in connection with the giving of the Warranties and the preparation of the Disclosure Letter.

 

8.

Third party claims

 

8.1

If a Non-Tax Claim arises as a result of, or in connection with, a liability or alleged liability of a member of the Target Group to a third party (a Third Party Claim), then the Parent may, at any time before any final compromise, agreement, expert determination or non-appealable decision of a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction is made in respect of the Third Party Claim or the Third Party Claim is otherwise disposed of, give notice to the Purchaser that it elects to assume the conduct of any dispute, compromise, defence or appeal of the Third Party Claim and of any incidental negotiations on the following terms:

 

  (a)

the Parent shall indemnify the Purchaser and each relevant member of the Target Group against all liabilities, charges, costs and expenses which they may incur in taking any such action as the Parent may request pursuant to subparagraphs (b) and (c) below;

 

  (b)

the Purchaser shall procure that each relevant member of the Target Group makes available to the Parent such persons and all such information as the Parent may request for assessing, contesting, disputing, defending, appealing or compromising the Third Party Claim;

 

  (c)

the Purchaser shall procure that each relevant member of the Target Group takes such action to assess, contest, dispute, defend, appeal or compromise the Third Party Claim as the Parent may request and does not make any admission of liability, agreement, settlement or compromise in relation to the Third Party Claim without the prior written approval of the Parent; and

 

  (d)

the Parent shall keep the Purchaser informed of the progress of the Third Party Claim and provide the Purchaser with copies of all relevant documents and such other information in its possession as may be requested by the Purchaser (acting reasonably),

provided that, in the case of subparagraph (c) above, the Parent shall not be entitled to cause any member of the Target Group to take any action which the Purchaser reasonably considers to be disproportionately adverse to the interests of the Kantar Business.

 

8.2

If a Non-Tax Claim arises as a result of, or in connection with, a Third Party Claim, the Purchaser shall, until the earlier of such time as the Parent shall give any notice as contemplated by paragraph 8.1 and such time as any final compromise, agreement, expert determination or non-appealable decision of a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction is made in respect of the Third Party Claim or the Third Party Claim is otherwise finally disposed of:

 

  (a)

procure that each relevant member of the Target Group consults with the Parent, and takes account the reasonable requirements of the Parent, in relation to the conduct of any dispute, defence, compromise or appeal of the Third Party Claim;

 

75


  (b)

keep, or procure that each relevant Target Company keeps, the Parent promptly informed of the progress of the Third Party Claim and provide, or procure that each relevant Target Company provides, the Parent with copies of all relevant documents and such other information in the Purchaser’s or a member of the Target Group’s possession as may be requested by the Parent; and

 

  (c)

procure that no relevant member of the Target Group shall cease to defend the Third Party Claim or make any admission of liability, agreement or compromise in relation to the Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Parent.

 

8.3

Nothing in this paragraph 8 shall require the provision by any person of any information to the extent such provision would contravene any applicable law or regulation or would breach any duty of confidentiality owed to any third party. If any information is provided by any person (the Provider) to any other person (the Recipient) pursuant to this paragraph 8:

 

  (a)

that information shall only be used by the Recipient in connection with the Third Party Claim and clause 25 of this agreement shall in all other respects apply to that information; and

 

  (b)

to the extent that information is privileged:

 

  (i)

no privilege shall be waived by reason of or as a result of its being provided to the Recipient; and

 

  (ii)

if a third party requests disclosure by the Recipient in relation to that information, if the Recipient is the Parent or the Purchaser, the Recipient shall or, if the Recipient is a member of the Target Group, the Purchaser shall procure that the Recipient shall promptly notify the Provider and, to the extent it can do so, itself assert privilege in opposition to that disclosure request.

 

8.4

The provisions of clause 8 (Conduct of Tax Claims) of the Tax Deed shall have effect as if expressly incorporated into this paragraph 8, so that those provisions shall apply to a Tax Warranty Claim.

 

9.

Mitigation

Nothing in this agreement shall be deemed to relieve the Purchaser from any common law duty to mitigate any loss or damage incurred by it as a result of any matter or circumstance giving rise to a Claim.

 

10.

Recovery from third parties

If:

 

  (a)

the Parent makes a payment in respect of a Non-Tax Claim (the Damages Payment);

 

  (b)

at any time after the making of such payment any member of the Target Group or the Purchaser receives any sum which would not have been received but for the matter or circumstance giving rise to that Non-Tax Claim (the Third Party Sum);

 

  (c)

the receipt of the Third Party Sum was not taken into account in calculating the Damages Payment; and

 

76


  (d)

the aggregate of the Third Party Sum and the Damages Payment exceeds the amount required to compensate the Purchaser in full for the loss or liability which gave rise to the Non-Tax Claim in question (such excess being the Excess Recovery),

the Purchaser shall, promptly following receipt of the Third Party Sum by it or the relevant member of the Target Group, repay to the Parent an amount equal to the lower of (i) the Excess Recovery and (ii) the Damages Payment, after deducting (in either case) all costs incurred by the Purchaser or the relevant member of the Target Group in recovering the Third Party Sum and any Tax incurred on the Third Party Sum by the Purchaser or the relevant member of the Target Group.

 

11.

Insurance

Without prejudice to paragraph 9 above, if in respect of any matter which would otherwise give rise to a Warranty Claim, any member of the Target Group actually recovers (and the Purchaser shall cause the relevant member(s) of the Target Group to use all reasonable endeavours to recover) under any policy of insurance which is actually in place at the relevant time in respect of that member of the Target Group, the amount of insurance monies which that Target Company so recovers (net of all fees, costs, expenses and Tax incurred in connection therewith) shall reduce pro tanto or extinguish that Warranty Claim.

 

12.

Target Companies and Target Subsidiaries

The Purchaser shall refrain from doing, and with effect from First Completion or the relevant Deferred Completion (as applicable) shall procure that the Target Companies and Target Subsidiaries shall refrain from doing, any voluntary act or thing (other than in the ordinary course of business of the Target Group and excluding anything required to be done pursuant to a liability or obligation incurred by the Target Group prior to First Completion or the relevant Deferred Completion (as applicable)) which could reasonably be expected to give rise to a Warranty Claim which would not otherwise arise (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the Purchaser, any member of the Purchaser’s Group or any member of the Target Group exercising its rights under this agreement and/or the other Transaction Documents).

 

13.

Contingent liabilities

If any Claim is based upon a liability which is contingent only, the Parent shall have no obligation to make a payment in respect thereof unless (and until) such contingent liability gives rise to an obligation to make a payment before:

 

  (a)

the fifth anniversary of the date of First Completion or Deferred Completion (as applicable) for any Tax Warranty Claim or Fundamental Warranty Claim; or

 

  (b)

the third anniversary of the date of First Completion or Deferred Completion (as applicable) for any other Warranty Claim.

 

77


14.

No double recovery

The Purchaser shall not be entitled to recover damages or otherwise obtain payment, reimbursement, restitution or indemnity more than once in respect of the same loss whether under this agreement, a Transaction Document or otherwise.

 

15.

Waiver of set off rights

The Purchaser waives any and all rights of set off, counterclaim, deduction or retention against or in respect of any of its payment obligations under this agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents which it might otherwise have by virtue of any Claim.

 

16.

Remedy of breaches

If the matter or circumstance giving rise to a Claim is capable of remedy, the Parent shall have no liability in respect of that Claim unless the relevant matter or circumstance is not remedied within 30 days after the date on which the Parent is given notice as contemplated by paragraph 3 of this Schedule 3 in relation to that matter or circumstance. The Purchaser shall procure that the Parent is given the opportunity in that 30 day period to remedy the relevant matter or circumstance and shall, without prejudice to paragraph 9 of this Schedule 3, provide, and shall procure that each relevant member of the Target Group shall provide, all reasonable assistance to the Parent to remedy the relevant matter or circumstance.

 

17.

Assessment of damages

Any damages in respect of a Warranty Claim shall be assessed on the basis of the diminution in value of the Target Company Equity Interests and the Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests taken as a whole (which value shall not be taken to be greater than the aggregate of the Initial Base Consideration and the Deferred Base Consideration) directly attributable to the matter or circumstance giving rise to that Warranty Claim (after taking into account all compensating factors) and not on any other basis.

 

18.

Consequential loss

The Parent shall have no liability under or in respect of any loss of business or profits, or in connection with any indirect or consequential loss or any punitive or aggravated damages, arising out of any matter or circumstance giving rise to a Claim.

 

78


SCHEDULE 4

COMPLETION

PART 1

PARENT’S OBLIGATIONS WITH REGARD TO TARGET COMPANY EQUITY INTERESTS

At First Completion the Parent shall procure:

 

(a)

the delivery to the Purchaser of:

 

  (i)

written evidence that each of the steps in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper which are required pursuant to this agreement and the EY Acquisition Steps Paper to be undertaken or procured by it prior to First Completion (other than Steps 0.1 to 0.8 (inclusive)) have been implemented;

 

  (ii)

where applicable, duly executed transfers in favour of the Purchaser or the relevant Designated Purchaser of the Relevant Target Company Equity Interests together with (in the case of any company incorporated in England and Wales) a power of attorney in a form reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser in respect of all voting and other rights attached thereto pending the Purchaser’s registration as the holder thereof;

 

  (iii)

where applicable, the share certificate(s) and equivalent documents representing the relevant Target Company Equity Interests (or an express indemnity in a form reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser in the case of any found to be missing);

 

  (iv)

where applicable, such waivers or consents as may be necessary to enable the Purchaser or the relevant Designated Purchaser to become the registered holder of the Relevant Target Company Equity Interests;

 

  (v)

to the extent not already in the possession or control of a Target Company, where applicable, the certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, common seal, minute books, statutory registers and share certificate books of each Target Company;

 

  (vi)

counterparts of the Tax Deed, the Shareholders’ Agreement and the Transitional Services Agreements and each of the other Transaction Documents, in each case duly executed by the Parent, the Sellers or other relevant members of the Retained Group;

 

  (vii)

a copy of the resolution(s) contemplated by clause 6.1(b) as passed at a Parent General Meeting;

 

  (viii)

resignation letters (including an indemnity and release of claims and otherwise in a form reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser) of the directors of the relevant Target Companies;

 

  (ix)

a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of each of the Parent, the Sellers or other relevant members of the Retained Group authorising the execution of this agreement, the Tax Deed, the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Transitional Service Agreements and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party;

 

  (x)

a copy of the resolutions of the boards of directors of each Seller authorising the transfer by it of the Relevant Target Company Equity Interests; and

 

79


  (xi)

a non-foreign affidavit from each Seller of Equity Interests in Summer (BC) US JVCo SCSp dated as of the First Completion Date, sworn under penalties of perjury and in form and substance required under the U.S. Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to Code Section 1445 stating that such Seller of Equity Interests in Summer (BC) US JVCo SCSp is not a “foreign person” as defined in Code Section 1445;

 

  (xii)

copies of such additional documents as the Parties have agreed to provide at First Completion;

 

(b)

that a board meeting of each Target Company is held at which it is resolved that, to the extent applicable and required, the transfers referred to in paragraph (a)(ii) (subject only to completion of any local legal formalities including the payment of any local transfer taxes) are approved for registration;

 

(c)

in respect of the transfers of the Dutch Target Companies:

 

  (i)

the delivery to the Dutch Notary of the original shareholders’ registers of the Dutch Target Companies;

 

  (ii)

the delivery to the Dutch Notary of powers of attorney duly executed on behalf of the relevant Seller and the relevant Dutch Target Company, legalised and apostilled, as and where required by the Dutch Notary, authorising the Dutch Notary (and each deputy civil law notary (notaris) of Allen & Overy LLP, Amsterdam) to attend to and execute the Dutch Deeds of Transfer; and

 

(d)

the payment in cash (by or on behalf of the relevant member of the Retained Group) to each relevant Target Company and First Completion Target Subsidiary of an amount equal to any Tax Consolidation Receivable Amount in respect of that Target Company or (as applicable) First Completion Target Subsidiary, if and to the extent that the entitlement of that Target Company or (as applicable) First Completion Target Subsidiary to receive such Tax Consolidation Receivable Amount has not been satisfied before First Completion.

 

80


PART 2

PURCHASER’S OBLIGATIONS WITH REGARD TO TARGET COMPANY EQUITY INTERESTS

At First Completion the Purchaser shall:

 

(a)

deliver to the Parent written evidence that each of the steps in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper which are required pursuant to this agreement and the EY Acquisition Steps Paper to be undertaken or procured by the Purchaser prior to First Completion have been implemented;

 

(b)

make a payment in cash to the Parent of an amount equal to the First Completion Amount (as specified in the Pre-First Completion Statement delivered pursuant to clause 8.2, as may be subsequently amended by agreement between the Parties) minus the amount represented by the Non-Cash Proceeds plus the amount of $9,000 referred to in clause 4.1A, in accordance with clause 4;

 

(c)

procure that the relevant member of the Purchaser’s Group shall issue or assign (as the case may be) the WPP Fees receivable and the MIP receivable as referred to in and in accordance with Steps 15 and 16 of the EY Acquisition Steps Paper (in each case in the form agreed between the Parent and the Purchaser prior to First Completion);

 

(d)

procure that each relevant Target Company and each First Completion Target Subsidiary makes a payment in cash to the Parent (as agent for the relevant member of the Retained Group) of an amount equal to any Tax Consolidation Payment Amount in respect of that Target Company or (as applicable) First Completion Target Subsidiary, if and to the extent that the liability of that Target Company or (as applicable) First Completion Target Subsidiary to pay such Tax Consolidation Payment Amount has not been discharged before First Completion;

 

(e)

deliver to the Parent a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of the Purchaser and each Designated Purchaser authorising the execution of this agreement, the Tax Deed, the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Transitional Services Agreements and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or is to be a party and the issue or assignment (as the case may be) of the receivables referred to in paragraph (c) above;

 

(f)

deliver to the Parent counterparts of the Tax Deed, the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Transitional Services Agreements and each of the other Transaction Documents, in each case duly executed by the Purchaser or the Designated Purchasers;

 

(g)

copies of such additional documents as the Parties have agreed to provide at First Completion; and

 

(h)

in respect of the transfer of the Dutch Target Companies, deliver to the Dutch Notary powers of attorney duly executed on behalf of the Purchaser or its Designated Purchaser (as the case may be), legalised and apostilled, as and where required by the Dutch Notary, authorising the Dutch Notary (and each deputy civil law notary (notaris) of Allen & Overy LLP Amsterdam) to attend to and execute the Dutch Deeds of Transfer.

 

81


PART 3

GENERAL

At First Completion the Purchaser and/or its Designated Purchaser(s) (as the case may be) shall execute in respect of each Dutch Target Company the relevant Dutch Deed of Transfer before the Dutch Notary, at the office of the Dutch Notary and shall procure that the Dutch Notary shall execute such Dutch Deed of Transfer and the Parent shall procure that the relevant Dutch Target Company shall acknowledge the transfer of its Equity Interests by signing such Dutch Deed of Transfer.

 

82


SCHEDULE 5

INTERPRETATION

 

1.

In this agreement:

Accounts means the audited combined carve-out financial statements of the Target Group as at the Accounts Date, in the Agreed Form;

Accounts Date means 31 December 2018;

Additional Non-IT TSA Services Schedules has the meaning given to it in clause 23.6;

Affectiva means Affectiva, Inc. a company incorporated in Delaware with registered office at 108 West 13th Street, Wilmington DE 19801;

Affectiva Payment has the meaning given to it in clause 17.1;

Aggregate Consideration has the meaning given to it in clause 4.1;

Agreed Allocations means the agreed allocations of the Total Consideration to each Target Company and Target Subsidiary, being:

 

  (a)

in the case of New US JVCo, consolidated with all of its Target Subsidiaries, being the US part of the Target Group, $666,710,585; and

 

  (b)

otherwise, such amount as is agreed pursuant to clause 5.2;

Agreed Dividends means those dividends and distributions paid, made or declared by the Target Group since the Locked Box Date totalling $865.1 million in aggregate;

Agreed Form means, in relation to any document, the form of that document which has been initialled for the purpose of identification by or on behalf of the Parent and the Purchaser or otherwise expressly agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Parent and the Purchaser to be in the agreed form, with such changes (if any) to such document as the Parent and the Purchaser may agree in writing before First Completion;

Agreed Third Party Suppliers has the meaning given to it in clause 23.21;

Anti-Corruption Law means all applicable local and international laws relating to bribery, corruption and/or fraud including the UK Bribery Act 2010 and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977;

Anti-Money Laundering Law means all applicable laws and regulations relating to money laundering and/or terrorist financing;

Applications MSA has the meaning given to it in the IT Transitional Services Agreement;

Argentinian Land means the following plot of land: Av. Del Libertador No. 5723/5729/5733/5737/5741/5747 at the corner of Pampa No. 1445/1449/1471/1481/1485, Buenos Aires, Argentina (Land Description: District 16, Section 25, Block 67, Plot 15C);

 

83


Argentinian Land Consideration means the cash amount of up to $11,000,000 received by any relevant member of the Target Group from the sale of its interest in the Argentinian Land to any member of the Retained Group (net of any: (i) Tax payable or incurred by such member of the Target Group in respect of such receipt; and (ii) fees, costs and expenses payable or incurred by such member of the Target Group in respect of such sale);

AUNZ means WPP AUNZ Limited (registered number ACN 001 657 370), a public limited company incorporated in Australia and whose registered office is at 1 Kent Street, Millers Point, NSW 2000, Australia;

AUNZ Circular means the circular to be despatched by AUNZ to its shareholders in connection with the transfer of the Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in the Target Subsidiaries held directly or indirectly by AUNZ;

AUNZ Majority Shareholder Deed means the majority shareholder deed between AUNZ and Cavendish Square Holdings B.V. dated 8 April 2016 located in section 1.5.2 of the Data Room;

Bulletin 7 means Bulletin [2015] No. 7 – the PRC Income Tax Treatment of an Indirect Transfer of Assets by a Non-resident Enterprise issued by the State Administration of Taxation (《国家税务总局《关于非居民企业间接转让财产企业所得税若干问题的公告》(国家税务总局公告 2015年第7号))on 3 February 2015, as may be amended or supplemented from time to time and including any similar or replacement law, notice, regulations, rules, circulars in respect of the same subject matter issued by the competent Taxation Authority in China and including any similar or replacement law, notice, circular or bulletin on the Tax treatment of the indirect transfer of China taxable assets by non-Chinese tax residents;

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are generally open in London, New York and Luxembourg for normal business;

Business IT means all Information Technology which is owned or used primarily by the Target Subsidiaries and which is material to the business of the Target Group as presently conducted;

Cash Pooling Arrangements has the meaning given to it in the definition of Permitted Leakage below;

Claim means any claim against the Parent under or for any breach of this agreement including any Warranty Claim but excluding any claim for Leakage in accordance with clause 10;

CITV means China International Television Corporation, an enterprise duly incorporated and existing under the laws of the PRC;

Claim Limitation Period means the period commencing on the date of this agreement and expiring on the earlier to occur of: (i) an Exit; and (ii) the date which is the third anniversary of the First Completion Date (in respect of a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability relating to a First Completion Target Subsidiary) or the relevant Deferred Completion Date (in respect of a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability relating to a Deferred Target Subsidiary);

Co-Location Properties means those properties in respect of which members of the Retained Group and members of the Target Group are sharing occupation and Co-Location Property means any of them;

 

84


Conditions means the conditions precedent to the sale and purchase of the Target Company Equity Interests and any Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests set out in clause 6.1;

Confidential Information means all information not in the public domain which relates to the Kantar Business and which the Parent shall have received or obtained at any time by reason of or in connection with its relationship with the Target Group;

Contingent Tax Liability means:

 

  (a)

any liability of Kantar IBOPE Pesquisa de Midia Ltda. or Millward Brown do Brasil Ltda. to make a payment of corporate income tax imposed in Brazil in respect of any of the tax years ending 31 December 2016, 31 December 2017 or 31 December 2018 arising in the event that deductions claimed in respect of the amortisation of goodwill recognised in respect of or in connection with the group reorganisation carried out during 2016 are completely or partially disallowed, in respect of which, in aggregate, the Estimated Claim Amount is $6,800,000;

 

  (b)

any liability of Kantar LLC to make a payment of sales and use tax imposed in the state of New York, USA in respect of the periods from (and including) March 2017 to (and including) December 2018 arising in the event that supplies of services in respect of the Dynamic Logic AdIndex product or Millward Brown products are determined to be taxable supplies, rather than non-taxable or exempt supplies, in respect of which, in aggregate, the Estimated Claim Amount is $7,000,000;

 

  (c)

any liability of any member of the Target Group to make a payment of corporate income (or equivalent) tax imposed in any jurisdiction in respect of any period ended on or before the Locked Box Date arising in the event that any adjustment is made under transfer pricing legislation to the treatment of any provision of services by a member of the Target Group to a member of the Retained Group (or vice versa) in connection with: (i) the recharging of advisors’ fees for audit or Sarbanes-Oxley review services; (ii) the development or use of the “BrandZ” platform; (iii) the use of software; (iv) services provided by “Coretech”; or (v) the use of shared premises and associated facilities, any provision of services by one member of the Target Group to another member of the Target Group in connection with: (a) fees for services provided by the global or network headquarters of the Kantar business; or (b) royalties paid for the use of the TNS brand, in respect of which, in aggregate, the Estimated Claim Amount is $3,400,000;

 

  (d)

any liability of:

 

  (i)

Infratel GmbH or Emnitel GmbH to pay any regulatory fine or other amounts in connection with the potential indictment proceedings against a former managing director in respect of the alleged evasion of payment of social insurance contributions by those two companies in breach of Section 266a of the German Criminal Code, in respect of which, in aggregate, the Estimated Claim Amount is $12,700,000; or

 

  (ii)

Kantar Media GmbH arising from the partially-completed social security audit that it is undergoing, in relation to the treatment of certain wage surcharges, , in respect of which, in aggregate, the Estimated Claim Amount is $4,500,000;

 

  (e)

any liability of any of Kantar LLC, Kantar Consulting LLC, Kantar Retail LLC, or Kantar Health LLC to make a payment of sales and use tax imposed in the states of California, Connecticut, Massachussetts, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Texas, USA or

 

85


 

the District of Columbia, USA in each case in respect of any period ending on or before the Locked Box date arising in the event that supplies made by any of those entities of electronically delivered software or online database services are determined to be taxable supplies, rather than non-taxable or exempt supplies, in respect of which, in aggregate, the Estimated Claim Amount is $3,000,000;

 

  (f)

any liability of Kantar LLC for sales tax imposed in the state of New York, USA in respect of the periods from (and including) December 2011 to (and including) August 2014 which arises in the event that supplies of services in respect of the Millward Brown products are determined to be taxable supplies, rather than non-taxable or exempt supplies, in respect of which a pre-payment has been made, in respect of which , in aggregate, the Estimated Claim Amount is $2,000,000;

 

  (g)

any liabilities of any member of the Target Group for corporate income (or equivalent) tax imposed in Australia for the year ended on the Locked Box Date, in respect of which the Estimated Claim Amount is $1,700,000;

 

  (h)

any liabilities of any member of the Target Group for corporate income (or equivalent) tax imposed in Colombia for the year ended on the Locked Box Date, in respect of which the Estimated Claim Amount is $1,900,000;

 

  (i)

any liabilities of any member of the Target Group for corporate income (or equivalent) tax imposed in Japan for the year ended on the Locked Box Date, in respect of which the Estimated Claim Amount is $1,800,000;

 

  (j)

any liabilities of any member of the Target Group for corporate income (or equivalent) tax imposed in Mexico for the year ended on the Locked Box Date, in respect of which the Estimated Claim Amount is $1,300,000;

 

  (k)

any liabilities of any member of the Target Group for corporate income (or equivalent) tax imposed in Singapore for the year ended on the Locked Box Date, in respect of which the Estimated Claim Amount is $1,500,000;

 

  (l)

any liabilities of any member of the Target Group for corporate income (or equivalent) tax imposed in Spain for the year ended on the Locked Box Date, in respect of which the Estimated Claim Amount is $1,500,000; and

 

  (m)

any liabilities of any member of the Target Group for corporate income (or equivalent) tax imposed in any country not referred to in paragraphs (g) to (l) (inclusive) of this definition for the year ended on the Locked Box Date, in respect of which the Estimated Claim Amount is $2,200,000;

CSM means CSM Media Research Co., Ltd, a company duly incorporated and existing under the laws of the PRC;

CSM Cap means $95,000,000 minus all fees, costs, expenses and Tax incurred by the Target Group in connection with any and all CSM Payments;

CSM Equity Transfer Agreement means the sale by SAP of a 25 per cent. interest in CSM to CITV and certain other parties pursuant to an equity transfer agreement dated 30 December 2015 between, among others, SAP and CITV;

 

86


CSM Matter means all communications and negotiations (whether oral or in writing) with: (i) the parties to the CSM Equity Transfer Agreement; (ii) CSM (iii) MOFCOM; and (iv) any other Regulatory Authority in the PRC, in each case in relation to the CSM Equity Transfer Agreement and any and all ancillary documents, the CSM Payment and any matters related thereto;

CSM Payment means:

 

  (a)

all cash sums due and payable to SAP in respect of the sale by SAP of a 25 per cent. interest in CSM to CITV and certain other parties pursuant to the CSM Equity Transfer Agreement (each, a CSM Sale Payment); and

 

  (b)

any cash income, dividend, bonus or other distribution or return of capital, howsoever structured, declared made or paid by CSM to SAP or CTR (each, a CSM Dividend Payment) including, for the avoidance of doubt, the payment of the Undistributed Profits (as defined in the CSM Equity Transfer Agreement);

CSM Post-Completion Payment has the meaning given to it in clause 18.3;

CSM Pre-Completion Payment has the meaning given to it in clause 18.2;

CTR means CTR Market Research Co Ltd., a company duly incorporated and existing under the laws of the PRC;

Data Protection Legislation means all applicable data protection and privacy legislation in force from time to time in all relevant jurisdictions including without limitation, the General Data Protection Regulation 2016/679/EC; the Data Protection Act 2018; the Privacy and Electronic Communications Directive 2002/58/EC (as updated by Directive 2009/136/EC); the Privacy and Electronic Communications Regulations 2003; the Freedom of Information Act 2000; and the guidance and codes of practice issued by relevant data supervisory authorities;

Data Room means the information and documents contained in an electronic data room entitled ‘Summer VDR’ as available to the Purchaser’s Group and its representatives on 10 July 2019 and hosted by Merrill Corporation (including the Q&A section of that electronic data room) as contained on the USB key initialled by or on behalf of the Parent and the Purchaser, the contents of which are detailed in the document entitled “Data Room Index” in the Agreed Form;

Deferred Base Consideration means the amount calculated by the following formula:

(TC –IBC–DBC–DIV–REIN) x (A/B)

Where:

 

   

TC = Total Consideration;

 

   

IBC = Initial Base Consideration;

 

   

DBC = the aggregate Deferred Base Consideration of any prior Deferred Completions;

 

   

DIV = the amount referred to in clause 4.1(e);

 

   

REIN = the amount specified in clause 4.1(d) as at immediately following the relevant Deferred Completion;

 

87


   

A = the Agreed Allocations for all Deferred Target Subsidiaries which are delivered on the relevant Deferred Completion; and

 

   

B = (a) the Agreed Allocations for all Target Companies and Target Subsidiaries; less (b) the Agreed Allocations for all Target Companies, First Completion Target Subsidiaries and Deferred Target Subsidiaries which were delivered pursuant to First Completion or any prior Deferred Completion;

Deferred Completion means each completion of the sale and purchase of any Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in accordance with this agreement;

Deferred Completion Amount has the meaning given to it in clause 4.3;

Deferred Completion Date means each date on which a Deferred Completion occurs;

Deferred Completion Kantar Reorganisation means the group reorganisation to be implemented by the Parent after the First Completion Date in respect of the Deferred Target Subsidiaries to enable such Deferred Target Subsidiaries to be transferred to the Purchaser or a Designated Purchaser (as the case may be) pursuant to the terms of this agreement, including any mergers, dissolutions or liquidations and name changes required, necessary or desirable to implement the group reorganisation, with the exception of: (i) certain Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in Kantar South Africa (Pty) Limited which are held by a third party shareholder in which a member of the Retained Group has a minority stake; and (ii) any Non-Transferable Target Subsidiary Equity Interests, and any and all actions required, necessary or desirable in connection with the foregoing;

Deferred Completion KR Net Debt means the aggregate net intra-group indebtedness of the relevant Deferred Target Subsidiaries arising between the Locked Box Date and the particular Deferred Completion Date, being:

 

  (a)

the aggregate amount of indebtedness (other than Trade Debts) arising between the relevant Deferred Target Subsidiaries to members of the Retained Group (Deferred Completion KR Intra-Group Payables) (whether or not then presently payable and for the avoidance of doubt, including all indebtedness arising in the period regardless of whether it has been settled prior to the applicable Deferred Completion Date), including interest accrued thereon, but only to the extent such indebtedness has not been waived and excluding any amount where a payment to settle such indebtedness has been made and included within (c) below (for the avoidance of doubt to prevent a double count of both the recognition of the liability under (a) and the payment to settle under (c)); less

 

  (b)

the aggregate amount of indebtedness (other than Trade Debts) arising between members of the Retained Group to the relevant Deferred Target Subsidiaries (Deferred Completion KR Intra-Group Receivables) (whether or not then presently payable and for the avoidance of doubt, including all indebtedness arising in the period regardless of whether it has been settled prior to the applicable Deferred Completion Date), including interest accrued thereon, but only to the extent such indebtedness has not been waived and excluding any amount where a payment to settle such indebtedness has been made and included within (d) below (for the avoidance of doubt to prevent a double count of both the recognition of the receivable under (b) and the payment under (d)); plus

 

  (c)

the aggregate amount of cash or in kind payments actually paid or made (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, merely declared) by the relevant Deferred Target Subsidiaries to members of the Retained Group (but for the avoidance of doubt excluding any cash or in

 

88


 

kind payments to settle any Deferred Completion KR Net Debt subsequent to the relevant Deferred Completion Date); less

 

  (d)

the aggregate amount of cash or in kind payments actually received (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, merely agreed, undertaken or otherwise committed to be received), including for any share capitalisation or capital contribution by the relevant Deferred Target Subsidiaries from members of the Retained Group (but for the avoidance of doubt excluding any cash or in kind receipts to settle any Deferred Completion KR Net Debt subsequent to the relevant Deferred Completion Date); plus

 

  (e)

the excess of the total aggregate cash received through the Kantar Reorganisation (under paragraph (d) above), over the total amount of cash paid through the Kantar Reorganisation (under paragraph (c) above),

in each case which is attributable solely and exclusively, to or has been incurred, paid or received as a result of, the Kantar Reorganisation or any cash injection for any share capitalisation, and where applicable, converted into US Dollars at the Exchange Rate. For the avoidance of doubt: (i) any balances reported in the Locked Box Accounts and any Agreed Dividends shall be excluded from Deferred Completion KR Net Debt; and (ii) if (a) less (b) plus (c) less (d) plus (e) is a negative number the balance is a net receivable in favour of the Target Group payable by the Retained Group and if a positive number is a net receivable in favour of the Retained Group payable by the Target Group;

Deferred Consideration Period means the period commencing on the date of this agreement and expiring upon the date of any Exit;

Deferred Cross-held Equity Interests means such proportion of the total Equity Interests in each Target Subsidiary which are held (directly or indirectly) by the Parent but not transferred (indirectly) by the Sellers on First Completion due to one or more outstanding legal or regulatory approvals or restrictions;

Deferred Profit Amount means, in relation to each Deferred Completion, an amount equal to X where X = the Total Headline Base Consideration x (A/B(a)) x C/365 x 4.8 per cent.; where “A” and “B(a)” have the meaning given thereto in the definition of Deferred Base Consideration as applicable to that Deferred Completion and “C” is the number of days in the period beginning on (and including) the day after the Locked Box Date and ending on (and including) that Deferred Completion Date;

Deferred Sellers means the relevant members of the WPP Group which own any Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests at the time of the relevant Deferred Completion at which such Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests are sold to the Purchaser or a Designated Purchaser pursuant to this agreement, and Deferred Seller means any of them;

Deferred Target Subsidiary means any Target Subsidiary in which there are Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests;

Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests means:

 

  (a)

the Purchased Percentage of any Target Subsidiary Equity Interests that, due to any legal or regulatory approval or restriction not being obtained or resolved, cannot be transferred as part of the First Completion Kantar Reorganisation so as to be held directly or indirectly by one of the Sellers at the First Completion Date and which therefore cannot transfer

 

89


 

directly or indirectly to the Purchaser or a Designated Purchaser at First Completion, but not including any Non-Transferable Target Subsidiary Equity Interests; and

 

  (b)

any Deferred Cross-held Equity Interests;

Designated Purchasers means, in respect of each Target Company, the company indicated opposite its name in column 6 of Schedule 1 and, in respect of each Deferred Target Subsidiary, the Purchaser, any Target Company, any First Completion Target Subsidiary or such other entity designated by the Purchaser, in each case, to be agreed in writing between the Purchaser and the Parent both acting reasonably, and Designated Purchaser means any of them;

Disclosed means fairly disclosed to the Purchaser in the Disclosed Information (with sufficient details to identify the nature and scope of the matter disclosed);

Disclosed Information has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2 of Schedule 3;

Disclosure Letter means the letter of the same date as this agreement from the Parent to the Purchaser together with any documents attached or annexed to it or otherwise incorporated in it;

Due Diligence Investigation has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1 of Schedule 3;

Dutch Deeds of Transfer means the notarial deeds to be executed by the Dutch Notary in respect of the transfer of the Dutch Target Companies, in a form reasonably acceptable to both Parties;

Dutch Notary means a civil law notary (notaris) of Allen & Overy LLP of Apollolaan 15, 1077AB, Amsterdam, The Netherlands;

Dutch Put Option Equity Interests means the Equity Interests in Kantar Netherlands B.V. to be transferred under the Dutch Put Option Letter;

Dutch Put Option Letter means the letter dated the same date as this agreement relating to the Dutch Put Option Equity Interests;

Dutch Target Companies means those Target Companies which are incorporated in The Netherlands and Dutch Target Company means either of them;

Dutch Works Council Process has the meaning given to it in clause 24.1;

Electronic Communication means an electronic communication as defined in the UK Electronic Communications Act 2000;

Emergency Situation means a situation which: (i) is an emergency or disaster; or (ii) has or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any member of the Target Group;

Employees means those individuals employed by any member of the Target Group, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Senior Employees, and Employee means any one of them;

Employment Obligations means any and all information and consultation obligations required, necessary or desirable by applicable law or pursuant to any applicable agreement with any trade union, works council or other employee representative group arising out of or in connection with the Kantar Reorganisation and the Transaction in any of the jurisdictions in which the Employees are currently employed (including those referred to in clause 22);

 

90


Encumbrance means any mortgage, charge (fixed or floating), pledge, lien, option, right to acquire, right of pre-emption, assignment by way of security or trust arrangement for the purpose of providing security or other security interest of any kind (including any retention arrangement), or any agreement to create any of the foregoing;

Equity Commitment Letter means the equity commitment letter dated on or about the date of this agreement from certain funds managed and/or advised by Bain Capital Private Equity (Europe), LLP and/or its affiliates to the Parent and the Purchaser;

Equity Interests means issued shares, shares of capital stock, quotas, membership units and interests, partnership interests, limited partnership interests and limited liability company interests;

Estimate Excess has the meaning given to it in clause 16.2;

Estimate Shortfall has the meaning given to it in clause 16.3;

Estimated Claim Amount means:

 

  (a)

in respect of each Litigation Claim, the amount set out against each Litigation Claim in the Estimated Claims Schedule; and

 

  (b)

in respect of a Contingent Tax Liability, the amount specified as such in the definition of “Contingent Tax Liability”;

Estimated Claims Schedule means the document entitled “Estimated Claims Schedule”, in the Agreed Form;

EU Merger Regulation means Council Regulation (EC) No. 139/2004;

Exchange Rate means the closing rate of US Dollars as compared to the relevant other currency provided by Bloomberg two Business Days prior to the applicable date or dates, or as otherwise required by applicable law;

Excluded Services means each service defined as an ‘Excluded Service’ in either the IT Transitional Services Agreement or the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement;

Exit has the meaning given to it in the Shareholders’ Agreement;

EY Acquisition Steps Paper means the steps paper entitled “WPP – Project Summer – Acquisition Steps” prepared by EY dated 11 July 2019 in the Agreed Form or in such amended form as may be agreed in writing by the Parties after the date of this agreement;

EY Due Diligence Reports means the vendor financial due diligence report and the vendor tax due diligence report dated 8 March 2019 prepared by EY in connection with the Transaction;

Final Claim Amount means:

 

  (a)

in respect of a particular Litigation Claim, the aggregate of all damages, fines, penalties, liabilities, losses, actions, demands, costs and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel and all other fees and expenses incurred in connection with the compliance by the Target Group with the terms of Schedule 9 in respect of such Litigation Claim, including in each case any irrecoverable VAT incurred thereon, but excluding any amount previously taken into account in calculating any Interim Claim Reduction Amount in respect of such Litigation Claim)

 

91


 

incurred by or on behalf of the relevant member of the Target Group in respect of the relevant Litigation Claim; or

 

  (b)

in respect of a particular Contingent Tax Liability, the aggregate of all Tax, interest, fines, penalties, and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel, and all other fees and expenses, and including in each case any irrecoverable VAT incurred thereon, but excluding any amount previously taken into account in calculating any Interim Claim Reduction Amount in respect of such Contingent Tax Liability) incurred by the relevant member of the Target Group in respect of that Contingent Tax Liability;

Final Claim Determination means the expiry of the applicable statute of limitation period or other relevant time bar in respect of a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability or, if earlier, the date that a Litigation Claim or (as applicable) Contingent Tax Liability is finally settled or compromised, whether voluntarily by (or on behalf of) the relevant claimant or as a result of withdrawal, agreement, settlement or final determination by a court or regulatory or Tax authority of competent jurisdiction (and where no appeal is possible or permitted or where no appeal is lodged within the applicable time limit) and, in the case only of a Contingent Tax Liability, the discharge of the relevant liability by a member of the Retained Group at no cost to the relevant member of the Target Group;

Final Claim Notice has the meaning given to it in clause 16.1;

First Completion means completion of the sale and purchase of the Target Company Equity Interests in accordance with this agreement;

First Completion Amount has the meaning given to it in clause 4.2;

First Completion Date means the date on which First Completion occurs;

First Completion Kantar Reorganisation means the group reorganisation which, since the Locked Box Date has been, and after the date of this agreement will continue to be, implemented by the Parent so as to result in the Sellers holding indirectly the Target Subsidiary Equity Interests, including the transfer to (a) Firefly Market Research India Private Limited by Kantar Analytics India Private Limited; (b) Kantar Thailand Limited by Millward Brown Firefly Limited; and (c) PT Kantar Indonesia International by PT Wira Pamungkas Pariwara of its their respective assets and liabilities which in each case relate exclusively to the Kantar Business and also including the transfers referred to in sub-paragraph (w) of the definition of Permitted Leakage and any mergers, dissolutions or liquidations and name changes required, necessary or desirable to implement the group reorganisation, with the exception of: (i) certain Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in Kantar South Africa (Pty) Limited which are held by a third party shareholder in which a member of the Retained Group has a minority stake; and (ii) any Non-Transferable Target Subsidiary Equity Interests, and any and all actions required, necessary or desirable in connection with the foregoing;

First Completion KR Net Debt means the aggregate net intra-group indebtedness of the Target Companies and First Completion Target Subsidiaries arising between the Locked Box Date and the First Completion Date, being:

 

  (a)

the aggregate amount of indebtedness (other than Trade Debts) arising between the Target Companies and First Completion Target Subsidiaries to members of the Retained Group (First Completion KR Intra-Group Payables) (whether or not then payable and for the avoidance of doubt, including all indebtedness arising in the period regardless of whether it has been settled prior to the First Completion Date), including interest accrued thereon, but

 

92


 

only to the extent such indebtedness has not been waived and excluding any amount where a payment to settle such indebtedness has been made and included within (c) below (for the avoidance of doubt to prevent a double count of both the recognition of the liability under (a) and the payment to settle under (c)); less

 

  (b)

the aggregate amount of indebtedness (other than Trade Debts) arising between members of the Retained Group to the Target Companies and First Completion Target Subsidiaries (First Completion KR Intra-Group Receivables) (whether or not then payable and for the avoidance of doubt, including all indebtedness arising in the prior regardless of whether it has been settled prior to the First Completion Date), including interest accrued thereon, but only to the extent such indebtedness has not been waived and excluding any amount where a payment to settle such indebtedness has been made and included within (d) below (for the avoidance of doubt to prevent a double count of both the recognition of the receivable under (b) and the payment under (d)); plus

 

  (c)

the aggregate amount of cash or in kind payments actually paid or made (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, merely declared) by the Target Companies and First Completion Target Subsidiaries to members of the Retained Group (but for the avoidance of doubt excluding any cash or in kind payments to settle any First Completion KR Net Debt subsequent to First Completion Date); less

 

  (d)

the aggregate amount of cash or in kind payments actually received (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, merely agreed, undertaken or otherwise committed to be received), including for any share capitalisation or capital contribution by the Target Companies and the First Completion Target Subsidiaries from members of the Retained Group (but for the avoidance of doubt excluding any cash or in kind receipts to settle any First Completion KR Net Debt subsequent to First Completion Date); plus

 

  (e)

the excess of the total aggregate cash received through the Kantar Reorganisation (under paragraph (d) above), over the total amount of cash paid through the Kantar Reorganisation (under paragraph (c) above),

in each case which is attributable solely and exclusively to, or has been incurred, paid or received as a result of, the Kantar Reorganisation or any cash injection for any share capitalisation, and where applicable, converted into US Dollars at the Exchange Rate. For the avoidance of doubt: (i) any balances reported in the Locked Box Accounts and any Agreed Dividends shall be excluded from First Completion KR Net Debt; and (ii) if (a) less (b) plus (c) less (d) plus (e) is a negative number the balance is a net receivable in favour of the Target Group payable by the Retained Group and if a positive number is a net receivable in favour of the Retained Group payable by the Target Group;

First Completion Target Subsidiaries means any Target Subsidiaries in which the Sellers hold or are deemed to hold indirectly any Target Subsidiary Equity Interests immediately prior to First Completion and which will transfer on the First Completion Date pursuant to the terms of this agreement, and First Completion Target Subsidiary means any of them;

First Long Stop Date means 12 February 2020;

Foreign Investment Approvals means the following approvals by a Regulatory Authority which are mandatory under rules regulating inward foreign investment other than on competition-related grounds for the transfer of the Target Subsidiary Equity Interests pursuant to the terms of this agreement, being in respect of the Target Subsidiaries having assets and/or operating in Germany (including Infratest dimap Gesellschaft für Trend- und Wahlforschung GmbH, a filing has been made with the German Federal Ministry for Economic Affairs and Energy (BMWi) according to

 

93


sec. 55 seq. of the German Foreign Trade Ordinance (AWV) and: (i) the BMWi having granted a clearance certificate (Unbedenklichkeitsbescheinigung) pursuant to sec. 58 para. 1 AWV; (ii) a clearance certificate is deemed to be granted, because the BMWi has not opened an examination procedure within two months after receipt of the notification pursuant to sec. 58 para. 2 AWV; (iii) the three-month period for the taking up of the procedure pursuant to sec. 55 para. 3 AWV expires without the BMWi having informed the Purchaser of the initiation of an investigation procedure; or (iv) the four-month examination period pursuant to sec. 59 para. 1 AWV expires after receipt of the notification, in each case without the BMWi having prohibited the transfer of such Target Subsidiary Equity Interests pursuant to the terms of this agreement;

French Commercial Code means the French Code de commerce;

French Labour Code means the French Code du travail;

French Put Option Equity Interests means the Equity Interests in Kantar TNS-MB SAS, Kantar Consulting SAS and each of their direct and indirect Target Subsidiaries;

French Put Option Letter means the letter dated the same date as this agreement relating to the French Put Option Equity Interests;

Fundamental Warranties means the warranties in paragraphs 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.5 and 1.7(a) to (c) of Schedule 3;

Fundamental Warranty Claim means a claim by the Purchaser the basis of which is that a Fundamental Warranty is not or is alleged not to be true and accurate;

Global Competition Approvals means those antitrust approvals which are set out in clause 6.1(a);

Hamon Law Information Process has the meaning given to it in clause 24.5;

HTA means Hindustan Thompson Associates Private Limited, a company incorporated in India with registered number U99999MH1938PTC002771 and registered office at Peninsula Chambers, Ganpat Rao Kadam Marg, Lower Parel, Mumbai 400013, Maharashtra, India;

HTA Demerger means the demerger of the HTA Retained Business formerly operated by HTA into a newly-incorporated company, HTAP, pursuant to a scheme of arrangement under the Indian Companies Act 2013;

HTA Retained Business means any business transferred to HTAP pursuant to the terms of the HTA Demerger;

HTAP means Hindustan Thompson Advertising Private Limited, a company incorporated in India with registered number U74999MH2019FTC323334 and registered office at Peninsula Chambers, Ganpat Rao Kadam Marg, Lower Parel, Mumbai 400013, Maharashtra, India;

IBM has the meaning given to it in the IT Transitional Services Agreement;

Information Memorandum means the information memorandum describing the Target Group and the Kantar Business dated 15 March 2019;

Information Technology means computer systems, network and communication systems and equipment, software and hardware;

 

94


Infrastructure MSA has the meaning given to it in the IT Transitional Services Agreement;

Initial Base Consideration means the amount calculated by the following formula:

((TC – $666,710,585) x (A/B)) + $666,710,585 –REIN – US DIV

Where:

TC = Total Consideration;

US DIV = the amount specified in clause 4.1(e);

REIN = the amount specified in clause 4.1(d) as at immediately following First Completion;

A = (a) the Agreed Allocations for all Target Companies and First Completion Target Subsidiaries; less (b) $666,710,585; and

B = (a) the Agreed Allocations for all Target Companies and Target Subsidiaries; less (b) $666,710,585;

Initial Profit Amount means an amount equal to X where X = the Total Headline Base Consideration x (A(a)/B(a)) x (C/365) x 4.8 per cent.; where “A(a)” and “B(a)” have the meaning given thereto in the definition of Initial Base Consideration and “C” is the number of days in the period beginning on (and including) the day after the Locked Box Date and ending on (and including) the First Completion Date;

Intellectual Property Rights means: (i) copyright, patents, database rights and rights in trade marks, designs, know-how and confidential information (whether registered or unregistered); (ii) applications for registration, and rights to apply for registration, of any of the foregoing rights; and (iii) all other intellectual property rights and equivalent or similar forms of protection existing anywhere in the world;

Interim Claim Reduction means:

 

  (a)

in respect of a particular Litigation Claim, or any Contingent Tax Liability of a member of the Target Group within paragraph (b), (d) (in relation to which any reference below to an amount claimed shall be taken to include any fine or other amount imposed or sought to be imposed by the relevant authority in Germany) or (f) of the definition of “Contingent Tax Liability”:

 

  (i)

where proceedings are issued by a counterparty in respect of such Litigation Claim or Contingent Tax Liability after the date of this agreement, the aggregate amount claimed in the relevant claim form (or equivalent document in any jurisdiction) is less than the Estimated Claim Amount;

 

  (ii)

where proceedings have been issued by a counterparty in respect of such Litigation Claim or Contingent Tax Liability prior to the date of this agreement, the aggregate amount being claimed is subsequently reduced to below the Estimated Claim Amount, as evidenced by new or amended filings at a court of competent jurisdiction;

 

  (iii)

the actual or potential amount being claimed against the relevant member of the Target Group in respect of such Litigation Claim or Contingent Tax Liability is

 

95


 

voluntarily and irrevocably reduced to below the Estimated Claim Amount, as evidenced by correspondence from the relevant counterparty’s counsel; or

 

  (iv)

a court of competent jurisdiction makes a ruling (from which no appeal is possible or permitted or where no appeal is lodged within the applicable time limit) limiting or disallowing any part of the relevant Litigation Claim or Contingent Tax Liability, the effect of which is to reduce the amount recoverable from the relevant member of the Target Group in respect of such Litigation Claim or Contingent Tax Liability to below the Estimated Claim Amount; or

 

  (b)

in relation to any Contingent Tax Liability of a member of the Target Group within paragraph (a) of the definition of “Contingent Tax Liability” for a particular tax year, any of: (i) the completion of a tax audit in relation to that member of the Target Group in respect of that tax year; (ii) the expiry of applicable statute of limitations in respect of that member of the Target Group’s corporate income tax liability in respect of that tax year, in which case the Interim Claim Reduction Amount (if any) is the amount by which the amount of corporate income tax payable in respect of that tax year by that member of the Target Group is reduced by reason of the relevant deductions in respect of goodwill amortisation;

 

  (c)

in relation to any Contingent Tax Liability within paragraph (c) or (e) of the definition of “Contingent Tax Liability” for a particular tax year, the earlier of: (i) the expiry of the period in which a relevant Tax Authority is entitled to open an audit in respect of a relevant member of the Target Group in relation to a relevant Tax for that tax year; and (ii) the expiry of the applicable statute of limitations in respect of a relevant member of the Target Group in relation to a relevant Tax for that tax year, in which case the Interim Claim Reduction Amount is the amount (if any) by which the amount of the relevant Tax payable by the relevant member of the Target Group for the relevant tax year is less than the amount included in respect thereof in the Estimated Claim Amount; and

 

  (d)

in relation to any Contingent Tax Liability within paragraphs (g) to (m) (inclusive) of the definition of “Contingent Tax Liability”, the aggregate amount of corporate income (or equivalent) tax shown in the final tax returns of the relevant members of the Target Group for the year ended on the Locked Box Date is less than the Estimated Claim Amount and none of the amounts in question has been disputed within one year of the filing of those returns (or at any later time there are no open disputes in relation to those returns and the amount of such tax assessed on those members of the Target Group remains less than the Estimated Claim Amount), in which case the Interim Claim Reduction Amount is the difference between the Estimated Claim Amount and the amount shown in those returns or (as applicable) the amount so assessed;

Interim Claim Reduction Amount means:

 

  (a)

in respect of a particular Litigation Claim, or any Contingent Tax Liability of a member of the Target Group within paragraph (b), (d) (in relation to which any reference below to an amount claimed shall be taken to include any fine or other amount imposed or sought to be imposed by the relevant authority in Germany) or (f) of the definition of “Contingent Tax Liability”, the difference between the amount being claimed against the relevant member of the Target Group following an Interim Claim Reduction (plus all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel and all other fees and expenses incurred in connection with the compliance by the Target Group with the terms of Schedule 9 in respect of such Litigation Claim), including in each case any irrecoverable VAT incurred thereon) and the Estimated Claim Amount; and

 

96


  (b)

in respect of a particular Contingent Tax Liability within paragraph (a), (c), (e) or (g) to (l) (inclusive) of the definition of “Contingent Tax Liability”, the amount specified in the definition of “Interim Claim Reduction” in respect of a Contingent Tax Liability of that kind;

Interim Claim Reduction Notice has the meaning given to it in clause 16.4;

Intra-Group Payables means the aggregate amount of financial indebtedness (other than Trade Debts) owing by the members of the Target Group to members of the Retained Group at the relevant time;

Intra-Group Receivables means the aggregate amount of financial indebtedness (other than Trade Debts) owing by members of the Retained Group to members of the Target Group at the relevant time;

IT Transitional Services Agreement means the technology services transitional services agreement to be entered into between WPP 2005 Limited and such member(s) of the Purchaser’s Group and/or the Target Group as the Purchaser shall designate prior to First Completion, in the Agreed Form;

JV Group Company means a member of the Group (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement);

Kantar Business means the global data, research, consulting and analytics business of the WPP Group which will be the subject of the joint venture between the Parent and the Purchaser pursuant to this agreement and the Shareholders’ Agreement, including the business of the Target Group;

Kantar LLC means Kantar LLC a limited liability company incorporated in Delaware and whose registered office is at 3411 Silverside Road, Tattnall Building #104, Wilmington, DE 19810, USA;

Kantar Reorganisation means, collectively, the First Completion Kantar Reorganisation and the Deferred Completion Kantar Reorganisation;

Kantar Reorganisation/CCD Tax Claim means any claim under the Tax Deed in respect of (a) a Tax Liability falling within clause 1.1(f) of the Tax Deed and/or (b) a Tax Liability arising as a result of the assignment/transfer of the compulsory convertible debentures (the CCDs) issued by Firefly Market Research India Private Limited from WPP Singapore Pte Ltd to Kantar Singapore Pte Ltd (as referred to in subparagraph (y) of the definition of Permitted Leakage below) (and in this definition the term “Tax Liability” has the meaning given in the Tax Deed). For the avoidance of any doubt the Parties agree that the transaction which effected such assignment/transfer of the CCDs is not part of the First Completion Kantar Reorganisation or the Deferred Completion Kantar Reorganisation for the purposes of this agreement or the Tax Deed;

Leakage means:

 

  (a)

any dividend (in cash or kind) or distribution declared, paid or made (whether actual or deemed) by a member of the Target Group to or for the benefit of the Parent or any member of the Retained Group;

 

  (b)

any payment made or accrued (or future benefits granted) to or liabilities assumed, indemnified, guaranteed, secured or incurred for the benefit of (whether direct or indirect), the Parent or any member of the Retained Group or any director, officer or employee of the Parent or any member of the Retained Group by any member of the Target Group (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any payments of base salary and accrued bonuses,

 

97


 

and the provision of all other emoluments, pensions and benefits, to Employees, in each case in the ordinary course of business);

 

  (c)

any payments made or agreed to be made or accrued by any member of the Target Group to or for the benefit of the Parent or any member of the Retained Group or any director, officer or employee of the Parent or any member of the Retained Group in respect of the redemption, purchase or repayment of any share or loan capital or other securities issued by any member of the Target Group to the Parent or any member of the Retained Group or any other return of capital;

 

  (d)

the waiver, release or discount by any member of the Target Group of any amount or obligation owed to that member by the Parent or any member of the Retained Group or any director, officer or employee of the Parent or any member of the Retained Group;

 

  (e)

the purchase by any member of the Target Group from the Parent or any member of the Retained Group or any director, officer or employee of the Parent or any member of the Retained Group of any assets to the extent not on arms-length-terms, or any other transaction to or for the benefit of the Parent or any member of the Retained Group or any director, officer or employee of them to the extent not on arms-length-terms;

 

  (f)

the transfer by any member of the Target Group to the Parent or any member of the Retained Group or any director, officer or employee of the Parent or any member of the Retained Group of any assets to the extent that such transfer is at less than market value;

 

  (g)

except where such payment or accrual is required or arises as a result of the provisions of this agreement, any payment or accrual by any member of the Target Group of any fees, costs or expenses (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, any professional adviser costs or transaction or sale bonuses or brokerage or commission or change of control consent fees, and whether relating to the sale of the Target Group, its separation from the Retained Group or otherwise) to any person in connection with the Transaction;

 

  (h)

any agreement or arrangement made or entered into by a member of the Target Group to do or give effect to any matter referred to in (a) to (g) above;

 

  (i)

the Parent Specified Transaction Expenses (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any employer’s National Insurance contributions (or any equivalent outside the United Kingdom); and

 

  (j)

any Taxation or amount in respect thereof incurred by any member of the Target Group in connection with any matter referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above,

but excluding any Permitted Leakage, and in each case net of (to the extent attributable to the relevant items of Leakage): (i) any amount in respect of VAT which is recoverable as input tax by a member of the Target Group or representative member of the VAT group of which that member of the Target Group is a member in any VAT period prior to or current at First Completion or Deferred Completion (as applicable to that member of the Target Group) or the immediately subsequent accounting period (to the extent then quantifiable with reasonable certainty); and (ii) any reduction in Taxation actually payable by a member of the Target Group in any accounting period prior to or current at First Completion or Deferred Completion (as applicable to that member of the Target Group) or the immediately subsequent accounting period (to the extent then quantifiable with reasonable certainty);

 

98


Leakage Interest has the meaning given in clause 10.3;

Litigation Claim means any of the claims included in the Estimated Claims Schedule;

Locked Box Accounts means the unaudited combined balance sheet of the Target Group as at the Locked Box Date prepared from the data reported in the Parent’s financial reporting system (SAP BFC), in the Agreed Form;

Locked Box Date means 31 December 2018;

Management Accounts means the excel databook presenting the Target Group as at and for the period ended the end of each month from the Locked Box Date until 31 May 2019, in the Agreed Form;

Management Presentations means the management presentations held between representatives of the Parent and the Purchaser on: (i) 19 March 2019; (ii) 15 May 2019; (ii) 16 May 2019; and (iii) 29 May 2019 and the accompanying materials disclosed in the folder of the Data Room entitled ‘NEON’;

Master Entity Spreadsheet means the document in the Agreed Form which lists each Target Subsidiary and setting out in respect of each Target Subsidiary the following information: company name; registered number; jurisdiction of incorporation; issued capital; the names of each shareholder; and the Equity Interests held by such shareholder(s);

Material Contracts means (a) those agreements contained in section 12 of the Data Room; and (b) all agreements within the scope of the “Documents requested” column of Appendix 1 (Scope of review) to the legal vendor due diligence report (Volume One dated on 2 May 2019; Volume Two, Part One dated on 18 May 2019; and Volume Two, Part Two dated on 29 May 2019) prepared by the Parent’s Solicitors (and Other Legal Counsel, as defined therein) in the rows titled “Commercial agreements – Customer”, “Commercial agreements – Supplier” and “Commercial agreements – IT” of such Appendix, and Material Contract means any of them;

Matter for Separation Expert Determination has the meaning given to it in clause 23.9;

MOFCOM means the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC or its relevant local delegate authority, as appropriate, that is competent to approve the CSM Equity Transfer Agreement;

New US JVCo means Summer (BC) US JVCo SCSp, which is also referred to as the US JV SCSp in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper which the Parent undertakes to have incorporated within the WPP Group pursuant to clause 7.6;

Non-Cash Proceeds has the meaning given in clause 3.1(d);

Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement means the operational transitional services agreement to be entered into between WPP 2005 Limited and such member(s) of the Purchaser’s Group and/or the Target Group as the Purchaser shall designate prior to First Completion, in the Agreed Form (subject to clauses 23.4 to 23.16);

Non-Tax Claim means a Warranty Claim other than a Tax Warranty Claim;

 

99


Non-Transferable Target Subsidiary Equity Interests means:

 

  (a)

any Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in a Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary where one or more third party shareholders in such Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary elect(s) to exercise any right (whether contractual, statutory or otherwise) to acquire or effect the acquisition of such Target Subsidiary Equity Interests or prevent the transfer of such Target Subsidiary Equity Interests pursuant to the Kantar Reorganisation or pursuant to the terms of this agreement;

 

  (b)

any Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in a Target Subsidiary where any Foreign Investment Approval, any Other Competition Approval or any other approval by a Regulatory Authority (but not a Global Competition Approval) is not granted so as to prevent the transfer of such Target Subsidiary Equity Interests pursuant to the Kantar Reorganisation or pursuant to the terms of this agreement;

 

  (c)

the Dutch Put Option Equity Interests where no Exercise Notice under the Dutch Put Option Letter is received by the party to be served with such notice (as referred to in clauses 24.2 and 24.3) on or before the date falling 20 Business Days before the Second Long Stop Date (or such shorter period prior to the Second Long Stop Date as the Parties may in writing agree);

 

  (d)

the French Put Option Equity Interests where no notice exercising the option under the French Put Option Letter is received by the party to be served with such notice (as referred to in clauses 24.7 and 24.8) on or before the date falling 20 Business Days before the Second Long Stop Date (or such shorter period prior to the Second Long Stop Date as the Parties may in writing agree);

 

  (e)

any Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in any Target Subsidiaries held directly or indirectly by AUNZ where the transfer of such Target Subsidiaries pursuant to the Kantar Reorganisation and the terms of this agreement does not receive the approval of the independent board committee of AUNZ in accordance with the AUNZ Majority Shareholder Deed or an ordinary resolution approving the transfer of such Target Subsidiaries for the purposes of Chapter 2E of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), (unless determined not to be required by ASX Limited) ASX Listing Rule 10.1 and for all other purposes is not passed at a duly convened meeting of shareholders of AUNZ; and

 

  (f)

any Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in any Target Subsidiaries held directly or indirectly by Scangroup where an ordinary resolution approving the transfer of such Target Subsidiaries pursuant to the Kantar Reorganisation and this agreement is not passed at a duly convened meeting of shareholders of Scangroup;

Non-Wholly Owned Target Subsidiary means a Target Subsidiary in which the Parent does not (directly or indirectly) own all the Equity Interests;

Novated IT Contracts means:

 

  (a)

the agreement for the provision of data centre colocation services dated 4 December 2012 between WPP 2005 Limited and Cyxtera Technology UK Limited;

 

  (b)

the ELA order dated 10 July 2008 between WPP Group USA, Inc. and VMware, Inc. (VMware contract # 30193); and

 

  (c)

the ELA order dated 29 June 2009 between WPP 2005 Limited and VMware, Inc. (VMware contract # 40431),

 

100


and includes, in each case, all orders, purchase orders, statements of work, subscriptions and similar agreements entered into under any such agreement;

Other Competition Approvals means any approval that the Purchaser determines in its sole discretion (acting reasonably and in good faith) is required by a Regulatory Authority on competition-related grounds for the transfer of any Target Subsidiary Equity Interests pursuant to the terms of this agreement but not including the Global Competition Approvals;

Outside-Perimeter Tax Claim means any claim under the Tax Deed in respect of an Actual Tax Liability falling within clause 1.1(c)(i) of the Tax Deed, or in respect of any Deemed Tax Liability arising in circumstances where an Actual Tax Liability falling within clause 1.1(c)(i) of the Tax Deed would have arisen but for the use or set-off of a Purchaser’s Relief (and in this definition the terms “Actual Tax Liability”, “Deemed Tax Liability” and “Purchaser’s Relief” have the meanings given in the Tax Deed);

Parent Board Recommendation means a unanimous recommendation from the Parent’s directors that the shareholders of the Parent vote in favour of the Parent Shareholder Resolution;

Parent General Meeting has the meaning given to it in clause 6.1(b);

Parent Proportion means, in respect of any member of the Retained Group which is not wholly owned directly or indirectly by the Parent, the proportion of its equity securities which is directly or indirectly owned by the Parent;

Parent Specified Transaction Expenses means the transaction expenses of the Parent as specified and as expressly stated as being “the Parent Specified Transaction Expenses” in a letter from the Parent to the Purchaser dated on or around the date of this agreement in the Agreed Form;

Parent’s Circular means the circular to be despatched by the Parent to its shareholders in connection with the Transaction in accordance with clause 6 (which shall include: (i) a confirmation from each of the Parent’s directors that they will exercise all of the voting rights attached to shares owned or controlled by them in favour of the resolution approving the Transaction; and (ii) a description acceptable to the Purchaser of the drag-along rights to which the WPP Group will following First Completion be subject pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement);

Parent’s Solicitors means Allen & Overy LLP of One Bishops Square, London E1 6AD;

Permitted Leakage means:

 

  (a)

time spent and services provided by the Employees in connection with the Transaction;

 

  (b)

any payments to be made to the Parent, the Sellers or any Deferred Seller pursuant to, or for breach of, any of the Transaction Documents and/or any of the documents entered into to implement the EY Acquisition Steps Paper by any member of the Target Group;

 

  (c)

any transaction undertaken pursuant to the Kantar Reorganisation, including all dividends, distributions, payments and cash movements and the creation of, alterations to and waivers of intra group debt balances related to such transactions, or the EY Acquisition Steps Paper;

 

  (d)

any payments to be made by or on behalf of any member of the Target Group to the Parent or any member of the Retained Group in settlement of inter-company debt, or by way of the distribution referred to in clause 4.1(e);

 

101


  (e)

any payments or settlement under the cash pooling arrangements in place within the WPP Group (the Cash Pooling Arrangements) in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or in accordance with clause 23.31;

 

  (f)

any payments in respect of Agreed Dividends;

 

  (g)

any First Completion KR Net Debt and any Deferred Completion KR Net Debt;

 

  (h)

any payments, fees, costs, expenses or other amounts for which a specific provision, accrual or liability has been expressly made in the Locked Box Accounts;

 

  (i)

any payments made or to be made by or on behalf of any member of the Target Group in respect of costs (or Tax payments) reasonably and properly incurred by the Parent or the Retained Group on behalf and for the benefit of the Target Group either:

 

  (i)

in the ordinary course of business on an arm’s length basis at no more than fair market value; or

 

  (ii)

pursuant to the terms of contracts which have been Disclosed,

and, in either case, charged or recharged to the Target Group, but provided that this shall not apply in respect of any fees, costs and/or expenses relating to the Transaction;

 

  (j)

the provision of goods or services (including head office costs) by either the Parent or any member of the Retained Group or the Target Group and the payment for such goods or services by either the Parent or any member of the Retained Group or the Target Group to the extent such provision or payment is:

 

  (i)

in the ordinary course of business on an arm’s length basis at no more than fair market value; or

 

  (ii)

pursuant to the terms of arrangements which have been Disclosed,

but provided that this shall not apply in respect of any fees, costs and/or expenses relating to the Transaction;

 

  (k)

any payment to be made or liability, cost or expense incurred in connection with the preparation of any notifications, filings or other material documentation prior to their submission to any relevant Regulatory Authority pursuant to clause 6.1 of this agreement by or on behalf of any member of the Target Group;

 

  (l)

any matter undertaken at the written request of the Purchaser before First Completion or, in respect of any Deferred Target Subsidiary, before the relevant Deferred Completion, which in each case the Purchaser explicitly agrees at the relevant time or thereafter constitutes Permitted Leakage;

 

  (m)

the payment of any Tax Consolidation Payment Amount;

 

  (n)

any surrender of Group Relief (as defined in the Tax Deed) or payment for Group Relief, in each case in accordance with the provisions of the Tax Deed;

 

  (o)

any payment to any member of the Retained Group to settle any third party liabilities of and incurred for the benefit of the Target Group in the ordinary course and consistent with

 

102


 

past practice, but provided that this shall not apply in respect of any Tax (except to the extent that: (i) such third party liabilities consist of amounts payable in respect of recoverable VAT; (ii) such payment is made by a Tax-Consolidated Target Group Company in respect of a Tax liability of, or attributable to income, profits or gains of, or supplies, acquisitions or importations by, that Tax-Consolidated Target Group Company arising in the ordinary course of business between the Locked Box Date and Completion that is to be discharged under a Tax Consolidation by a member of the Retained Group, or any fees, costs and/or expenses relating to the Transaction;

 

  (p)

the sale of the Argentinian Land to any member of the Retained Group for up to $11 million in cash and the payment of the proceeds of such sale (net of fees, costs, expenses and Tax incurred by the Target Group in connection with such sale and payment(s)), whether by distribution or otherwise, to any member of the Retained Group;

 

  (q)

the sale of the Target Group’s approximately 4.9% shareholding in Auga Technologies Limited to any member of the Retained Group and the payment of the proceeds of such sale (net of fees, costs, expenses and Tax incurred by the Target Group in connection with such sale and payment(s)), whether by distribution or otherwise, to any member of the Retained Group;

 

  (r)

the sale by WPP France Holdings SAS, being a member of the Retained Group, of its 25.12% shareholding in CVDM Solutions SAS, together with its subsidiaries Planorama Brasil Ltda, Planorama Europe Kft, Planorama North America, LLC and Planorama PTE Ltd (which shareholding is included in the Locked Box Accounts as an asset) and the retention of the proceeds of such sale by WPP France Holdings SAS;

 

  (s)

any payments made to the JWT Pension and Life Assurance Scheme due under a schedule of contributions operating under section 227 of the Pensions Act 2004 or (up to a maximum amount of £1 million) under section 75 of the Pensions Act 1995;

 

  (t)

the payment of separation costs which are properly costs of the Target Group in relation to the separation of the Target Group from the Retained Group in connection with the Transaction, excluding $15 million of separation costs incurred pursuant to the IT Transitional Services Agreement;

 

  (u)

any amount paid or asset transferred under clause 11;

 

  (v)

any payments made pursuant to clauses 16, 17 and/or 18;

 

  (w)

the sale by:

 

  (i)

Taylor Nelson Sofres B.V. of its entire shareholding in: (A) TNS Overseas Media Holdings for €204,526,848 to WPP Jubilee Limited; (B) TNS Finance Limited for €8,872,280 to WPP Jubilee Limited; and (C) WPP Luxembourg Europe S.à r.l. for €302,903,000 to Arbour Square B.V.; and

 

  (ii)

TNS International Limited of its entire shareholding in TNS Overseas Media Holdings for €71,788,924, to WPP Jubilee Limited (to be settled in British pounds sterling in an amount of £61,415,796);

 

  (x)

all payments made by or on behalf of Kantar LLC and Kantar Group Limited to Apex Financial Services (Trustees) Limited (as trustee of the WPP Group plc UK ESOP Trust

 

103


 

and the WPP Group Plc Grantor Trust as applicable) pursuant to the terms and subject to the limitations of the Recharge Agreements;

 

  (y)

the payment by Kantar Singapore Pte Ltd of SGD 26,255,880 to WPP Singapore Pte Ltd (a member of the Retained Group) as consideration for the acquisition by Kantar Singapore Pte Ltd of the compulsorily convertible debentures each of INR 100 (numbered 1 – 13,566,413) issued by Firefly Market Research India Private Limited to WPP Singapore Pte Ltd on 24 February 2016;

 

  (z)

an amount of €29,144,000 which (i) as at the Locked Box Date was an Intra-Group Receivable payable to Kantar Shared Services GmbH & Co KG by WPP Deutschland Holding GmbH & Co KG (a member of the Retained Group) but does not appear in the Locked Box Accounts and (ii) which has since the Locked Box Date been repaid by WPP Deutschland Holding GmbH & Co KG, and the use of the amount repaid by members of the Target Group (a) in part to fund payments in respect of the First Completion Kantar Reorganisation or the Deferred Completion Kantar Reorganisation and (b) in part to make additional payments to members of the Retained Group; and

 

  (aa)

the following payments made or liabilities incurred in connection with the Proposed HTA Dividend:

 

  (i)

any amount of dividend distribution tax incurred in respect of the portion of the Proposed HTA Dividend paid to WPP Holdings (Mauritius) Ltd., up to a maximum of INR 67,908,601; and

 

  (ii)

any payment in respect of the Proposed HTA Dividend made to former directors, officers or employees of HTA who are, following the HTA Demerger, directors, officers or employees of HTAP or any other member of the Retained Group;

PRC means the People’s Republic of China which, for the purposes of this agreement, excludes the Hong Kong SAR, the Macau SAR and Taiwan;

Pre-Deferred Completion Statement has the meaning given to it in clause 9.6;

Pre-First Completion Equivalent Non-IT TSA Services means the services (other than any information technology services) provided (or procured) by any member of the Retained Group to the Kantar Business prior to the First Completion Date, other than the Excluded Services, and Pre-First Completion Equivalent Non-IT Service means any of them;

Pre-First Completion Equivalent RTSA Services means the services provided (or procured) by any member of the Target Group to the Retained Group prior to the First Completion Date;

Pre-First Completion Statement has the meaning given to it in clause 8.2;

Pre-Sale Proportion means, in respect of each member of the Target Group, the proportion of the Equity Interests in the relevant member of the Target Group that is directly or indirectly held by the Parent immediately prior to First Completion or Deferred Completion (as applicable to that member of the Target Group);

Principal Countries means Argentina, Australia, Brazil, the People’s Republic of China, Denmark France, Germany, India, Indonesia, Italy, Korea, Mexico, The Netherlands, the Philippines, the Republic of South Africa, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, UK and USA, and Principal Country means any of them;

 

104


Project Summer Summary of Funds Flows means the spreadsheet entitled “Project Summer – Summary of Funds Flows” dated 10 July 2019 in the Agreed Form;

Properties means each of the properties shortly described in Schedule 6 and Property means any of them;

Proposed HTA Dividend means the cash dividend proposed to be paid by HTA between First Completion and 31 January 2020 in an aggregate amount (excluding any amount paid by HTA which is attributable to the HTA Retained Business) of INR 446,452,834;

Provider has the meaning given in paragraph 8.3 of Schedule 3;

Purchased Percentage means in respect of the Equity Interests in the Target Companies and the Deferred Target Subsidiaries, such percentage thereof which is transferred:

 

  (a)

in the case of Kantar Consulting SAS and Kantar TNS-MB SAS, pursuant to Step 12a;

 

  (b)

in the case of Research SA B.V., pursuant to Step 15;

 

  (c)

in the case of Kantar Square Two B.V., pursuant to Step 16;

 

  (d)

in the case of New US JVCo pursuant to Step 39;

 

  (e)

in the case of Summer (BC) US JVCo GP S.à r.l, pursuant to Step 39; and

 

  (f)

in the case of the Deferred Target Subsidiary Equity Interests, pursuant to Step D4,

in each case, in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper, as will, once all the steps in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper have been completed in full and assuming no further issuances or transfers of securities in accordance with the Shareholders’ Agreement between First Completion and each Deferred Completion, result in the Parent indirectly holding 40 per cent. of the shares in each of the RoW JVCo, New US JVCo and New US GP Co 1 (each as referred to in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper);

Purchaser Finance Documents means the commitment letters, term sheets, interim facilities agreements and conditions precedent satisfaction letters in the Agreed Form;

Purchaser’s Group means: (a) the Purchaser, all its subsidiary undertakings and parent undertakings and all the other subsidiary undertakings of each of its parent undertakings; and (b) Bain Capital Private Equity (Europe), LLP and its affiliates, the funds managed and/or advised by any of them, and all affiliates of such funds, provided that the Purchaser’s Group shall not include the Target Group or any other portfolio companies of funds managed and/or advised by Bain Capital Private Equity (Europe), LLP and/or its affiliates;

Purchaser’s Solicitors means Weil, Gotshal & Manges (London) LLP of 110 Fetter Lane, London EC4A 1AY;

Recipient has the meaning given in paragraph 8.3 of Schedule 3;

Recharge Agreements means the agreements between: (i) Kantar Group Limited, the Parent and Apex Financial Services (Trustees) Limited (as trustee of the WPP Group plc UK ESOP Trust); and (ii) Kantar LLC, the Parent and Apex Financial Services (Trustees) Limited (as trustee of the WPP Group Plc Grantor Trust), each dated on or around 5 December 2019 and in the form agreed between the Parent’s Solicitors and the Purchaser’s Solicitors;

 

105


Regulatory Authority means any governmental or regulatory body, any court, tribunal or arbitral body with competent jurisdiction;

Relevant Completion for a Target Company or a Target Subsidiary shall be construed in accordance with the Tax Deed;

Relevant Date means, in relation to a member of the Target Group, the latest of the following dates: (i) the date which is two years prior to the date of this agreement; (ii) the date of incorporation of that member of the Target Group; and (iii) the date that member of the Target Group became a subsidiary or affiliate of the Parent;

Relevant Target Company Equity Interests means, in relation to each Seller and each Designated Purchaser, the Target Company Equity Interests set out opposite its name in columns 3, 4 and 5 of Schedule 1;

Relief has the meaning given to it in the Tax Deed;

Retained Group means the Parent and all of its subsidiary undertakings (other than the members of the Target Group, but including with effect from the Second Long Stop Date the Retained Target Entities) taken as a whole, and member of the Retained Group means any of them;

Retained Target Entities has the meaning given to it in clause 10.13, and a Retained Target Entity means any of them;

Reverse Transitional Services Agreement means the reverse transitional services agreement to be entered into between a member of the Retained Group and a member of the Target Group;

RoW Articles means the articles of association of Summer (BC) JVCO S.à r.l as amended from time to time;

Sanctioned Country means any country or territory which is the target of country- or territory- wide Sanctions, being (as at the date of this agreement) Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria and Crimea;

Sanctioned Person means a person or entity that is:

 

  (a)

listed on a Sanctions List;

 

  (b)

a government of a Sanctioned Country (or is part of such government);

 

  (c)

resident or domiciled in or organised under the laws of a Sanctioned Country;

 

  (d)

otherwise a target of Sanctions; or

 

  (e)

directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any persons in (a) above;

Sanctions means any applicable trade, economic or financial sanctions laws, regulations or embargoes imposed, administered, enacted or enforced from time to time by any Sanctions Authority;

Sanctions Authority means:

 

  (a)

the United States;

 

106


  (b)

the United Nations Security Council;

 

  (c)

the European Union (EU);

 

  (d)

any member state of the EU;

 

  (e)

the United Kingdom; and

 

  (f)

the respective governmental institutions of any of the foregoing including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of the Treasury (OFAC) and the Office of Financial Sanctions Implementation of Her Majesty’s Treasury (OFSI);

Sanctions List means any public list or announcement of specially designated persons or entities issued, administered and enforced by any Sanctions Authority (each as amended, supplemented and updated from time to time), including:

 

  (a)

the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons list maintained by OFAC;

 

  (b)

the Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List;

 

  (c)

the Consolidated List of Persons and Entities subject to Financial Sanctions maintained by the European Commission; and

 

  (d)

the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets in the UK by OFSI;

SAP means Sofres Asia Pacific SAS, a company duly incorporated and existing under the laws of France;

Scangroup means WPP Scangroup Plc, a public limited company incorporated in Kenya and whose registered office is at The Chancery, 5th Floor, Valley Road, Upper Hill P.O Box 34537 – 00100, Nairobi, Kenya;

Scangroup Circular means the circular to be despatched by Scangroup to its shareholders in connection with the transfer of the Target Subsidiary Equity Interests in the Target Subsidiaries held directly or indirectly by Scangroup as contemplated by this agreement;

Second Long Stop Date means 12 July 2020;

Sellers means the companies listed in column 1 of Schedule 1 and any other member of the WPP Group who holds any Equity Interests in a Target Company as at the First Completion Date, and Seller means any of them;

Senior Employees means those Employees whose terms and conditions of employment have been disclosed in the folder of the Data Room entitled ‘NEON’;

Separation Committee has the meaning given to it in clause 23.26;

Separation Expert Determination Process means the process set out in clauses 23.8(b) to 23.12 (inclusive);

SER Merger Process has the meaning given to it in clause 24.1;

 

107


Shared Contracts means those contracts and agreements entered into by members of the Retained Group which relate (whether in whole or in part) to the Kantar Business, but excluding the contracts and agreements which are the subject of the Transitional Services Agreements;

Shareholders’ Agreement means the securityholders’ agreement in respect of RoW JVCo and New US JVCo (each as referred to in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper) relating to the joint venture in respect of the Kantar Business and in the Agreed Form to be entered into at First Completion between the parties thereto;

Shared Supplier Contract means a contract entered into by an Agreed Third Party Supplier and a member of the Retained Group;

SOFR means the Secured Overnight Financing Rate which shall be calculated on the appropriate Reuters screen (or equivalent screen, if no Reuters screen is available) as the Parent may decide at or about 11.00 a.m. on the date upon which quotations would ordinarily be given by prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in US Dollars for a period of three months on the day specified for the determination of an interest rate;

Sophos Agreement has the meaning given to it in clause 23.24(a)(i);

Sophos Agreement Term has the meaning given to it in clause 23.24(a)(i);

Sophos Transfer Agreement has the meaning given to it in clause 23.24(b)(ii);

subsidiary means a subsidiary for the purposes of the UK Companies Act 2006;

Subsidiary Grouping means, in relation to a Deferred Target Subsidiary, all Deferred Target Subsidiaries which are subsidiary undertakings or parent undertakings of that Deferred Target Subsidiary;

subsidiary undertaking and parent undertaking have the meanings given in section 1162 of the UK Companies Act 2006;

Surviving Provisions means clauses 1, 25 to 33 inclusive and this Schedule 5;

Target Companies means the entities named in Schedule 1, and Target Company means any of them;

Target Company Equity Interests means such proportion of the total Equity Interests in each of the Target Companies which is held by the relevant Seller and which is to be sold pursuant to the terms of this agreement, as set out in columns 4 and 5 of Schedule 1;

Target Group means the Target Companies and the Target Subsidiaries taken as a whole (excluding, with effect from the Second Long Stop Date, the Retained Target Entities), and member of the Target Group means any of them;

Target Subsidiaries means, subject to the definition of Target Group set out above, the companies listed in column A of the Master Entity Spreadsheet and any additional new companies incorporated within the WPP Group after the date of this agreement but before the First Completion Date in order to become the intermediate holding company of, respectively, the existing UK and French Target Subsidiaries but excluding any Target Subsidiaries which are Target Companies pursuant to this agreement and as reflected in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper, and Target Subsidiary means any one of them;

 

108


Target Subsidiary Equity Interests means such proportion of the total Equity Interests in each Target Subsidiary which is held either directly or indirectly by the Parent, as set out in the Master Entity Spreadsheet;

Tax, Taxes, Taxation and Tax Authority have the meanings given to them in the Tax Deed;

Tax Consolidation has the meaning given in the Tax Deed;

Tax Consolidation Payment Amount in respect of a Target Company or a Target Subsidiary means any amount reflected in the Locked Box Accounts as a liability of that Target Company or Target Subsidiary in respect of any liability for Tax-Consolidated Target Group Company Tax which any member of the Retained Group is primarily responsible for paying or discharging on behalf of, or in respect of profits of, or in consequence of anything done by, that Target Company or (as applicable) Target Subsidiary;

Tax Consolidation Receivable Amount in respect of a Target Company or a Target Subsidiary means any amount reflected in the Locked Box Accounts as an asset of that Target Company or Target Subsidiary in respect of any repayment of Tax which any member of the Retained Group is primarily entitled to receive on behalf of, or in respect of tax previously paid by or on behalf of, or in consequence of anything done by, that Target Company or (as applicable) Target Subsidiary;

Tax-Consolidated Target Group Company means a Target Company or a Target Subsidiary which is part of a Tax Consolidation as at the date of this agreement;

Tax Deed means the tax deed to be entered into between the Parent, UK Bidco and the Purchaser in the Agreed Form;

Tax Return means any return, declaration or report required to be filed with any Tax Authority in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of Taxes;

Tax Warranty Claim means a claim in respect of those Warranties set out in paragraph 2 (Tax) of Schedule 2 to this agreement;

Third Party means any person that is not a member of the Retained Group;

Third Party Claim has the meaning given to it in paragraph 8.1 of Schedule 3;

Third Party Shareholder means any holder of Equity Interests in the Target Companies other than the Sellers;

Third Party Sum has the meaning given in paragraph 10(b) of Schedule 3;

Third Party Supplier means a Third Party (other than a Third Party that supplies information technology goods or services) that supplies goods or services to a member of the Target Group pursuant to an agreement with a member of the Retained Group;

Total Consideration means $3,539,000,000;

Total Deferred Base Consideration means the aggregate of all Deferred Base Consideration paid on all Deferred Completions;

Total Estimated Claim Amount means the aggregate of all Estimated Claim Amounts;

 

109


Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA means the total management EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation) as reported by the Target Group in the WPP financial reporting system (SAP BFC) for the financial year ended 31 December 2018 at the WPP 2018 Constant Currency Rates, as set out in the Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA Statement; for this purpose the WPP 2018 Constant Currency Rates mean the Parent’s budgeted 2018 exchange rates which are applied to local currency reported results in order to derive a US dollar-denominated income statement that excludes the impact of movements in exchange rates across the current and prior years;

Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA Statement means the document entitled “Total FY18 Baseline EBITDA Statement”, in the Agreed Form;

Total Headline Base Consideration has the meaning as set out in clause 3.1(a);

Trade Debts means amounts owing by way of trade credit in the ordinary course of trading as a result of goods or services supplied;

Transaction means, collectively, the transactions contemplated pursuant to this agreement;

Transaction Documents means this agreement, the Disclosure Letter, the Tax Deed, the Shareholders’ Agreement, the RoW Articles, the US JVCo LPA, the US GPCo Articles, the Transitional Services Agreements, the Equity Commitment Letter, the French Put Option Letter and the Dutch Put Option Letter;

Transferring Registered IP has the meaning given to it in clause 23.28;

Transitional Services Agreements means:

 

  (a)

the IT Transitional Services Agreement; and

 

  (b)

the Non-IT Transitional Services Agreement;

US HoldCo A LLC means Summer (BC) US HoldCo A LLC, which is also referred to as US HoldCo A LLC in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper which the Purchaser undertakes to have incorporated within the Purchaser’s Group pursuant to clause 7.6;

US HoldCo B LLC means Summer (BC) BidCo B LLC, which is also referred to as US HoldCo B LLC in the EY Acquisition Steps Paper which the Purchaser undertakes to have incorporated in the Purchaser’s Group pursuant to clause 7.6;

US GPCo Articles means the articles of association of Summer (BC) US JVCo GP S.À R.L., as amended and/or restated from time to time;

US JVCo LPA means the limited partnership agreement of Summer (BC) US JVCo S.C.Sp., as amended and/or restated from time to time;

VAT has the meaning given in the Tax Deed;

Verification Period has the meaning given to it in clause 23.20.

Warranties means the statements set out in Schedule 2, and Warranty means any one of them;

 

110


Warranty Claim means a claim by the Purchaser the basis of which is that a Warranty is not or is alleged not to be true and accurate in all material respects;

WPP Group means the Parent and all of its subsidiary undertakings, and member of the WPP Group means any of them; and

Wrong Pocket Period has the meaning given to it in clause 11.1.

 

2.

A person shall be deemed to be connected with another if that person is connected with another within the meaning of section 1122 of the UK Corporation Tax Act 2010.

 

3.

Where any statement in Schedule 2 or in the Disclosure Letter is qualified by the expression so far as the Parent is aware or to the best of the Parent’s knowledge, information and belief or any similar expression, that statement shall be deemed to refer to the actual knowledge of the Parent after enquiry of the following individuals: Andrew Scott, Steve Winters, Charles van der Welle, Steve Hall, Tony Antoniou, Ric Azoulay, Andrea Harris, Mark Povey, Vicky Brown, Katherine Barltrop, Jonathan Clarke, Max Holliday, Eric Salama, Robert Bowtell, Tig Matthews, Jeff Krentz, Gillie Abbots-Jones, John McHarry, David Pettengell, Ash Bhartia, Kier Goldson, Matthew Gutch, Scott Carter, Gordon Holtshausen, Aino Castren and Derrick Chow.

 

4.

In this agreement any reference, express or implied, to an enactment (which includes any legislation in any jurisdiction) includes:

 

  (a)

that enactment as amended, extended or applied by or under any other enactment (before or after signature of this agreement);

 

  (b)

any enactment which that enactment re-enacts (with or without modification); and

 

  (c)

any subordinate legislation made (before or after signature of this agreement) under that enactment, including (where applicable) that enactment as amended, extended or applied as described in subparagraph (a), or under any enactment which it re-enacts as described in subparagraph (b),

except to the extent that any legislation or subordinate legislation made or enacted after the date of this agreement would create or increase the liability of the Parent under this agreement.

 

5.

In this agreement:

 

  (a)

references to £ or GBP are to pounds sterling, the lawful currency of the United Kingdom, to $ or USD are to US Dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America, to SGD are to Singapore Dollars, the lawful currency of Singapore, to , Euro or EUR are to Euro, the lawful single currency of the European Union countries that have adopted the Euro and to INR are to Indian Rupees, the lawful currency of India;

 

  (b)

words denoting persons include bodies corporate and unincorporated associations of persons;

 

  (c)

references to an individual or a natural person include his estate and personal representatives;

 

  (d)

the phrases “to the extent” and “to the extent that” are used to indicate an element of degree and are not synonymous with the word “if”;

 

111


  (e)

subject to clause 27, references to a party to this agreement include the successors or assigns (immediate or otherwise) of that party; and

 

  (f)

in respect of any direct or indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary undertaking, an obligation on a Party or any member of the WPP Group or Purchaser’s Group (as applicable) to “procure” that any act or thing be done or omitted to be done, shall mean exercising all of its rights (including voting rights) as shareholder, and (subject to their fiduciary duties) procuring that any director(s) or equivalent which it or its direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary undertaking has appointed to the board of directors or equivalent of that undertaking exercise all of their rights (including voting rights), in each case to procure (in so far as it is able via the exercise of those rights) that the relevant act or thing be done or omitted to be done.

 

112


SCHEDULE 6

PROPERTIES

PART 1

OWNED PROPERTIES

 

Address   Jurisdiction
   

174 Uruguaiana Street. Rio de Janeiro – RJ. Zip Code: 20050-092

  Brazil
   

42 São Francisco de Paula Square. Rio de Janeiro – RJ. Zip Code: 20051-070

  Brazil
   
4 units (Units 6a-6d) at the Hua Ye Building, No.69, Yixueyuan Road, Guangzhou, each with its own title deed.   China
   

2 rue André Derain/2 rue Francis Pedron, Chambourcy (78240)

  France
   

via Bolama n.11/3, Milan

  Italy
   

Edificio Roma 2000, Barcelona

  Spain
   

Camí Can Calders, 408173 Sant Cugat del Vallés

  Spain
   

Land and office premises at the junction of Hanger Lane and West Gate, London

  UK

PART 2

OCCUPATIONAL LEASES

 

Address   Jurisdiction
   
6th & 7th, Calle Suipacha No. 652/658/664/668, City of Buenos Aires (C1008AAN)   Argentina
   

Levels 4, 5 & 6, 30-34 Hickson Road, Millers Point, NSW 2000

  Australia
   
B01 & B02/Ground & 4th & 5th/ B401, B402, B501 & B502, Av. Francisco Matarazzo, No. 1350, Zip Code: 01005-001 – Tower I and Tower II   Brazil
   

Level 16, 399 Hengfeng Road, Zhabei District

  China
   

Level 12, 399 Hengfeng Road, Zhabei District

  China
   
15th Floor (Unit 02-06), No.26A East 3rd Ring North Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing   China
   

3rd-6th Floors, 485 Fenglin Road, Xuhui District

  China
   

Českomoravská 2420, Prague 9 Czech Republic 190 00

  Czech Republic

 

113


Address   Jurisdiction
   

2nd & 3rd Floors, Rådhuspladsen 45, 1550 København V

  Denmark
   
2nd - 5th floors of the Swing Life Science Center Plus’s Building C located in Keilaniemi Espoo   Finland
   
Basement Levels 1 to 3, G/F, 1st Flr, 2nd Flr, 3rd Flr, 4th Flr and 5th Flr, 3 Avenue Pierre Massé and 142/148 avenue Paul Vaillant Couturier, Paris (75014)   France
   
1st, 2nd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 1st Basement, 60, avenue du General de Gaulle, Puteaux (92800)   France
   

Friedensallee 9, Hamburg

  Germany
   

Landsberger Str. 270-288, Munich

  Germany
   

Thumenberger Weg 27 & Martin Albert Str. 1

  Germany
   

30th Floor, 169 Electric Road, North Point

  Hong Kong
   
3rd & 7th Floors (Unit 1), Plot No. 17, Software Units Layout, Madhapur, Hyderabad 500081   India
   
Ground, 1st & 2nd Floors, 8, Balaji Estate, Guru Ravidass Marg, Kalkaji, New Delhi - 110019   India
   

Ground Floor, Floors 1-6 Viale Milanofiori (Road 3), Milan

  Italy
   

6th Floor (Area A & B), 2-1-1 Yoyogi, Shibuya-ku, Tokyo

  Japan
   

8th-11th Floors, 52, Gukjegeumyung-ro, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul

  Korea
   
2nd Floor & Basement (Partial), 52, Gukjegeumyung-ro, Yeongdeungpo-gu,
Seoul
  Korea
   
Ground, 12th, 13th & 7th Level Basement, Avenida Insurgentes 863, Col. Napoles, Delegación Benito Juárez, Ciudad de México, Distrito Federal, código postal 03810   Mexico
   

Level 1, 46 Sale Street, Freemans Bay, Auckland

  New Zealand
   

Amsteldok, Amsteldijk 166

  Netherlands
   

2nd, 3rd & 4th Floors, Kirkegaten 20 and Tollbugaten 17, Oslo

  Norway
   
8th, 801 & 803, Basement Level 2 No. 216, Av. Benavides no.801-821-881 cor. Av. Paseo de la Republica no.5887, 5891, 5895   Peru
   

6th and 7th Floors, (Premises 1 Room 8), 12 Dvintsev Street, Moscow, 127018

  Russia
   
1st (Room 30) and 8th Floors (Premises 1 Room 1), 12 Dvintsev Street, Moscow, Russian Federation, 127018   Russia

 

114


Address   Jurisdiction
   

1st Floor (Level 2) (Partial), 50 Scotts Road

  Singapore
   

3rd Floor (Level 4) (Partial), 50 Scotts Road

  Singapore
   

3012 A – William Nicol Drive, Bryanston

  South Africa
   

Calle de Rios Rosas 26, Madrid

  Spain
   

1st and 2nd Floors, Vasagatan 11

  Sweden
   
3rd Floor, 301-307 & 311, in the Makeen Building, Airport Road, on Plot 221- 132, Dubai International Airport Road, Dubai   UAE
   

Level 4, 6 More London Place, London SE1

  UK
   

Level 3, 6 More London Place, London SE1

  UK
   
5th Floor, part 6th Floor and part lower Ground Floor, 4 Millbank, London SW1P 3JA   UK
   
Ground, 1st and 2nd Floors, Olympus Avenue, Tachbrook Retail Park, Warwick CV34 6RJ   UK
   

3rd Floor, 222-236 Gray’s Inn Road, London WC1

  UK
   

6th Floor, 222-236 Gray’s Inn Road, London WC1

  UK
   

Ground Floor and 5th floor, 26-30 Uxbridge Road, Ealing, London

  UK
   
Part Ground Floor, 1st, 2nd, 6th - 13th floors East and West Wings and 2nd and 3rd Floors South Wing, North Building, Sea Containers 18 Upper Ground, London SE1   UK
   

24-28 Bloomsbury Way, London WC1A 2SL

  UK
   

6th Floor, 6101, 501 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116

  United States
   
3rd Floor - Unit A & Portion of 4th Floor - Unit A, Space A & B, 401 Merritt 7 Corporate Park, Norwalk Connecticut 06851   United States
   

4th Floor, 400, 3333 Warrenville Road, Lisle, IL 60563

  United States
   
2nd, 6th, & 10th Floors, 202, 240, 605 & 1040, 600 108th Avenue NE, Bellevue, WA 98004   United States
   
2nd Floor/200, Penthouse & Suite E (Storage), 3400 Cahuenga Blvd, Bldg B, Studio City, CA 91604   United States
   

13th Floor, 355 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017

  United States

 

115


Address   Jurisdiction
   

1st & 2nd Floors, 200, 700 Dresher Road, Horsham, Pennsylvania 19044

  United States
   

1122 Executive Boulevard, Chesapeake, Virginia 23320

  United States
   

2/F, 685 Route 202/206, Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807

  United States
   

1385 Enterprise Drive, West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380

  United States
   

3 World Trade Center, 175 Greenwich Street, New York, New York

  United States
   

303 Second St, San Francisco

  United States
   

350 North Orleans Street

  United States

 

116


SCHEDULE 7

TRANSFERRING REGISTERED IP

 

Country   Trademark   Owner   Proposed Assignee   Registration
No

Argentina

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

  2203780

Argentina

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

  2203765

Argentina

  THE FUTURES COMPANY  

Ogilvy & Mather Argentina S.A

 

Kantar Worldpanel Argentina SA

  2515404

Argentina

  THE FUTURES COMPANY  

Ogilvy & Mather Argentina S.A.

 

Kantar Worldpanel Argentina SA

  2479408

Argentina

  THE FUTURES COMPANY  

Ogilvy & Mather Argentina S.A.

 

Kantar Worldpanel Argentina SA

  2479415

Australia

 

CHARACTERLAB

 

WPP Properties

 

Taylor Nelson Sofres Asia Pacific Pty Ltd

  1350422

Australia

 

KANTAR

 

WPP Australia Trademarks Pty Ltd

 

Taylor Nelson Sofres Asia Pacific Pty Ltd

  1804687

Australia (WIPO)

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005 Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

  908994

Bangladesh

 

BRANDDYNAMICS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

  169517

Bangladesh

 

IDEABLOG

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

  169518

Bangladesh

 

LINK

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

   

Bangladesh

 

LINKEXPRESS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

   

Bangladesh

 

MILLWARD BROWN

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

  169520

 

117


Country   Trademark   Owner   Proposed Assignee   Registration
No
       

Benelux

  BRANDZ  

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

0200396

         

Brazil

  LINKEXPRESS  

WPP do Brasil - Participações Ltda

 

Millward Brown do Brasil Ltda

 

831272120

       

Brazil

  LINKEXPRESS  

WPP do Brasil - Participações Ltda

 

Millward Brown do Brasil Ltda

 

831299983

         

Brazil

  LINKEXPRESS  

WPP do Brasil - Participações Ltda

 

Millward Brown do Brasil Ltda

 

831299975

       

Brazil

  THE FUTURES COMPANY  

WPP Properties

 

Kantar LLC

 

829943080

         

Brazil

  THE FUTURES COMPANY  

WPP Properties

 

Kantar LLC

 

829943137

       

Brazil

  THE FUTURES COMPANY  

WPP Properties

 

Kantar LLC

 

829943048

         

Cambodia

  KANTAR  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma Sarl

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

43671/13

       

Cambodia

  TNS  

WPP
Luxembourg

Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

42645/12

         

Cambodia

  KANTAR  

WPP
Luxembourg

Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

43671/13

       

Canada

  BRANDZ  

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

TMA798317

         

Canada

  SRDS  

WPP Properties

 

Kantar LLC

 

TMA681991

       

Canada

  SRDS  

WPP Properties

 

Kantar LLC

 

TMA444706

         

Canada

  SHOPPERSCAPE  

WPP

Luxembourg Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

   
       

Chile

  BRANDZ  

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

1255474

 

118


Country   Trademark   Owner   Proposed Assignee   Registration
No
         

China

 

CHARACTERLAB

 

WPP Properties

  TNS Group Holdings Limited  

8184077

       

China

 

KANTAR

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

  TNS Group Holdings Limited  

5917283

         

China

 

KANTAR (in Chinese Characters)

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

  TNS Group Holdings Limited    
       

China (WIPO)

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005
Limited

  TNS Group Holdings Limited  

908994

       

Costa Rica

 

TNS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

  TNS Group Holdings Limited  

206817

       

Costa Rica

 

TNS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

  TNS Group Holdings Limited  

206819

         

Dominican Republic

 

KANTAR

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

  TNS Group Holdings Limited    
       

Dominican Republic

 

KANTAR

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

  TNS Group Holdings Limited  

255249

         

Egypt

 

KANTAR

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

  TNS Group Holdings Limited    
       

Egypt

 

KANTAR WORLDPANEL

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

  TNS Group Holdings Limited    
         

El Salvador

 

TNS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

  TNS Group Holdings Limited  

216 Book 171

       

El Salvador

 

TNS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

  TNS Group Holdings Limited  

145 Book 175

       

EUTM

 

ATRIA

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

  TNS Group Holdings Limited  

013089081

 

119


Country   Trademark   Owner   Proposed Assignee   Registration
No
         

EUTM

 

CancerMPact

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

014464821

       

EUTM

 

CEMTRIC

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

012919338

         

EUTM

 

CHARACTERLAB

 

WPP Properties

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

008946667

       

EUTM

 

EMNID

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

011788833

         

EUTM

 

IBOPE

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

015092638

       

EUTM

 

INSTAR

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

013089115

         

EUTM

 

KANTAR GALLUP

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

   
       

EUTM

 

LINKEXPRESS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

010054401

         

EUTM

 

MATRIX

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

012433579

       

EUTM

 

PINNAKLE

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

012983921

         

EUTM

 

SHOPPIX

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

016756256

       

EUTM

 

shoppix logo

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

016756215

 

120


Country   Trademark   Owner   Proposed Assignee   Registration
No
         

EUTM

  STAN Kantar’s Analytics Practice’s AI toolkit  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

   
       

EUTM

  VIDEOLYTICS  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

009420274

         

EUTM

  SHOPPERSCAPE  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

018021779

       

EUTM

  TGI GLOBAL QUICK VIEW  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

018024898

         

Germany

  AdEffect  

WPP
Deutschland
Holding GmbH & Co. KG

 

Kantar Holding GmbH

 

39969396

       

Germany

  BRANDZ  

WPP 2008
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

30311345

         

Germany

  EMNID & Device (B&W)  

WPP
Deutschland
Holding GmbH & Co. KG

 

Kantar Holding GmbH

 

2075314

       

Germany

  TNS Emnid  

WPP
Deutschland
Holding GmbH & Co. KG

 

Kantar Holding GmbH

 

30135081

         

Ghana

  KANTAR WORLDPANEL  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

   
       

Ghana

  MILLWARD BROWN  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

45033

         

Ghana

  MILLWARD BROWN  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

45034

       

Greece (WIPO)

  BRANDZ  

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

908994

 

121


Country   Trademark   Owner   Proposed Assignee   Registration
No
         

Guatemala

 

MEDIA GURU

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

230302

       

Hong Kong

 

BRANDZ (series of four)

 

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

300734120AC

         

Hong Kong

 

CHARACTERLAB

 

WPP Properties

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

301564470

       

India

 

CHARACTERLAB

 

WPP Properties

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

1947317

         

India

 

KANTAR

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

1488075

       

India

 

KANTAR WORLDPANEL

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

   
         

India

 

KANTAR WORLDPANEL

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

2561886

       

Indonesia

 

KANTAR WORLDPANEL

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

IDM000500387

         

Iran

 

KANTAR

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

218390

       

Iran

 

MILLWARD BROWN

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

211993

         

Iran

 

Target Group Index (TGI)

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

   
       

Ireland (WIPO)

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

908994

         

Italy (WIPO)

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

908994

       

Japan (WIPO)

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

908994

 

122


Country   Trademark   Owner   Proposed Assignee   Registration
No
       

Kenya

 

KANTAR WORLDPANEL

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

79358

       

Kenya

 

MILLWARD BROWN

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

75342

       

Malaysia

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

03002367

       

Malaysia

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

06019641

       

Mexico

 

KANTAR

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

1669749

       

Myanmar

 

BRANDDYNAMICS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

IV/13785/2016

       

Myanmar

 

IDEABLOG

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

IV/13783/2016

       

Myanmar

 

KANTAR

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

IV/13782/2016

       

Myanmar

 

LINK

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

IV/13786/2016

       

Myanmar

 

LINKEXPRESS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

IV/13787/2016

       

Myanmar

 

MILLWARD BROWN

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

IV/13789/2016

       

Myanmar

 

TNS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

IV/13788/2016

       

New Zealand

 

KANTAR

 

WPP
Luxembourg Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

1053616

 

123


Country   Trademark   Owner   Proposed Assignee   Registration
No
       

Nigeria

 

KANTAR WORLDPANEL

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

5896

       

Nigeria

 

MILLWARD BROWN

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

   
       

Nigeria

 

MILLWARD BROWN

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

100350

       

Pakistan

 

BRANDDYNAMICS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

351960

       

Pakistan

 

IDEABLOG

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

351959

       

Pakistan

 

LINK

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

351961

       

Pakistan

 

LINKEXPRESS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

351962

       

Pakistan

 

MILLWARD BROWN

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

351963

       

Panama

 

TNS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

193206

       

Panama

 

TNS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

193207

       

Paraguay

 

KANTAR

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

461010

       

Philippines

 

CHARACTERLAB

 

WPP Properties

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

4-2010-002792

 

124


Country   Trademark   Owner   Proposed Assignee   Registration
No
         

Philippines

  KANTAR WORLDPANEL  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

4-2013-008070

         

Puerto Rico

  KANTAR  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

   
         

Saudi Arabia

  BRANDDYNAMICS  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

143408953

         

Saudi Arabia

  IDEABLOG  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

143408955

         

Saudi Arabia

  KANTAR WORLDPANEL  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

143411533

         

Saudi Arabia

  LINKEXPRESS  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

143408961

         

Saudi Arabia

  MILLWARD BROWN  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

143408954

         

Singapore

  CHARACTERLAB  

WPP Properties

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

T1003519G

         

Singapore

  THE FUTURES COMPANY  

WPP Singapore Pte Ltd

 

Kantar Singapore Pte Ltd

 

T1303143E

         

South Africa

  BRANDZ  

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

2006/23625

         

South Africa

  BRANDZ  

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

2006/23626

         

South Africa

  CHARACTERLAB  

WPP Properties

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

2010/05569

         

South Korea

  TNS  

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

318841

       

South Korea   (WIPO)

  BRANDZ  

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

908994

 

125


Country   Trademark   Owner   Proposed Assignee   Registration
No
       

Spain

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

2552158

       

Sweden

 

TNS SIFO

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

411344

       

Sweden (WIPO)

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

908994

       

Switzerland (WIPO)

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

908994

       

Taiwan

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

01305138

       

Turkey

 

MILLWARD BROWN

 

WPP Properties

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

2002/05322

       

Uganda

 

TNS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

55765

       

Uganda

 

TNS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

55764

       

Ukraine

 

BRANDDYNAMICS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

189242

       

Ukraine

 

IDEABLOG

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

190584

       

Ukraine

 

LINKEXPRESS

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

189243

       

Ukraine

 

MILLWARD BROWN

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

189241

       

United Arab Emirates

 

MILLWARD BROWN

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

174534

       

United Kingdom

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

2412520

 

126


Country   Trademark   Owner   Proposed Assignee   Registration
No
       

United Kingdom

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

2326284

       

United Kingdom

 

SHOPPERSCAPE

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

3374818

       

Uruguay

 

KANTAR

 

WPP
Luxembourg
Gamma S.à.r.l.

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

   
       

WIPO

 

BRANDZ

 

WPP 2005
Limited

 

TNS Group Holdings Limited

 

908994

 

127


SCHEDULE 8

THIRD PARTY SUPPLIER LIST

[Omitted]

 

128


SCHEDULE 9

CONDUCT IN RESPECT OF DEFERRED PAYMENTS

[Omitted]

 

129


SIGNATORIES

 

Signed by

     )      /s/ Andrew Scott

for WPP PLC

     )  

Signed by

     )     

/s/ Marie-Catherine Brunner

 

for SUMMER (BC) TOPCO S.À R.L.

     )  


Signed by

     )     

/s/ Christophe Jacobs Van Merlen

 

for SUMMER (BC) UK BIDCO

     )  

LIMITED

     

Exhibit 4.30

EXECUTION VERSION

SECURITYHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

DATED 5 DECEMBER 2019

YORK MERGER SQUARE 2009 LLC

and

WPP DIAMOND HEAD LLC

and

WPP 2005 LIMITED

and

SUMMER (BC) JVCO S.À R.L.

and

SUMMER (BC) US JVCO S.C.Sp.

and

SUMMER (BC) US JVCo GP S.À R.L.

and

SUMMER (BC) TOPCO S.À R.L.

and

SUMMER (BC) US BLOCKERCO CORP.


CONTENTS

 

Clause

       Page  

 

1.  

Definitions and Interpretation

    2  
2.  

Business and Objectives

    2  
3.  

Compliance with and Precedence of this agreement

    3  
4.  

Board Composition and Corporate Governance

    3  
5.  

Management and Decision Making

    10  
6.  

Conflict of Interests

    13  
7.  

Business Plans, Budgets and Dividend Policy

    14  
8.  

Information Rights

    16  
9.  

Other Continuing Obligations of the Companies

    18  
10.  

Funding and Issues of Securities

    18  
11.  

Rights Offers

    20  
12.  

Emergency funding

    22  
13.  

Acquisition issues

    22  
14.  

Management Incentive Plan

    23  
15.  

Restrictions on Disposal

    23  
16.  

First offer rights on Sale

    25  
17.  

Drag rights

    28  
18.  

Tag Rights

    30  
19.  

General Provisions Relating to Issue and Transfer of Securities

    33  
20.  

Prohibited Activities

    34  
21.  

Exit

    36  
22.  

WPP Rights Reinstatement

    37  
23.  

Warranties

    38  
24.  

Anti-Corruption

    38  
25.  

Term and Termination

    39  
26.  

Confidentiality

    40  
27.  

Tax Matters

    43  
28.  

Notices

    48  
29.  

General

    50  
30.  

Disputes – Negotiation and Mediation

    53  
31.  

Jurisdiction

    55  
32.  

Governing Law

    56  


Schedule

       Page  
1.  

The Companies

    57  
 

Part 1        RoW JVCo

    57
 

Part 2        US JVCo

    58
 

Part 3        US GPCo

    59
2.  

Capital Structure

    58  
 

Part 1        RoW JVCo

    58  
 

Part 2        US JVCo

    59  
 

Part 3        US GPCO

    60  
3.  

Board Meetings

    61  
4.  

Shareholders Meetings

    63  
5.  

Reserved Matters

    65  
 

Part 1        Matters Requiring Shareholder Approval

    65  
6.  

Information Rights

    67  
 

Part 1        WPP Securityholders Information Requirements

    67  
 

Part 2        Information to be Provided to all Securityholders

    69  
7.  

Form of Deed of Adherence

    71  
8.  

Fair Value

    73  
9.  

U.S. Tax Provisions

    76  
10.  

Definitions and Interpretation

    88  
Signatories     1  

 

 

*

Omitted


THIS AGREEMENT is executed and delivered as a deed on 5 December 2019

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

SUMMER (BC) US JVCO S.C.Sp., a société en commandite spéciale incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B239448, having its registered office at 4, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg-Findel (US JVCo);

 

(2)

SUMMER (BC) US JVCo GP S.À R.L., a société à responsabilité limitée incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B 235133, having its registered office at 4, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg-Findel (US GPCo);

 

(3)

SUMMER (BC) JVCO S.À R.L., a société à responsabilité limitée incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B 235250, having its registered office at 4, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg-Findel (RoW JVCo, US GPCo and, together with US JVCo, the Companies and each, a Company);

 

(4)

YORK MERGER SQUARE 2009 LLC, (registered number 4713134) of 3411 Silverside Road, Tatnall Building #104, Wilmington, Delaware 19810 (YMS 2009);

 

(5)

WPP DIAMOND HEAD LLC, (registered number 7615310) of 3411 Silverside Road, Tatnall Building #104, Wilmington, Delaware 19810 (WPP US Co and, together with YMS 2009, the WPP US Securityholders);

 

(6)

WPP 2005 LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated in England and Wales (no. 01003653) with its registered office at Sea Containers House, 18 Upper Ground, London, United Kingdom, SE1 9GL (the WPP RoW Securityholder and, together with the WPP US Securityholders, the WPP Securityholders);

 

(7)

SUMMER (BC) TOPCO S.Á R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 4, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg-Findel, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B 235480 (the Investor RoW Securityholder); and

 

(8)

SUMMER (BC) US BLOCKERCO CORP., a corporation formed under the laws of the state of Delaware (registered no.: 7635833), with its registered office at Suite 302, 4001 Kennett Pike, County of New Castle, Wilmington, DE 19807 (the Investor US Securityholder, and together with the Investor RoW Securityholder, the Investor Securityholders).

BACKGROUND:

 

(A)

The Companies are established to own and carry on the Business. Further details of the Companies are set out in Schedule 1.

 

(B)

The capital structure of each Company is as set out in Schedule 2.

 

(C)

The parties have agreed that the Group is to be owned, controlled, managed and financed on the terms set out in this agreement.

 

1


(D)

In consideration of the mutual promises of each of the parties and the contributions they undertake to make to the Business, the parties agree to enter into this agreement to govern their relationships.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

In addition to terms defined elsewhere in this agreement, the definitions and other provisions in Schedule 10 apply throughout this agreement, unless the contrary intention appears.

 

1.2

In this agreement, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to a clause, subclause, paragraph, or schedule or annex is a reference to a clause, subclause, paragraph, or schedule or annex of or to this agreement. The schedules form part of this agreement.

 

1.3

The headings in this agreement do not affect its interpretation.

 

2.

BUSINESS AND OBJECTIVES

 

2.1

Business

 

(a)

The Group is to own and carry on the Business and each Company must not and must procure that each other relevant Group Company does not carry on any other business apart from the Business, unless otherwise approved by the relevant Securityholders under clause 5.4.

 

(b)

The WPP Securityholders and the Companies each severally (and not jointly or jointly and severally) agree that they shall, and the WPP Securityholders shall procure that their Affiliates shall, and the Companies shall procure that the other Group Companies shall, refer complementary business relating, in the case of the WPP Securityholders and/or their Affiliates, to the Group and, in case of the Group, to the WPP Group, to each other. If a WPP Securityholder and/or its Affiliate or a member of the Group refers any such business, the WPP Securityholder (and its Affiliates) or a member of the Group (as applicable) shall not be restricted in pursuing any such business itself (or one of its Affiliates from pursuing any such business) notwithstanding the fact that a WPP Securityholder (or one of its Affiliates) or a member of the Group (as applicable) may also be pursuing any such business. For the avoidance of doubt, no party shall be restricted from:

 

  (i)

engaging in any business which is, or is likely to become, competitive with the business of any Group Company;

 

  (ii)

canvassing or soliciting orders from any person who is or has been at any time a customer of any Group Company for goods of a similar type to those manufactured or dealt with by any Group Company or for services similar to those being provided by any Group Company from time to time; or

 

  (iii)

having dealings with any person who is or has been at any time a supplier of goods or services to a Group Company.

 

2.2

Objectives

The parties acknowledge and agree that the primary objectives of the Companies are:

 

  (a)

to be the vehicles of the Securityholders to own and carry on the Business; and

 

  (b)

to further the commercial objectives of the Companies and the Business to maximise profits for the benefit of the Securityholders.

 

2


2.3

Management and control of the Companies

The management and control of each Company must be exercised in Luxembourg and the relevant Securityholders must ensure that each Company is treated for all purposes, including taxation, as resident in Luxembourg.

 

3.

COMPLIANCE WITH AND PRECEDENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT

 

3.1

General undertaking

Each Securityholder must exercise all powers and rights available to that Securityholder as a holder of Securities in order to give effect to the provisions of this agreement and to ensure (in so far as it is able by the exercise of such powers and rights) that each Company that it is a Securityholder of complies with its obligations under this agreement. References in this agreement to the Securityholders procuring or ensuring (or any similar expression) that the Companies or each Company performs its obligations or does any other act or thing are to be interpreted accordingly.

 

3.2

Agreement prevails over Articles

Each Securityholder agrees that if any provision of the relevant Articles at any time conflicts or is inconsistent with the provisions of this agreement:

 

  (a)

the provisions of this agreement are to prevail to the extent of the conflict or inconsistency;

 

  (b)

the relevant Articles will be taken to be read and interpreted accordingly; and

 

  (c)

the relevant Articles must be amended to the extent necessary in accordance with clause 3.3.

 

3.3

Amendments to Articles

 

(a)

Each holder of Securities in US JVCo and/or US GPCo must exercise all powers and rights available to that Securityholder to procure the amendment of the US JVCo LPA and/or US GP Articles to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this agreement.

 

(b)

Each holder of Securities in RoW JVCo must exercise all powers and rights available to that Securityholder to procure the amendment of the RoW Articles to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this agreement.

 

4.

BOARD COMPOSITION AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

4.1

General

 

(a)

Each of RoW JVCo and US GPCo shall be managed by its board of managers. US JVCo shall be managed pursuant to the US JVCo LPA by US GPCo, as manager (gérant) and general partner of US JVCo.

 

(b)

For the duration of this agreement, US GPCo shall remain the sole manager (gérant) of US JVCo.

 

(c)

Subject to any delegation of powers or committee set up in accordance with the terms of this agreement, any matters requiring the approval of US GPCo, as manager of US JVCo, shall require the prior approval of the Board of US GPCo.

 

(d)

Subject to the reserved matters set out in Schedule 5 and any matters reserved under applicable laws, this agreement or the Articles requiring the approval of the relevant Securityholders, the

 

3


 

Board (with respect to RoW JVCo and US GPCo) and US GPCo (acting as manager of US JVCo) are vested with the broadest powers to perform any actions necessary or useful in connection with the purpose of the relevant Company.

 

(e)

Notwithstanding any other provision in this agreement, the parties agree that, and shall procure that, other than in its capacity as manager of US JVCo or acting in accordance with the terms of this agreement (excluding clauses 10 to 14), neither US GPCo nor its Board shall undertake any matters or actions of any nature without the prior written approval of each of the WPP US Securityholders and the Investor US Securityholder; provided that if any Securities are issued in US JVCo in accordance with clauses 10 to 14 and following completion of such issuance the percentage of Securities held by each relevant Securityholder in US JVCo differs from the percentage holding of each relevant Securityholder in US GPCo, US GPCo shall issue to the relevant Securityholders such number of Securities as would result in the Securityholders’ respective holdings of US GPCo Securities being held pro rata to their respective holdings of US JVCo Securities.

 

4.2

Maximum number of Directors

The maximum number of Directors for each Board shall be eight.

 

4.3

Appointment of Directors

 

(a)

If at any time the WPP US Securityholders and the WPP RoW Securityholder (together with their respective Permitted Transferees) hold in aggregate more than:

 

  (i)

10% of the Securities: (A) the WPP US Securityholders (acting jointly), in respect of US GPCo; and (B) the WPP RoW Securityholder, in respect of RoW JVCo shall be entitled to propose for appointment at a general meeting of US GPCo or RoW JVCo (as applicable) a maximum of one Director at any one time to the Board of the relevant Company; or

 

  (ii)

20% of the Securities, (A) the WPP US Securityholders (acting jointly), in respect of US GPCo; and (B) the WPP RoW Securityholder, in respect of RoW JVCo shall be entitled to propose for appointment at a general meeting of US GPCo or RoW JVCo (as applicable) a maximum of two Directors at any one time to the Board of the relevant Company,

any so appointed Director, a WPP Director, provided that: (A) if any such WPP Director is appointed, they are appointed to all of the Boards; and (B) while any such WPP Director is in office as a Director, they are Employees of a member of the WPP Group.

 

(b)

The Investor US Securityholder, in respect of US GPCo, and the Investor RoW Securityholder, in respect of RoW JVCo (in each case, together with their respective Permitted Transferees) shall be entitled to propose for appointment to the Board of US GPCo or RoW JVCo (as applicable), at a general meeting of that Company, up to six Directors at any one time (any such directors who are Employees of Bain Capital Private Equity (Europe), LLP or its Affiliates, Investor Directors) provided that:

 

  (i)

subject to paragraph (ii) below, the appointment by an Investor Securityholder of any NED shall, for so long as the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 10% of the Securities, be subject to prior consultation with the WPP Securityholders;

 

  (ii)

the appointment by an Investor Securityholder of any NED who is:

 

  (A)

a current officer or executive of the WPP Group or a former executive director of WPP; or

 

4


  (B)

a current officer or executive of a competitor of the WPP Group,

shall, in each case, be subject to the consent of the WPP Securityholders; and

 

  (iii)

if any such Director is appointed to one of the US GP Board or RoW Board, they shall also be appointed to the other Board.

 

4.4

Removal of Directors

 

(a)

Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement:

 

  (i)

a person will be automatically removed (or the relevant Securityholder will procure that a person will resign) as a Director and as a director of each Group Company if the person is, or becomes, ineligible to be a director under any applicable law or any provision of the relevant Articles (or the articles of association/constitution of the relevant Group Company);

 

  (ii)

if the number of Nominated Directors appointed by a Securityholder (and its Permitted Transferees, if any) pursuant to clause 4.3 exceeds the number of Nominated Directors that that Appointer (and its Permitted Transferees, if any) are entitled to appointed pursuant to clause 4.3, such number of Nominated Directors of that Appointer will be automatically removed (and that Securityholder will procure that such person resigns) from office (on a first-in, first-out basis) as is necessary to ensure that the number of Nominated Directors appointed by that Appointer equals the number of Directors that that Appointer is entitled to appoint to the relevant Board and relevant Group Companies;

 

  (iii)

a Nominated Director will be automatically removed (or the relevant Securityholder will procure that such Nominated Director shall resign) as a Director and as a director of each Group Company if that Nominated Director’s Appointer (and its Permitted Transferees, if any) ceases to hold any Securities or, in the case of a Nominated Director appointed by a WPP Securityholder, the WPP Securityholder ceasing to have the right to appoint Directors as a result of the WPP Securityholders (and their Permitted Transferees) not holding the minimum holding of Securities as set out in clause 4.3(a);

 

  (iv)

if a Nominated Director is removed from the Board of one Company that Nominated Director will also be removed from the Board of the other Company and the board of directors of each Group Company (and the relevant Appointer will procure that such Nominated Director resigns); and

 

  (v)

if a WPP Director ceases to be eligible for appointment as such in accordance with clause 4.3(a) then the relevant WPP Securityholder who is his Appointer will procure that such WPP Director resigns.

 

(b)

Subject to clause 4.4(a):

 

  (i)

the removal of a WPP Director appointed to the US GP Board under clause 4.3(a) will require the approval of the WPP US Securityholders;

 

  (ii)

the removal of a WPP Director appointed to the RoW Board under clause 4.3(a) will require the approval of the WPP RoW Securityholder;

 

  (iii)

the removal of a Director appointed to the US GP Board under clause 4.3(b) will require the approval of the Investor US Security Holder; and

 

5


  (iv)

the removal of a Director appointed to the RoW Board under clause 4.2(b) will require the approval of the Investor RoW Securityholder,

and, save in accordance with this clause, no Securityholder may exercise any vote or other power to remove a Director appointed by another Securityholder. The Securityholder whose approval is required to remove a Nominated Director under this clause 4 must indemnify the relevant Company against any Loss arising as a result of that Nominated Director’s removal from office.

 

(c)

The Investor US Securityholder and the WPP US Securityholders, in respect of US GPCo, and the Investor RoW Securityholder and the WPP RoW Securityholder, in respect of RoW JVCo (in each case, together with their respective Permitted Transferees) undertake to attend any general meeting of US GPCo or RoW JVCo (as applicable) to vote in favour of the appointment or removal of a Director proposed for appointment or removal in accordance with clauses 4.3 or 4.4.

 

4.5

Initial Directors

From the Effective Date each Board shall comprise the Directors set out in the relevant first column of the tables below, in each case as a Nominated Director for the Appointer set out in the second column in the tables below opposite that Director’s name:

RoW JVCo

 

   

Director

 

Appointer

   

Paul Richardson

 

WPP RoW Securityholder

   

Andrew Scott

 

WPP RoW Securityholder

   

Marie-Catherine Brunner

 

Investor RoW Securityholder

   

Vishal Jugdeb

 

Investor RoW Securityholder

   

Vladimir Mornard

 

Investor RoW Securityholder

   

Eric Salama

 

Investor RoW Securityholder

   

Christophe Jacobs

 

Investor RoW Securityholder

   

Manfred Schneider

 

Investor RoW Securityholder

US GPCo

 

   

Director

 

Appointer

   

Paul Richardson

 

WPP US Securityholder

   

Andrew Scott

 

WPP US Securityholder

   

Marie-Catherine Brunner

 

Investor US Securityholder

   

Vishal Jugdeb

 

Investor US Securityholder

 

6


   

Director

 

Appointer

   

Vladimir Mornard

 

Investor US Securityholder

   

Eric Salama

 

Investor US Securityholder

   

Christophe Jacobs

 

Investor US Securityholder

   

Manfred Schneider

 

Investor US Securityholder

 

4.6

Process for subsequent appointment and removal of Nominated Directors

To appoint or remove a Nominated Director under this agreement, the relevant Securityholder must give written notice to the relevant Company specifying the identity of the person it wishes to appoint or remove. The notice must:

 

  (a)

in the case of an appointment, be accompanied by a signed written consent from that person agreeing to act as a Director; and

 

  (b)

in the case of a removal, be accompanied by a signed written resignation from that person acknowledging that they have no claim whatsoever against:

 

  (i)

US JVCo, US GP Co or any of its Subsidiaries from time to time, in the case of a Nominated Director removed from the US GP Board; and/or

 

  (ii)

RoW JVCo or any of its Subsidiaries from time to time, in the case of a Nominated Director removed from the RoW Board,

 

      

in each case, in respect of fees, remuneration, compensation for loss of office or otherwise.

 

4.7

Chairman

The initial chairman of the Group shall be a person nominated by the Investor Securityholders (with the consent of the WPP Securityholders) to the Companies in writing. Any subsequent chairman of the Group shall be appointed and, subject to applicable law, removed and replaced by the Investor Securityholders after, for so long as the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 10% of the Securities, reasonable prior consultation with the WPP Securityholders.

 

4.8

Director proxies

A Director may by notice to the Company that they are appointed to:

 

  (a)

appoint another Director as their proxy; and

 

  (b)

remove such other Director appointed as their proxy.

 

4.9

Directors of other Group Companies

The board of directors of each Subsidiary of each Company is to comprise such persons as are approved by the relevant Board from time to time in accordance with clause 5.3.

 

7


4.10

Board meetings

Unless otherwise approved unanimously by the relevant Board, meetings of each Board must be held and conducted in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 3. In addition, all meetings of each Board must be held in Luxembourg with a majority of the relevant Directors physically present in Luxembourg and each Securityholder shall procure that its Nominated Directors attend as many such meetings as possible in person in Luxembourg provided that if no Nominated Director of a Securityholder is present in person at a meeting, a Nominated Director of that Securityholder may, in accordance with paragraph 5.1 of Schedule 3, attend by telephone so that there is a quorum at that meeting.

 

4.11

Board meetings of other Group Companies

The Companies must procure that meetings of the board of their respective Subsidiaries are held and conducted in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 3 to the extent relevant. For this purpose, references in Schedule 3 to:

 

  (a)

Directors will be taken to be references to the directors of the relevant Subsidiary; and

 

  (b)

the Board will be taken to be references to the board of directors of the relevant Subsidiary.

 

4.12

Fees and expenses of Directors

 

(a)

No Director is entitled to any remuneration, fees or benefits from any Group Company other than those to which the Director may be entitled as an executive, employee or NED of a Group Company.

 

(b)

Each Company shall reimburse its Directors in respect of all expenses reasonably incurred by such Directors in connection with the proper performance of their duties as a Director and, if applicable, as a director of any Subsidiary of that Company.

 

4.13

Observer

 

(a)

Each of the Investor Securityholders acting jointly (on the one hand), and the WPP Securityholders acting jointly (on the other hand), may in addition to their rights to appoint Directors under clause 4.3 (if applicable) but, in the case of the WPP Securityholders, without the WPP Securityholders needing to retain any such Director appointment rights, appoint an observer to the relevant board of one or more Group Companies (at its discretion) by written notice to the relevant Group Companies (an Observer); provided that any Observer appointed by the WPP Securityholders must be a person who is and remains at all times while an Observer eligible for appointment as a WPP Director under clause 4.3(a) assuming that the WPP Securityholders had the right to appoint a WPP Director. Each relevant Securityholder may appoint and remove their Observer by giving written notice to the relevant Company.

 

(b)

An Observer must be given, and is entitled to, access to the same documents and information as a Director of the relevant Company and is entitled to receive notice of and attend and speak at, but not to vote at, meetings of the relevant Board. This right extends to meetings of committees of the relevant Board.

 

(c)

The Observer must keep confidential all information and documents received in their capacity as Observer, on terms consistent with clause 26 and mandatory provisions of Luxembourg law.

 

(d)

Each Company must reimburse any Observer appointed to its Board in respect of all travel, subsistence and accommodation expenses reasonably incurred by the Observer in attending

 

8


 

meetings of the relevant Board or any committee of the relevant Board (or, if applicable, that Company’s share of such expenses).

 

4.14

Shareholder meetings

Shareholder meetings for each Company must be held and conducted in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 4.

 

4.15

Remuneration committee

US GP JV Board and RoW Board shall each establish and maintain a remuneration committee. The membership of the remuneration committee of each of the US GP JV Board and the RoW Board shall comprise of at least one relevant Investor Director and, for so long as the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 20% of the Securities, one relevant WPP Director provided that the Directors appointed to the remuneration committee for one Company shall also sit on the remuneration committee for the other Company (or, with respect to US JVCo, US GPCo acting as its manager). The scope and powers of each remuneration committee shall be determined from time to time by the relevant Board, but shall include:

 

  (a)

the establishment, terms of and allocation of any employee incentive plan;

 

  (b)

all questions concerning the terms of Employment of any Senior Employee (including the terms of their bonus or other remuneration, termination or dismissal);

 

  (c)

any other arrangement between a relevant Group Company and a Senior Employee or persons connected with a Senior Employee;

 

  (d)

the promotion or increase in remuneration of any Employee of the Group which would result in that person becoming a Senior Employee; and

 

  (e)

such other matters as are identified in this agreement or the relevant Articles as being within the ambit of that committee.

 

4.16

Audit committee

US GP JV Board and RoW Board shall each establish and maintain an audit committee. The membership of the audit committee of the US GP Board and the RoW Board shall comprise of at least one Investor Director and, for so long as the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 20% of the Securities, one WPP Director provided that the Directors appointed to the audit committee for one Company shall also sit on the audit committee for the other Company. The scope and powers of each audit committee shall be determined from time to time by the relevant Board, but shall include:

 

  (a)

reviewing the financial statements of the relevant Company and the consolidated financial statements of the relevant Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time before publication and, as necessary, taking advice to be assured that the principles and policies adopted comply with statutory requirements and with the best practices in accounting standards;

 

  (b)

consulting with the external auditors (and any internal auditors) for the relevant Company and its Subsidiaries regarding the extent of their work and reviewing with them all major points arising from that auditors’ management letters and the response thereto;

 

  (c)

seeking to satisfy itself that the internal control and compliance environment for the relevant Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time is adequate and effective; and

 

9


  (d)

recommending to the relevant Board the appointment and level of remuneration of the external auditors.

 

4.17

Risk and compliance committee

US GP JV Board and RoW Board shall each establish and maintain a risk and compliance committee. The membership of the risk and compliance committee of the US GP Board and the RoW Board shall comprise of at least one Investor Director and, for so long as the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 20% of the Securities, one WPP Director provided that the Directors appointed to the risk and compliance committee for one Company shall also sit on the risk and compliance committee for the other Company. The scope and powers of each risk and compliance committee shall be determined from time to time by the relevant Board, but shall include:

 

  (a)

reviewing the governance, policy and strategy decisions with regulatory implications for the relevant Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (b)

developing, implementing and monitoring appropriate policies and training in relation to Risk and Compliance matters including but not limited to ABC, Sanctions, Corporate Behaviour;

 

  (c)

providing guidance on current, emerging and future regulatory matters and advising the relevant Board on regulatory strategy; and

 

  (d)

reviewing the progress in relation to delivering regulatory outputs for the relevant Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

4.18

Nomination committee

US GP JV Board and RoW Board shall each establish and maintain a nomination committee. The membership of the nomination committee of the US GP Board and the RoW Board shall comprise of at least one Investor Director and, for so long as the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 20% of the Securities, one WPP Director provided that the Directors appointed to the nomination committee for one Company shall also sit on the nomination committee for the other Company. The scope and powers of each nomination committee shall be determined from time to time by the relevant Board.

 

4.19

Establishment and composition of committees

The establishment or dissolution of any committee of the Board of each Company (or the board of directors of any other relevant Group Company) and any change to the composition or terms of reference of any such committee shall be determined by the relevant Board

 

5.

MANAGEMENT AND DECISION MAKING

 

5.1

Board responsibilities and obligations

Each Board:

 

  (a)

is responsible for the overall strategic guidance of the relevant Company and for overseeing the relevant Company’s internal controls;

 

10


  (b)

must use reasonable efforts to ensure that the business of the relevant Company is managed in accordance with this agreement, the Business Plan, the Budget and the Anti-Corruption Policies; and

 

  (c)

must make all decisions which are not part of the day-to-day management of the relevant Company or otherwise delegated to the Employees of the Group pursuant to delegations of authority to be adopted by the relevant Board.

 

5.2

Investor Securityholders may appoint Chief Executive Officer

 

(a)

The Investor Securityholders may after, for so long as the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 10% of the Securities, reasonable prior consultation with the WPP Securityholders, appoint and, subject to any applicable law, remove and replace the Chief Executive Officer of the US Group and/or the RoW Group who must report to the relevant Board provided that if a person is so appointed or removed as the Chief Executive Officer of the RoW Group, they shall also be appointed or removed as the Chief Executive Officer of the US Group (and vice versa).

 

(b)

For so long as the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 10% of the Securities:

 

  (i)

if the performance of the Business deteriorates materially from the agreed investment case or Business Plan from time to time then the Investor Securityholders and the WPP Securityholders agree that they will discuss the Chief Executive Officers’ position; and

 

  (ii)

if the performance does not improve within a certain timeframe, such timeframe and measure of performance to be agreed between the WPP Securityholders and the Investor Securityholders as part of such discussions,

then the WPP Securityholders shall have the right to request (but not to require) that the Chief Executive Officers be removed and a replacement appointed.

 

5.3

Matters requiring Board Approval

Each Board shall establish a list of delegated authorities for the day-to-day management of the relevant Company, with appropriate thresholds set for matters, which shall require the approval of a simple majority of the relevant Board (Board Approval).

 

5.4

Matters requiring Securityholder Approval

 

(a)

Each Securityholder undertakes to exercise all its powers as a Securityholder or otherwise so as to procure that no Group Company shall do any of the things listed in Schedule 5 (or anything which is analogous or has substantially similar effect to any of those things) without the prior written approval of the WPP Securityholders and the Investor Securityholders, provided that, subject to clause 22, the approval of the WPP Securityholder shall not be required:

 

  (i)

in respect of any matter listed in row 10 and row 15 (insofar as row 15 relates to row 10) of Schedule 5, if, at the applicable time, the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold less than 15% of the Securities;

 

  (ii)

in respect of all matters listed in Schedule 5, if, at the applicable time, the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold less than 5% of the Securities,

 

11


(b)

The approval required by this clause 5.4 is in addition to any resolution required by any applicable statute or general law.

 

5.5

Manner of giving Securityholder Approval

Any approval required to be given under clause 5.4 by a Securityholder may be given on behalf of that Securityholder by:

 

  (a)

notice in writing executed by or on behalf of that Securityholder;

 

  (b)

in the case of the WPP Securityholders, notice in writing signed by all relevant Directors appointed by that Securityholder;

 

  (c)

in the case of the WPP Securityholders, the affirmative vote of one of the relevant Directors appointed by that Securityholder; or

 

  (d)

the affirmative vote of that Securityholder at a general meeting of the Shareholders,

in each case stating that the notice or vote, as the case may be, constitutes the approval of that Securityholder for the purposes of clause 5.4 of this agreement.

 

5.6

Matters in relation to which a Securityholder has an Interest

If a Securityholder has an Interest in a matter that would otherwise require approval of that Securityholder under clause 5.4 and that Securityholder is precluded from voting on that matter in accordance with clause 6.2, then approval of that Securityholder is not required for the purposes of clause 5.4.

 

5.7

Matters under the Transfer Agreement, Transaction Documents and EY Steps Plan

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding any other provision in this agreement, no Securityholder Approval or Board Approval will be required to the extent that any matter is expressly contemplated under the Transaction Documents, EY Steps Plan or the Transfer Agreement.

 

  (b)

The Securityholders agree to take, and to procure that each Company takes, all actions reasonably necessary to implement the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents, EY Steps Plan or the Transfer Agreement.

 

5.8

Matters in relation to Infratest

The Companies are not to vote in a shareholders resolution or influence a Board in any manner that would have any adverse effect on Infratest dimap Gesellschaft für Trend- und Wahlforschung GmbH (Infratest) as part of the Business as follows:

 

  (a)

impairing the independence of Infratest and its management board (Infratest Board) and the high scientific standards of Infratest, in particular at the working level of empirical research;

 

  (b)

a move to dismiss the Infratest Board or a member of Infratest Board (as applicable) unless:

 

  (i)

the Companies and WPP Securityholders resolve unanimously that they have lost confidence in such Infratest Board, or

 

12


  (ii)

circumstances exist justifying summary dismissal (Kündigung aus wichtigem Grund) of a member of the Infratest Board including where he committed any fraudulent act.

 

5.9

Information duties in case of changes of interest holding in Infratest

The Investor RoW Securityholder will promptly inform the Federal Republic of Germany in writing should the Investor RoW Securityholder or any of its Affiliates:

 

  (a)

acquire additional directly or indirectly held voting rights in Infratest (i.e. beyond the current interest of 51% that the Investor RoW Securityholder will have on First Completion (as defined in the Transfer Agreement)), as soon as such additional acquisitions each or in aggregate amount to 5% of the voting rights in Infratest; or

 

  (b)

divest directly or indirectly held voting rights in Infratest to a non-EU/non-EFTA investor, provided that such divestment reaches or exceeds the threshold of Sec. 56 para. 1 No. 1 AWV of 10% of voting rights. Should the acquirer not be known to the Investor RoW Securityholder (e.g. in case of an exit via the equity capital markets), informing of the divestment without providing information on the acquirer will suffice.

 

5.10

Other matters relating to Infratest

If in connection with the Investor Securityholders’ ownership of Infratest the BWMi in Germany requests or requires any amendments to be made to this agreement, or such amendments are necessary to conform clauses 5.8 and 5.9 of this agreement to any undertakings or requests required or made (as the case may be) of the Investor Securityholder by the BMWi in relation to Infratest, (the BMWi’s Request) the parties agree to discuss such requirements and to work together in good faith to make any such amendments to this agreement as are reasonably required to comply with the BMWi’s Request.

 

6.

CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

6.1

Directors’ Interests and voting rights

Subject to clauses 6.2 and 6.3, if a Director has an Interest in any matter which conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the Company of which they are a Director, US JVCo or the Business and which is to be considered or voted upon at a relevant Board meeting or which is to be subject of a written resolution of the relevant Directors:

 

  (a)

unless the Director has already given a general notice of his Interest in accordance with relevant law, the Director must without delay declare the Interest by giving written notice to each other Director setting out the nature and extent of the Interest and the relation of the Interest to the affairs of the relevant Company or the Business; and

 

  (b)

so long as the Director complies with clause 6.1(a) but subject to clause 6.2 and clause 6.3, the Director:

 

  (i)

is entitled to attend or participate in any discussion on matters that relate to the Interest;

 

  (ii)

is entitled to receive all information and advice received by the other Directors on matters that relate to the Interest;

 

13


  (iii)

is entitled to vote (and be counted in a quorum at a meeting) on matters that relate to the Interest; and

 

  (iv)

is entitled to retain benefits under any transaction relating to the Interest and the relevant Company cannot avoid any such transaction merely because of the existence of the Interest.

 

6.2

Conflict between Interests and Company rights

A Securityholder or Director who has an Interest in any matter is not entitled to exercise any right or power to prevent any relevant Group Company from enforcing its rights or defending itself in relation to that matter.

 

6.3

Securityholder Interests and Directors’ voting rights

Without prejudice to clause 6.2, if any matter to be considered or voted upon at a Board meeting relates to:

 

  (a)

any Group Company enforcing rights under or taking any action against a Securityholder (or a member of its group) in relation to any matter arising under this agreement, the Transfer Agreement or any other agreement entered into between any relevant Group Company and a Securityholder (or a member of its group);

 

  (b)

any Group Company defending itself against any action taken against it by a Securityholder (or a member of its group);

 

  (c)

any Group Company taking any action against a Director appointed by a Securityholder in relation to any (or any alleged) breach of duty by that Director; or

 

  (d)

any Group Company defending itself against any action taken against it by a Director appointed by a Securityholder,

then that matter must be considered at a separate meeting or meetings of the relevant Board (notice of which must be given to each relevant Director), and all the Directors appointed by the relevant Securityholder:

 

  (i)

are not entitled to be present for the relevant part of the relevant meeting of the relevant Board relating to such matter;

 

  (ii)

are not entitled to receive information or advice received by the relevant Company on that matter; and

 

  (iii)

are not entitled to vote (or be counted in the quorum at a meeting) in relation to that matter.

The quorum for any such meeting is a majority of the Directors then in office who are entitled to vote on the matter.

 

7.

BUSINESS PLANS, BUDGETS AND DIVIDEND POLICY

 

7.1

Initial Business Plan and Budget

The Business Plan and Budget for the Financial Year ending 31 December 2020 as adopted by the Boards will be the Initial Business Plan and the Initial Budget, respectively.

 

14


7.2

Subsequent Business Plans and Budgets

 

(a)

The Companies shall prepare for the approval of the Boards an initial Budget, which each Board shall submit to their relevant WPP Securityholder, WPP and the relevant Investor Securityholder not less than two calendar months before the start of the relevant Financial Year or as specified in the WPP reporting calendar for that fiscal year. A final form of the Budget shall be prepared and submitted at such time as is reasonably required in order to meet WPP reporting and budgeting deadlines applicable to members of the WPP Group (but in any event, not earlier than the end of the first week of January in the Financial Year to which the final Budget relates).

 

(b)

The Subsidiaries of US JVCo comprising “Kantar North America” will be managed as a separate division of the Business (Kantar North America), run by a divisional CEO who reports directly to the CEO of the relevant Board.

 

(c)

In respect of each Financial Year:

 

  (i)

during the preceding calendar year, the internal board of Kantar North America will set an individual budget for each Subsidiary comprising Kantar North America, with such individual budgets rolling up into an aggregate “North America budget” (the North America Budget);

 

  (ii)

in determining the North America Budget:

 

  (A)

the internal board of Kantar North America will hold budget review meetings with the Subsidiaries comprising Kantar North America, following which that board will submit the North America Budget to the relevant Board; and

 

  (B)

the internal board of Kantar North America is entitled to take autonomous decisions (i.e., without input from the relevant Board) with a view to focusing Kantar North America’s resource and efforts in a manner that will best help Kantar North America to grow and deliver against its targets, but in doing so must ensure that the North America Budget aligns with global initiatives that are critical to the Group, such as HBG or Marketplace;

 

  (iii)

in the second full week of December in the preceding calendar year, the relevant Board and the internal board of the North America Division will review the North America Budget;

 

  (iv)

on a monthly basis, each Subsidiary comprising Kantar North America will submit its actual results to the internal board of Kantar North America, who will review those results against the North America Budget; and

 

  (v)

on a quarterly basis, the internal board of Kantar North America will present its conclusions arising out of the review under clause 7.2(c)(iv) to the relevant Board.

 

(d)

For so long as the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 20% of the Securities, the Budget shall conform to a template provided for such purpose by WPP (as updated and notified by WPP to each Company from time to time) (the WPP Format).

 

(e)

The Budget for a Financial Year must include:

 

15


  (i)

a breakdown of monthly consolidated revenues, operating expenses, operating results, other income and expenses, net interest expenses and net profits before taxes, and on a consolidated basis profits after taxes;

 

  (ii)

a breakdown of monthly capital expenditures and cash flow;

 

  (iii)

a breakdown by client of revenue and revenue less pass-through costs; and

 

  (iv)

an analysis of movements in monthly headcount and salaries and a breakdown of both by function.

 

(f)

The Budget shall be updated from time to time in accordance with paragraph 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 6.

 

(g)

The Board shall determine the terms of any amendment to the Business Plan.

 

7.3

Dividend policy

Subject to any Securityholder Approval being obtained as required, the Board of each Company (and/or, to the extent required by law or, if applicable, the Articles of the relevant Company, the Shareholders’ meeting of the relevant Company) shall determine if and when any dividend or other distribution shall be declared and/or paid.

 

8.

INFORMATION RIGHTS

 

8.1

Accounts and periodic reporting

Each Company must:

 

  (a)

maintain accurate and complete accounting and other financial records in accordance with all applicable laws;

 

  (b)

for so long as the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 5% of the Securities, prepare the accounts, reports and information set out in Part 1 of Schedule 6, and provide copies of those accounts, reports and information to each relevant WPP Securityholder as soon as they are available and in any event within the period specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6;

 

  (c)

keep its relevant WPP Securityholders and Investor Securityholders updated with material developments in the business, including significant client wins and losses, in the case of the WPP Securityholders, for so long as they together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 5% of the Securities; and

 

  (d)

for so long as the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 5% of the Securities, provide each relevant WPP Securityholder with any other information required:

 

  (i)

to allow that WPP Securityholder to comply with the WPP Group’s reporting requirements in accordance with the ‘associate status’ of each Company; and/or

 

  (ii)

in order to allow the WPP Group to meet its reporting obligations under any applicable listing rules or any other applicable law, regulation or requirement.

 

16


8.2

Other information to be provided

Each Company must promptly provide to its Investor Securityholder and (for so long as the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 5% of the Securities) each of its WPP Securityholders the information set out in Part 2 of Schedule 6.

 

8.3

Access to books, records and other information

 

(a)

Subject to clause 8.4, each Company must give its Investor Securityholder and (for so long as the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 5% of the Securities) each of its WPP Securityholders and each relevant Nominated Director (without prejudice to any rights they may have under applicable law) reasonable access on reasonable notice to:

 

  (i)

inspect the assets of the relevant Company and/or each of its Subsidiaries from time to time;

 

  (ii)

inspect and take copies of documents relating to the relevant Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries from time to time, including the statutory registers and all accounting and other financial records; and

 

  (iii)

discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the relevant Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries from time to time with the relevant responsible officer, any person who reports directly to that officer and the auditor of the relevant Company and/or each of its Subsidiaries from time to time.

 

(b)

Subject to clause 8.4, each Company must give to its Investor Securityholder and (for so long as the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 5% of the Securities) each of its WPP Securityholders and each relevant Nominated Director (without prejudice to any rights they may have under applicable law) on reasonable notice any information reasonably requested by such person.

 

8.4

Exceptions to Securityholder access rights

Nothing in clause 8.3 requires a Company to give any person access to information if to do so would, in the reasonable opinion of the relevant Board:

 

  (a)

constitute a breach by the relevant Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries from time to time of any obligation of confidentiality owed to a third party or imposed by law; or

 

  (b)

materially disrupt, or have a material adverse effect on, the business or operations of the relevant Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries from time to time.

 

8.5

Disclosure of information

A Nominated Director or Observer is entitled to pass information concerning any Group Company to his Appointer or any of his Appointer’s Affiliates or Associated Persons, so long as each recipient keeps that information confidential in accordance with clause 26.

 

8.6

Equality of information

For so long as the WPP Securityholders together with their respective Permitted Transferees in aggregate hold at least 5% of the Securities, if any information concerning the Group is provided by any Group Company to an Investor Securityholder or a WPP Securityholder, the

 

17


same information shall be provided at the same, or substantiality the same, time to any other Investor Securityholder and/or WPP Securityholder who did not receive such information.

 

9.

OTHER CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANIES

 

9.1

Compliance

Each Company must take all reasonable steps to obtain, and must comply in all material respects with the terms of, all governmental and other licences and consents necessary for the conduct of its business and must procure that each of their respective Subsidiaries from time to time does likewise.

 

9.2

Insurance

 

(a)

Each Company must keep insured, and must procure that each of their respective Subsidiaries from time to time keeps insured, at all times with a reputable insurer:

 

  (i)

all its assets against such risks and in such manner and to such extent as accords with good commercial practice with regard to assets of the same kind in comparable circumstances;

 

  (ii)

itself in respect of any accident, damage, injury, third-party loss, loss of profits and other risks and to such an extent as accords with good commercial practice with regard to a business of the same kind as that of the relevant Group Company; and

 

  (iii)

to the maximum extent permitted by law, its directors and officers against any liability incurred by them in the lawful performance of their duties, on terms approved by the relevant Board.

 

(b)

Each Company must procure that its insurance policies are reviewed by its insurance brokers at least once every year and that all reasonable recommendations made by its brokers in relation to such policies are complied with, unless the relevant Board decides otherwise.

 

9.3

Data centre, ERP and IT carve-out

The Companies will procure that the Group invests, within five years of the date of this agreement, $147m on upgrading and remediating the Group’s Information Technology estate, including:

 

  (a)

its infrastructure and datacentres;

 

  (b)

its enterprise resource planning (ERP) system; and

 

  (c)

the investment required in order to implement the carve-out of the Group’s Information Technology from that of the WPP Group (including the logical and physical separation of the Group’s reliance on the IBM Agreements, and the execution of a new agreement in respect of the same or substantially the same services between one or more Group Companies and IBM (or its Affiliate)).

 

10.

FUNDING AND ISSUES OF SECURITIES

 

10.1

No obligation to provide funding or security

The Securityholders intend that each Company will be self-financing and will obtain any additional funds required from third parties without recourse to the relevant Securityholders. No Securityholder is obliged to:

 

18


  (a)

contribute any funds (whether in the form of debt or equity) to any Group Company; or

 

  (b)

other than pursuant to the Finance Documents, give any security or provide any guarantee on behalf or for the benefit of any Group Company.

 

10.2

Further financing

The parties acknowledge and agree that:

 

  (a)

if the relevant Board concludes that the relevant Company needs further finance for the Business or to make any acquisition of assets or shares, such further finance shall be obtained by way of third-party debt financing, insofar as the relevant Board determines that it is reasonably practicable to do so on terms which, acting reasonably, the relevant Board considers commercially acceptable to the relevant Company. If such funding is not available on such terms, the relevant Board will consider whether or not to seek further finance from the relevant Securityholders; and

 

  (b)

any Group Company may grant Encumbrances to secure any bank facilities secured under clause 10.2(a).

 

10.3

Restrictions on issues of Securities

Each Company must not issue any Securities unless the issue:

 

  (a)

is permitted by clause 10.4; or

 

  (b)

has received the relevant Board Approval and is made in accordance with the rights offer process set out in clause 11,

provided in all cases that no Securities shall be issued to any person who is not a Securityholder immediately before any such proposed issue and is not a party to this agreement, or who has not entered into a Deed of Adherence.

 

10.4

Permitted issues

 

(a)

Each Company may issue Securities:

 

  (i)

in accordance with clause 12;

 

  (ii)

in accordance with clause 13;

 

  (iii)

to or for the benefit of Employees of the Group provided that such issuance dilutes the Equity Proportions of the applicable Investor Securityholders and WPP Securityholders pro rata to their Equity Proportions immediately before such issuance. If an issue of Securities under this clause 10.4(a)(iii) would cause the WPP Securityholders’ Equity Proportion in aggregate to be reduced below 20, the WPP Securityholders or the relevant WPP Securityholder (as applicable) shall be entitled by notice to the relevant Company and the relevant Investor Securityholder given within 10 Business Days of becoming aware of that issue to subscribe for Securities in RoW JVCo and/or US JVCo (as applicable) at a price per Security determined in accordance with the most recent Quarterly Valuation so that after such subscription the WPP Securityholders’ Equity Proportion in aggregate would be 20. If a WPP Securityholder or the WPP Securityholders (as applicable) notify the relevant Company or Companies that they wish to subscribe for such Securities, the relevant Investor Securityholder or Investor Securityholders shall procure that the relevant Company or Companies issue such Securities within 10 Business Days of

 

19


 

such notice being received by the relevant Company and the relevant Investor Securityholder; or

 

  (iv)

with the prior written consent of each relevant Securityholder.

 

(b)

Where Securities are to be issued, they may be issued separately or simultaneously by each Company.

 

(c)

If a Company issues Securities, promptly after completing any such issuance that Company shall provide the relevant Securityholders with copies of the share capital table (or, with respect US JVCo, the interest capital table) and register of shareholders or interestholders for the relevant Company reflecting such issuance.

 

11.

RIGHTS OFFERS

 

11.1

Rights offer notice

If a Company proposes to issue any Securities pursuant to clause 10.3(b), it must first give written notice to each of its Securityholders (an Offer Notice) as soon as reasonably practicable after the relevant Board Approval for that issue is given, inviting each of its Securityholders to subscribe for those Securities. An Offer Notice must:

 

  (a)

specify the aggregate number of Securities the relevant Company proposes to offer for subscription (the Offer Securities), the issue price per Security (the Offer Price) (which must be in cash) and any other terms and conditions of the issue (the Offer Terms);

 

  (b)

state that, subject to the provisions of this agreement, each relevant Securityholder is entitled to subscribe for its relevant Equity Proportion (as at the date of the Offer Notice) of the total number of Offer Securities (as at the date of Offer Notice) at the Offer Price and on the Offer Terms (Rights Entitlement);

 

  (c)

include copies of the share capital table and register of members for the relevant Company or Companies as at the date of the Offer Notice;

 

  (d)

confirm the number of Offer Securities in the relevant Securityholder’s Rights Entitlement;

 

  (e)

specify the period for which the offer is open, which must be at least ten Business Days (the Offer Period);

 

  (f)

state that the relevant Securityholder may apply for more Offer Securities than its Rights Entitlement and will be liable to subscribe for up to the number of Offer Securities applied for if other relevant Securityholders do not take up their full Rights Entitlement;

 

  (g)

invite the relevant Securityholder to apply for Offer Securities by giving written notice to the relevant Company no later than 5.00 pm on the last day of the Offer Period, stating the number of Offer Securities for which the relevant Securityholder wishes to subscribe (which may be greater than, equal to or less than the relevant Securityholder’s Rights Entitlement); and

 

  (h)

not be revoked unless otherwise decided by the relevant Board.

 

20


11.2

Allocation of Offer Securities

 

(a)

Each Securityholder that applies for Offer Securities in accordance with the provisions of this agreement and the terms of the Offer Notice (a Subscribing Securityholder) will be issued the number of Offer Securities calculated under this clause 11.2.

 

(b)

If the total number of Offer Securities applied for by all Subscribing Securityholders is less than or equal to the total number of Offer Securities, the relevant Company must issue to each Subscribing Securityholder the number of Offer Securities that it applied for.

 

(c)

If the total number of Offer Securities applied for by all Subscribing Securityholders is more than the total number of Offer Securities, the relevant Company must issue all of the Offer Securities to the Subscribing Securityholders, so far as practicable, in proportion to the number of Securities then held by them but so that no Subscribing Securityholder will be issued more Offer Securities than it applied for.

 

(d)

A relevant Securityholder that does not apply in writing for any Offer Securities within the Offer Period is not entitled to subscribe for any Offer Securities.

 

11.3

Notice of outcome of rights offer process

Within five Business Days after the end of the Offer Period, the relevant Company must give notice to each Subscribing Securityholder, specifying:

 

  (a)

the number of Offer Securities to be issued to that Subscribing Securityholder (the Subscription Securities) calculated under clause 11.2;

 

  (b)

the subscription price payable by that Subscribing Securityholder for its Subscription Securities as set out in the Offer Terms or as determined, where applicable, in accordance with clause 11.4 (Subscription Price); and

 

  (c)

the proposed date for completion of the issue of the Offer Securities, which must be at least ten Business Days and no more than 15 Business Days after expiry of the Offer Period (the Offer Closing Date).

 

11.4

Subscription Price

If any Securityholder elects not to subscribe for its full Rights Entitlement offered to it pursuant to an Offer Notice (an Affected Party), an Affected Party may require, by notice to the relevant Company within two Business Days of the end of the Offer Period, that the Subscription Price for the Subscription Securities be (other than where there exists an Event of Default) a minimum of the implied price per Security as determined by the relevant Board by reference to the most recent Quarterly Valuation.

 

11.5

Quarterly Valuation

As used in clause 11.4, Quarterly Valuation means the most recent quarterly valuation of the relevant Company delivered to the limited partners in the Investment Funds Controlling the Investor Securityholder.

 

11.6

Closing of rights offer process

On the Offer Closing Date:

 

21


  (a)

each Subscribing Securityholder must pay to the relevant Company the Subscription Price for its Subscription Securities;

 

  (b)

on receipt of such payment, the relevant Company must issue to each Subscribing Securityholder its Subscription Securities; and

 

  (c)

the relevant Company must enter the name of each Subscribing Securityholder in the register of shareholders or interestholders of that Company as holder of its Subscription Securities and execute and deliver to each Subscribing Securityholder a share certificate (if applicable) representing its Subscription Securities.

 

12.

EMERGENCY FUNDING

 

(a)

If:

 

  (i)

an event of default has occurred, and is continuing; or

 

  (ii)

in the reasonable opinion of the Investor Securityholders, would be reasonably likely to occur but for any additional financing from the Securityholders,

in each case pursuant to any of the financing arrangements of either, or both of, the Companies or their Subsidiaries (an Event of Default), the relevant Company may issue Securities not in compliance with clause 11 (EoD Securities), provided that, if reasonably practicable, before any issuance of any such EoD Securities, the relevant Company or Companies shall provide the relevant Securityholders with copies of the current share capital table and register of members for the relevant Company or Companies.

 

(b)

If any EoD Securities are issued pursuant to paragraph (a) above and a relevant Securityholder does not subscribe for EoD Securities (a Non-Subscribing Securityholder), any such Non-Subscribing Securityholder shall have the right, for a period of 20 Business Days following the issue of the EoD Securities, to acquire EoD Securities from the other Securityholders (equal to its respective Equity Proportion before the issue of any such EoD Securities) on the same price and terms as those that the relevant Securityholder paid and agreed to pursuant to the issuance of the EoD Securities by notice to the relevant Securityholder. The relevant Company or Companies shall provide the Non-Subscribing Securityholder with copies of the share capital table and register of members for the relevant Company or Companies in accordance with clause 10.4(c) within 5 Business Days of any EoD Securities being issued.

 

13.

ACQUISITION ISSUES

 

(a)

If it is proposed that a Group Company is to acquire a business or company from a bona fide third party who is not an Investor Securityholder or any of their respective Affiliates and, as part of the direct or indirect consideration for the transaction, the seller of such business or company is to receive Securities, RoW JVCo and/or US JVCo and/or US GPCo (as applicable) may issue such Securities to such seller (Acquisition Seller) provided that any issuance of Securities dilutes the Equity Proportions of the relevant Investor Securityholder and the relevant WPP Securityholders pro rata to their Equity Proportions immediately before such issuance (an Acquisition Issuance).

 

(b)

If pursuant to an Acquisition Issuance the WPP Securityholders’ Equity Proportion in aggregate would be reduced below 20, the WPP Securityholders or the relevant WPP Securityholder (as applicable) shall be entitled by notice to the relevant Company and the Investor Securityholders given within 10 Business Days of becoming aware of that Acquisition Issuance to subscribe for Securities in RoW JVCo and/or US JVCo and/or US GPCo (as applicable) at the same implied price, on the same terms and for the same classes of Securities as the Acquisition Seller subscribed

 

22


 

for Securities so that after such subscription the WPP Securityholders’ Equity Proportion in aggregate would be 20. If a WPP Securityholder or the WPP Securityholders (as applicable) notify the relevant Company or Companies that they wish to subscribe for such Securities, the relevant Investor Securityholder shall procure that the relevant Company or Companies issue such Securities within 10 Business Days of such notice being received by the relevant Company and the Investor Securityholders.

 

14.

MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

Subject to clause 10.4(a)(iii), if, in accordance with the terms of this agreement, it is determined that securities in a Group Company be issued to or for the benefit of Employees of the Group pursuant to a management incentive plan or similar (a MIP), the parties agree that:

 

  (a)

any such issuance shall not result in the Investor Securityholders or the WPP Securityholders (or any of their respective Permitted Transferees) holding any Securities in any Company other than ordinary shares or interests ranking pari passu with all other ordinary shares or interests in the relevant Company;

 

  (b)

the Companies shall not, pursuant to any MIP, issue any Securities other than ordinary shares or interests ranking pari passu with all other ordinary shares or interests in the relevant Company;

 

  (c)

subject to paragraphs (a) and (b) above, any preference shares, preference interests or similar that are issued by a Subsidiary of US JVCo, US GPCo or RoW JVCo pursuant to any MIP, shall only be held by a Group Company and by or for the benefit of the relevant Employees of the Group and shall not be held by any Investor Securityholder (or any of its Affiliates) or any WPP Securityholder (or any of its Affiliates); and

 

  (d)

any such issuance by a Subsidiary of one of the Companies shall dilute the indirect holdings of the applicable Investor Securityholder and the applicable WPP Securityholders in that Subsidiary pro rata to their Equity Proportions immediately before such issuance.

 

15.

RESTRICTIONS ON DISPOSAL

 

15.1

Purpose of this clause

Each Securityholder (and, to the extent applicable, each Company):

 

  (a)

acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purpose of this clause 15 is to maintain (subject to Disposals of Securities permitted by this agreement) the closely held nature of each Company by restricting the way in which Securityholders may Dispose of their Securities and giving Securityholders an opportunity to buy any Securities offered for sale before those Securities are offered to any party who is not a party to this agreement and (ii) this clause 15 is in the corporate interest of the relevant Company; and

 

  (b)

must not, and must procure that its Affiliates do not, enter into any arrangement, structuring device or other transaction (including any transfer of any direct or indirect transfer of any securities in the Securityholder) which is designed, directly or indirectly, to avoid the provisions of this clause 15 or is otherwise inconsistent with the purpose of this clause 15;

 

  (c)

agrees, subject to (d) below, that the rights and restrictions on transfers in this agreement shall apply to any indirect transfer of Securities by any Securityholder’s parent undertakings within the meaning of section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006; and

 

23


  (d)

agrees that, notwithstanding anything in this agreement to the contrary, no transfer of any: (a) interests in any Investment Fund; and/or (b) shares in WPP, shall in each case constitute a breach of the restrictions on transfer of Securities in this agreement.

 

15.2

Restrictions on Disposal of Securities before the third anniversary of the Effective Date

Except for a Disposal:

 

  (a)

which is a transfer of Securities permitted by clause 15.5; or

 

  (b)

to which all the other Securityholders give their prior written consent,

no Securityholder may Dispose of any Security before the third anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

15.3

Restrictions on Disposal of Securities on or after the third anniversary of the Effective Date

On or after the third anniversary of the Effective Date, a Securityholder may Dispose of some or all of its Securities only if the Disposal:

 

  (a)

is a Disposal of the type permitted under clause 15.5; or

 

  (b)

is a sale of Securities made under clauses 16, 17 and/or 18, provided, in each case, that a Securityholder may only Dispose of some or all (as applicable) of its Securities if it and/or its Affiliates (as applicable) transfer an equal proportion of their Securities in each Company to the same transferee pursuant to the relevant transfer.

 

15.4

Restrictions on Disposal of the Unlimited Partnership Interest

US GPCo may only Dispose of its Unlimited Partnership Interest before the termination of the agreement with the prior written consent of each of the Investor Securityholders and the WPP Securityholders.

 

15.5

Permitted transfers

Subject to clause 19, a Securityholder may transfer its Securities:

 

  (a)

pursuant to clause 15.6;

 

  (b)

to a Permitted Transferee (other than, in the case of an Investor Securityholder, any Permitted Transferee who is a limited partner or similar in any Investment Fund Controlled by, Controlling or under common Control with, such Investor Securityholder) where the Permitted Transferee first executes and delivers to the relevant Company a Deed of Adherence; for the avoidance of doubt, a Securityholder may transfer its Securities in accordance with this paragraph where a Tag Notice or Drag Notice has been served in accordance with this agreement provided that the provisions of clauses 17 or 18 (as applicable) shall apply to the Permitted Transferee in place of the transferring Securityholder; or

 

  (c)

with the prior written consent of each of the Investor Securityholders and the WPP Securityholders.

 

24


15.6

Syndication

 

(a)

Subject to clause 15.7, the Investor Securityholders and/or their respective Affiliates may at any time within the 12-month period from the Effective Date, enter into a definitive written agreement to indirectly transfer to one or more third-party co-investors (the Syndicatees) up to a maximum, in aggregate, of 10% of the aggregate of the Securities held by the Investor Securityholders and their respective Affiliates as at the Effective Date (Syndication) provided that:

 

  (i)

if the Investor Securityholders indirectly transfer Securities in one Company, they must transfer the same proportion of Securities in the other Company to the same transferee (any such Securities being transferred pursuant to this clause 15.6 being Syndication Securities); and

 

  (ii)

the relevant Investor Securityholder remains the registered holder of the Securities at all times.

 

(b)

The obligations and liabilities of the other Securityholders under this agreement shall not be increased as a result of such Syndication. Such Syndicatee shall not affect a transfer of any of its Syndication Securities, except a transfer required by the terms of this agreement or the relevant Articles.

 

(c)

Each of the other parties to this agreement consents to any transfer of Securities made in accordance with this clause 15.6.

 

(d)

The parties to this agreement acknowledge and agree that, in the event of any Syndication pursuant to this clause 15.6:

 

  (i)

no fees shall be payable by any Securityholders (other than the relevant Investor Securityholder) or any Group Company as a result of such transfer to a Syndicatee;

 

  (ii)

clauses 16 and 18 shall not apply in respect of any such transfer to a Syndicatee; and

 

  (iii)

there shall be no change in the composition of either Board following such transfer to a Syndicatee.

 

15.7

Restrictions on Syndication

The provisions of clause 15.6 shall only apply where the Syndicatee is a financial investor and not where the Syndicatee is a strategic investor.

 

15.8

Retransfer by Permitted Transferee

If a Securityholder holding Securities transferred to it under clause 15.5(b) is about to cease to be a Permitted Transferee of the transferor that transferred those Securities to that Securityholder, it must immediately transfer all of its Securities back to that transferor or to another Permitted Transferee of that transferor.

 

16.

FIRST OFFER RIGHTS ON SALE

 

16.1

Sale Notice

 

  (a)

If at any time on or after the third anniversary of the Effective Date a Securityholder wishes to Dispose of all or any of its Securities other than under clause 15.5 or clause

 

25


 

18, that Securityholder (a Selling Securityholder) must first give written notice to each other Securityholder, copied to each Company (a Sale Notice). A Sale Notice must:

 

  (i)

specify the number of Securities the Selling Securityholder proposes to Dispose of (the Sale Securities);

 

  (ii)

confirm the number of Sale Securities that the relevant Securityholder may make a binding offer to buy being the relevant Securityholder’s Equity Proportion (as at the date of such Sale Notice and adjusted to exclude the Sale Securities) of the total number of Sale Securities (as at the date of such Sale Notice) (the Offer Right Entitlement);

 

  (iii)

specify a period, which must be at least 20 Business Days, during which recipients of the Sale Notice may make a binding offer to buy all or more than that relevant Securityholder’s Offer Right Entitlement (the Sale Period) and that the relevant Securityholder will be liable to buy up to the number of Sale Securities it offers to buy if other relevant Securityholders do not take up in full their Offer Right Entitlement;

 

  (iv)

if the Selling Securityholder is the Majority Holder, specify whether the Selling Securityholder intends to issue a Drag Notice pursuant to clause 17.2 in respect of such Disposal; and

 

  (v)

not be revoked unless otherwise agreed by the relevant Board.

 

  (b)

Following service of a Sale Notice, the relevant Securityholders and each relevant Company agree to provide each Securityholder who is entitled to a Sale Notice with any reasonable assistance they require, including access to the relevant Group Companies, their Employees and their records (including financial and accounting), to allow such Securityholders to complete reasonable due diligence of the relevant Group Companies, at all times without materially disrupting or negatively impacting the Business (or relevant part of it), scoped in a manner that has regard to the information that the relevant Securityholder already possesses with respect to the Selling Securityholder and each relevant Company.

 

16.2

Offer notice

If at any point during the Sale Period a relevant Securityholder wishes to make a binding offer to the Selling Securityholder for all of or more than their Offer Right Entitlement, that Securityholder (a Buying Securityholder) must give a written notice to the Selling Securityholder, copied to each Company, by 5.00pm on the last day of the Sale Period (an Offer Notice). An Offer Notice must:

 

  (a)

state the proposed sale price per Security which must be a cash price (the Sale Price) and any other terms and conditions of the proposed sale, which are to be terms customary for a sale by a private equity investor in the United Kingdom market (the Sale Terms);

 

  (b)

invite the Selling Securityholder to accept the offer made in the Offer Notice in full or in part by giving written notice to the Buying Securityholder (with a copy to the relevant Company or Companies (as applicable)) by no later than 5.00 pm on the date ten Business Days after the date of issuance of the Offer Notice (an Acceptance Notice);

 

  (c)

state that, subject to the provisions of this agreement, the Offer Notice constitutes a binding and irrevocable offer by the Buying Securityholder to buy: (i) its Offer Right Entitlement; or (ii) more than its Offer Right Entitlement, in each case specifying the maximum number of Sale Securities it wishes to acquire;

 

26


  (d)

include evidence that the Buying Securityholder either has immediately available cash resources to purchase the Sale Securities notified to it by the Selling Securityholder in the Acceptance Notice at the Sale Price or “certain funds” financing on terms customary in the United Kingdom market in respect of such amount; and

 

  (e)

not be revoked unless otherwise agreed by the relevant Board.

 

16.3

Allocation of Sale Securities

 

(a)

Subject to clause 16.3(b), if the Selling Securityholder accepts the terms of the Offer Notice, the Selling Securityholder must sell to each relevant Buying Securityholder whose Offer Notice has been accepted in full or in part in accordance with the provisions of this agreement and the terms of the Offer Notice (an Accepted Securityholder), and each Accepted Securityholder must buy, the number of Sale Securities calculated under this clause 16.3 at the Sale Price and on the Sale Terms.

 

(b)

If the total number of Sale Securities that all Accepted Securityholders wish to buy is less than the total number of Sale Securities, the Selling Securityholder may, but is not obliged to, sell to each Accepted Securityholder and, if the Selling Securityholder elects to sell in such a case, each Accepted Securityholder must buy the number of Sale Securities stated in the Offer Notice given by that Accepted Securityholder.

 

(c)

If the total number of Sale Securities that all Accepted Securityholders wish to buy is equal to the total number of Sale Securities, the Selling Securityholder must sell and each Accepted Securityholder must buy the number of Sale Securities stated in the Offer Notice given by that Accepted Securityholder.

 

(d)

If the total number of Sale Securities that all Accepted Securityholders wish to buy is greater than the total number of Sale Securities, the Selling Securityholder must sell all of the Sale Securities to the Accepted Securityholders, so far as practicable and subject to clause 16.3(f), in proportion to the number of Securities then held by them, but so that no Accepted Securityholder will be sold more Sale Securities than the number stated in the Offer Notice given by that Accepted Securityholder.

 

(e)

A Securityholder that does not give an Offer Notice in accordance with clause 16.2 by 5.00 pm on the last day of the Sale Period is not entitled to make an offer for any of the Sale Securities.

 

(f)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Selling Securityholder shall be entitled to accept offers made by competing Buying Securityholders in descending order from the highest Sale Price to the lowest Sale Price offered by them.

 

16.4

Notice of outcome of sale process

Within ten Business Days after the end of the Sale Period, the Selling Securityholder must give notice to each Accepted Securityholder, specifying:

 

  (a)

the number of Sale Securities to be sold to that Accepted Securityholder calculated under clause 16.3 (the Accepted Securities); and

 

  (b)

the proposed date for completion of the sale of the Accepted Securities, which must be no fewer than 20 Business Days after expiry of the Sale Period or satisfaction or waiver of the relevant conditions precedent pursuant to the Sale Terms (the Sale Completion Date).

 

27


16.5

WPP Securityholder shareholder approval

If the Selling Securityholder is an Investor Securityholder and it accepts any offer made by any WPP Securityholder in accordance with clauses 16.1 to 16.4 and the transfer of the applicable Securities requires a shareholder approval of any member of the WPP Group, and that shareholder approval has not been obtained within three months of the acceptance by the Selling Securityholder of the applicable offer, the Selling Securityholder shall be entitled to terminate the relevant transaction and at any time up to six months thereafter agree to sell to any person the Sale Securities subject to the provisions of clauses 16.7(a) and 16.7(b).

 

16.6

Completion of the sale

On the Sale Completion Date:

 

  (a)

each Accepted Securityholder must pay to the Selling Securityholder the purchase price for its Accepted Securities; and

 

  (b)

the Selling Securityholder must deliver to each Accepted Securityholder a duly executed transfer agreement in favour of the Accepted Securityholder of that Accepted Securityholder’s Accepted Securities and must deliver to each Company share certificates representing all of the relevant Accepted Securities (to the extent any such certificate has been issued).

 

16.7

Sale of Sale Securities to third parties

The Selling Securityholder may at any time up to six months after the earlier of: (i) the date of expiry of the Sale Period; or (ii) the date that all Securityholders other than the Selling Securityholder confirm in writing to the Selling Securityholder that they will not make an offer in respect of their Offer Right Entitlement in compliance with this clause 16, sell to any third party any Sale Securities not allocated to Accepted Securityholders under clause 16.3 and thereafter complete such sale in accordance with the relevant sale and purchase agreement, so long as:

 

  (a)

those Securities are sold at a price per Security which is not less than the highest Sale Price received in respect of those Sale Securities provided that this restriction shall not apply unless the Selling Securityholder has received offers in compliance with this clause 16 from other Securityholders in respect of all of the Sale Securities; and

 

  (b)

the buyer of those Sale Securities first executes and delivers to each Company a Deed of Adherence (other than where all Securities are to be sold to that buyer pursuant to the transaction).

 

17.

DRAG RIGHTS

 

17.1

Application of this clause

This clause applies where a Sale Notice is given under clause 16.1 but:

 

  (a)

no Offer Notice is given under clause 16.2; or

 

  (b)

where an Offer Notice is given under clause 16.2, no Acceptance Notice is given under clause 16.2(b) and 16.3(a); or

 

  (c)

where the Selling Securityholder sells some (but not all) of the Sale Securities under clause 16 and remains the Majority Holder after the sale.

 

28


17.2

Service of a Drag Notice

If at any time up to 5.00 pm on the date which is 60 Business Days after the date on which the Sale Period expires, the Majority Holder agrees to sell all of its Securities to any person other than an Affiliate of the Majority Holder on arm’s length terms such that the person to whom such Securities are transferred would on completion of that agreement to sell hold more than 50% of the Securities (Drag Transaction), then the transferring Majority Holder may (at its election) within that 60 Business Day period give written notice (a Drag Notice) to each Minority Holder at any time before completing the proposed sale requiring each Minority Holder to sell its Securities (Drag Securities) to the proposed buyer of such Majority Holder’s Securities in accordance with this clause 17.

 

17.3

Contents of Drag Notice

A Drag Notice must:

 

  (a)

specify the number of Securities the Majority Holder proposes to sell (being all, and not some only, of its Securities), the proposed sale price per Security (the Drag Sale Price) and any other material terms and conditions of the proposed sale (the Drag Sale Terms). If the Drag Sale Price for the Securities the subject of the sale includes any non-cash consideration other than liquid marketable securities, the Drag Notice must include:

 

  (i)

a choice (of the relevant Minority Holder’s choosing) between:

 

  (A)

the same mix of non-cash and cash consideration as the Majority Holder is to receive pursuant to the Drag Transaction; or

 

  (B)

cash consideration only with the non-cash component being satisfied in cash at the Drag Value; and

 

  (ii)

the value that the Majority Holder is ascribing to the non-cash consideration which, if the Minority Holder elects, must be the Fair Value (the Drag Value);

 

  (b)

state the name of the person to whom the Majority Holder proposes to sell its Securities (the Drag Buyer) and, if that person is a body corporate, the Ultimate Holding Company of that person;

 

  (c)

state that it is a Drag Notice for the purposes of this agreement and that, subject to this clause 17, each Minority Holder is required to sell each of its Securities to the Drag Buyer for the Drag Sale Price and, subject to clause 17.4, on the Drag Sale Terms; and

 

  (d)

state the Majority Holder’s reasonable best estimate of the date for completion of the sale of the Drag Securities, which must be at least ten Business Days after the Drag Notice is given.

 

17.4

Effect of Drag Notice

If the Majority Holder gives a Drag Notice under this clause 17:

 

  (a)

each Minority Holder must, if an option is available in accordance with this clause 17, notify the Majority Holder of its election with respect to the Drag Value within 5 Business Days of receipt of the Drag Notice. If the Minority Holder fails to make such election within such period, it shall be deemed to have accepted the value that the Majority Holder is ascribing to the non-cash consideration pursuant to the Drag Transaction;

 

29


  (b)

each Minority Holder must, if an option is available in accordance with this clause 17, notify the Majority Holder of its election with respect to the form of consideration comprising the Drag Sale Price within 15 Business Days of receipt of the Drag Notice. If the Minority Holder fails to make such election within such period, it shall be deemed to have elected to receive the same mix of cash and non-cash consideration as the Majority Holder is receiving pursuant to the Drag Transaction;

 

  (c)

each Minority Holder must sell all of its Securities to the Drag Buyer on the terms stated in the Drag Notice;

 

  (d)

the Minority Holder must deliver to the Drag Buyer a duly executed transfer in favour of the Drag Buyer, together with share certificate(s) representing all of its Securities (to the extent any such certificate has been issued) and such other documents as the Majority Holder may reasonably require to give effect to the Drag Sale Terms;

 

  (e)

the Minority Holder must give the same warranties as to title and capacity, and the same indemnity as to leakage, as the Majority Holder gives to the Drag Buyer;

 

  (f)

except as provided in paragraph (e) above, the Minority Holder is not obliged to give any representations, warranties or indemnities in relation to any Group Company; and

 

  (g)

the Majority Holder must not sell any Securities to the Drag Buyer unless at the same time the Drag Buyer buys all of the Securities held by each Minority Holder on the terms stated in the Drag Notice; and

 

  (h)

the costs and expenses associated with the Drag Transaction, to the extent not borne by the Group, shall be borne by the relevant selling Securityholders pro rata to the amount of proceeds (which shall include the value attributed in accordance with this clause 17 to any non-cash consideration) actually payable to each such Securityholder.

 

17.5

By way of security for performance of its obligations under this clause 17, each Minority Holder irrevocably appoints each Investor Securityholder (severally, and not jointly or jointly and severally) as its attorney with full power and authority to do all such acts and things as the Minority Holder is required to do to comply with its obligations under this clause 17.

 

18.

TAG RIGHTS

 

18.1

Application of this clause

This clause 18 applies where:

 

  (a)

a Sale Notice is given under clause 16.1 but:

 

  (i)

no Offer Notice is given under clause 16.2; or

 

  (ii)

where an Offer Notice is given under clause 16.2, no Acceptance Notice is given under clause 16.2(b) and 16.3(a); or

 

  (iii)

where the Selling Securityholder sells some (but not all) of the Sale Securities under clause 16 and remains the Majority Holder after the sale; and

 

  (b)

the Majority Holder wishes to sell Securities to a third party on or after the third anniversary of the Effective Date (a Third Party Sale); and

 

30


  (c)

that Majority Holder has not issued a Drag Notice in respect of the Third Party Sale.

 

18.2

Tag Notice

If this clause 18 applies, the Majority Holder must first give written notice (a Tag Notice) to each Minority Holder. A Tag Notice must:

 

  (a)

specify the number of Securities the Majority Holder proposes to sell, the proposed sale price per Security (the Tag Sale Price) and any other terms and conditions of the Third Party Sale (the Tag Sale Terms) which, if the Tag Sale Price for the Securities the subject of the Third Party Sale includes any non-cash consideration other than liquid marketable securities, must include

 

  (i)

a choice (of the relevant Minority Holder’s choosing) between:

 

  (A)

the same mix of non-cash and cash consideration as the Majority Holder is to receive pursuant to the Third Party Sale; or

 

  (B)

cash consideration only with the non-cash component being satisfied in cash at the Tag Value; and

 

  (ii)

the value that the Majority Holder is ascribing to the non-cash consideration which, if the Minority Holder elects, must be the Fair Value (the Tag Value);

 

  (b)

state the name of the person to whom the Majority Holder proposes to sell its Securities (the Tag Buyer) and, if that person is a body corporate, the Ultimate Holding Company of that person;

 

  (c)

state that each Minority Holder has an option (a Tag Option) to direct the Majority Holder to require, as a condition of the sale of the Majority Holder’s Securities, that the Tag Buyer also buy:

 

  (i)

if the Tag Buyer (together with its Affiliates) would, following completion of the Third Party Sale, hold 50% or more of the Securities, at the Minority Holder’s election, either: (A) all of the Minority Holder’s Securities; or (B) the same proportion of the Minority Holder’s Securities as the proportion of Securities that the Majority Holder is selling pursuant to the Third Party Sale; or

 

  (ii)

if the Tag Buyer (together with its Affiliates) would, following completion of the Third Party Sale, hold less than 50% of the Securities, the same proportion of the Minority Holder’s Securities as the proportion of Securities that the Majority Holder is selling pursuant to the Third Party Sale,

(any such Securities being sold by the Minority Holder being Tag Securities), at the Tag Sale Price and, subject to clause 18.4, on the Tag Sale Terms;

 

  (d)

specify a period, which must be at least ten Business Days, during which recipients of a Tag Notice may exercise their Tag Options (the Tag Period); and

 

  (e)

state the Majority Holder’s reasonable best estimate of the date for completion of the sale of the Tag Securities if the Tag Option is exercised, which, unless otherwise agreed between the Majority Holder and the Minority Holder, must be at least ten Business Days after the end of the Tag Period.

 

31


A Minority Holder may elect, by notice to the Majority Holder and within five Business Days of receipt of the Tag Notice, that the Tag Value be the Fair Value. If the Minority Holder so elects, the Tag Period shall be extended to the date ten Business Days after the date that the Fair Value is determined.

 

18.3

Exercise of a Tag Option

A Minority Holder may exercise a Tag Option by giving notice in writing to the Majority Holder (with a copy to each Company) no later than 5.00 pm on the last day of the Tag Period. If the Tag Notice included a choice as to the form of consideration in respect of the Tag Sale Price, such notice shall also include the Minority Holder’s election with respect to the form of such consideration. Any exercise of a Tag Option is irrevocable unless the Majority Holder otherwise agrees in writing, provided that if:

 

  (a)

the material terms of the proposed Tag Along offer change with the result that the Tag Sale Price shall be less than the Tag Sale Price originally set forth and notified to the Minority Holders in relation to the Third Party Sale;

 

  (b)

the form of consideration differs from the form of consideration originally set forth and notified to the Minority Holders in relation to the Third Party Sale; or

 

  (c)

the other terms and conditions shall be materially less favourable to the Minority Holders exercising their Tag Option to those set forth and notified to such Minority Holders,

each Minority Shareholder shall be permitted to withdraw their exercise of the Tag Option by written notice to the Majority Holder and upon such withdrawal shall be released from their obligations with respect to such exercise of their Tag Option.

 

18.4

Effect of exercise of a Tag Option

If a Minority Holder exercises its Tag Option in accordance with clause 18.3, then:

 

  (a)

the Majority Holder must not complete any sale of any Securities to the Tag Buyer before the expiry of the Tag Period (as extended in accordance with clause 18.3 (if applicable));

 

  (b)

subject to clause 18.5, the Majority Holder must not complete the Third Party Sale unless at the same time the Tag Buyer buys each of that Minority Holder’s Tag Securities at the Tag Sale Price and, subject to this clause 18.4, on the Tag Sale Terms;

 

  (c)

the Minority Holder must sell the Tag Securities to the Tag Buyer on the terms stated in the Tag Notice;

 

  (d)

the Minority Holder must give the same warranties as to title and capacity, and the same indemnity as to leakage, as the Majority Holder gives to the Tag Buyer;

 

  (e)

except as provided in paragraph (d) above, the Minority Holder is not obliged to give any representations, warranties or indemnities in relation to any Group Company; and

 

  (f)

the costs and expenses associated with the Third Party Sale, to the extent not borne by the Group, shall be borne by the relevant selling Securityholders pro rata to the amount of proceeds (which shall include the value attributed in accordance with this clause 18 to any non-cash consideration) actually payable to each such Securityholder.

 

32


18.5

WPP Securityholder shareholder approval

If a Minority Holder who is a WPP Securityholder elects to exercise their Tag Option in accordance with clause 18.3 and the transfer of the applicable Tag Securities requires a shareholder approval of any member of the WPP Group, and that shareholder approval has not been obtained within two months of the relevant WPP Securityholder exercising the Tag Option, the Majority Holder and any other Securityholders shall be entitled to complete the sale of their Securities pursuant to the Third Party Sale provided that the Majority Holder procures that the buyer pursuant to the Third Party Sale agrees to complete the sale by the relevant WPP Securityholder within 10 Business Days of the date when the relevant WPP Securityholder obtains such shareholder approval provided it is obtained within three months of completion of the Majority Holder’s sale.

 

18.6

Time limit for completion of Third Party Sale

If the Third Party Sale has not been completed within 60 Business Days after the later of: (a) the end of the Tag Period; and (b) satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to completion pursuant to the Tag Sale Terms, the Majority Holder must not complete the Third Party Sale without first issuing a new Tag Notice and following the procedure set out in this clause 18.

 

19.

GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO ISSUE AND TRANSFER OF SECURITIES

 

19.1

Registration of issues and transfers of Securities

Each Company must not issue any Securities or register the transfer of any Securities unless:

 

  (a)

the issue or transfer is made in accordance with this agreement; and

 

  (b)

the subscriber or transferee (if not already a party to this agreement) (the New Party) first executes and delivers a Deed of Adherence to the relevant Company or Companies (as applicable).

 

19.2

710-12 of the 1915 Law

 

(a)

With respect to RoW JVCo and US GPCo, each Securityholder irrevocably undertakes to each other Securityholder, RoW JVCo and US GPCo to vote in favour of any resolutions approving a Disposal of Securities made in accordance with this agreement and the relevant Articles and further undertakes to accept any such transfer in accordance with article 710-12 of the 1915 Law.

 

(b)

If, on or after the third anniversary of the Effective Date, a Securityholder proposes to: (i) Dispose of its Shares in RoW JVCo or US GPCo pursuant to law 710/12 of the Luxembourg Companies Law; (ii) such Disposal is not permitted under this agreement; and (iii) such Disposal is not approved by relevant Shareholders holding at least three quarters of the all the relevant Shares, the relevant non-transferring Securityholders may, within three (3) months from the date of the refusal, acquire the relevant Shares on an equal treatment basis (unless otherwise agreed between them) or procure the acquisition of the relevant Shares, at a price determined in accordance with clause 19.2(d), except if the transferring Securityholder decides to forego the transfer. Upon request of the relevant Board, the three-month period can be extended by the president of the chamber of the district court of Luxembourg dealing with commercial matters and sitting as in summary proceedings, it being understood that such extension shall not exceed six (6) months.

 

(c)

To the extent that the Securityholders have not proposed to acquire the Shares pursuant to clause 19.2(b), the relevant Company may, within the same timeframe and with the consent of the transferring Securityholder, decide to: (i) reduce its share capital by an amount corresponding to the

 

33


 

aggregate nominal value of the relevant Shares; and (ii) repurchase and cancel such Shares at a price determined in accordance with clause 19.2(d).

 

(d)

For the purposes of clauses 19.2(b) and 19.2(c), the transfer price or redemption price shall correspond to the aggregate nominal value of the relevant Shares.

 

19.3

Acceptance of New Party as party

If a person becomes a holder of Securities, other than as a result of breach of this agreement, and the provisions of clause 19.1 are complied with, each party:

 

  (a)

accepts the New Party as a party to this agreement; and

 

  (b)

agrees and acknowledges that the New Party will be entitled to the rights and benefits of this agreement as if the New Party were named in this agreement as a Securityholder and, in the case of an Affiliate or Permitted Transferee of (i) an Investor US Securityholder, who is an Investor Securityholder and Investor US Securityholder; (ii) an Investor RoW Securityholder, who is an Investor Securityholder and Investor RoW Securityholder; (iii) a WPP US Securityholder, who is a WPP Securityholder and WPP US Securityholder; or (iv) a WPP RoW Securityholder and WPP Securityholder.

 

20.

PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES

 

20.1

Interpretation

For the purposes of this clause 20 a person engages in a business if the person or an Affiliate carries on the business as principal or agent or:

 

  (a)

is a partner, director, employee, contractor, consultant, adviser or agent in, of or to any person who carries on the business;

 

  (b)

has any direct or indirect financial interest (as shareholder, unit holder, financier or otherwise) in the business or any person who carries on the business; or

 

  (c)

is a partner, director, employee, contractor, consultant, adviser or agent in, of or to any person who has a direct or indirect financial interest (as shareholder, unit holder, financier or otherwise) in the business or any person who carries on the business.

 

20.2

Prohibited activities

 

(a)

Each Securityholder and each of its Affiliates (other than, in the case of an Investor Securityholder, any portfolio or investee company in which an Investor Securityholder or any Investment Fund which Controls an Investor Securityholder has an equity interest) must not directly or indirectly induce or attempt to induce any person who is a Senior Employee to leave the Employment of that Group Company.

 

(b)

Each WPP Securityholder shall procure that, whilst appointed and for a period of 12 months after ceasing to be appointed as a WPP Director or Observer appointed by the WPP Securityholder(s), any such person shall not engage in any activity that competes with the Business provided that any WPP senior executive who has general oversight of the WPP Group or business shall not be subject to this prohibition.

 

34


20.3

Duration of prohibitions

 

(a)

The undertaking in clause 20.2(a) applies in relation to each Securityholder for the period starting on the Effective Date and ending on the date that is two years after the date on which that Securityholder and all of its Affiliates cease to hold any Securities;

 

(b)

The undertaking in clause 20.2(b) applies in relation to each WPP Securityholder for the period starting on the date that the relevant WPP Securityholder appoints a WPP Director and ending on the date that is 12 months after the date on which the relevant WPP Director or Observer appointed by the WPP Securityholder(s) ceased to be a WPP Director or Observer as applicable.

 

20.4

Geographic application of prohibitions

 

(a)

The undertaking in clause 20.2(a) applies within those territories and countries where the Business operates, or operated, whilst the relevant Securityholder was a Securityholder.

 

(b)

The undertaking in clause 20.2(b) applies within those territories and countries where the Business operates, or operated, while such person is, or was, appointed a WPP Director or Observer appointed by the WPP Securityholder(s) as applicable.

 

20.5

Exceptions to non-solicitation

The prohibition in clause 20.2(a) does not prevent any Securityholder or Affiliate thereof from publishing any recruitment advertisement in any local or national newspaper or other publication or on any website, or from negotiating with any person who replies to any such advertisement or who initiates any contact with any Securityholder.

 

20.6

Operation of this clause 20

Clauses 20.2(a) and 20.2(b) and clauses 20.3 and 20.4 have effect together as if they consisted of separate prohibitions, each being severable from the other, and:

 

  (a)

it is the intention of the parties that each of the separate prohibitions so resulting applies separately and independently of all of the other separate prohibitions so resulting; and

 

  (b)

if any of the separate prohibitions so resulting is invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the invalidity or unenforceability of that prohibition does not affect the validity or enforceability of any of the other separate prohibitions so resulting.

 

20.7

Acknowledgements

Each Securityholder acknowledges that:

 

  (a)

the prohibitions in clause 20.2 are no more extensive than is reasonable in the circumstances to protect the business interests and goodwill of the Group; and

 

  (b)

damages alone may not be an adequate remedy if any Securityholder breaches this clause 20 and, without prejudice to any other remedy available to the relevant Company, the other Securityholders or the relevant Company may apply for injunctive relief if that Securityholder breaches or threatens to breach this clause 20 or if the other Securityholders or the relevant Company believe that Securityholder is likely to breach this clause 20.

 

35


21.

EXIT

 

(a)

The Securityholders acknowledge and agree that it is their collective intention to pursue an Exit.

 

(b)

Subject to clause 21(c) and without prejudice to the rights of the parties under clauses 14 to 18 (inclusive), the timing, structure, pricing and other terms and conditions (including target leverage, listing venue, amount of primary & secondary issuance, syndicate participants, advisers, fees and governance structure) of any IPO shall be discussed in good faith between the Investor Securityholders and the WPP Securityholders.

 

(c)

At any time after the third anniversary of the Effective Date the Investor Securityholders may direct that an IPO be undertaken and that, in connection with such IPO, each relevant Securityholder participate, and each relevant Securityholder hereby undertakes to participate, in any pre-IPO reorganisation (including to insert a new single holding company of the Business which will be listed pursuant to the IPO) provided that such a reorganisation does not adversely affect the gross value of the Securities of any Securityholder in a manner that is disproportionate to the effect on the gross value of the Investor Securityholders’ Securities.

 

(d)

Subject to clause 21(c) and without prejudice to the rights of the parties under clauses 14 to 18 (inclusive), all parties agree to take such actions, and to procure that such actions (subject to applicable law, rules and regulations) are taken, as is reasonably requested and agreed by the WPP Securityholders and the Investor Securityholders and the relevant Board or Boards (as applicable) to achieve any Exit, or where required by the Investor Securityholders pursuant to clause 21(c) as are determined by the Investor Securityholders to be necessary or desirable to achieve any such IPO, including:

 

  (i)

approving the appointment by the relevant Company (and/or relevant Group Company) of professional and corporate finance advisers approved by the relevant Board or Boards (as applicable) for and on behalf of the relevant Company (and/or relevant Group Company);

 

  (ii)

subject always to any fiduciary duties of the relevant Directors, by consenting to any Board Approvals necessary;

 

  (iii)

assisting in the production and negotiation of such documentation as is required to effect the Exit;

 

  (iv)

giving such co-operation and assistance as the relevant Board or Boards (as applicable) reasonably requests; and

 

  (v)

in relation to a proposed IPO, discussing in good faith:

 

  (A)

such undertakings in relation to the retention, disposal or manner of disposal of their shares or securities received as consideration for their Securities (known as ‘lock-ups’);

 

  (B)

any changes to the governance structure (including policies, standards or Anti-Corruption Policies) of the Companies or the Group; and

 

  (C)

provisions designed to result in an orderly disposal of Securities (or securities received as consideration for their Securities) by the Securityholders and to maximise the value from the IPO for the Securityholders, including, but not limited to, agreeing the target leverage of

 

36


 

the Group, listing venue, amount of primary and secondary issuance, syndicate participants, fees (including fees for legal, tax and other advisers) and listing price,

in each case, to the extent they are reasonably considered necessary or desirable by the corporate finance advisers, legal advisers or other professional advisers advising the relevant Company or Companies (as applicable) on the Exit; and

 

(e)

The parties acknowledge that, on an Exit:

 

  (i)

the Securityholders and the Directors will not give any representations, warranties or indemnities in connection with the Group, except:

 

  (A)

on a Sale, a warranty to be given by each of the relevant Securityholders as to the title to the Securities held by it in the capital of the relevant Company and as to its capacity to sell those Securities, as well as a customary leakage indemnity; and

 

  (B)

on an IPO, such warranties, representations and indemnities as are required by the underwriters in accordance with customary market practice at the relevant time;

 

  (ii)

there shall be no arrangements or agreements in relation to the purchase price for an Exit, other than those set out in the principal transaction documents giving effect to the Exit, unless otherwise agreed by the Investor Securityholders and the WPP Securityholders; and

 

  (iii)

the costs and expenses associated with any Exit, to the extent not borne by the Group shall be borne by the relevant Securityholders pro rata to the amount of proceeds actually payable to each Securityholder; and

 

  (iv)

if the Exit is by way of an IPO:

 

  (A)

the WPP Securityholders will be given the opportunity (pro rata with the Investor Securityholder) to sell shares in any secondary offering;

 

  (B)

the Investor Securityholders will be entitled to require the WPP Securityholders to sell up to their pro rata share of any secondary offering to the extent that the underwriters recommend such secondary offering as necessary or desirable to create a market standard free float, provided that the WPP Securityholders (together with its Permitted Transferees) shall not be required to sell down below a 20% shareholding (in aggregate) in the listed company; and

 

  (C)

the Investor Securityholders and the WPP Securityholders will enter into such agreements as are determined by the Investor Securityholders (in consultation with the underwriters) to be necessary or desirable for the orderly transition of the Group onto the public markets which will treat them equally including as to lock-up obligations and orderly marketing restrictions (with each of them being entitled to initiate sales of shares in the listed company subject to pro rata tag-along rights for the other).

 

22.

WPP RIGHTS REINSTATEMENT

If at any point:

 

37


  (i)

any of the rights granted to the WPP Securityholders under this agreement cease to be exercisable by the relevant WPP Securityholder or WPP Securityholders; and/or

 

  (ii)

any obligations of the other parties to this agreement cease to apply,

 

    

in each case, as a result of the WPP Securityholders (together with their respective Permitted Transferees) ceasing to hold an applicable minimum percentage holding of Securities as set out in this agreement (a Rights and Obligations Reduction) and subsequently the WPP Securityholders’ (together with their respective Permitted Transferees) holding of Securities in aggregate equals or exceeds such minimum holding of Securities, the WPP Securityholders shall be entitled to the benefit of the rights removed pursuant to such Rights and Obligations Reduction and the obligations of the other parties in respect of any obligations that ceased to apply pursuant to such Rights and Obligations Reduction shall apply. The parties agree to take such reasonable steps as are necessary to reinstate any such rights including appointing WPP Directors as required by the relevant WPP Securityholders, or to apply any applicable obligations of the other parties.

 

23.

WARRANTIES

 

23.1

All party warranties

 

    

Each party warrants to each other party on the date of this agreement that each of the following statements is true, accurate and not misleading:

 

  (a)

it is a corporation validly existing under the laws of the place of its incorporation;

 

  (b)

it has the power to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, this agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party, and it has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise such execution and delivery and the performance of such obligations;

 

  (c)

its obligations under this agreement are, and its obligations under each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party are, or will on execution of those Transaction Documents be, legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms;

 

  (d)

the execution and delivery by it of this agreement and of each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the performance of its obligations under each of them do not and will not conflict with or constitute a default under any provision of:

 

  (i)

any agreement or instrument to which it is a party;

 

  (ii)

its articles of association/constitution (if any); or

 

  (iii)

any law, order, judgment, award, injunction, decree, rule or regulation by which it is bound; and

 

  (e)

no Insolvency Event has occurred in relation to it.

 

24.

ANTI-CORRUPTION

 

(a)

Each party undertakes to each other party that:

 

  (i)

it will not engage in any activity, practice or conduct which would contravene or otherwise constitute an offence under any applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption,

 

38


 

anti-money laundering or trade-control laws, irrespective of where such activity, practice or conduct takes place; and

 

  (ii)

to the extent that it has not already done so, it will establish and at all times maintain in place adequate procedures designed to prevent any Associated Person from undertaking any conduct that would contravene or otherwise give rise to an offence under any applicable anti-bribery and/or anti-corruption laws (Anti-Corruption Policies).

 

(b)

Each Company must procure that each of their respective Subsidiaries from time to time complies with the Anti-Corruption Policies and must keep them under regular review.

 

(c)

Each Company may at any time, and must upon reasonable request by an Investor Securityholder or one of the relevant WPP Securityholders, prepare draft amendments to the Anti-Corruption Policies which it must submit to each relevant Securityholder. The relevant Investor Securityholder and the relevant WPP Securityholder must consider any draft amendments to the Anti-Corruption Policies submitted to it under this clause 24 and must take appropriate steps with a view to it and the relevant Investor Securityholders or relevant WPP Securityholders (as applicable) or agreeing revised Anti-Corruption Policies (with such amendments as it and the relevant Investor Securityholders or relevant WPP Securityholders (as applicable)) as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

25.

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

25.1

Term

 

(a)

This agreement takes effect on the date of this agreement and continues until terminated in accordance with clause 25.2.

 

(b)

The parties agree that the voting undertakings and transfer restrictions set out in this agreement are in the corporate interest of the Companies.

 

(c)

In relation to any voting undertaking or waiver of voting rights to which Luxembourg law may apply a maximum duration, such undertaking will survive until the earlier of:

 

  (i)

the date thirty (30) years from the date of this agreement; and

 

  (ii)

the maximum period permitted by Luxembourg law.

 

(d)

If the duration of any voting undertaking or waiver of voting rights to which Luxembourg law may apply a maximum duration either:

 

  (i)

would expire within one year pursuant to clause 25.1(c)(i); or

 

  (ii)

expires pursuant to clause 25.1(c)(ii),

 

    

the parties undertake to each other to take all such actions and steps as are reasonably necessary to ensure that the applicable voting undertakings or waiver of voting rights do not expire in accordance with clause 25.1(c), or agree a mutually satisfactory alternative.

 

25.2

Circumstances for termination

 

    

This agreement terminates:

 

  (a)

in respect of the rights and obligations of all parties:

 

39


  (i)

on the date on which the last Company is wound up;

 

  (ii)

on the date on which one person becomes the beneficial owner all of the Securities;

 

  (iii)

on the date on which all parties agree in writing to terminate this agreement; or

 

  (iv)

on an Exit; and

 

  (b)

in respect of the rights and obligations of a Securityholder, on the date on which that Securityholder ceases to hold any Securities.

 

25.3

Effect of termination

 

    

If this agreement terminates in respect of the rights and obligations of any party:

 

  (a)

except as provided in clause 25.3(c) that party is released from its obligations to further perform this agreement;

 

  (b)

each party retains all rights that it has against each other party in respect of any breach of this agreement occurring before termination; and

 

  (c)

the provisions of and the rights and obligations of each party under this clause 25.3 and each of the Surviving Clauses survive termination of this agreement.

 

26.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

26.1

Confidentiality obligations

 

    

Except as permitted by this clause 26:

 

  (a)

each Securityholder must keep confidential:

 

  (i)

all information made available to it by or on behalf of the relevant Company or by its Nominated Director or Observer under clause 8.5 (whether before, on or after the date of this agreement and whether in writing, orally, electronically or in any other form or medium) which relates to the past, present or future business, operations or affairs of any relevant Group Company;

 

  (ii)

all information made available to it by or on behalf any other Securityholder (whether before, on or after the date of this agreement and whether in writing, orally, electronically or in any other form or medium) in connection with the arrangements contemplated by this agreement; and

 

  (iii)

the existence, terms and subject matter of, and the negotiations relating to, this agreement and each other Transaction Document,

and must not disclose or cause or permit the disclosure to any person of any such information, or use any such information for any purpose other than exercising its rights or performing its obligations under this agreement or any other Transaction Document or monitoring and making decisions regarding its investment in the relevant Company or Companies (as applicable); and

 

  (b)

each Company must keep confidential:

 

40


  (i)

all information made available to it by or on behalf of any Securityholder (whether before, on or after the date of this agreement and whether in writing, orally, electronically or in any other form or medium) in connection with the arrangements contemplated by this agreement; and

 

  (ii)

the existence, terms and subject matter of, and the negotiations relating to, this agreement and each other Transaction Document,

 

    

and must not disclose or cause or permit the disclosure to any person of any such information, or use any such information for any purpose other than conducting the Business or exercising its rights or performing its obligations under this agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

26.2

Excluded information

 

    

Clause 26.1 does not apply to any information which:

 

  (a)

is in or comes into the public domain, except through a breach of this clause 26 or through a breach by any person of any other obligation of confidentiality; or

 

  (b)

at the time it was disclosed by one party to another was already in the lawful possession of the second party and not held by the second party subject to an obligation of confidentiality.

 

26.3

Disclosure to Affiliates or Representatives

 

    

Nothing in clause 26.1 prevents any party from disclosing information to any of its Affiliates or Representatives if:

 

  (a)

the information needs to be disclosed to that Affiliate or Representative:

 

  (i)

to enable that party to exercise its rights or perform its obligations under this agreement or any other Transaction Document; or

 

  (ii)

where the party is a Securityholder, to enable that Securityholder to monitor and make decisions regarding its investment in the relevant Company; and

 

  (b)

before disclosure is made that party has informed the relevant Affiliate or Representative in writing that the information is confidential and must only be used for the purpose for which it was disclosed.

 

    

A party that discloses information under this clause 26.3 must ensure that each of its Affiliates or Representatives to whom information is so disclosed strictly complies with that party’s obligations under this clause 26 as if those obligations were imposed directly on the relevant Affiliate or Representative.

 

    

In addition, an Investor Securityholder may disclose information relating to the Group to the limited partners in the Investment Funds which Control it subject to the confidentiality provisions applicable to such limited partners in their capacity as such.

 

26.4

Required disclosure

 

    

Nothing in clause 26.1 prevents a party or any of its Affiliates or Representatives from disclosing information:

 

41


  (a)

in the WPP Circular, the AUNZ Circular or the Scangroup Circular or where such announcement is in the Agreed Announcement or the confidential information disclosed comprises only information set out in the Agreed Announcement;

 

  (b)

with the written approval of each other relevant party, which in the case of any announcement shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed; or

 

  (c)

to the extent required by applicable law, any court of competent jurisdiction or any competent regulatory body (including, without limitation, any relevant stock exchange or listing authority), but if a person is so required to make any announcement or to disclose any confidential information, the relevant party shall promptly notify the other parties, where practicable and lawful to do so, before the announcement is made or disclosure occurs (as the case may be) and shall co-operate with the other party regarding the timing and content of such announcement or disclosure (as the case may be) or any action which the other parties may reasonably elect to take to challenge the validity of such requirement.

 

26.5

Legal proceedings

 

    

Nothing in clause 26.1 prevents a party from disclosing information to the extent required to enable that party to enforce the provisions of this agreement or any other Transaction Document or for the purpose of defending any proceedings brought against that party.

 

26.6

Advertisements and public announcements

 

    

Nothing in clause 26.1 prevents a party from disclosing information in any advertisement or public announcement made with the written consent of each other Securityholder.

 

26.7

Disclosure to potential buyers of Securities

 

    

A Securityholder may disclose information relating to any Group Company to any person to whom the Securityholder proposes to sell its Securities in the relevant Company in accordance with the provisions of this agreement, but before any such information is disclosed, the potential buyer must enter into appropriate confidentiality undertakings enforceable by the relevant Company on terms that give at least the same level of protection for that information as this clause 26 or on such other terms as the relevant Company approves, acting reasonably. For the avoidance of doubt, this clause 26.7 does not permit any Securityholder to disclose information relating to another Securityholder or its Affiliates other than the identity of a Securityholder and its Ultimate Holding Company and its Equity Proportion at the relevant time.

 

26.8

Outgoing Securityholder

 

    

If it is proposed that a Securityholder cease to be a Securityholder, that Securityholder must immediately before ceasing to be a Securityholder:

 

  (a)

deliver all documents or other materials in tangible form that are in its possession or control and that contain information of the type described in clause 26.1(a) to the party that made that information available to it;

 

  (b)

permanently delete all information of the type described in clause 26.1(a) that has been stored on any computer, database or other electronic storage medium by it or on its behalf; and

 

42


  (c)

ensure that each of its Affiliates (other than any Affiliates that continue to be or become Securityholders as a result of a transfer from the outgoing Securityholder) and Representatives to whom information has been provided under clause 26.3 does the same,

 

    

except to the extent that the Securityholder or the relevant Affiliate or Representative is required to retain such information by law, the rules of any regulatory authority or any mandatory professional standards rules or in accordance with its reasonable and bona fide internal compliance policies.

 

27.

TAX MATTERS

 

27.1

Definitions

 

(a)

In this clause 27:

 

    

Investor Securityholder Tax Consolidation means any group, consolidation, fiscal unity or other form of association of which any Group Company is treated as part for any Tax purposes and of which an Investor Securityholder (and/or any Affiliate of an Investor Securityholder other than a Group Company) is also so treated, and pursuant to which the Tax position of any Group Company which is so treated is or may be determined to any extent by reference to the circumstances of such Investor Securityholder and/or (as applicable) any such Affiliate of such Investor Securityholder;

 

    

Relief means any loss, allowance, credit, relief, deduction or set-off in respect of, or taken into account (or capable of being taken into account) in the calculation of a liability to, Tax, or any right to a repayment of Tax;

 

    

Tax Period means, in relation to any Tax, a period in respect of which a return or a payment to a Tax Authority is required to be made in relation to a Group Company;

 

    

Tax Return means any return, declaration or report required to be filed with any Tax Authority in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of Tax; and

 

    

WPP Representative means the Group Tax Director of the WPP Group, or such other person as the WPP Securityholders may designate from time to time by notice to the other Securityholders.

 

(b)

For the purposes of this clause 27, a Group Company shall be deemed to be liable for a payment of Tax, and to make that payment of Tax, if that Group Company would be liable for a payment of Tax but for the use or setting off against profits or against a liability to pay Tax of any Relief, and such deemed payment of Tax shall be deemed to be due on the earliest possible date on which that Tax could have been due (ignoring for this purpose any application to postpone payment of, appeal against or amendment of any assessment or other notification of that Tax) but for the use or setting off of the Relief concerned.

 

27.2

Secondary Tax Liabilities

 

(a)

In this clause 27.2:

 

  (i)

a Relevant Person in relation to a Securityholder means that Securityholder and any other person (excluding any Group Company) that may be treated for the purposes of any Tax as having been at any time on or after the date of this agreement a member of the same group of companies as, or otherwise associated with or connected with, that Securityholder;

 

  (ii)

a Tax liability will be deemed to have been suffered by a person:

 

43


  (A)

if that person is required to make a payment to a Tax Authority in respect of that Tax liability; or

 

  (B)

if that person would have been required to make a payment to a Tax Authority in respect of that Tax liability but for the utilisation or offset of a Relief or repayment of Tax available to that person; and

 

  (iii)

Tax will be deemed to be attributable to a person (the Attributed Person) and not to another person if and to the extent that it is Tax which is payable by reference to the income, profits or gains, transactions, assets, capital or liabilities of the Attributed Person and not of the other person.

 

(b)

Each Securityholder covenants with each Company to pay to that Company an amount equal (on an after-Tax basis) to:

 

  (i)

any Tax liability suffered by that Company or any Group Company in which that Company directly or indirectly holds an interest:

 

  (A)

as a result of a failure by a Relevant Person in relation to that Securityholder to discharge Tax for which it is liable; or

 

  (B)

which is attributable to a Relevant Person in relation to that Securityholder and is not attributable to a Group Company,

 

      

which in each case would not have been suffered by the relevant Company or Group Company but for the relationship, after: (I) the date of the Transfer Agreement in the case of an Investor Securityholder; or (II) the Effective Date (or, if later, the date upon which that Group Company became a Group Company) in the case of a WPP Securityholder, of the relevant Company or that Group Company with any Relevant Person in relation to that Securityholder; and

 

  (ii)

any reasonable out-of pocket costs or expenses reasonably and properly incurred by that Company or Group Company solely and directly in connection with any Tax liability as is referred to in clause 27.2(b)(i) or in connection with any action taken in avoiding, resisting or settling any such Tax liability or in connection with successfully taking or defending any action under this clause 27.2(b).

 

(c)

If a Company or any Group Company in which that Company directly or indirectly holds an interest receives any notice, enquiry, demand, assessment, determination, letter or other document issued by a Tax Authority from which it appears that that Company or Group Company may suffer a Tax liability which may give rise to a claim against a Securityholder pursuant to clause 27.2(b), then that Company shall give or procure that notice in writing is given to the relevant Securityholder as soon as is reasonably practicable. Subject to the relevant Securityholder having indemnified that Company each relevant Group Company on an after-Tax basis to that Company’s reasonable satisfaction against any liabilities, damages, Tax, losses or out-of-pocket costs or expenses which may be incurred thereby, that Company shall take or procure (so far as it is able to do so) that the relevant Group Company takes such action as the relevant Securityholder may by written notice reasonably request to dispute, resist or compromise such claim, provided that:

 

  (i)

neither the Company in question nor any Group Company shall be required under this clause to take (or procure the taking of) any action which would constitute fraudulent or negligent conduct, which would be materially prejudicial to the commercial interests of any Group Company or any other Securityholder, or the relevant Board reasonably

 

44


 

considers could require it or any Group Company to engage in fraudulent conduct or the commission of or participation in any criminal offence or conduct;

 

  (ii)

the decision of whether to appeal any matter beyond the first appellate body (excluding the relevant Tax Authority) shall be subject to the approval of the relevant Board at its sole discretion; and

 

  (iii)

nothing in this clause 27.2(c) shall confer on such Securityholder the right to resist the claim in the name of the Company or Group Company (as the case may be).

 

(d)

Each Securityholder (that Securityholder being referred to in this clause 27.2(d) and clause 27.2(e) as Securityholder A) covenants with each other Securityholder (the relevant other Securityholder being referred to in this clause 27.2(d) and clause 27.2(e) as Securityholder B) to pay to Securityholder B an amount equal (on an after-Tax basis) to:

 

  (i)

any Tax liability suffered by Securityholder B or any Affiliate of Securityholder B (excluding any Group Company):

 

  (A)

as a result of a failure by a Relevant Person in relation to Securityholder A to discharge Tax for which it is liable; or

 

  (B)

which is attributable to a Relevant Person in relation to Securityholder A and is not attributable to Securityholder B or any Affiliate of Securityholder B; and

 

  (ii)

any reasonable out-of-pocket costs or expenses reasonably and properly incurred by Securityholder B or any Affiliate of Securityholder B (excluding any Group Company) solely and directly in connection with any Tax liability as is referred to in clause 27.2(d)(i) or in connection with any action taken in avoiding, resisting or settling any such Tax liability or in connection with successfully taking or defending any action under this clause 27.2(d).

 

(e)

If Securityholder B or any of its Affiliates receives any notice, enquiry, demand, assessment, determination, letter or other document issued by a Tax Authority from which it appears that it may suffer a Tax liability which may give rise to a claim against Securityholder A under clause 27.2(d), then Securityholder B shall give or procure that notice in writing is given to Securityholder A as soon as is reasonably practicable. Subject to Securityholder A having indemnified Securityholder B and each relevant Affiliate of Securityholder B on an after-Tax basis to Securityholder B’s reasonable satisfaction against any liabilities, damages, Tax, losses or out-of-pocket costs or expenses which may be incurred thereby, Securityholder B shall take (and procure the taking of) such reasonable action as Securityholder A may by written notice request to dispute, resist or compromise such claim, provided that:

 

  (i)

Securityholder B shall not be required to take (or procure the taking of) any action which would constitute fraudulent or negligent conduct, which would be materially prejudicial to the commercial interests of Securityholder B, any of its Affiliates or any Group Company or which Securityholder B reasonably considers would require it, any of its Affiliates or any Group Company to engage in fraudulent conduct or the commission of or participation in any criminal offence or conduct;

 

  (ii)

the decision of whether to appeal any matter beyond the first appellate body (excluding the relevant Tax Authority) shall be subject to Securityholder A furnishing Securityholder B with the written opinion of counsel of at least ten years’ call to the effect that such appeal is more likely than not to succeed; and

 

45


  (iii)

nothing in this clause 27.2(e) shall confer on Securityholder A the right to resist the claim in the name of Securityholder B, any of its Affiliates or any Group Company.

 

(f)

A payment required to be made by a Securityholder under this clause 27.2 shall be made:

 

  (i)

no later than ten Business Days after the date on which notice setting out the amount due is received by that Securityholder from the relevant Company or (as relevant) the relevant other Securityholder; or

 

  (ii)

if later, in relation to any payment which arises in respect of Tax which is required to be paid to a Tax Authority, no later than the date five Business Days prior to the last date on which that payment of Tax may be made in order to avoid incurring a liability to interest or penalties.

 

(g)

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this clause 27.2 entitles a Company or a Securityholder to receive payment in respect of a Tax liability, cost or expense if and to the extent that it has already received a payment under this clause 27.2 in respect of the same Tax liability, cost or expense.

 

27.3

Structuring of indemnity payments

 

    

Where it is agreed or determined that an amount is payable by a Securityholder to a Group Company pursuant to this agreement, the relevant Securityholders and the relevant Company shall consult in good faith for a period of not less than ten Business Days (or such longer or shorter period as the parties may agree in writing) with a view to agreeing an acceptable arrangement for satisfying the obligation to pay the amount so claimed in an efficient manner that does not prejudice the interests of any Group Company (which may involve among other things, and by way of example only, the relevant Securityholder subscribing for worthless deferred shares in the relevant Company or making an additional contribution to the relevant Company in respect of existing shares in the relevant Company which are at the date of the contribution, and continue to be, held by that Securityholder). If the Securityholders and the relevant Company fail to agree on any particular manner of payment during the course of such consultations (but not before), the party which is liable to make the payment in question shall make that payment in cash to the person entitled to it.

 

27.4

Tax returns etc

 

(a)

In this clause 27.4:

 

    

Relevant Period means, in relation to a Group Company, any Tax Period commencing after the Effective Date (or, if later, the date upon which that Group Company became a Group Company); and

 

    

Tax Period means, in relation to any Tax, a period in respect of which a return or a payment to a Tax Authority is required to be made in relation to a Group Company.

 

(b)

In relation to any matter relevant to the tax affairs of a Group Company for any Relevant Period (including, without limitation, the preparation and submission of all notices, claims, consents, elections, returns and computations, the preparation and submission of all correspondence relating to such notices, claims, consents, elections, returns and computations and the negotiation and agreement of all matters relevant to the tax position of that Group Company for any Relevant Period) each Securityholder shall take such steps as are within its power so as to ensure that:

 

  (i)

provided the WPP US Securityholder and the WPP RoW Securityholder together with their respective Permitted Transferees hold in aggregate more than 10% of the Securities, there are submitted to the WPP Representative, upon the WPP Representative’s written

 

46


 

request, copies of all material income Tax Returns to be submitted to the relevant Tax Authority in relation to the relevant matter (together with such other information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the WPP Representative to consider the relevant returns, correspondence or other documents in light of all material facts) in sufficient time (and, where reasonably practicable, no less than thirty (30) Business Days) before submission to the relevant Tax Authority to enable the WPP Representative or his advisors to comment on such Tax Returns;

 

  (ii)

following a submission to the WPP Representative as described in clause 27.4(b)(i), all reasonable comments of the WPP Representative or his advisors received by the relevant Group Company in sufficient time (and, where reasonably practicable, no less than fifteen (15) Business Days) before the date for submission to the relevant Tax Authority are reasonably considered by the relevant Group Company; and

 

  (iii)

provided the WPP US Securityholder and the WPP RoW Securityholder together with their respective Permitted Transferees hold in aggregate more than 10% of the Securities, the WPP Representative is kept informed about the status of any material negotiations with the relevant Tax Authority relating to the relevant matter and, before any agreement in respect of such matter is reached with the relevant Tax Authority, details of the proposed agreement are given to the WPP Representative in sufficient time (and, where reasonably practicable, no less than twenty (20) Business Days) before the conclusion of such agreement to enable him or his advisors to comment on such agreement; and

 

  (iv)

provided the WPP US Securityholder and the WPP RoW Securityholder together with their respective Permitted Transferees hold in aggregate more than 10% of the Securities, the WPP Representative (or his advisors) shall be provided as soon as reasonably practicable with any material information received by a Securityholder (other than the WPP Securityholders) or any Group Company, or of which any such Securityholder or any Group Company otherwise becomes aware, which may be relevant to the relevant matter.

 

27.5

VAT

 

    

If anything done under this agreement is a supply on which VAT is chargeable, the recipient of that supply shall pay to the maker of it (in addition to any other amounts payable under this agreement) an amount equal to any VAT for which the maker of the supply (or any member of the VAT group of which it is a member) is liable to account (against delivery by the maker of the supply (or any member of the VAT group of which it is a member) of an appropriate VAT invoice).

 

27.6

Investor Securityholder Tax Consolidations

 

    

If, as a result of any acquisition of shares or securities in any entity other than a Group Company by an Investor Securityholder or any Affiliate of an Investor Securityholder, any Group Company becomes part of any Investor Securityholder Tax Consolidation, the Investor Securityholders and the WPP Securityholders shall co-operate in good faith and use reasonable endeavours so as to ensure that, so far as permitted by law, that Group Company is in no materially worse a Tax position than it would have been if it had not been part of that Investor Securityholder Tax Consolidation. Such reasonable endeavours shall include, where relevant and to the extent permitted by law, not allocating disallowances of reliefs to Group Companies where the Group Companies would not have suffered such disallowances if they were not members of the Investor Securityholder Tax Consolidation. In the event that a Group Company suffers such a disallowance because an allocation is so made and a member of the Investor Securityholder Tax Consolidation that is not a Group Company (the “Benefitting Member”) receives a corresponding reduction (or increased reduction) in tax actually payable by it, the Investor Securityholders shall procure that the

 

47


 

Benefitting Member shall pay to a Group Company an amount equal to such corresponding reduction (or increased reduction) in tax, provided that such payment may be deferred for so long as the Benefitting Member does not have sufficient free cash available to it to make the payment.

 

27.7

U.S. tax provisions

 

    

The Parties agree that the provision of Schedule 9 hereto shall govern with respect to certain issues material to a Securityholder’s U.S. federal, state, and local income tax consequences relating to the ownership of interests in US JVCo.

 

28.

NOTICES

 

28.1

Manner of giving notice

 

    

Any notice or other communication to be given under this agreement must be in writing (which does not include an Electronic Communication) and must be delivered or sent by post to the party to whom it is to be given as follows:

 

  (a)

to RoW JVCo at:

 

      

4, rue Lou Hemmer

      

L-1748 Luxembourg-Findel,

      

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

 

      

For the attention of The Board of Managers;

 

  (b)

to US JVCo at:

      

4, rue Lou Hemmer

      

L-1748 Luxembourg-Findel,

      

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

 

      

For the attention of US GPCo as manager of US JVCo;

 

  (c)

to US GPCo at:

      

4, rue Lou Hemmer

      

L-1748 Luxembourg-Findel,

      

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

 

      

For the attention of The Board of Managers;

 

  (d)

to YMS 2009 at:

 

      

Sea Containers

      

18 Upper Ground

      

London SE1 9GL

      

United Kingdom

 

      

marked for the attention of the Chief Operating Officer and the General Counsel

 

      

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

      

Allen & Overy LLP

      

One Bishops Square

      

London E1 6AD

 

48


      

United Kingdom

 

      

marked for the attention of Stephen Lloyd;

 

  (e)

to WPP US Co at:

 

      

Sea Containers

      

18 Upper Ground

      

London SE1 9GL

      

United Kingdom

 

      

marked for the attention of the Chief Operating Officer and the General Counsel

 

      

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

      

Allen & Overy LLP

      

One Bishops Square

      

London E1 6AD

      

United Kingdom

 

      

marked for the attention of Stephen Lloyd;

 

  (f)

to WPP RoW Securityholder at:

 

      

Sea Containers

      

18 Upper Ground

      

London SE1 9GL

      

United Kingdom

 

      

marked for the attention of the Chief Operating Officer and the General Counsel

 

      

With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

      

Allen & Overy LLP

      

One Bishops Square

      

London E1 6AD

      

United Kingdom

 

      

marked for the attention of Stephen Lloyd;

 

  (g)

to the Investor RoW Securityholder at:

 

      

4, rue Lou Hemmer

      

L-1748 Luxembourg-Findel

      

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

 

      

marked for the attention of The Board of Managers

 

      

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

      

Weil, Gotshal & Manges (London) LLP

      

110 Fetter Lane

      

London EC4A 1AY

      

United Kingdom

 

49


      

marked for the attention of Marco Compagnoni; and

 

  (h)

to the Investor US Securityholder at:

 

      

Suite 302, 4001 Kennett Pike

      

County of New Castle

      

Wilmington, DE 19807

 

      

marked for the attention of the Board

 

      

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

      

Weil, Gotshal & Manges (London) LLP

      

110 Fetter Lane

      

London EC4A 1AY

      

United Kingdom

 

      

marked for the attention of Marco Compagnoni,

 

    

or at any such other address of which it shall have given notice for this purpose to the other party under this clause 28. Any notice or other communication sent by post shall be sent by prepaid recorded delivery post (if the country of destination is the same as the country of origin) or by prepaid airmail (if the country of destination is not the same as the country of origin).

 

28.2

When notice given

 

    

Any notice or other communication shall be deemed to have been given:

 

  (a)

if delivered, on the date of delivery; or

 

  (b)

if sent by post, on the second Business Day after it was put into the post.

 

28.3

Proof of service

 

    

In proving the giving of a notice or other communication, it shall be sufficient to prove that delivery was made or that the envelope containing the communication was properly addressed and posted by prepaid post or by prepaid airmail, as the case may be.

 

28.4

Documents relating to legal proceedings

 

    

This clause 28 shall not apply in relation to the service of any claim form, notice, order, judgment or other document relating to or in connection with any proceedings, suit or action arising out of or in connection with this agreement.

 

29.

GENERAL

 

29.1

Amendment

 

    

This agreement may only be amended in writing and where the amendment is signed by all the parties.

 

50


29.2

Assignment

 

    

None of the rights or obligations under this agreement may be assigned or transferred without the prior written consent of all the parties, save that a Securityholder may transfer its rights under this agreement to any person to whom it is permitted to transfer Securities under this agreement.

 

29.3

Consents and approvals

 

    

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this agreement, a party may give or withhold its consent to, or approval of, any matter referred to in this agreement in its absolute discretion. A party that gives its consent to, or approval of, any matter referred to in this agreement is not taken to have made any warranty or representation as to any matter or circumstance connected with the subject matter of that consent or approval.

 

29.4

Time is not of the essence

 

    

Time is not of the essence in relation to any obligation under this agreement unless:

 

  (a)

time is expressly stated to be of the essence in relation to that obligation; or

 

  (b)

one party fails to perform an obligation by the time specified in this agreement and another party serves a notice on the defaulting party requiring it to perform the obligation by a specified time and stating that time is of the essence in relation to that obligation.

 

29.5

Fees

 

(a)

The Group shall enter into the following agreements with the Investor Securityholders and the WPP Securityholders (or any of their respective Affiliates as selected by them) all of which shall be substantially in the standard form of the relevant Affiliates of the Investor Securityholders:

 

  (i)

a transaction services agreement (relating to services provided in respect of subsequent transactions, rather than the transaction contemplated by the Transfer Agreement) under which the fees (excluding VAT thereon, if any) payable by the Group shall be a maximum of 1% of the enterprise/other applicable value of the relevant transaction; and

 

  (ii)

a consulting services agreement under which the fees (excluding VAT thereon, if any) payable by the Group shall be a maximum of $15,000,000 per annum (such amount to be properly invoiced on an itemised basis and to be at market rates for such consulting services (including by reference to management consultants)).

 

(b)

Irrespective of who performs the services under the agreements referred to in paragraph (a) above, all fees (plus VAT thereon, if any) payable under such agreements shall be allocated between the Investor Securityholders and the WPP Securityholders (or their relevant Affiliates) pro rata to their Equity Proportions at the time of such payment provided that, in respect of the fee (plus VAT thereon, if any) payable pursuant to the consulting service agreement referred to paragraph (a)(ii) above, the WPP Securityholders shall only be entitled to receive the amount by which the WPP Securityholders’ pro rata portion of the fee in respect of such agreement exceeds the WPP TSA Charges.

 

(c)

If a Securityholder transfers any Securities to any person other than its Affiliate in accordance with this agreement in the circumstances where the agreements referred to in paragraph (a) above are not terminated, it shall simultaneously assign the relevant portion of its rights under such agreement to such transferee or an Affiliate thereof.

 

51


(d)

If any fees, costs or expenses are incurred by a Securityholder or its Holding Company for the benefit of the Group or a member of the Group (including, but not limited to, credit rating fees and accounting fees) that Securityholder or Holding Company may recharge such fees, costs or expenses (plus VAT thereon, if any) to the relevant Company. Promptly following delivery to such Company of the relevant invoice or other reasonable documentary evidence of such fees, costs or expenses, that Company will, as soon as reasonably practicable, reimburse the relevant Securityholder or Holding Company for the amount of those fees, costs or expenses, so that they are borne by the Securityholders pro rata to their Equity Proportion; provided that no Securityholder shall be entitled to recover any such amounts under this clause 29.5(d) where the recovery of such amount would be inconsistent with, or where that Securityholder has agreed to bear such expenses under or has made, or is entitled to make, recovery under, the Transfer Agreement (including pursuant to clause 29.4 of the Transfer Agreement) or any other Transaction Document (as defined in the Transfer Agreement). Where the relevant Securityholder recovers such amount under such Transaction Documents (as defined in the Transfer Agreement), that Securityholder shall not recover the same under this agreement so that there shall be no double recovery.

 

(e)

Save as provided for under each of this clause 29.5 and clause 4.12, the Investor Securityholders and their respective Affiliates shall not, and agree that their respective Nominated Directors are not entitled to, charge any fees to a Group Company.

 

29.6

Costs

 

    

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this agreement or any other Transaction Document, each party must pay the costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with entering into and performing its obligations under this agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

29.7

Entire agreement

 

(a)

This agreement and the other Transaction Documents contain the entire agreement between the parties relating to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and supersede all previous agreements, whether oral or in writing, between the parties relating to these transactions. Except as required by statute, no terms must be implied (whether by custom, usage or otherwise) into this agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

(b)

Each Party:

 

  (i)

acknowledges that in agreeing to enter into this agreement and the other Transaction Documents it has not relied on any express or implied representation, warranty, collateral contract or other assurance made by or on behalf of any other party before the entering into of this agreement;

 

  (ii)

waives all rights and remedies which, but for this clause 29.7(b), might otherwise be available to it in respect of any such express or implied representation, warranty, collateral contract or other assurance; and

 

  (iii)

acknowledges and agrees that no such express or implied representation, warranty, collateral contract or other assurance may form the basis of, or be pleaded in connection with, any claim made by it under or in connection with this agreement.

 

(c)

Nothing in this clause limits or excludes any liability for fraud.

 

52


29.8

Execution in counterparts

 

    

This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and any party (including any duly authorised representative of a party) may enter into this agreement by executing a counterpart.

 

29.9

Exercise and waiver of rights

 

    

The rights of each party under this agreement:

 

  (a)

may be exercised as often as necessary;

 

  (b)

except as otherwise expressly provided by this agreement, are cumulative and not exclusive of rights and remedies provided by law; and

 

  (c)

may be waived only in writing and specifically,

 

    

and delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such right is not a waiver of that right.

 

29.10

No partnership or agency

 

    

Nothing in this agreement or the Articles will be deemed to constitute a partnership between the parties or, unless this agreement expressly provides otherwise, constitute any party the agent of any other party for any purpose.

 

29.11

Severability

 

    

The provisions contained in each clause are enforceable independently of each other clause and the validity and enforceability of any clause will not be affected by the invalidity or unenforceability of any other clause.

 

29.12

No Third Party Rights

 

    

Except as expressly stated in this agreement, a person who is not a party to this agreement may not enforce any of its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 and their consent is not required to any amendment to this agreement.

 

30.

DISPUTES – NEGOTIATION AND MEDIATION

 

30.1

Application of this clause

 

    

This clause 30 does not apply to the determination of Fair Value, or any dispute as to the Fair Value, in respect of which the provisions of Schedule 8 must apply (an Excluded Dispute).

 

30.2

Dispute resolution procedure

 

    

Subject to clause 30.5(b), if any Dispute (other than an Excluded Dispute) arises then, unless the parties otherwise agree in writing in relation to any particular Dispute:

 

  (a)

the parties must follow the negotiation procedure set out in clause 30.3;

 

  (b)

if the negotiation procedure set out in clause 30.3 does not resolve all aspects of the Dispute, the parties must follow the mediation procedure set out in clause 30.4 in respect of any aspect of the Dispute that remains unresolved;

 

53


  (c)

all documents and other information disclosed by each party during or in connection with the negotiation procedure under clause 30.3 or the mediation procedure under clause 30.4 are without prejudice and confidential and must not be used by the other party except in efforts to resolve the Dispute; and

 

  (d)

each party to the Dispute must bear its own costs in connection with the negotiation procedure under clause 30.3 and the mediation procedure under clause 30.4, unless otherwise agreed or determined as part of the resolution of the Dispute.

 

30.3

Negotiation procedure

 

    

Either party may start the negotiation procedure set out in this clause 30.3 by giving written notice to the other party (a Negotiation Notice) setting out brief particulars of the matters in dispute, including brief particulars of: (i) the facts giving rise to the Dispute; (ii) the issues in dispute; (iii) that party’s proposed resolution; and (iv) the reasons why such resolution is proposed. If a Negotiation Notice is given:

 

  (a)

the parties must cause their respective suitably senior representatives (Negotiators) to meet and otherwise use reasonable endeavours, acting in good faith, to resolve the Dispute by no later than ten Business Days after the day on which the Negotiation Notice is given, or such later date as the parties may agree in writing (Negotiation End Date); and

 

  (b)

the Negotiators must be instructed to provide to the parties on the Negotiation End Date a written record, signed by each Negotiator setting out any resolution reached in respect of the Dispute and any aspect of the Dispute that remains unresolved as at the Negotiation End Date.

 

30.4

Mediation procedure

 

    

If any aspect of a Dispute remains unresolved as at the Negotiation End Date, either party may start the mediation procedure set out in this clause 30.4 by giving written notice to the other party (a Mediation Notice) requiring that the remaining issues in dispute be referred to mediation. To be valid, a Mediation Notice must be given as soon as reasonably practicable (and in any event within ten Business Days after the Negotiation End Date). If a Mediation Notice is given:

 

  (a)

the parties must use their reasonable endeavours to agree a mediator within three Business Days after the date on which the Mediation Notice is given, or, failing agreement, procure that a mediator is promptly appointed by the Centre for Dispute Resolution (CEDR) (on the application of either party), to conduct the mediation of the Dispute;

 

  (b)

the mediation must be conducted in London and in the English language under the CEDR Model Mediation Procedure;

 

  (c)

each party must be represented at the mediation by an individual with authority to settle the Dispute;

 

  (d)

except for the purpose of implementing and/or enforcing a written legally binding settlement agreement or as otherwise required by law, the mediation will be conducted without prejudice to the rights of the parties in any future proceedings;

 

  (e)

the costs of the mediation, including the fees and expenses of the mediator (but excluding each party’s own costs, which must be borne by the party incurring those costs) must be borne equally by the parties, unless otherwise agreed in writing;

 

54


  (f)

the parties must use their reasonable endeavours to resolve the Dispute by no later than 20 Business Days after the date on which the Mediation Notice is given or such later date as the parties and the mediator may agree in writing; and

 

  (g)

if the parties are unable to settle a Dispute referred to in a Mediation Notice within 20 Business Days after date on which the Mediation Notice is given (or such further period as is agreed in writing between the parties before the expiry of that 20 Business Day period), or if no Mediation Notice is given by either party within ten Business Days after the Negotiation End Date, either party may require that the Dispute be resolved in accordance with clause 31.

 

30.5

Legal proceedings

 

    

A party may not commence any proceedings in relation to a Dispute unless:

 

  (a)

where this clause 30 applies, it has first exhausted the procedures required under this clause 30; or

 

  (b)

the proceedings are to seek urgent injunctive, interlocutory or declaratory relief in respect of a Dispute to preserve property or rights or to avoid any losses, costs, charges, claims, liabilities or expenses which are not compensable in damages.

 

31.

JURISDICTION

 

31.1

Jurisdiction

 

    

Subject to clause 30, the English courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.

 

31.2

Waiver of objections

 

    

For the purposes of clause 31.1, each party waives any objection to the English courts on the grounds that they are an inconvenient or inappropriate forum to settle any Dispute.

 

31.3

Service of process agent

 

    

Without prejudice to any other method of service permitted by law:

 

  (a)

each of the Investor US Securityholders and the Investor RoW Securityholder irrevocably appoints Bain Capital Private Equity (Europe) LLP of Devonshire House, 1 Mayfair Place, London W1J 8AJ (marked for the attention of Bart Gombert/Linford Coates);

 

  (b)

each of US JVCo, US GPCo and RoW JVCo irrevocably appoints Vistra Trust Company Limited of Suite 1, 3rd Floor, 11-12 St. James’s Square, London SW1Y 4LB;

 

  (c)

YMS 2009 irrevocably appoints WPP 2005 Limited of Sea Containers House, 18 Upper Ground, London, United Kingdom, SE1 9GL; and

 

  (d)

WPP US Co irrevocably appoints WPP 2005 Limited of Sea Containers House, 18 Upper Ground, London, United Kingdom, SE1 9GL,

 

    

in each case, as its agent in England and Wales for service of process in relation to any Dispute.

 

55


31.4

Alternative service of process agent

 

    

If any person appointed as process agent under clause 31.3 is unable for any reason to so act, the applicable person must immediately (and in any event within ten Business Days of the event taking place) appoint another agent. Failing this, any other party may appoint another process agent for this purpose.

 

31.5

Failure of notify by process agent

 

    

Each party agrees that failure by a process agent to notify it of any process will not invalidate the relevant proceedings.

 

31.6

Other methods of service allowed by law

 

    

This clause 31 does not affect any other method of service allowed by law.

 

32.

GOVERNING LAW

 

    

This agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THIS AGREEMENT has been executed and delivered as a deed by the parties (or their duly authorised representatives) on the date stated at the beginning of this agreement.

 

56


SCHEDULE 1

THE COMPANIES

[Omitted]

 

57


SCHEDULE 2

CAPITAL STRUCTURE

PART 1

ROW JVCO

 

     
Name of holder  

Ordinary Shares

 

Equity Proportion (%)

     
Summer (BC) Topco S.à r.l.  

60,000

 

60%

     
WPP 2005 Limited  

40,000

 

40%

     
Totals:  

100,000

 

100%

 

58


PART 2

US JVCO

 

       

Name of holder

 

Limited Partnership
Interests

 

Unlimited Partnership
Interests

 

Equity Proportion (%)

       

Summer (BC) US
BlockerCo Corp.

 

9,071,286,480

 

0

 

60%

       

York Merger Square
2009 LLC

 

4,535,643,240

 

0

 

30%

       

WPP Diamond Head
LLC

 

1,511,881,080

 

0

 

10%

       

Summer (BC) US JVCo
GP S.à r.l.

 

0

 

1

 

N/A

       

Totals:

 

15,118,810,800

     

100%

 

59


PART 3

US GPCO

 

     
Name of holder  

Ordinary Shares

 

Equity Proportion (%)

     
Summer (BC) US JVCo GP S.à r.l.  

9,000

 

60%

     
WPP Diamond Head LLC  

6,000

 

40%

     
Totals:  

15,000

 

100%

 

60


SCHEDULE 3

BOARD MEETINGS

 

1.

Frequency of meetings

 

1.1

Each Board must meet as necessary to discharge its duties but in any case no less frequently than four times per calendar year.

 

1.2

Any meeting of the RoW Board shall be held, where practicable and necessary, immediately before or immediately following any meeting of the US GP JV Board.

 

2.

Notice

 

    

Except in the case of an emergency (in which case the notice convening the meeting must indicate the nature of, and the reasons for, the emergency), at least eight days written notice of each meeting of the relevant Board must be given to each relevant Director by the relevant chairman, relevant secretary or any relevant Director.

 

3.

Agenda

 

    

A notice of a Board meeting must be accompanied by an agenda of all the business to be transacted at the meeting.

 

4.

Location

 

    

Each meeting of each Board must be held in the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Company.

 

5.

Use of technology

 

5.1

Each Board may conduct meetings, if sufficient relevant Directors to constitute a quorum are unable to participate in the business of the meeting in person, by telephone or by any other means which will enable each relevant Director:

 

  (a)

to hear (or otherwise receive real-time communications made by) each of the other relevant Directors participating in the meeting; and

 

  (b)

to address (or otherwise communicate in real time with) all of the other relevant Directors participating in the meeting simultaneously,

 

    

even if all the relevant Directors are not physically present in the same place.

 

5.2

A Board meeting held in this manner is taken to be held at the place where the chairman of the meeting is physically present or at such other place (being the registered office of the relevant Company or any other place, if appropriate, in its jurisdiction of incorporation), where at least one relevant Director is physically present for the duration of the meeting, as the chairman of the meeting may decide. If a technological link fails, the relevant Board meeting will be adjourned until the failure is rectified.

 

61


6.

Quorum

 

6.1

Subject to paragraph 6.3 (in relation to the quorum of any reconvened meeting of the Directors of the Board), the quorum for a meeting of the Directors of each Board is the presence (including participation in accordance with paragraph 5 above) or representation of a majority of the Directors then in office, of whom at least one must be a relevant WPP Director (provided that the relevant WPP Securityholder at the time of the meeting is not restricted from appointing Directors to the relevant Company as a result of the WPP Securityholders (together with their respective Permitted Transferees) ceasing to hold the minimum percentage of Securities required to appoint Directors in accordance with clause 4.3(a)) and at least one must be a relevant Investor Director.

 

6.2

For the purposes of determining whether a quorum is present, a proxy who is present at the meeting is to be counted as a Director for each Director on whose behalf the proxy is attending the meeting.

 

6.3

If a quorum is not present at a Board meeting within 30 minutes of the time appointed for the start of the meeting, the meeting will be adjourned to the same time and place on the following Business Day. The presence of a Director appointed by the relevant Securityholder whose Director did not attend the original meeting shall not be required for a quorum at any reconvened meeting, such that the presence of a majority of the Directors then in office shall comprise a quorum at the reconvened meeting (regardless who appointed them). If a quorum is not present at the reconvened meeting within 30 minutes of the time appointed for the start of the meeting, the meeting will be dissolved.

 

7.

Voting rights

 

7.1

Each relevant Director is entitled to one vote on a resolution of the relevant Board.

 

7.2

In addition to a Director’s individual voting rights, that Director will have the right to vote on behalf of each relevant Director in respect of which he or she is a proxy where his or her appointer is not present at the meeting.

 

7.3

In the case of an equality of votes:

 

  (a)

the chairman will not have a second or casting vote; and

 

  (b)

any one or more of the Investor Directors who is present at any such meeting may exercise such number of votes which equates to a majority of the total votes which may be cast at the meeting.

 

8.

Board decisions

 

    

Subject to any Securityholder Approval being obtained as required, all resolutions at meetings of the Directors must be decided by a simple majority of votes cast.

 

9.

Written resolutions

 

    

The relevant Directors may pass a resolution without a meeting of the relevant Directors being held if all the relevant Directors entitled to vote on the resolution sign, or indicate their approval of, a document containing a statement that they are in favour of the resolution set out in the document. The document may be in counterparts, signed or approved by one or more relevant Directors, and may be circulated by fax or email.

 

62


SCHEDULE 4

SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS

 

1.

Frequency and location of meetings

 

    

Subject to any relevant statute or the general law, either: (i) the relevant Board; or (ii) a relevant Investor Securityholder and a relevant WPP Securityholder of the applicable Company acting together, may call a meeting of the relevant Shareholders at a time and place that either: (i) the relevant Board; or (ii) relevant Investor Securityholder and relevant WPP Securityholder, resolves.

 

2.

Use of technology

 

2.1

Subject to applicable laws, any meeting of the Shareholders may be conducted, if sufficient relevant Shareholders to constitute a quorum are unable to participate in the business of the meeting in person, by telephone or by any other means which will enable each relevant Shareholder:

 

  (a)

to hear (or otherwise receive real-time communications made by) each of the other relevant Shareholders participating in the meeting; and

 

  (b)

to address (or otherwise communicate in real time with) all of the other relevant Shareholders participating in the meeting simultaneously,

 

    

even if all the relevant Shareholders are not physically present in the same place.

 

2.2

A Shareholder meeting held in this manner is taken to be held at the registered office where the Shareholder with the highest number of Shares attending the meeting is physically present, provided at least one Shareholder is physically present for the duration of the meeting at the registered office.

 

2.3

If a technological link fails, the relevant Shareholder meeting will be adjourned until the failure is rectified.

 

3.

Quorum

 

  3.1

Subject to paragraph 3.2 (in relation to the quorum of any reconvened meeting) and applicable laws, the quorum for a meeting of the relevant Shareholders is the presence in person, or by proxy, representative or attorney, of at least two relevant Shareholders, of whom at least one must be or represent the relevant WPP Securityholder and at least one must be or represent the relevant Investor Securityholder.

 

  3.2

If a quorum is not present at a meeting of the relevant Shareholders within 30 minutes of the time appointed for the start of the meeting, the meeting will be adjourned to the same time and place on the following Business Day. The presence of the relevant Shareholder who did not attend the original meeting shall not be required for a quorum at any reconvened meeting, such that the presence of the attending Shareholder alone shall comprise a quorum at the reconvened meeting. If a quorum is not present at the reconvened meeting within 30 minutes of the time appointed for the start of the meeting, the meeting will be dissolved.

 

  3.3

Notwithstanding the above, where the attendance and/or affirmative vote of a Securityholder is required at a general meeting of a Company in order to validly convene that meeting or pass a specific shareholder resolution under Luxembourg law that is

 

63


 

required to be passed to give effect to the specific terms of this agreement and such matter is in accordance with the terms of this agreement:

 

  (a)

provided that the matters to be considered and approved are not reserved matters set out in Schedule 5, the relevant Securityholder shall attend that meeting and vote in favour of the resolutions proposed; or

 

  (b)

if the matters to be considered and approved are reserved matters set out in Schedule 5, the relevant Securityholder shall attend that meeting, and may vote in favour of the resolutions proposed if it sees fit.

 

4.

Voting rights

 

    

On a poll, each relevant Shareholder is entitled to one vote for each Share held by that Shareholder.

 

5.

Shareholders decisions

 

    

A resolution of the relevant Shareholders may only be carried:

 

  (a)

subject to any relevant statute or the general law and clause 5.4, if it passed by a majority of votes entitled to be cast on the resolution; and

 

  (b)

if the passing of the resolution and the circumstances surrounding it are consistent with the terms of this agreement.

 

6.

Written resolutions

 

    

Subject to clause 5.3 and applicable laws, the relevant Shareholders may pass a resolution without a meeting of the relevant Shareholders being held if all the relevant Shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution sign, or indicate their approval of, a document stating that they are in favour of the resolution set out in the document. The document may be in counterparts, signed or approved by one or more relevant Shareholders, and may be circulated by fax or email.

 

64


SCHEDULE 5

RESERVED MATTERS

MATTERS REQUIRING SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL

 

   

1.  Constitution / Articles

  

Amend or repeal the constitution or adopt a new constitution, articles of association, memorandum of association or similar of any Group Company in each case in a manner that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder disproportionately to other Securityholders other than in accordance with clauses 3.2(c) and 3.3.

   

2.  Variation of class rights

  

Vary any rights attaching to any class of its securities of any Group Company in a manner that would: (i) materially and adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder disproportionately to other Securityholders; and/or (ii) impact WPP’s ability to account for its share of profits or losses.

   

3.  Issue of Securities

  

Issue any securities, grant any person rights to be issued any securities (including by way of an option) or vary or exercise any discretion in relation to the terms of issue of any securities of any Group Company (other than: (i) an issue of Securities by the relevant Company under clause 10.3; (ii) an issue of securities by one Group Company to: (x) another Group Company; or (y) if any of the issuing Group Company’s securities are held by a person who is not a Group Company, to its existing holders of securities provided that any such issuance is made in accordance with all applicable pre-emption provisions, or is otherwise made on the same terms on a pro rata basis to all holders of securities in the issuing Group Company); or (iii) an issue of securities in any Group Company pursuant to any MIP in accordance with clause 14.

   

4.  Changes to capital structure

  

Purchase, redeem or otherwise reorganise any Group Company’s share capital, including by way of reduction of capital, buy-back or redemption of securities, conversion of securities from one class to another or consolidation and subdivision of shares in a manner that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder disproportionately to other Securityholders.

   

5.  Dividends and distributions

  

Declare, determine to pay or distribute any Dividend (other than in accordance with the rights of the applicable Securities or by one Group Company to another and (if applicable) its shareholders) or reduce any other reserve of any Group Company (other than in accordance with the rights of the applicable Securities or if done by one Group Company for the benefit of another Group Company and (if applicable) its shareholders).

   

6.  Auditors

  

Change any Group Company’s auditors.

   

7.  Insolvency or winding-up

  

Appoint any administrator, liquidator, provisional liquidator, receiver, receiver and manager or equivalent officer to any Group Company or take any step to dissolve or wind up any Group Company (other than where the board of the relevant Group Company resolves that such a step should be taken in circumstances where the directors (having taken appropriate professional advice) hold a bona fide belief that the relevant Group Company is insolvent).

 

65


   

8.  Sale or cessation of the Business

  

Sell, transfer, demerge, assign or cease to carry on all or substantially all of the Business whether by way of sale of shares, sale of assets or some other arrangement and whether by a single transaction or series of related transactions.

   

9.  Alteration to the Business

  

Make any fundamental alteration to the general nature, trade or scope of the Business.

   

10.  Borrowings and Refinancing

  

Enter into any new borrowing facility or issue any loan note, bond or similar debt instrument or vary the terms of (including by way of a refinancing) any such existing facility or instrument (except for borrowings between Group Companies), that would result in the aggregate indebtedness of the Group exceeding 5x Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA of the Group.

   

11.  Anti-Corruption Policies

  

Make any material amendment to the Anti-Corruption Policies other than in accordance with clause 24(c).

   

12.  Related party transactions

  

Enter into any transaction with any Securityholder or any of its Affiliates (excluding portfolio companies of Investment Funds) or vary, waive or amend any agreement with any Securityholder or any of its Affiliates (excluding portfolio companies of Investment Funds) which, in each case, is: (a) outside the ordinary course of business; or (b) not on commercial arm’s length terms, excluding in each case the arrangements set out in clause 29.5.

   

13.  Name change

  

Change any Company’s name or any business name under which the Group trades.

   

14.  Accounting issues

  

Change in any material respect the financial year end or the basis of accounting or (except insofar as is necessary to comply with the accounting standards) the accounting principles, policies or practices of any Group Company.

   

15.  Authorisation, agreement or negotiation

  

Authorise or agree to do, or enter into negotiations with any person concerning, any of the matters referred to in this Schedule 5.

 

66


SCHEDULE 6

INFORMATION RIGHTS

PART 1

WPP SECURITYHOLDERS INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS

 

1.

Each Company shall provide the WPP Securityholders with monthly “flash” numbers on both an aggregated and an individual units basis in accordance with both IAS and IFRS. The “flash” numbers are to be delivered within four Business Days after the end of each relevant month or as specified in the WPP Group reporting calendar for that fiscal year. The monthly “flash” is to conform to the WPP Format. The “flash” is to include information in respect of the Group’s revenue, revenue less pass-through costs, operating profit, PBIT and interest lines.

 

2.

Each Company shall provide the WPP Securityholders with monthly management accounts on both an aggregated and an individual units basis in accordance with both IAS and IFRS. The management accounts are to be delivered within nine Business Days after the end of each relevant month or as specified in the WPP reporting calendar for that fiscal year. The monthly management accounts are to conform to the WPP Format and shall include:

 

  (a)

an income statement for the month and year to date;

 

  (b)

a balance sheet, presented in accordance with the WPP chart of accounts, and including accurate detail of all assets and liabilities;

 

  (c)

a breakdown by client of revenue and revenue less pass-through costs;

 

  (d)

a breakdown of movements in headcount and (on a quarterly basis) a breakdown of headcount and salaries by function;

 

  (e)

information on any investments made by the Group; and

 

  (f)

a commentary by the relevant Board(s) on the state of the business of the Group.

 

3.

Each Company shall prepare for the approval of the relevant Board a draft reforecast for the current financial year for the Group on both an aggregated and an individual units basis and in accordance with both IAS and IFRS (Reforecast) which it shall submit to the WPP Securityholder not less than 12 Business Days after the relevant quarter end or as specified in the WPP reporting calendar for that fiscal year. The quarterly Reforecast is to conform to the WPP Format. The Reforecast shall include:

 

  (a)

a breakdown of monthly aggregated revenues, operating expenses, operating results, other income and expenses, net interest expenses and net profits before taxes, and on a consolidated basis profits after taxes;

 

  (b)

a breakdown of monthly capital expenditures for the balance of the year;

 

  (c)

a breakdown by client of revenue and revenue less pass-through costs; and

 

  (d)

a breakdown of movements in monthly headcount and salaries and a breakdown of both by function.

 

4.

Each Company shall provide the WPP Securityholders with the following:

 

67


  (a)

analysis of any related party transactions with any Subsidiary of WPP, to be provided within one month of WPP’s year-end;

 

  (b)

any other information necessary to enable WPP to comply with the disclosure requirements of IAS and IFRS and any other relevant legislation in its annual report and accounts, to be provided within two months of WPP’s year-end;

 

  (c)

commentary from the relevant Board in the WPP Format on the state of the Business, which shall include an explanation in such reasonable detail to explain revenue, operating profit and profit before interest and tax variances against comparatives;

 

  (d)

in addition to paragraph 4(b) above, within one month of each quarter-end, the Chief Financial Officer of each Company or the Companies (as applicable) will meet with the Group Financial Controller of WPP and provide a detailed analysis and commentary of year to date actual and full year reforecast financial performance; and

 

  (e)

such other financial or management information as each WPP Securityholder may reasonably request from time to time (including without limitation for the purposes of enabling a WPP Securityholder to complete and file any Tax Return and satisfying the WPP Group audit requirements).

 

5.

The Investor Securityholders shall provide the WPP Securityholders with, as soon as practicable (and, in respect of the Financial Year ending on 31 December 2019, by 30 June 2020 and, in respect of the Financial Year ending on 31 December 2020 and each subsequent Financial Year, in any event within three months following the end of the relevant Financial Year), the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for that year with a reconciliation from the year end management accounts if different. The audited consolidated financial statements are to be in accordance with both IAS and IFRS.

 

6.

Each Company shall procure that:

 

  (a)

the Group maintains accurate and complete accounting and other financial records in accordance with best practices for a company the size and stature of one such as each Company; and

 

  (b)

the accounting records are, during normal business hours and with at least a week’s prior notice, available for inspection by each relevant WPP Securityholder or each relevant Investor Securityholder or its respective authorised representatives; and

 

  (c)

all reporting submissions to WPP (including monthly “flash” numbers, monthly management accounts, quarterly reforecasts and annual budgets) shall be submitted using WPP’s financial consolidation system (currently SAP BFC (Cartesis)), as well as to each Securityholder directly. WPP will provide appropriate access to its financial consolidation system to relevant financial personnel in each Company in order for them to meet these reporting requirements.

 

68


PART 2

INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED TO ALL SECURITYHOLDERS

 

   
Reporting required   Timing
   

1.   Monthly management accounts of the Group, such accounts to be presented in the same way as they were presented in the 12 months before the date of this agreement, and:

 

(a)   to include an aggregated income statement, statement of financial position and cash flow statement for the Group;

 

(b)   to refer to any material matter occurring in or relating to the period in question;

 

(c)   to include a comparison of all such information with the projections and forecasts in the relevant Budget and with the corresponding information for the same period in the preceding year, together with a statement of any material variation from the Budget;

 

(d)   to itemise all material transactions referred to in the statement of projected capital expenditure included in the relevant Budget and entered into by the Group during that period;

 

(e)   to have been approved by the finance director and one other Director, as evidenced by their signature of the accounts; and

 

(f)   to include commentary by the Chief Executive Officer of the US Group and the Chief Executive Officer of the RoW Group on the state of the business of the Group.

 

To be provided at the same,
or substantially the same,
time as the monthly
management accounts are
provided to the WPP
Securityholders in
accordance with paragraph
2 of Part 1 of Schedule 6.

   

2.   The audited consolidated annual financial statements and annual report of the Group for each Financial Year.

 

To be provided at the same,
or substantially the same,
time as the annual financial
statements are provided to
the WPP Securityholders in
accordance with paragraph
5 of Part 1 of Schedule 6.

   

3.   Business Plan and Budget.

 

Promptly and in any event
within 10 days of adoption
or any material
amendment.

 
Additional information required
 

4.   Notice of any event, occurrence or change which has or could reasonably be expected to have a material effect (positive or negative) on the business, assets, liabilities, financial or trading position,

 

69


 

       profitability or prospects of any Group Company.

5.   Notice of any offer received from a third party that could reasonably be expected to lead to a disposal of all of the shares or the whole or a substantial part of the undertaking or assets of any Group Company.

 

70


SCHEDULE 7

FORM OF DEED OF ADHERENCE

THIS DEED is made on [●]

BY: [●] of [●] (the New Party).

IN FAVOUR OF: Those persons specified in paragraph 4 of this deed.

BACKGROUND:

 

(A)

The New Party proposes to [purchase][subscribe for] [●] [ordinary] shares in the capital of [●] (the Company) [from [●]].

 

(B)

This agreement is made by the New Party in compliance with clause 19.1 of a Securityholders’ Agreement dated [●] 2019 made between the Company, Summer (BC) US JVCo S.à r.l., Summer (BC) US JVCo GP S.à r.l., Summer (BC) JVCo S.à r.l., Summer (BC) Topco S.à r.l., Summer (BC) US BlockerCo Corp., WPP 2005 Limited, York Merger Square 2009 LLC and WPP Diamond Head LLC (the Securityholders Agreement).

THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

 

1.

The New Party confirm[s] that [he][it] has been supplied with a copy of the Securityholders’ Agreement.

 

2.

[The New Party hereby subscribes for [●] [ordinary shares] in the capital of the Company at a subscription price of [●] per share and agrees to become a member of the Company and to hold the shares subject to the Securityholders’ Agreement and the articles of association of the Company.] OR [The New Party has agreed to purchase from [insert seller party details] [●] [ordinary shares] in the capital of the Company at a purchase price of [●] per share and agrees to become a member of the Company and to hold the shares subject to the Securityholders’ Agreement and the articles of association of the Company.]

 

3.

The New Party undertakes to be bound by the Securityholders’ Agreement in all respects as if the New Party was a party to the Securityholders’ Agreement and named in it as a Securityholder [who is an Investor Securityholder] and to observe and perform all the provisions and obligations of the Securityholders’ Agreement applicable to or binding on a Securityholder under the Securityholders’ Agreement insofar as they fall to be observed or performed on or after the date of this deed.

 

4.

This deed is made for the benefit of:

 

  (a)

the parties to the Securityholders’ Agreement; and

 

  (b)

every other person who after the date of the Securityholders’ Agreement (and whether before or after the execution of this deed) assumes any rights or obligations under the Securityholders’ Agreement or accedes to it.

 

5.

The address of the New Party for the purposes of clause 28 of the Securityholders’ Agreement is as follows:

Address:                       [●]

For the attention of:    [●].

 

71


6.

This deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by the law of England.

 

7.

Any Dispute arising out of or in connection with this deed must be settled in accordance with clause 30 of the Securityholders’ Agreement, which is deemed to be incorporated in full into this deed.

IN WITNESS of which this deed has been executed and has been delivered on the date which appears first on page 1.

 

[For use by individuals]

   

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED by

[INSERT NAME OF INDIVIDUAL] in the

presence of:

   

)


)

)

 

 

 

 

     

   

     

Signature of witness

   

Signature

     

   

     

Name of witness

   

[For use by companies]

   

EXECUTED AS A DEED by [COMPANY

NAME]

   

)

)

 

 

 

     

   

     

Signature of director

   

Signature of [director]/[company secretary][witness]

     

   

     

Name of director

   

Name of [director]/[company secretary][witness]

 

72


SCHEDULE 8

FAIR VALUE

 

1.

If in accordance with either clause 17 or clause 18 the Drag Value or Tag Value respectively is to be the Fair Value in respect of any illiquid non-cash consideration (Illiquid Securities), the Fair Value in respect of any Illiquid Securities is such price per Illiquid Security as may be the price per Illiquid Security determined by a valuation expert in accordance with paragraphs 2 to 8 below.

 

2.

If the terms of this agreement require that the Fair Value of any Illiquid Securities is to be determined in accordance with this Schedule 8 by a valuation expert (the Valuer), the Valuer must be a valuation expert working for an internationally recognised reputable investment bank which does not have a conflict of interest with any of the parties, as may be:

 

  (a)

agreed between the Investor Securityholders and the WPP Securityholders by no later than ten Business Days after the date that the Minority Holder notifies the Majority Holder that the Fair Value is required to be determined in accordance with clause 17 or clause 18; or

 

  (b)

failing such agreement within such ten Business Day period, or if the agreed Valuer is unable or unwilling to act, appointed in accordance with paragraph 3 below.

The Valuer must (if practicable) have experience and expertise in valuing companies (including joint venture companies) operating in the same (or similar) business sectors and geographic areas as the company or group of companies to which the Illiquid Securities relate.

 

3.

If paragraph 2(b) above applies, the Investor Securityholders or the WPP Securityholders may request the Valuer be a Banker as determined by the Academy of Experts (the Academy) upon application of any party to nominate a neutral and independent Valuer, in which case:

 

  (a)

each relevant Securityholder must take all such actions as are reasonably necessary to enable the Academy to nominate a Valuer in accordance with the policies and procedures of the Academy;

 

  (b)

if the Academy nominates one individual, the Valuer for the purposes of this agreement will be that individual;

 

  (c)

if the Academy nominates a shortlist which includes more than one individual, the Valuer for the purposes of this agreement will be:

 

  (i)

such individual from that shortlist as the Investor Securityholders and the WPP Securityholders may agree within two Business Days after receipt of the shortlist; or

 

  (ii)

failing such agreement, the individual who appears first on the shortlist; and

 

  (d)

the costs of the Academy, including fees and expenses, are to be borne by the relevant Company or Companies.

 

4.

The Investor Securityholders and WPP Securityholders must agree the terms of engagement of the firm employing the Valuer as soon as reasonably practicable after the Valuer is selected and must not withhold or delay their consent to those terms if they are reasonable and consistent with the provisions of this agreement. The Investor Securityholders and WPP Securityholders must counter-sign the terms of engagement as soon as they are agreed.

 

73


5.

The Fair Value for each Illiquid Security will be the value which the Valuer states in writing to be in his opinion the fair value of the Illiquid Security concerned on a sale as between a willing seller and a willing buyer. For the purposes of determining the Fair Value, the Investor Securityholders and the WPP Securityholders must instruct the Valuer to conduct the valuation on the following basis:

 

  (a)

in accordance with valuation standards, practices and principles of the International Valuations Standards Council (IVSC);

 

  (b)

using the IVSC definition of “market value” to determine the Fair Value;

 

  (c)

if the company or group of companies that the Illiquid Securities relate to are then carrying on business as a going concern, assuming that they (and the rest of the relevant group at that time) will continue to do so;

 

  (d)

subject to the above, on any basis the Valuer considers appropriate; and

 

  (e)

the Fair Value must be expressed as a single amount and not as a range of values.

 

6.

The Investor Securityholders must promptly provide, and must procure that each relevant group company to which the Illiquid Securities relate promptly provides, to the Valuer:

 

  (a)

all information and assistance (including assistance from its employees); and

 

  (b)

access to and the right to take copies of books and records of account, documents, files, working papers and information stored electronically,

which the Valuer reasonably requires to make his determination.

Nothing in this Schedule 8 entitles the Securityholders or the Valuer to any information or document which, in the reasonable opinion of the relevant Board, falls within the scope of clause 8.4(a) mutatis mutandis as if clause 8.4(a) applied to the company or group of companies to which the Illiquid Securities relate.

 

7.

The Investor Securityholders and WPP Securityholders may, within 20 Business Days of the Valuer’s appointment, make written submissions and/or send documents to the Valuer. The Valuer must send copies of one Securityholder’s submissions to each of the WPP Securityholders and the Investor Securityholders (as applicable) for comment.

 

8.

The Valuer must be engaged to act on the following basis:

 

  (a)

the Valuer must act as expert and not as arbitrator;

 

  (b)

the terms of reference of the Valuer must be as set out in paragraph 5 above;

 

  (c)

the Valuer is entitled (to the extent he considers it appropriate) to base his determination on the information provided under paragraph 6 above, any written submissions made under paragraph 7 above and on the accounting and other records of the company or group of companies to which the Illiquid Securities relate;

 

  (d)

the Valuer must be instructed to deliver his determination of Fair Value as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 40 Business Days of his appointment or, if later, within 30 Business Days after his receipt of written submissions under paragraph 7 above;

 

74


  (e)

the determination of the Valuer will (in the absence of fraud or manifest error) be final and binding on the Investor Securityholders and the WPP Securityholders and may not be challenged or appealed; and

 

  (f)

the costs of determination, including fees and expenses of the Valuer (but excluding the parties’ own costs, which must be borne by the party incurring those costs) must be borne by the relevant Company or Companies.

 

75


SCHEDULE 9

U.S. TAX PROVISIONS

This Schedule 9, inter alia, sets forth principles under which items of income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit of US JVCo shall be allocated among its Securityholders solely for US federal, state, and local income tax purposes. This Schedule 9 also provides for (i) the determination and maintenance of Capital Accounts in accordance with the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704(b) and shall be read and interpreted consistent with such purpose, (ii) certain covenants of the Securityholders with respect to the sale, exchange, or other disposition of securities in any Corporate Investment Vehicle, and (iii) certain other elections and covenants of the Securityholders that relate to and impact US federal, state, and local tax matters. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Schedule 9 shall have the meanings given in Schedule 10 of this agreement unless the context requires otherwise.

 

1

DEFINITIONS

Applicable Tax Rate” means, for any Taxable Year, the greater of (a) 53% and (b) such other rate that is the maximum combined US federal, state, and local income tax rate applicable to any individual or corporation resident in California or New York City (whichever is highest for the relevant Taxable Year), including any Taxes imposed under Code Section 1411 and taking into account the character of US JVCo’s and its Subsidiaries’ income, as determined by the US GP JV Board based on the information available to it and using such other assumptions as the US GP JV Board may reasonably determine.

Book Value” means, with respect to any US JVCo property, US JVCo’s adjusted basis in such property for US federal income tax purposes, adjusted from time to time to reflect the adjustments required or permitted by Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), except that (i) in the case of any property contributed (or deemed contributed) to US JVCo, the Book Value of such property shall initially equal the Fair Market Value of such property, (ii) in the case of any property distributed by US JVCo, the Book Value of such property shall be adjusted immediately prior to such distribution to equal its Fair Market Value at such time, and (iii) any adjustments to the adjusted basis of any asset of US JVCo pursuant to Code Sections 734(b), or 743(b) shall be taken into account in determining such asset’s Book Value in a manner consistent with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704 1(b)(2)(iv)(m).

Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Securityholder pursuant to paragraph 3.2(a) and the other applicable provisions of this agreement.

Capital Contribution” means any cash, cash equivalents, or the Fair Market Value of property that a Securityholder contributes (or is deemed to contribute) to US JVCo in respect of Securities.

Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Corporate Investment Vehicle” means any corporation (or entity that has elected to be treated as a corporation) for US federal income tax purposes that is formed by Bain Capital, L.P. or any Affiliate thereof and that holds, directly or indirectly, Securities in US JVCo and each of its respective transferees or Affiliates designated by an Investor Securityholder to be included as a Corporate Investment Vehicle. For the avoidance of doubt, as of the date hereof, Investor US Securityholder shall be a Corporate Investment Vehicle.

Covered Tax Proceeding” means an examination, audit or other proceeding of US JVCo with respect to (i) the contribution or deemed contribution of assets to US JVCo (or any of its predecessors for US federal income tax purposes) pursuant to the transactions contemplated by the Sale and Purchase

 

76


Agreement or (ii) the allocation of partnership liabilities described in paragraph 4.3(d) of this Schedule 9.

Entity Taxes” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4.6 of this Schedule 9.

Estimated Tax Amount” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4.4(c) of this Schedule 9.

Fair Market Value” means the value of any specified interest or property, which shall not in any event be less than zero (US $0), that would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction for cash between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller, neither of whom is under any compulsion to purchase or sell, respectively, and without regard to the particular circumstances of the buyer or seller, as determined by the US GP JV Board (except to the extent inconsistent with paragraph 5.5(d) of this Schedule 9).

Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(1) and 1.704-2(c).

Partnership Representative” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 5.3 of this Schedule 9.

Partnership Tax Audit Rules” means Code Sections 6221 through 6241, together with any guidance issued thereunder or successor provisions and any similar provisions of state and local tax laws.

Quarterly Estimated Tax Amount” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4.4(c) of this Schedule 9.

Sale and Purchase Agreement” means that certain sale and purchase agreement entered into between WPP PLC, Summer (BC) Topco S.a.r.l. and Summer (BC) UK Bidco Limited dated 12 July 2019.

Securityholder Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth for “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).

Securityholder Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth for “partner nonrecourse debt” in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

Securityholder Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth for “partner nonrecourse deductions” in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2).

Securities” has the meaning given to it in Schedule 10 of this agreement, with references in that definition to “any Company” being deemed references to US JV Co (and no other Company).

Tax Amount” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4.4(b) of this Schedule 9.

Tax Distribution” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4.4(a) of this Schedule 9.

Treasury Regulations” means the regulations promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to, and in respect of, provisions of the Code.

Taxable Year” means the calendar year unless the US GP JV Board shall determine otherwise.

US JVCo Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth for “partnership minimum gain” in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

 

77


2

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

 

  2.1

Classification as a Partnership. The Securityholders intend that US JVCo shall be treated as a partnership for US federal and, if applicable, state and local income tax purposes, and each Securityholder and US JVCo shall file all tax returns and shall otherwise take all tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment.

 

3

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

 

  3.1

Capital Contributions; Schedule of Securityholders. Each Securityholder of US JVCo has made or has been deemed to have made Capital Contributions to the US JVCo in the amount shown next to such Securityholder’s name as shown on Schedule 2. The ownership by a Securityholder of Securities shall entitle such Securityholder to allocations of profits and losses and other items and Tax Distributions as set forth in paragraph 4.

 

  3.2

Capital Accounts.

 

  (a)

Maintenance of Capital Accounts. A separate capital account (a “Capital Account”) shall be maintained for each Securityholder in accordance with Code Section 704(b) and Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. The Capital Account of each Securityholder shall be adjusted:

 

  (i)

by adding any additional Capital Contributions made by such Securityholder in consideration for the issuance of Securities;

 

  (ii)

by deducting any amounts paid to such Securityholder in connection with the redemption or other repurchase by US JVCo of Securities;

 

  (iii)

by adding any profits allocated in favor of such Securityholder and subtracting any losses allocated in favor of such Securityholder; and

 

  (iv)

by deducting any distributions paid in cash or other assets to such Securityholder by US JVCo.

 

  (b)

Computation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction Items. For purposes of computing the amount of any item of US JVCo income, gain, loss or deduction to be allocated pursuant to paragraph 4 and to be reflected in the Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for US federal income tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for this purpose); provided that:

 

  (i)

The computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall include those items described in Code Section 705(a)(1)(B) or Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.704 1(b)(2)(iv)(i), without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are not deductible for US federal income tax purposes;

 

  (ii)

If the Book Value of any US JVCo property is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704 1(b)(2)(iv)(e) or (f), the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such property;

 

  (iii)

Items of income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to the disposition of US JVCo property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Book Value of such property;

 

  (iv)

Items of depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions with respect to US JVCo property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted

 

78


 

basis for US federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the property’s Book Value in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704 1(b)(2)(iv)(g) or Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d)(2), if applicable;

 

  (v)

To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any US JVCo asset pursuant to Code Sections 734(b) or 743(b) is required pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704 1(b)(2)(iv)(m) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis);

 

  3.3

Negative Capital Account. No Securityholder shall be required to pay to any other Securityholder or US JVCo any deficit or negative balance that may exist from time to time in such Securityholder’s Capital Account (including upon and after the dissolution of US JVCo).

 

  3.4

Adjustments to Book Value. US JVCo shall adjust the Book Value of its assets to Fair Market Value in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) as of the following times: (a) at the US GP JV Board’s discretion in connection with the issuance of Securities for a more than de minimis Capital Contribution to US JVCo; (b) at the US GP JV Board’s discretion in connection with the distribution by US JVCo to a Securityholder of more than a de minimis amount of US JVCo assets, including money as consideration for an interest in US JVCo; (c) at the US GP JV Board’s discretion in connection with the issuance of Securities (other than a de minimis interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of US JVCo by an existing Securityholder acting in a Securityholder capacity, or by a new Securityholder acting in a Securityholder capacity or in anticipation of being a Securityholder; and (d) the liquidation of US JVCo within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704 1(b)(2)(ii)(g).

 

  3.5

Modifications. This Schedule 9 is intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2 and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consisted with such Treasury Regulations and any amendments or successor provision thereto. If the US GP JV Board reasonably determines that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto, are computed in order to comply with such Treasury Regulations, the US GP JV Board may make such modification.

 

  3.6

Transfer of Capital Accounts. If a Securityholder transfers an interest in US JVCo to a new or existing Securityholder in accordance with this agreement, the transferee Securityholder shall succeed to that portion of the transferor’s Capital Account that is attributable to the transferred interest. Any reference in this agreement to a Capital Contribution of or distribution to a Securityholder that has succeeded any other Securityholder shall include any Capital Contributions or distributions previously made by or to the former Securityholder on account of the Securities of such former Securityholder transferred to such Securityholder.

 

4

ALLOCATIONS; CERTAIN DISTRIBUTIONS

 

  4.1

Allocation of Profits and Losses. After applying paragraph 4.2, all remaining profits or losses (or items thereof) for any Taxable Year (or portion thereof) shall be allocated among the Securityholders in such a manner as to cause the Capital Account of each Securityholder to equal, to the greatest extent possible, (i) the amount that would be distributed to such Securityholder if (x) US JVCo were to sell all of its assets for an amount equal to their Book Values, (y) all US JVCo’s liabilities were satisfied and (z) US JVCo were to distribute the remaining proceeds pursuant to this agreement minus (ii) such Securityholder’s share of US JVCo Minimum Gain (as determined according to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)) and (iii) such Securityholder’s Securityholder Minimum Gain.

 

  4.2

Regulatory and Special Allocations.

 

79


  (a)

Minimum Gain Chargeback. If there is a net decrease in US JVCo Minimum Gain during any Taxable Year, each Securityholder shall be specially allocated profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, subsequent Taxable Years) in an amount equal to such Securityholder’s share of the net decrease in US JVCo Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This paragraph 4.2(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

  (b)

Securityholder Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain Chargeback. Losses attributable to Securityholder Nonrecourse Debt shall be allocated in the manner required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704 2(i). Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Securityholder Minimum Gain during any Taxable Year, each Securityholder that has a share of such Securityholder Minimum Gain shall be specially allocated profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, subsequent Taxable Years) in an amount equal to that Securityholder’s share of the net decrease in Securityholder Minimum Gain. Items to be allocated pursuant to this paragraph shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This paragraph 4.2(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirements in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

  (c)

Qualified Income Offset. If any Securityholder unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704 1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), profits shall be specially allocated to such Securityholder in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the adjusted capital account deficit (determined according to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704 1(b)(2)(ii)(d)) created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible. This paragraph 4.2(c) is intended to comply with the qualified income offset requirement in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704 1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

  (d)

Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any Taxable Year shall be allocated to the Securityholders ratably in accordance with their ownership of Securities. Securityholder Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated in the manner required by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).

 

  (e)

Ordering Rules. Notwithstanding anything contained in this agreement to the contrary, allocations for any Fiscal Year or other period of Nonrecourse Deductions and Securityholder Nonrecourse Deductions (pursuant to paragraph 4.2(d)) or of items required to be allocated pursuant to the minimum gain chargeback requirements contained in paragraph 4.2(a) and paragraph 4.2(b), shall be made before any other allocations hereunder (other than the allocations pursuant to paragraph 4.2(c)).

 

  (f)

Offsetting Allocations. If, and to the extent that, any Securityholder is deemed to recognize any item of income, gain, deduction or loss as a result of any transaction between such Securityholder and US JVCo pursuant to Code Sections 1272-1274, 7872, 483, 482 or 83 or any similar provision now or hereafter in effect, and the US GP JV Board determines in good faith that any corresponding profits or losses of the Securityholder who recognizes such item should be allocated to such Securityholder in order to reflect the Securityholder’s economic interest in US JVCo, then the US GP JV Board may so allocate such profits or losses, to the extent permissible under applicable law.

 

  (g)

Reallocation. The allocations set forth in paragraph 4.2(a) through paragraph 4.2(d) of this Schedule 9 (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 704. The Regulatory

 

80


 

Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Securityholders intend to allocate profits and losses or make distributions. Accordingly, notwithstanding the other provisions of this paragraph 4, but subject to the Regulatory Allocations, income, gain, deduction and loss shall be reallocated among the Securityholders so as to eliminate the effect of the Regulatory Allocations and thereby to cause the respective Capital Accounts of the Securityholders to be in the amounts (or as close thereto as possible) they would have been if profits and losses (and such other items of income, gain, deduction and loss) had been allocated without reference to the Regulatory Allocations. In general, the Securityholders anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other profits and losses (and such other items of income, gain, deduction and loss) among the Securityholders so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Securityholder is zero.

 

  4.3

US Tax Allocations.

 

  (a)

Except as provided in paragraph 4.3(b), for US federal, state and local income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss or deduction shall be allocated among the Securityholders in the same manner and in the same proportion that the corresponding items have been allocated among the Securityholders’ for purposes of computing their respective Capital Accounts.

 

  (b)

In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed (or deemed contributed) to the capital of US JVCo shall be allocated among the Securityholders so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for US federal income tax purposes and its initial Book Value. Such allocations shall be made using any method allowed by Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder as determined by the US GP JV Board in its discretion; provided that US JVCo shall use the “traditional method” described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(b) with respect to allocations required to be made by US JVCo with respect to the transactions contemplated by Sale and Purchase Agreement. In the event the Book Value of any US JVCo asset is adjusted pursuant to paragraph 3.4, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take into account any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Book Value in a manner consistent with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Such allocation shall be made based on the method the US GP JV Board determines in its discretion.

 

  (c)

Allocations of tax credits, tax credit recapture, and any items related thereto shall be allocated to the Securityholders according to their interests in such items as determined by the US GP JV Board in its reasonable discretion, taking into account the principles of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii).

 

  (d)

For purposes of determining a Securityholder’s share of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of US JVCo within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752 3(a)(3), US JVCo shall adopt the “additional method” described therein to the maximum extent permitted by law first with respect to the WPP Securityholders and then with respect to the Investor US Securityholder.

 

  4.4

Tax Distributions.

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this agreement but subject to applicable law, the availability of cash and any payment restrictions contained in any credit agreements entered into by US JVCo (or any of its Subsidiaries), beginning with the first quarter-end after the date hereof, US JVCo shall distribute (and shall cause its Subsidiaries to distribute, as applicable) or make upstream loans (and shall cause its Subsidiaries to make upstream loans, as applicable) four times per year (no

 

81


 

later than the date on which quarterly estimated tax payments are due for a corporation or individual, whichever is earlier, for US federal income tax purposes) to each Securityholder an amount of cash equal to such Securityholder’s Quarterly Estimated Tax Amount for such quarter of the Taxable Year (each, a “Tax Distribution”). To the extent that any Tax Distribution is limited for any reason (e.g., by applicable law, the availability of cash or any payment restrictions contained in any credit agreements entered into by US JVCo (or any of its Subsidiaries)), such Tax Distribution shall be made in proportion to the Tax Amounts of each Securityholder. Tax Distributions shall be treated as advances against (and shall not be in addition to) the amount of any distributions to each such Securityholder. For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Distributions (whether pursuant to this agreement or any prior agreement) shall be made on or after the date of this agreement with respect to any profits or losses that relate to periods (or portions thereof) prior to and through the date of this agreement.

 

  (b)

A Securityholder’s “Tax Amount” for a Taxable Year shall be equal to the product of (i) the Applicable Tax Rate, multiplied by (ii) the taxable income allocated by US JVCo to such Securityholder for such Taxable Year (which, for this purpose, shall exclude any adjustment to the tax basis of US JVCo’s (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets pursuant to Code Sections 734(b) or 743(b).

 

  (c)

An “Estimated Tax Amount” for a Taxable Year shall be a Securityholder’s Tax Amount for such Taxable Year as estimated from time to time by the US GP JV Board. A Securityholder’s “Quarterly Estimated Tax Amount” for any quarter of a Taxable Year shall be equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the product of (A) one-fourth (14) in the case of the first quarter of the Taxable Year, one-half (12) in the case of the second quarter of the Taxable Year, three-fourths (34) in the case of the third quarter of the Taxable Year or one (1) in the case of the fourth quarter of the Taxable Year, multiplied by (B) such Securityholder’s Estimated Tax Amount for such Taxable Year, over (ii) all prior Distributions of Quarterly Estimated Tax Amounts for such Taxable Year.

 

  (d)

For each Taxable Year, (i) the excess (if any) of (A) a Securityholder’s actual Tax Amount for such Taxable Year (based on amounts reflected on such Securityholder’s Schedule K-1 or equivalent) over (B) the total Tax Distributions received by such Securityholder in respect of the applicable Taxable Year shall be distributed and treated as a Tax Distribution for all purposes to such Securityholder on the Tax Distribution date next following the issuance of such Securityholder’s Schedule K-1 (or equivalent), and (ii) conversely, the excess (if any) of (A) a Securityholder’s total Tax Distributions received by such Securityholder in respect of the applicable Taxable Year over (B) such Securityholder’s actual Tax Amount (based on amounts reflected on such Securityholder’s Schedule K-1 or equivalent) shall be credited against and reduce the amount to be distributed to such Securityholder on the Tax Distribution date(s) next following the issuance of the Schedule K-1 (or equivalent).

 

  4.5

Section 754 Election. US JVCo shall (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries that is classified as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes to) elect to adjust the basis of its assets for US federal income tax purposes in accordance with Code Section 754 for the Taxable Year that includes the date of this agreement.

 

  4.6

Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Securityholder.

 

  (a)

US JVCo is authorized to withhold from any payment made or to be made to, or any amounts allocable or otherwise distributable to a Securityholder any Taxes or other similar amounts required by law to be withheld with respect to such payments or amounts.

 

  (b)

If US JVCo (or any other Person in which US JVCo holds a direct or indirect interest) is obligated to make any payment to a governmental entity or body or to any other

 

82


 

Person (or otherwise makes a payment) that is specifically attributable to a Securityholder (including with respect to income allocable to such Securityholder) or a Securityholder’s status as such (including US federal, state, or local withholding Taxes, state personal property Taxes, state unincorporated business Taxes and Taxes arising under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules) (“Entity Taxes”), then such Securityholder shall indemnify and contribute to US JVCo in full for the entire amount paid (including interest, penalties and related expenses). Such contribution shall not increase such Securityholder’s Capital Contribution and no additional Securities will be issued to such Securityholder in respect thereof. The US GP JV Board may offset distributions to which a Securityholder is otherwise entitled under this agreement against such Securityholder’s obligation to indemnify US JVCo under this paragraph 4.6(b), in which case such Securityholder shall be treated as having received all distributions (whether before or upon termination) unreduced by the amount of such Entity Tax. A Securityholder’s obligation to indemnify and make contributions to US JVCo under this paragraph 4.6(b) shall survive any transfer (including by way of redemption) of a Securityholder’s Securities and the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of US JVCo, and for purposes of this paragraph 4.6, US JVCo shall be treated as continuing in existence. For the avoidance of doubt, any Entity Taxes that are imposed under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules payable by US JVCo or any fiscally transparent entity in which US JVCo owns an interest shall be treated as specifically attributable to the Securityholders, and the US GP JV Board shall use commercially reasonable efforts to allocate the burden of (or any diminution in distributable proceeds resulting from) any such Entity Taxes to those Securityholders to whom such amounts are specifically attributable (whether as a result of their status, actions, inactions or otherwise), as determined by the US GP JV Board. Each Securityholder acknowledges that, notwithstanding the transfer (including by way of redemption) after the date hereof of all or any portion of its interest in US JVCo, it will remain liable for Entity Taxes with respect to its allocable share of income and gain of US JVCo for Taxable Years (or portions thereof) before such transfer pursuant to this paragraph 4.6.

 

5

OTHER TAX MATTERS

 

  5.1

In General. The US JVCo shall prepare and file all necessary US federal, state, and local tax returns. Any such income tax return shall be prepared by an independent public accounting firm selected by the US GP JV Board. Each Securityholder shall furnish to US JVCo or its applicable tax return preparer all pertinent information in its possession relating to US JVCo’s operations that is necessary to enable US JVCo’s income tax returns to be prepared and filed.

 

  5.2

US Tax Return Filings.

 

  (a)

The US JVCo shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each Taxable Year, to each person who was a Securityholder at any time during such Taxable Year, all information necessary for the preparation of such person’s US federal, state, and local income tax returns, including without limitation any Schedule K-1 (or corresponding or similar forms for state or local income tax purposes) or equivalent schedule. The US JVCo shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause an estimated Schedule K-1 to be prepared and delivered to the Securityholders by no later than March 30 following the end of the Taxable Year, and a final version thereof to be delivered to the Securityholders by no later than June 30 following the end of the Taxable Year.

 

  (b)

The parties agree to discuss in good faith the request of the WPP Securityholders to receive the information and rights set out on Schedule 12 and, if and to the extent any agreement is reached in respect of such requests, amend this agreement to reflect any agreement reached in respect of such requests.

 

83


  (c)

The parties agree to negotiate in good faith to complete Schedule 2 (Capital Structure) and a new Schedule 11 (Purchase Price Allocation Methodologies) to this Agreement, contemplated by this Schedule 9 following the Closing.

 

  5.3

Tax Audits. The Investor US Securityholder is hereby designated as the “partnership representative” of US JVCo for purposes of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules and shall serve in any related role for purposes of applicable state, local, or non-US tax law (in each such capacity, the “Partnership Representative”). In addition, the US GP JV Board is hereby authorized to take, or cause the US JVCo to take, such other actions as may be necessary or advisable pursuant to Treasury Regulations or other guidance to ratify the designation, pursuant to this paragraph 5.3, of the Investor US Securityholder as the Partnership Representative. The Partnership Representative shall be authorized to represent US JVCo (at US JVCo’s expense) in connection with all examinations of US JVCo’s affairs by applicable tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend US JVCo funds for professional services incurred in connection therewith and to enter into settlements and other agreements with such agencies (including with respect to proceedings under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules) as the Partnership Representative deems necessary or advisable; provided that with respect to any such proceeding that is a Covered Tax Proceeding, the Partnership Representative shall provide the WPP Securityholder, at the WPP Securityholder’s sole cost and expense, reasonable participation rights with respect to such Covered Tax Proceeding and shall not enter into any settlement of, or otherwise compromise, any such Covered Tax Proceeding without the prior written consent of the WPP Securityholder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Partnership Representative shall keep the US GP JV Board fully informed as to the progress of any such examinations, audits or proceedings. Each Securityholder agrees to cooperate with the Partnership Representative and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably requested by the Partnership Representative with respect to the conduct of such proceedings. The Partnership Representative shall not be liable to US JVCo or any of the Securityholders as a result of the Partnership Representative performing its obligations under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules or pursuant to this paragraph 5.3. US JVCo shall reimburse the Partnership Representative for all costs and expenses (including legal and accounting fees) incurred in performing its obligations under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules or pursuant to this paragraph 5.3.

 

  5.4

Code Section 7704 Safe Harbor. In order to permit US JVCo to qualify for the benefit of a “safe harbor” under Code Section 7704, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this agreement, no transfer of any Securities or economic interest shall be permitted or recognized by US JVCo or the US GP JV Board (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(d)) if and to the extent that such transfer would cause (or create substantial risk of causing) US JVCo to have more than 100 partners (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h), including the look-through rule in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)). Further, no transfer of any Security or economic interest shall be permitted if such transfer would otherwise create, in the US GP JV Board’s reasonable discretion, a risk that US JVCo would be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Code Section 7704.

 

  5.5

US Tax Treatment.

 

  (a)

Each Securityholder agrees that, for US federal (and applicable state and local) income tax purposes, the US acquisition steps contemplated by the EY deck dated December 3, 2019, or any subsequent final iteration thereof (the “Sell-Side Structure Steps”) are intended to be classified in the following manner (and are intended to occur in the following order) and defined terms used in this paragraph 5.5(a) and not otherwise defined in the Securityholders’ Agreement or this Schedule 9 refer to the entities described in the Sell Side Structure Steps:

 

  (i)

first, US Holdco B LLC borrows cash from the external lenders under the Finance Documents and US Holdco A LLC and US Holdco B LLC merge with

 

84


 

WPP Blitz and WPP Dash, respectively, with US Holdco A LLC being treated as a continuation of WPP Blitz within the meaning of Code Section 708;

 

  (ii)

second, US Holdco B LLC distributes the cash it borrowed to US Holdco A LLC, which is treated as having borrowed and distributed under Treas. Reg. Section 1.163-8T the same, pro rata, to the WPP Securityholders as a tax-free distribution of cash under Code Section 731, except to the extent of the excess (if any) of the cash over the WPP Securityholders’ share of the debt, as determined under Treas. Reg. Section 1.707-5(b) (but, for the avoidance of doubt, without taking into account any subsequent reduction in the WPP Securityholders’ share of the debt that occurs as a result of the acquisition of interests in US JVCo by the Investor US Securityholder);

 

  (iii)

third, US JVCo is treated as a continuation of US Holdco A LLC within the meaning of Code Section 708; and

 

  (iv)

fourth, Investor US Securityholder acquires partnership interests in US JVCo from the WPP Securityholders for cash (including amounts described in Section 752(d)) in a transaction described in Code Section 741 (and for which a basis adjustment under Code Section 743(b) is available) and the parties shall determine Investor US Securityholder’s share of US JVCo built-in-gain under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(a)(7) and for Section 743(b) purposes using the relative fair market value of the partnership interests acquired by Investor US Securityholder from the WPP Securityholders (such paragraphs (i) through (iii), collectively, the “Intended Tax Treatment”).

 

  (b)

The Securityholders and US JVCo (x) shall not (and shall ensure their Affiliates shall not) take any action (other than actions in connection with the transactions contemplated by this agreement) that would reasonably be expected to prevent the Intended Tax Treatment from so qualifying and (y) shall not take any position inconsistent with the Intended Tax Treatment (whether in tax contests, tax returns, or otherwise) unless required to do so by applicable law.

 

  (c)

Within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date, the relevant Investor Securityholder(s) shall provide US JVCo with a statement in form and substance as described under Treasury Regulation Section 1.743-1(k)(2).

 

  (d)

The amount of the aggregate consideration allocated to the purchase of US JVCo equity under the Sale and Purchase Agreement, as finally determined thereunder (plus any assumed liabilities and other items required to be taken into account for US federal income tax purposes) shall be allocated among the assets of the US JVCo and its Subsidiaries (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) in accordance with the principles of Code Section 755 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder and the methodologies set forth in Schedule 11 (the “Allocation”). The Investor Securityholders shall deliver to the WPP Securityholders a draft allocation within sixty (60) days after the First Completion Date (as defined in the Sale and Purchase Agreement) (the “Draft Allocation”). The WPP Securityholders shall review the Draft Allocation and provide the Investor Securityholders with comments within thirty (30) days of the date that WPP Securityholders received the Draft Allocation. Thereafter, the WPP Securityholders and the Investor Securityholders shall seek in good faith to resolve any differences which they may have with respect to the Allocation; provided that the WPP Securityholders and the Investor Securityholders shall submit to an independent tax expert for resolution any and all matters (but only such matters) which remain in dispute after fifteen (15) days or such longer period as agreed by the parties. The Investor Securityholders shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, prepare the final allocation schedule reflecting the agreement by the WPP Securityholders and the Investors Securityholder or final determination of the expert, as applicable (the “Final

 

85


 

Allocation”). The Securityholders (i) shall file or cause to be filed all tax returns in a manner consistent with the Final Allocation and (ii) shall not take any position that is inconsistent with the Final Allocation, except, in each case, as required pursuant to a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or non-US tax law). If the Total Consideration (as defined in the Sale and Purchase Agreement) is adjusted pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement, the Final Allocation shall be adjusted as appropriate and the WPP Securityholders and the Investor Securityholders shall cooperate in good faith in making any such adjustments.

 

  5.6

Midco US Tax Appendix. The parties agree that the limited partnership agreement or the shareholders agreement for Summer (BC) US Midco SCSp (“Midco”) shall include a Schedule that is substantially the same as this Schedule 9, except that the following modifications shall be made:

 

  (a)

The following shall be added to paragraph 4.1 (Allocation of Profits and Losses):

For the avoidance of doubt, Midco is entitled to make allocations like those described in Proposed Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(c) and, once required by applicable final or temporary guidance, allocations of profits and losses will be made in accordance with Proposed Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(c) or any successor provision or guidance.

 

  (b)

The following shall be added to paragraph 4.3(d) (US Tax Allocations):

; provided that, (x) for purposes of determining a partner’s share of partnership liabilities under Treasury Regulation Section 1.707-5 only, the parties shall agree on a methodology for allocating such liabilities which minimizes the amount treated as consideration (if any) and (y) for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-3(b) the parties shall agree to allocate partnership liabilities among the assets in a manner that maximizes the amount of debt available to be allocated by Midco among its partners under the “additional method” described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3). Midco and its partners agree to treat any amount that would otherwise be treated as consideration, to the maximum extent permissible by Law, as a reimbursement of preformation capital expenditures within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.707-4(d).

 

  (c)

The following shall be added as a new paragraph 5.6:

 

  5.7

Code Section 83 Safe Harbor

 

  (a)

By executing this agreement, each partner authorizes and directs Midco to elect to have the “Safe Harbor” described in the proposed Revenue Procedure set forth in Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-43 (the “Notice”) apply to any interest transferred to a service provider by Midco on or after the effective date of such Revenue Procedure in connection with services provided to Midco, including pursuant to any MIP. For purposes of making such Safe Harbor election, US JVCo is hereby designated as the “Partner who has responsibility for federal income tax reporting” by Midco and, accordingly, execution of such Safe Harbor election by US JVCo constitutes execution of a “Safe Harbor Election” in accordance with Section 3.03(1) of the Notice. Midco and each partner hereby agrees to comply with all requirements of the Safe Harbor described in the Notice, including the requirement that each partner shall prepare and file all federal income Tax returns reporting the income Tax effects of each interest issued by Midco that qualifies for the Safe Harbor in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Notice.

 

86


  (b)

Each partner authorizes US JVCo to amend paragraph 5.6(a) to the extent necessary to achieve substantially the same tax treatment with respect to any interest in Midco transferred to a service provider by Midco in connection with services provided to Midco as set forth in Section 4 of the Notice (e.g., to reflect changes from the rules set forth in the Notice in subsequent Internal Revenue Service guidance), provided that such amendment is not materially adverse to such partner (as compared with the after tax consequences that would result if the provisions of the Notice applied to all interests of Midco transferred to a service provider by Midco in connection with services provided to Midco).

 

6

IPO; SALE OF JVCO; CORPORATE INVESTMENT VEHICLES

 

  6.1

Public Offering. If any interests in US JVCo are owned, directly or indirectly through a Corporate Investment Vehicle, if requested by the Investor Securityholders, any IPO of US JVCo shall be structured by using such Corporate Investment Vehicle as the vehicle for such IPO, by merging such Corporate Investment Vehicle into the vehicle used for the IPO, by causing such Corporate Investment Vehicle to become a subsidiary of the vehicle used for the IPO, or through another structure that is tax-efficient for the Investor Securityholders or any other shareholders that hold an interest in US JVCo through such Corporate Investment Vehicle; provided that, such restructuring shall be subject to the terms of Section 21(c) in the event of an IPO occurring after the third anniversary of the Effective Date. Subject to Section 21(c), each Securityholder other than such Corporate Investment Vehicle shall consent to, and cooperate fully with, any such structure (and shall raise no objections thereto).

 

  6.2

Sale of US JVCo. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this agreement, if any interests in US JVCo are owned, directly or indirectly, through a Corporate Investment Vehicle, then if requested by the Investor Securityholders, any disposal, sale or other transfer of Securities as may be permitted or contemplated under this agreement (including under clauses 16, 17, 18, or 19) shall be effected through a transfer of equity, debt, options or other securities issued by such Corporate Investment Vehicle (which represent an indirect beneficial interest in the Securities to be transferred). In connection with any disposal sale, or other transfer of Securities of the US JVCo, or in connection with any other change of control transaction or liquidity event with respect to US JVCo, each Securityholder of US JVCo (other than such Corporate Investment Vehicle) shall consent to and cooperate fully with (and shall raise no objections to) any such transfer of equity, debt, options or other securities issued by such Corporate Investment Vehicle as contemplated by this paragraph 6.2.

 

87


SCHEDULE 10

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.

Definitions

In this agreement:

1915 Law means the Luxembourg law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended from time to time;

Acceptance Notice has the meaning given in clause 16.2(b);

Accepted Securities has the meaning given in clause 16.4(a);

Accepted Securityholder has the meaning given in clause 16.3(a);

Affiliate means, in respect of any entity, a second entity that:

 

  (i)

Controls the first entity;

 

  (ii)

is under the Control of the first entity; or

 

  (iii)

is under the Control of a third entity that Controls the first entity,

provided however that neither: (A) the Company nor any other member of the Group; or (B) any portfolio company of any Investment Fund, shall in each case be an Affiliate of any Securityholder or any of its other Affiliates;

Agreed Announcement means any announcement made by any party or their Affiliates under the terms of the Transfer Agreement;

Anti-Corruption Policies has the meaning given in clause 24;

Appointer means, in relation to a Nominated Director, the person who is entitled to propose the appointment of that Director at a general meeting of the Company in accordance with clause 4.3;

Articles means the US JVCo LPA, US GP Co Articles and RoW Articles;

Asset Sale means a sale by the Group or any other member of the Group of all of the Group’s business, assets and undertakings to a single buyer or to one or more buyers as part of a single transaction or series of connected transactions (other than as part of a Reorganisation Transaction);

Associated Person means, in relation to a body corporate, a person (including an employee, agent or Subsidiary of that body corporate) who performs services for or on behalf of that body corporate;

AUNZ means WPP AUNZ Limited (registered number ACN 001 657 370), a public limited company incorporated in Australia and whose registered office is at 1 Kent Street, Millers Point, NSW 2000, Australia;

AUNZ Circular means the circular to be despatched by AUNZ to its shareholders in connection with the transfer of certain interests in certain entities held directly or indirectly by AUNZ in accordance with the Transfer Agreement;

 

88


Board Approval has the meaning given in clause 5.3;

Boards means the US GP Board, US GP JV Board and the RoW Board and Board means any of them;

Budget means the budget for a Financial Year for:

 

  (a)

the Group on an aggregated basis; and

 

  (b)

for each of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries from time to time on an aggregated and individual units basis,

in each case in accordance with both IAS and IFRS and set under clause 7;

Business means global data, research, consulting and analytics business known as ‘Kantar’ as the same may be developed from time to time;

Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday on which banks are generally open in London and Luxembourg for normal business;

Business Plan means the business plan of the Group for a Financial Year set under clause 7;

Buying Securityholder has the meaning given in clause 16.2;

CEDR has the meaning given in clause 30.4;

Chief Executive Officers means:

 

  (a)

the chief executive officer of the US Group; and

 

  (b)

the chief executive officer of the RoW Group,

in each case, from time to time and Chief Executive Officer shall mean that one of them which the context requires;

Control means:

 

  (a)

owning or controlling (directly or indirectly) more than 50% of the voting share capital of the relevant undertaking; or

 

  (b)

being able to direct the casting of more than 50% of the votes exercisable at general meetings of the relevant undertaking on all, or substantially all, matters; or

 

  (c)

having the right to appoint or remove directors of the relevant undertaking holding a majority of the voting rights at meetings of the board on all, or substantially all, matters; or

 

  (d)

having the power to determine the conduct of business affairs of an undertaking (whether through ownership of equity interest or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise),

in each case whether directly or indirectly, and Controlled, Controlling and Controlling Interest shall have a corresponding meaning;

 

89


Deed of Adherence means a deed of adherence to this agreement to be executed by any transferee of or subscriber for a Security substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7;

Director means a director or a manager (as applicable) of RoW JVCo and/or US GPCo;

Dispose means, in relation to any Security:

 

  (a)

to sell, transfer, assign, swap, surrender, gift, declare a trust over, or otherwise dispose of, deal with or Encumber, any legal or equitable interest in the Security;

 

  (b)

to do any thing which has the effect of placing a person in substantially the same position as that person would have been in, had any of the things mentioned in paragraph (a) above been done; or

 

  (c)

to authorise, agree to or attempt to do any of the things mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) above,

and the term Disposal has a corresponding meaning;

Dispute means any dispute, claim, difference or controversy arising out of, relating to or having any connection with this agreement, including any dispute as to its existence, validity, interpretation, performance, breach or termination or the consequences of its nullity and any dispute relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it;

Dividend includes a dividend, bonus issue or other distribution in kind or in cash;

Drag Buyer has the meaning given in clause 17.3;

Drag Notice has the meaning given in clause 17.2;

Drag Sale Price has the meaning given in clause 17.3;

Drag Sale Terms has the meaning given in clause 17.3;

Drag Securities has the meaning given in clause 17.2;

Drag Transaction has the meaning given in clause 17.2;

Effective Date means the date of this agreement;

Electronic Communication means an electronic communication as defined in the UK Electronic Communications Act 2000;

Employee means an employee, secondee, consultant, contractor, officer, partner or director (other than Nominated Directors) and the terms Employed and Employment shall be construed accordingly;

Encumbrance means any security interest and any option, right to acquire, right of pre-emption, assignment by way of security, trust arrangement for the purpose of providing security, retention arrangement or other security interest of any kind, and any agreement to create any of the above, and the term Encumber has a corresponding meaning;

EoD Securities has the meaning given in clause 12(a);

 

90


Equity Proportion means, in relation to a Securityholder, the total number of Securities held by that Securityholder divided by the total number of Securities in issue, expressed as a percentage;

Event of Default has the meaning given in clause 12(a);

Excluded Dispute has the meaning given in clause 30.1;

Exit means a Sale, Asset Sale, or IPO;

EY Steps Plan means the steps plan prepared by Ernst & Young LLP entitled ‘Project Summer – Acquisition Steps’ as updated from time to time;

Fair Value means, in respect of any Security, the amount determined in accordance with Schedule 8;

Finance Documents has the meaning given to it in the senior facilities agreement dated 26 November 2019 and entered into in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transfer Agreement between Summer (BC) Bidco B LLC (as US Bidco), Summer (BC) Holdco B S.à r.l. (as RoW Bidco), Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Designated Activity Company among others (as Mandated Lead Arrangers), and Wilmington Trust (London) Limited (as Agent and Security Agent) as from time to time amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced;

Financial Year means a period starting on 1 January of any year and ending on 31 December of the same year;

FSMA means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

Group means the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries from time to time and Group Company means any of them;

group means an Ultimate Holding Company and its Subsidiaries and group member has a corresponding meaning;

Holding Company has the meaning given in paragraph 2 below;

IBM means International Business Machines Corporation;

IBM Agreements means:

 

  (a)

the master services agreement for application services between WPP 2005 Limited and IBM dated 30 September 2015 as amended from time to time; and

 

  (b)

master services agreement for infrastructure services between WPP 2005 Limited and IBM dated 30 September 2014 as amended from time to time;

Information Technology has the meaning given in the Transfer Agreement;

Initial Budget has the meaning given in clause 7.1;

Initial Business Plan has the meaning given in clause 7.1;

 

91


Insolvency Event means, in respect of any person:

 

  (a)

the person is unable to, or states that it is unable to, pay its debts as they fall due or stops or threatens to stop paying its debts as they fall due;

 

  (b)

any indebtedness of the person is subject to a moratorium;

 

  (c)

a liquidator, provisional liquidator or administrator has been appointed to any property of the person or an event occurs which gives any other person a right to seek such an appointment;

 

  (d)

an order has been made, a resolution has been passed or proposed in a notice of meeting or in an announcement to any recognised securities exchange, or an application to court has been made for the winding-up or dissolution of the person or for the entry into of any arrangement, compromise or composition with, or assignment for the benefit of, creditors of the person or any class of them;

 

  (e)

a security interest becomes enforceable or is enforced over, or a writ of execution, garnishee order, mareva injunction or similar order has been issued over or is affecting, all or a substantial part of the assets of the person; or

 

  (f)

the person has otherwise become, or is otherwise taken to be, insolvent in any jurisdiction or an event occurs in any jurisdiction in relation to the person which is analogous to, or which has a substantially similar effect to, any of the events referred to in paragraphs (a) to (e) above;

Interest means, in relation to any person, any direct or indirect interest (other than a financial or commercial interest) of that person or its Affiliates arising from any existing or proposed arrangement, contract, litigation or other proceeding between any Group Company and that person or any of its Affiliates;

Investment Fund means any bank, company, unit trust, investment trust, investment company, limited, general or other partnership, industrial provident or friendly society, any collective investment scheme (as defined by FSMA), any investment professional (as defined in article 19(5)(d) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion Order) 2001 (the FPO)), any high net worth company or unincorporated association or high value trust (as defined in article 49(2) (a) to (c) of the FPO), any pension fund or insurance company or any person who is an authorised person under FSMA, but shall exclude the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries from time to time;

Investor Directors has the meaning given in clause 4.3(b);

IPO means the admission of the whole of any class of the issued share capital of any Group Company (including any New Holding Company) to trading on a regulated market (as defined in Directive 2004/93/EC on markets in financial instruments (MiFiD)) or other internationally recognised investment exchange (including, without limitation, any prescribed market (as defined in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Prescribed Markets and Qualifying Investments) Order 2001 (SI 2001/996), as amended);

Loss means all losses, damages, costs, expenses, charges and other liabilities whether present or future, fixed or unascertained, actual or contingent;

Limited Partnership Interests means the limited partnership interests issued by US JVCo;

 

92


Majority Holder means any Securityholder that together with its Affiliates holds more than 50% of the Securities of each Company;

Mediation Notice has the meaning given in clause 30.4;

Minority Holder means any Securityholder other than the Majority Holder;

NED means a non-executive director of any member of the Group who is not an Employee of Bain Capital Private Equity (Europe), LLP or one of its Affiliates or an Employee of the Group;

Negotiation End Date has the meaning given in clause 30.3;

Negotiation Notice has the meaning given in clause 30.3;

Negotiators has the meaning given in clause 30.3;

New Holding Company means any new holding company of any or all Companies, formed for the purpose of facilitating a Reorganisation Transaction or an IPO;

Nominated Director means a Director appointed under clause 4.3 (and includes any proxy of that Director);

Non-Subscribing Securityholder has the meaning given in clause 12(b);

Observer has the meaning given in clause 4.13;

Offer Closing Date has the meaning given in clause 11.3(c);

Offer Notice has the meaning given in clause 11.1;

Offer Period has the meaning given in clause 11.1(e);

Offer Price has the meaning given in clause 11.1(a);

Offer Right Entitlement has the meaning given in clause 16.1(a)(ii);

Offer Securities has the meaning given in clause 11.1(a);

Offer Terms has the meaning given in clause 11.1(a);

Other Parties means Subscribing Securityholders who are subscribing for their full Rights Entitlement;

Partnership Interests means the Unlimited Partnership Interest and the Limited Partnership Interests;

Permitted Transferee means, in relation to a Securityholder, any of its Affiliates;

Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA has the meaning given to such term in the offering memorandum dated 23 October 2019 relating to the €1,000,000,000 5.750% senior secured noted due 2026 to be issued by Summer (BC) Holdco B S.à r.l. and the €475,000,000 9.250% senior notes due 2027 to be issued by Summer (BC) Holdco A S.à r.l.;

Quarterly Valuation has the meaning given in clause 11.5;

 

93


Reorganisation Transaction means a reorganisation of the Group by any means including the acquisition of one or more Companies by a New Holding Company or any other reorganisation of the Group involving the Group’s share or debt capital (including the conversion, consolidation, sub-division or redesignation (as appropriate) of the Shares, Limited Partnership Interests or Unlimited Partnership Interests respectively into a single class of ordinary shares) in preparation for an Exit or acquisition of another business by a Group Company;

Representative means, in relation to a person, any director, officer or employee of, and any accountant, auditor, financier, financial adviser, legal adviser, technical adviser or other expert adviser or consultant to, that person;

Rights and Obligations Reduction has the meaning given in clause 22;

Rights Entitlement has the meaning given in clause 11.1(b);

RoW Articles means the articles of association of RoW JVCo as amended from time to time;

RoW Board means the board of directors of RoW JVCo;

RoW Group means RoW JVCo and its Subsidiaries from time to time;

Sale means the sale of all the Securities to a third party on arm’s length terms as part of a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

Sale Completion Date has the meaning given in clause 16.4(b);

Sale Notice has the meaning given in clause 16.1;

Sale Period has the meaning given in clause 16.1(a)(iii);

Sale Price has the meaning given in clause 16.2(a);

Sale Securities has the meaning given in clause 16.1(a)(iii);

Sale Terms has the meaning given in clause 16.2(a);

Scangroup means WPP Scangroup Plc, a public limited company incorporated in Kenya and whose registered office is at The Chancery, 5th Floor, Valley Road, Upper Hill P.O Box 34537 – 00100, Nairobi, Kenya;

Scangroup Circular means the circular to be despatched by Scangroup to its shareholders in connection with the transfer of certain interests in certain entities held directly or indirectly by Scangroup as contemplated by and in accordance with the Transfer Agreement;

Securities means:

 

  (a)

Shares, Limited Partnership Interests, Unlimited Partnership Interests or any other class of shares or interests (whether limited, unlimited or otherwise) in any Company or any other equity securities in any Company; and

 

  (b)

options, warrants, notes, bonds or other securities or debt: (i) convertible into, or exchangeable for, Shares, Limited Partnership Interests, Unlimited Partnership Interests or any other class of shares or interests (whether limited, unlimited or otherwise) or any

 

94


 

other equity securities in any Company; or (ii) containing equity features or containing profit participation features;

Securityholder means a registered holder of Securities who is party to this agreement as an original party or by having executed a Deed of Adherence in accordance with clause 19;

Securityholder Approval means an approval given in accordance with clauses 5.4 and 5.5;

Selling Securityholder has the meaning given in clause 16.1;

Senior Employee means: Eric Salama; Robert Bowtell; Richard Ingleton; David Sandberg; Andrea Wilson; Rosie Hawkins; Gonzalo Fuentes; James Brooks; Andy Brown; Olivier Lefranc; Richard Wallace; Antonio Wanderley; Caroline Frankum; Mitchell McCauley; Marc Ryan; Josep Montserrat; Ian Dunkley; Luis Simoes; Phil Smiley; Jake Barton; David Morton; John McHarry; Wayne Levings; Tim Kelsall; Nick Nyhan; Jeff Krentz; Sean Toland; Lynnette Cooke; Ed Ceraso; Michelle Harrison; David Errington; Michael Davis; Andreas Velter; Tim Kidd; Richard Poustie or any of their respective replacements from time to time;

Share means an ordinary share in the capital of a Company;

Shareholder mean a registered holder of Shares;

Subscribing Securityholder has the meaning given in clause 11.2(a);

Subscription Price has the meaning given in clause 11.3(a);

Subscription Securities has the meaning given in clause 11.3(b);

Subsidiary has the meaning given in paragraph 2 below;

Surviving Clauses means clause 26, clause 28, clause 29 and clause 32;

Tag Buyer has the meaning given in clause 18.2;

Tag Notice has the meaning given in clause 18.2;

Tag Option has the meaning given in clause 18.2;

Tag Period has the meaning given in clause 18.2;

Tag Sale Price has the meaning given in clause 18.2;

Tag Sale Terms has the meaning given in clause 18.2;

Tag Securities has the meaning given in clause 18.2;

Tax means all taxes, levies, duties, imposts and any charges, deductions or withholdings in the nature of tax including taxes on gross or net income, profits or gains and taxes on receipts, sales, use, occupation, development, franchise, employment, value added and personal property, together with all penalties, charges and interest relating to any of them or to any failure to file any return required for the purposes of any of them;

Tax Authority means any authority responsible for the collection or management of any Tax;

 

95


Third Party Sale has the meaning given in clause 18.1;

Transaction Documents means:

 

  (a)

this agreement;

 

  (b)

the Transfer Agreement;

 

  (c)

the Transaction Documents (as defined in the Transfer Agreement); and

 

  (d)

the Articles;

Transfer Agreement means the transfer agreement dated 12 July 2019 between WPP and the Investor RoW Securityholder in relation to companies comprising the Business, as amended and/or restated from time to time;

Ultimate Holding Company means a Holding Company which is not itself a Subsidiary;

US Articles means the articles of association of US JVCo as amended and/or restated from time to time;

US GPCo Articles means the articles of association of US GPCo as amended and/or restated from time to time;

US GP Board means the board of directors of US GPCo;

US GP JV Board means the board of directors of US GPCo acting in their capacity as manager of US JVCo;

US Group means US GPCo, US JVCo and each of their respective Subsidiaries from time to time;

US JVCo LPA means the limited partnership agreement of US JVCo, as amended and/or restated from time to time;

Unlimited Partnership Interest mean one unlimited partnership interest issued by US JVCo,

VAT means:

 

  (a)

any Tax imposed in compliance with the council directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112);

 

  (b)

to the extent not included in paragraph (a) above, any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and legislation and regulations supplemental thereto; and

 

  (c)

any other Tax of a similar nature to the Taxes referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, whether imposed by a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, the Taxes referred to in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above, or imposed elsewhere.

WPP means WPP plc (registered number 111714);

WPP Circular means the circular to be despatched by WPP to its shareholders in connection with and in accordance with the Transfer Agreement;

 

96


WPP Directors has the meaning given in clause 4.3(a);

WPP Format has the meaning given in clause 7.2(a);

WPP Group means WPP and all of its subsidiary undertakings (within the meaning of section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006), and member of the WPP Group means any of them; and

WPP TSA Charges means the charges relating to internal time and services, including time and services provided by the WPP team known as the ‘Coretech’ team (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt all the third party recharged services) provided by the WPP Group to the Group under the terms of the Transitional Services Agreements (as defined in the Transfer Agreement).

 

2.

Subsidiary and Holding Company

For the purposes of this agreement:

 

  (a)

A company is a Subsidiary of another company, its Holding Company, if that other company:

 

  (i)

holds a majority of the voting rights in it; or

 

  (ii)

is a member of it and has the right to appoint or remove a majority of its board of directors; or

 

  (iii)

is a member of it and controls alone, pursuant to an agreement with other members, a majority of the voting rights in it,

or if it is a Subsidiary of a company that is itself a Subsidiary of that other company.

 

  (b)

In this paragraph 2, company includes any body corporate.

 

3.

Things required to be done other than on a Business Day

Unless otherwise indicated, where the day on which any act, matter or thing is to be done is a day other than a Business Day, that act, matter or thing must be done on or by the next Business Day.

 

4.

Several liability

Where any obligation, representation, warranty or undertaking in this agreement is expressed to be made, undertaken or given by two or more parties, those parties will be taken to be severally liable in respect of it, unless this agreement expressly provides otherwise.

 

5.

Other rules of interpretation

In this agreement:

 

  (a)

except to the extent the contrary intention appears, any reference, express or implied, to any legislation in any jurisdiction includes:

 

  (i)

that legislation as amended, extended or applied by or under any other legislation made before or after execution of this agreement;

 

  (ii)

any legislation which that legislation re-enacts with or without modification; and

 

97


  (iii)

any subordinate legislation made before or after execution of this agreement under that legislation, including (where applicable) that legislation as amended, extended or applied as described in paragraph 5(a)(i) above, or under any legislation which it re-enacts as described in paragraph 5(a)(ii) above;

 

  (b)

references to a transfer of a Security include the disposal of any direct or indirect economic interest in that Security (including the creation of any security interest or other third party right over any interest in that Security, the disposal of any indirect or direct entity to whom that Security has previously been transferred and any renouncement in favour of another person of any right to the allotment or transfer of that Security);

 

  (c)

references to indemnify any person against any circumstance shall include indemnifying and keeping that person harmless, on an after-Tax basis, from all actions, claims and proceedings from time to time made against her and all loss, damage, payments, costs or expenses suffered made or incurred by her as a consequence of that circumstance;

 

  (d)

any indemnity or covenant to pay (the Payment Obligation) being given on an after-Tax basis or expressed to be calculated on an after-Tax basis means that the amount payable pursuant to such Payment Obligation (the Payment) shall be calculated in such a manner as will ensure that, after taking into account:

 

  (i)

any Tax required to be deducted or withheld from the Payment;

 

  (ii)

the amount and timing of any additional Tax which becomes payable by the recipient of the Payment as a result of the Payment’s being subject to Tax in the hands of the recipient of the Payment; and

 

  (iii)

the amount and timing of any Tax benefit which is obtained by the recipient of the Payment to the extent that such Tax benefit is attributable to the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation or to the receipt of the Payment;

(which amount and timing is to be determined by the auditors of the recipient at the shared expense of both Parties and is to be certified as such to the Party making the Payment), the recipient of the Payment is in the same position as that in which it would have been if the matter giving rise to the Payment Obligation had not occurred;

 

  (e)

references to costs and/or expenses incurred by a person shall not include any amount in respect of VAT comprised in such costs or expenses for which either that person or, if relevant, any other member of the VAT group to which that person belongs is entitled to credit as input tax;

 

  (f)

references to persons or entities include natural persons, bodies corporate, partnerships, trusts and unincorporated and incorporated associations of persons;

 

  (g)

references to an individual or a natural person include his estate and personal representatives;

 

  (h)

subject to clause 29.2, references to a party to this agreement include the successors or assigns (immediate or otherwise) of that party;

 

  (i)

references to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method or judicial or arbitral proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, arbitral tribunal, official or any legal concept or thing must, in respect of any jurisdiction other than England, be taken to include what most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

 

98


  (j)

a reference to any instrument or document includes any variation or replacement of it;

 

  (k)

unless otherwise indicated, a reference to any time is a reference to London time;

 

  (l)

a reference to £ or GBP is to pounds sterling or its equivalent in any other relevant currency and to $ or USD is to US dollars or its equivalent in any other relevant currency;

 

  (m)

the phrases “to the extent” and “to the extent that” are used to indicate an element of degree and are not synonymous with the word “if”;

 

  (n)

singular words include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (o)

a word of any gender includes the corresponding words of any other gender;

 

  (p)

if a word or phrase is defined, other grammatical forms of that word have a corresponding meaning;

 

  (q)

general words must not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are followed by particular examples intended to be embraced by the general words, and references to “includes” mean “includes without limitation”; and

 

  (r)

nothing is to be construed adversely to a party just because that party put forward this agreement or the relevant part of this agreement.

**Signature pages to follow**

 

99


SIGNATORIES

 

EXECUTED as a DEED by SUMMER (BC) US JVCO S.C.S.p   )        

acting by its general partner, Summer (BC) US JVCo GP

  )        

/s/ Anne Ehrismann

 

S.à r.l., represented by A. Ehrismann, as manager,

acting under the authority of that Company, in the

presence of:

   
  )        

Manager

 

Witness’s Signature

  

/s/ Alysson Havard

 

  

Name:

  

Alysson Havard

 

  

Address:

       

    

       
     

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to the SHA]


EXECUTED as a DEED by SUMMER (BC) US JVCO GP S.À R.L.   )        

represented by A. Ehrismann, as general manager,

  )        

/s/ Anne Ehrismann

 

acting under the authority of that Company, in the presence of:    
  )        

Manager

 

Witness’s Signature

  

/s/ Alysson Havard

 

  

Name:

  

Alysson Havard

 

  

Address:

       
       

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to the SHA]


EXECUTED as a DEED by SUMMER (BC) JVCO S.À R.L.  

)      

)      

 

acting by Paul Stasiulis, its Vice President - Tax Counsel,

  )         /s/ Paul Stasiulis
an authorised signatory, acting under the authority of that Company, in the presence of:  

)      

)      

 
  )        
   
   
   

 

Witness’s Signature

   /s/ Kinisha De Los Rios   

Name:

   Kinisha De Los Rios   

Address:

       
       

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to the SHA]


EXECUTED as a DEED by YORK MERGER SQUARE 2009 LLC   )        

acting by Paul Stasiulis, its Vice President - Tax Counsel,

  )         /s/ Paul Stasiulis
an authorised signatory, acting under the authority of that Company, in the presence of:    
  )        

Signature

 

Witness’s Signature

  

/s/ Kinisha De Los Rios

 

  

Name:

  

Kinisha De Los Rios

 

  

Address:

       
       

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to the SHA]


EXECUTED as a DEED by SUMMER (BC) JVCO S.À R.L.   )        

acting by Marie-Catherine Brunner and

  )         /s/ Marie-Catherine Brunner

Vladimir Mornard, as managers, acting under the authority of that Company, in

the presence of:

   
  )        

/s/ Vladimir Mornard

 

Witness’s Signature

   /s/ Anna Sasiadek   

Name:

   Anna Sasiadek   

Address:

       
       

 

 

 

[Signature Page to the SHA]


EXECUTED as a DEED by WPP 2005 LIMITED

  )        
acting by Charles Van Der Welle, a director,   )        

/s/ Charles Van Der Welle

 

in the presence of:    
  )        

Director

 

Witness’s Signature

 

/s/ Denise Ingram

 

  

Name:

 

Denise Ingram

 

  

Address:

      
      

 

 

 

[Signature Page to the SHA]


EXECUTED as a DEED by SUMMER (BC) TOPCO S.À R.L.  

)      

)      

 

acting by Marie-Catherine Brunner and

  )         /s/ Marie-Catherine Brunner
Vladimir Mornard, as Managers, acting under the   )        

authority of that Company, in the presence of:

  )        

Signature of Manager

  )        
    /s/ Vladimir Mornard
    Signature of Manager

 

Witness’s Signature

  /s/ Anna Sasiadek   

Name:

  Anna Sasiadek   

Address:

      
      

 

 

 

[Signature Page to the SHA]


EXECUTED as a DEED by SUMMER (BC) US BLOCKERCO CORP.  

)      

)      

 

acting by David Humphrey, its

  )         /s/ David Humphrey
Vice President, an authorised   )        

signatory, acting under the authority of that Company,

  )        

Signature

in the presence of:

  )        
  )        

 

Witness’s Signature

  /s/ Kelly Milanette   

Name:

  Kelly Milanette   

Address:

      
      

 

 

 

[Signature Page to the SHA]

Exhibit 8.1

 

Our principal subsidiaries as of December 31, 2019, are listed below. All other subsidiaries, if considered in the aggregate, would not constitute a significant subsidiary under Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.

 

COMPANY NAME

  JURISDICTION
UNDER
WHICH

ORGANISED
  OWNERSHIP
INTEREST
 

United States

   

AKQA, Inc.

  California     100  

Mirum LLC

  California     100  

Acceleration eMarketing, Inc

  Delaware     100  

Arctouch LLC

  Delaware     100  

BCW LLC

  Delaware     100  

Benenson Strategy Group, LLC

  Delaware     100  

Bottle Rocket LLC

  Delaware     100  

Catalyst Online, LLC

  Delaware     100  

CMI Media, LLC

  Delaware     100  

DeepLocal, Inc.

  Delaware     100  

Essence Global LLC

  Delaware     100  

Finsbury LLC

  Delaware     100  

Grey Global Group LLC

  Delaware     100  

Group M Worldwide, LLC

  Delaware     100  

Group SJR LLC

  Delaware     100  

GTB Agency, LLC

  Delaware     100  

GTB Stat, LLC

  Delaware     100  

Hill and Knowlton Strategies, LLC

  Delaware     100  

Hogarth California LLC

  Delaware     100  

Hogarth Worldwide Inc.

  Delaware     100  

International Meetings & Science, LLC

  Delaware     100  

KBM Group LLC

  Delaware     100  

Landor, LLC

  Delaware     100  

Marketing Direct LLC

  Delaware     100  

Mediacom Worldwide LLC

  Delaware     100  

mPlatform, LLC

  Delaware     100  

Ogilvy Commonhealth Worldwide LLC

  Delaware     100  

OpenMindWorld, LLC

  Delaware     100  

Penn, Schoen & Berland Associates, LLC

  Delaware     100  

Promotion Execution Partners, LLC

  Delaware     100  

Rasor Holdings LLC

  Delaware     100  

Red Fuse New York, LLC

  Delaware     100  

Spafax Networks LLC

  Delaware     100  

Sudler & Hennessey, LLC

  Delaware     100  

Swift + POSSIBLE LLC

  Delaware     100  

Taxi Inc.

  Delaware     100  

Team Garage LLC

  Delaware     100  

The Glover Park Group, LLC

  Delaware     100  

The Lacek Group LLC

  Delaware     100  

The Ogilvy Group, LLC

  Delaware     100  

Wavemaker Global LLC

  Delaware     100  

WPP Group U.S. Finance LLC

  Delaware     100  

WPP Group USA, Inc.

  Delaware     100  

WPPIH 2001, Inc.

  Delaware     100  

Wunderman Thompson LLC

  Delaware     100  

Xaxis US, LLC

  Delaware     100  

Xaxis, LLC

  Delaware     100  

Young & Rubicam LLC

  Delaware     100  

Gorilla, LLC

  Illinois     100  

Triad Digital Media, LLC

  Michigan     100  

VML, LLC

  Missouri     100  

Geometry Global, LLC

  New York     100  

GWE, LLC

  New York     100  

Mindshare USA, LLC

  New York     100  

Ogilvy & Mather Worldwide, LLC

  New York     100  

WPP Montagu Square LLC

  New York     100  

Set Management, LLC

  Oregon     65  

Public Strategies, Inc.

  Texas     100  


COMPANY NAME

 

JURISDICTION
UNDER WHICH
ORGANISED

  OWNERSHIP
INTEREST
 

Non-US

   

GroupM Argentina Trading S.A.

  Argentina     100  

M Media Group Pty Ltd

  Australia     62  

Mediacom Australia Pty Limited

  Australia     62  

Ogilvy Australia Pty Ltd

  Australia     62  

OPR AGENCY PTY LIMITED

  Australia     62  

Wavemaker Australia Pty Ltd

  Australia     62  

WPP AUNZ Limited

  Australia     62  

J Walter Thompson Middle East and North Africa E.C.

  Bahrain     68  

Mediacom Middle East & North Africa Holding W.L.L.

  Bahrain     78  

Mindshare SA

  Belgium     100  

J Walter Thompson Publicidade Ltda

  Brazil     100  

Ogilvy & Mather Brasil Comunicação Ltda

  Brazil     100  

PTR Comunicações Ltda

  Brazil     100  

Y&R Propaganda Ltda

  Brazil     92  

Blast Radius Inc.

  Canada     100  

Entreprise de Communications Tank Inc.

  Canada     100  

Mediacom Canada

  Canada     100  

MindShare Canada

  Canada     100  

The Young & Rubicam Group of Companies ULC

  Canada     100  

Wavemaker Canada ULC

  Canada     100  

WPP Group Canada Finance, Inc.

  Canada     100  

GroupM Chile SAC

  Chile     100  

Always (Shanghai) Marketing Services Co Ltd

  China     65  

Beijing Benpao Century Technology Development Co.,Ltd.

  China     100  

GroupM (Shanghai) Advertising Co. Ltd

  China     100  

GroupM Market Advertising Co. Ltd.

  China     100  

GTB Shanghai Advertising Co. Ltd

  China     100  

Guangzhou Dawson Marketing Communication Co. Ltd

  China     51  

J.Walter Thompson Bridge Advertising Co. Ltd.

  China     100  

Kinetic Advertising (Shanghai) Co. Ltd

  China     100  

Shanghai Easycom Advertising Co., Ltd.

  China     75  

Shanghai Linjie Marketing Services Co. Ltd.

  China     70  

Shanghai Ogilvy & Mather Advertising Ltd

  China     100  

Wavemaker Czech s.r.o.

  Czech Republic     100  

AKQA Denmark A/S

  Denmark     75  

GroupM Denmark A/S

  Denmark     100  

MediaCom Danmark A/S

  Denmark     100  

Wavemaker A/S

  Denmark     100  

Wunderman A/S

  Denmark     51  

CT Finances SA

  France     83  

Group M France SAS

  France     100  

KR Wavemaker SAS

  France     100  

Media Insight SNC

  France     100  

Mediacom Paris SA

  France     100  

Ogilvy & Mather S.A.S

  France     100  

Regional Management Group SAS

  France     100  

WPP Finance SA

  France     100  

AKQA GmbH

  Germany     100  

Commarco GmbH 120274

  Germany     100  

GREY Düsseldorf GmbH

  Germany     100  

GroupM Competence Center GmbH

  Germany     100  

groupm Germany GmbH & Co. KG

  Germany     100  

HERING SCHUPPENER Consulting Strategieberatung für Kommunikation GmbH

  Germany     56  

Hirschen Group GmbH

  Germany     49  

Mather Direct GmbH

  Germany     100  

MediaCom Agentur für Media-Beratung GmbH

  Germany     100  

MediaCom TWENTYFIVE GmbH

  Germany     100  

MindShare GmbH

  Germany     100  

Ogilvy Public Relations GmbH

  Germany     75  

plista GmbH

  Germany     100  

Syzygy AG

  Germany     50  

thjnk AG

  Germany     100  

Wavemaker GmbH

  Germany     100  

WPP Deutschland Holding GmbH & Co. KG

  Germany     100  

WPP Marketing Communications Germany GmbH

  Germany     100  

GroupM Limited

  Hong Kong     100  

MindShare Hong Kong Limited

  Hong Kong     100  

Wavemaker Hong Kong Limited

  Hong Kong     100  

WPP Marketing Communications (Hong Kong) Limited

  Hong Kong     100  

Wavemaker Hungary Kft

  Hungary     100  

GroupM Media India Pvt Ltd

  India     70  

MediaCom Communications Pvt Ltd

  India     74  

Mediaedge:cia India Pvt Ltd

  India     100  

Ogilvy & Mather Pvt Ltd

  India     74  

FAST - Financial Administration Solutions & Technologies Srl

  Italy     100  

GroupM Srl

  Italy     100  

Mediacom Italia Srl

  Italy     100  

Mindshare SpA

  Italy     100  

Wavemaker Italia S.r.l.

  Italy     100  

Geometry Global Japan GK

  Japan     100  

GroupM Japan KK

  Japan     100  

WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three Sarl

  Luxembourg     100  

WPP Luxembourg Sarl

  Luxembourg     100  

WPP Luxembourg Turris S.à r.l.

  Luxembourg     100  

Mind Share México, S. de R.L. de C.V.

  Mexico     100  

Mirum, S.A. de C.V.

  Mexico     100  

The GroupM ESP Clever Company S.R.L. de C.V.

  Mexico     100  

Wavemaker México, S. de R.L. de C.V.

  Mexico     100  

Worldwide Mediacom México, S de R.L. de C.V.

  Mexico     100  

WPP México, S.R.L. de C.V.

  Mexico     100  

Cavendish Square Holding BV

  Netherlands     100  


COMPANY NAME

 

JURISDICTION
UNDER WHICH
ORGANISED

  OWNERSHIP
INTEREST
 

GroupM B.V.

  Netherlands     100  

Russell Square Holding BV

  Netherlands     100  

Wavemaker BV

  Netherlands     100  

Witgoud Investments B.V.

  Netherlands     100  

WPP Square one B.V

  Netherlands     100  

MediaCom AS (Norway)

  Norway     100  

GroupM Pakistan (Private) Ltd

  Pakistan     100  

Memac Ogilvy & Mather Holding Inc

  Panama     60  

MediaCom - Warszawa Sp.z.o.o.

  Poland     100  

MindShare Polska Sp. z.o.o.

  Poland     100  

Wavemaker Sp.z.o.o

  Poland     100  

Wavemaker – Servicos Publicitarios Ltda

  Portugal     100  

M2 Digital Inc.

 

Republic of

Korea

    100  

LLC ‘GroupM’

  Russia     100  

LLC ‘Wavemaker’

  Russia     100  

Mediacom LLC

  Russia     100  

GroupM Singapore Pte Ltd

  Singapore     100  

Ogilvy Singapore Pte. Ltd.

  Singapore     100  

Mindshare South Africa (Gauteng) (Proprietary) Limited

  South Africa     65  

Mediacom Iberia SA

  Spain     100  

Mindshare Spain SA

  Spain     100  

The Cocktail Global, S.L.

  Spain     80  

Wavemaker Publicidad Spain S.L.

  Spain     100  

WPP Holdings Spain, S.L.

  Spain     100  

Mediacom AG

  Switzerland     100  

Wavemaker Taiwan Ltd

  Taiwan     100  

WPP (Thailand) Ltd

  Thailand     100  

MediaCom Istanbul Medya Hizmetleri A.S.

  Turkey     100  

Wavemaker MENA FZ LLC

 

United Arab

Emirates

    69  

AKQA Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Cockpit Holdings Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Cordiant Communications Group Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Design Bridge Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Enduring Organisation

  United Kingdom     100  

Essence Global Group Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Finecast Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Geometry Global Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Grey Advertising Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

GroupM UK Digital Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Hill & Knowlton Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Hogarth Worldwide Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Kinetic Worldwide Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

KR Media UK Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Maxus Communications (UK) Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

MediaCom Group Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Mediacom North Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Mediaedge:CIA Worldwide Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Mindshare Media UK Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Motion Content Group Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Ogilvy & Mather Group (Holdings) Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Potato London Ltd

  United Kingdom     75  

Salmon Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Spafax Airline Network Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Stickleback Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Superunion Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

The Finsbury Group Limited

  United Kingdom     75  

Wavemaker Global Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Wavemaker Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP 2005 Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP AMC Holdings

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Beans Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Brands (UK) Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Brands Development Holdings (UK) Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Brands Holdings (UK) Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Finance 2013

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Finance 2015 Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Finance Co. Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Group (UK) Ltd

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Health Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Jubilee Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Ottawa Ltd

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Samson Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Sigma Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Sphinx Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP UK Germany Holdings

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Unicorn Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Wunderman Thompson (UK) Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

WPP Media Ltd

  Vietnam     99  

Exhibit 12.1

 

Certification

 

I, Mark Read, certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of WPP plc;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.   The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.   The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: 30 April 2020

/s/ Mark Read

Mark Read

Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer)

Exhibit 12.2

 

Certification

 

I, Paul Richardson, certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of WPP plc;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.   The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.   The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: 30 April 2020

/s/ Paul W.G. Richardson

Paul W.G. Richardson

Group Finance Director

(principal financial officer)

Exhibit 13.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of WPP plc (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ending 31 December 2019 (the “Report”), I, Mark Read, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

 

Date: 30 April 2020

/s/ Mark Read

Mark Read

Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 13.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of WPP plc (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ending 31 December 2019 (the “Report”), I, Paul Richardson, Group Finance Director of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

 

Date: 30 April 2020

/s/ Paul W.G. Richardson

Paul W.G. Richardson

Group Finance Director

Exhibit 14.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-06378, No. 333-103888, No. 333-108149, No. 333-129640, No. 333-129733, No. 333-152662, No. 333-157729, No. 333-185886, No. 333-185887, No. 333-185889, No. 333-185890, No. 333-208658, No. 333-208660, No. 333-208661 and No. 333-232174 on Form S-8 of our reports dated 30 April 2020, relating to the consolidated financial statements of WPP plc and the effectiveness of WPP plc’s internal control over financial reporting appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2019.

 

/s/ Deloitte LLP

Deloitte LLP

London, United Kingdom

30 April 2020

Exhibit 17.1

 

Guarantor Structure for Outstanding US Bonds:

 

$500 million of 3.625% bonds due September 2022 issued by WPP Finance 2010 with a parent guarantee from WPP plc and subsidiary guarantees from WPP Air 1 Limited, WPP 2008 Limited, WPP 2005 limited, WPP 2012 Limited and WPP Jubilee Limited

 

$93 million ($28 million was repaid in 2018 and $179 million was repaid in 2019 from the $300 million initially issued) of 5.125% bonds due September 2042 issued by WPP Finance 2010 with a parent guarantee from WPP plc and subsidiary guarantees from WPP Air 1 Limited, WPP 2008 Limited, WPP 2005 limited, WPP 2012 Limited and WPP Jubilee Limited

 

$812 million of 4.75% bonds due November 2021 (repaid in full on December 27, 2019) issued by WPP Finance 2010 with a parent guarantee from WPP plc and subsidiary guarantees from WPP Air 1 Limited, WPP 2008 Limited, WPP 2005 limited, WPP 2012 Limited and WPP Jubilee Limited

 

$750 million of 3.750% bonds due September 2024 issued by WPP Finance 2010 with a parent guarantee from WPP plc and subsidiary guarantees from WPP Jubilee Limited and WPP 2005 Ltd

 

$220 million ($50 million was repaid in 2018 and $230 million was repaid in 2019 from the $500 million initially issued) of 5.625% bonds due November 2043 issued by WPP Finance 2010 with a parent guarantee from WPP plc and subsidiary guarantees from WPP Jubilee Limited and WPP 2005 Ltd